20-F 1 d314047d20f.htm FORM 20-F Form 20-F
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

OR

 

¨

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number: 1-10110

 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

BANK BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

Kingdom of Spain

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Plaza de San Nicolás, 4

48005 Bilbao

Spain

(Address of principal executive offices)

Eduardo Ávila Zaragoza

Paseo de la Castellana, 81

28046 Madrid

Spain

Telephone number +34 91 537 7000

Fax number +34 91 537 6766

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and /or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered

American Depositary Shares, each representing

the right to receive one ordinary share, par value 0.49 per share

  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, par value 0.49 per share   New York Stock Exchange*

Guarantee of Non-Cumulative Guaranteed

Preferred Securities, Series C, liquidation preference $1,000 each, of BBVA International Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal

  New York Stock Exchange**
Guarantee of Guaranteed Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal   New York Stock Exchange***
Guarantee of Guaranteed Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal   New York Stock Exchange****


Table of Contents
*

The ordinary shares are not listed for trading, but are listed only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

**

The guarantee is not listed for trading, but is listed only in connection with the registration of the corresponding Non-Cumulative Guaranteed Preferred Securities of BBVA International Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.).

***

The guarantee is not listed for trading, but is listed only in connection with the registration of the corresponding Guaranteed Fixed Rate Senior Notes of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.).

****

The guarantee is not listed for trading, but is listed only in connection with the registration of the corresponding Guaranteed Floating Rate Senior Notes of BBVA U.S. Senior, S.A. Unipersonal (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.).

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

The number of outstanding shares of each class of stock of the Registrant as of December 31, 2011, was:

Ordinary shares, par value 0.49 per share—4,903,207,003

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

    Yes   x    No  ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    Yes   ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

    Yes   x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

    Yes   ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

 

Large accelerated filer  x

  Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as Issued by the International Accounting Standards Board   x

 

Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

    Item 17  ¨    Item 18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

    Yes  ¨     No  x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

           PAGE  

PART I

     

ITEM 1.

   IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS      3   

A.

   Directors and Senior Management   

B.

   Advisers   

C.

   Auditors   

ITEM 2.

   OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE      3   

ITEM 3.

   KEY INFORMATION      3   

A.

   Selected Consolidated Financial Data      3   

B.

   Capitalization and Indebtedness      8   

C.

   Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds      8   

D.

   Risk Factors      8   

ITEM 4.

   INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY      21   

A.

   History and Development of the Company      21   

B.

   Business Overview      23   

C.

   Organizational Structure      44   

D.

   Property, Plants and Equipment      44   

E.

   Selected Statistical Information      45   

F.

   Competition      64   

ITEM 4A.

   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS      66   

ITEM 5.

   OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS      66   

A.

   Operating Results      74   

B.

   Liquidity and Capital Resources      107   

C.

   Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.      110   

D.

   Trend Information      110   

E.

   Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements      113   

F.

   Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations      113   

ITEM 6.

   DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES      114   

A.

   Directors and Senior Management      114   

B.

   Compensation      122   

C.

   Board Practices      128   

D.

   Employees      133   

E.

   Share Ownership      137   


Table of Contents
           PAGE  

ITEM 7.

   MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS      137   

A.

   Major Shareholders      137   

B.

   Related Party Transactions      138   

C.

   Interests of Experts and Counsel      139   

ITEM 8.

   FINANCIAL INFORMATION      139   

A.

   Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information      139   

B.

   Significant Changes      141   

ITEM 9.

   THE OFFER AND LISTING      141   

A.

   Offer and Listing Details      141   

B.

   Plan of Distribution      148   

C.

   Markets      148   

D.

   Selling Shareholders      148   

E.

   Dilution      148   

F.

   Expenses of the Issue      148   

ITEM 10.

   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION      148   

A.

   Share Capital      148   

B.

   Memorandum and Articles of Association      149   

C.

   Material Contracts      152   

D.

   Exchange Controls      153   

E.

   Taxation      154   

F.

   Dividends and Paying Agents      161   

G.

   Statement by Experts      161   

H.

   Documents on Display      161   

I.

   Subsidiary Information      161   

ITEM 11.

   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK      162   

ITEM 12.

   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES      188   

A.

   Debt Securities      188   

B.

   Warrants and Rights      188   

C.

   Other Securities      188   

D.

   American Depositary Shares      188   

PART II

     

ITEM 13.

   DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES      190   

ITEM 14.

   MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS      190   

ITEM 15.

   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES      190   


Table of Contents
           PAGE  

ITEM 16.

   [RESERVED]      192   

ITEM 16A.

   AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT      192   

ITEM 16B.

   CODE OF ETHICS      193   

ITEM 16C.

   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES      193   

ITEM 16D.

   EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES      194   

ITEM 16E.

   PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS      194   

ITEM 16F.

   CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT      195   

ITEM 16G.

   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      195   

PART III

     

ITEM 17.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      197   

ITEM 18.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      197   

ITEM 19.

   EXHIBITS      198   


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

The terms below are used as follows throughout this report:

 

   

BBVA”, “Bank”, the “Company”, the “Group” or the “BBVA Group” means Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

   

BBVA Bancomer” means Bancomer S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

   

BBVA Compass” means Compass Bancshares, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

   

Consolidated Financial Statements” means our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”).

 

   

Latin America” refers to Mexico and the countries in which we operate in South America and Central America.

First person personal pronouns used in this report, such as “we”, “us”, or “our”, mean BBVA.

In this report, “$”, “U.S. dollars”, and “dollars” refer to United States Dollars and “” and “euro” refer to Euro.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may include words such as “believe”, “expect”, “estimate”, “project”, “anticipate”, “should”, “intend”, “probability”, “risk”, “VaR”, “target”, “goal”, “objective” and similar expressions or variations on such expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. The accompanying information in this Annual Report, including, without limitation, the information under the items listed below, identifies important factors that could cause such differences:

 

   

“Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors”;

 

   

“Item 4. Information on the Company”;

 

   

“Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”; and

 

   

“Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

Other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include, among others:

 

   

general political, economic and business conditions in Spain, the European Union (“EU”), Latin America, the United States and other regions, countries or territories in which we operate;

 

   

changes in applicable laws and regulations, including increased capital requirements;

 

1


Table of Contents
   

the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks in Spain, the EU, the United States, Mexico and elsewhere;

 

   

changes or volatility in interest rates, foreign exchange rates (including the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate), asset prices, equity markets, commodity prices, inflation or deflation;

 

   

ongoing market adjustments in the real estate sectors in Spain, Mexico and the United States;

 

   

the effects of competition in the markets in which we operate, which may be influenced by regulation or deregulation;

 

   

changes in consumer spending and savings habits, including changes in government policies which may influence investment decisions;

 

   

our ability to hedge certain risks economically;

 

   

our success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing, which depends, among other things, on our ability to anticipate events that cannot be captured by the statistical models we use; and

 

   

force majeure and other events beyond our control.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to release publicly the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof, including, without limitation, changes in our business or acquisition strategy or planned capital expenditures, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Accounting Principles

Under Regulation (EC) no. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements for the years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 in conformity with EU-IFRS. The Bank of Spain issued Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (as amended or supplemented from time to time, “Circular 4/2004”), which requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting system to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of EU-IFRS. The financial statements included in our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the “2010 Form 20-F”) included financial statements for the three years then-ended prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. It also included a reconciliation of certain financial information to U.S. GAAP.

We have concluded that differences between EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and IFRS-IASB are not material for the three years ended December 31, 2011. Accordingly, the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB. As a result, this Annual Report does not include a reconciliation of certain financial information to U.S. GAAP.

In order to present financial information for all periods on a basis consistent with IFRS-IASB, we have restated under IFRS-IASB the financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 previously reported in our respective annual reports for certain prior years, which had

 

2


Table of Contents

been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. See “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Restatement” for a reconciliation to amounts previously reported.

Statistical and Financial Information

The following principles should be noted in reviewing the statistical and financial information contained herein:

 

   

Average balances, when used, are based on the beginning and the month-end balances during each year. We do not believe that such monthly averages present trends that are materially different from those that would be presented by daily averages.

 

   

The book value of BBVA’s ordinary shares held by its consolidated subsidiaries has been deducted from equity.

 

   

Unless otherwise stated, any reference to loans refers to both loans and leases.

 

   

Interest income figures include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent that cash payments have been received in the period in which they are due.

 

   

Financial information with respect to subsidiaries may not reflect consolidation adjustments.

 

   

Certain numerical information in this Annual Report may not sum due to rounding. In addition, information regarding period-to-period changes is based on numbers which have not been rounded.

PART I

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

A.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The historical financial information set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 has been selected from, and should be read together with, the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. For information concerning the preparation and presentation of the financial information contained herein, see “Presentation of Financial Information”. In order to present financial information for all periods on a basis consistent with IFRS-IASB, we have restated under IFRS-IASB the financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 previously reported in our respective annual reports for certain prior years, which had been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. This restatement relates exclusively to the amounts of impairment losses on financial assets (net). See “—Restatement” below for a reconciliation to amounts previously reported. The audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are not included in this document but they can be found, on an unrestated and non-comparable basis, in the respective annual reports for certain prior years previously filed by us.

 

3


Table of Contents
    For Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008(*)     2007(*)  
    (In Millions of Euros, Except per Share/ADS Data (In Euros))  

Consolidated statement of income data

         

Interest and similar income

    24,188        21,134        23,775        30,404        26,176   

Interest and similar expenses

    (11,028     (7,814     (9,893     (18,718     (16,548

Net interest income

    13,160        13,320        13,882        11,686        9,628   

Dividend income

    562        529        443        447        348   

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

    600        335        120        293        241   

Fee and commission income

    5,618        5,382        5,305        5,539        5,603   

Fee and commission expenses

    (1,058     (845     (875     (1,012     (1,043

Net gains(losses) on financial assets and liabilities

    1,114        1,441        892        1,328        1,545   

Net exchange differences

    365        453        652        231        411   

Other operating income

    4,247        3,543        3,400        3,559        3,589   

Other operating expenses

    (4,042     (3,248     (3,153     (3,093     (3,051

Gross income

    20,566        20,910        20,666        18,978        17,271   

Administration costs

    (9,104     (8,207     (7,662     (7,756     (7,253

Depreciation and amortization

    (847     (761     (697     (699     (577

Provisions (net)

    (510     (482     (458     (1,431     (235

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

    (4,226     (4,718     (5,473     (4,098     (2,814

Net operating income

    5,879        6,742        6,376        4,994        6,392   

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

    (1,885     (489     (1,618     (45     (13

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current asset held for sale

    46        41        20        72        13   

Negative goodwill

    —          1        99        —          —     

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

    (270     127        859        748        1,191   

Income before tax

    3,770        6,422        5,736        5,769        7,583   

Income tax

    (285     (1,427     (1,141     (1,194     (1,806

Income from continuing transactions

    3,485        4,995        4,595        4,575        5,777   

Income from discontinued transactions (net)

    —          —          —          —          —     

Net income

    3,485        4,995        4,595        4,575        5,777   

Net income attributed to parent company

    3,004        4,606        4,210        4,210        5,488   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

    481        389        385        365        289   

Per share/ADS(1) data

         

Net operating income(2)

    1.27        1.79        1.71        1.35        1.79   

Numbers of shares outstanding (at period end)(3)

    4,903,207,003        4,490,908,285        3,747,969,121        3,747,969,121        3,747,969,121   

Income attributed to parent company(4)

    0.64        1.14        1.07        1.06        1.44   

Dividends declared

    0.200        0.270        0.420        0.501        0.733   

 

(*)

Restated to comply with IFRS-IASB. See “—Restatement” below for a reconciliation to amounts previously reported.

 

(1)

Each American Depositary Share (“ADS”) represents the right to receive one ordinary share.

 

4


Table of Contents
(2)

Calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of BBVA’s ordinary shares outstanding during the relevant period excluding the weighted average number of treasury shares during the period (4,635 million, 3,762 million, 3,719 million, 3,706 million and 3,594 million shares in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively).

 

(3)

As of the date of this annual report, April 26, 2012, the number of shares outstanding was 5,061,082,378, as a result of the voluntary conversion of BBVA’s mandatory convertible subordinated bonds issued in December 2011, which resulted in the issuance of 157,875,375 new ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of 0.49. See Note 59 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(4)

Calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of BBVA’s ordinary shares outstanding during the relevant period including the average number of estimated shares to be converted and, for comparative purposes, a correction factor to account for the capital increases carried out in November 2010, April 2011 and October 2011, and excluding the weighted average number of treasury shares during the period (4,769 million, 4,097 million, 3,965 million, 3,963 million and 3,823 million shares in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively). With respect to the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

     As of and for Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008(*)     2007(*)  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Consolidated balance sheet data

          

Total assets

     597,688        552,738        535,065        542,650        502,536   

Common stock

     2,403        2,201        1,837        1,837        1,837   

Loans and receivables (net)

     381,076        364,707        346,117        369,494        338,922   

Customer deposits

     282,173        275,789        254,183        255,236        219,610   

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

     97,349        102,599        117,817        121,144        117,909   

Non-controlling interest

     1,893        1,556        1,463        1,049        880   

Total equity

     40,058        37,475        30,763        26,705        28,753   

Consolidated ratios

          

Profitability ratios:

          

Net interest margin(1)

     2.3     2.4     2.6     2.3     2.1

Return on average total assets(2)

     0.6     0.9     0.8     0.9     1.2

Return on average equity(3)

     8.0     15.8     16.0     15.5     22.3

Credit quality data

          

Loan loss reserve

     9,470        9,473        8,805        7,505        5,987   

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables (net)

     2.5     2.6     2.5     2.0     1.8

Non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio)(4)

     4.0     4.1     4.3     2.3     1.0

Substandard loans and advances to customers

     15,647        15,361        15,197        8,437        3,358   

Substandard contingent liabilities to customers(5)

     219        324        405        131        49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     15,866        15,685        15,602        8,568        3,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

     361,310        348,253        332,162        342,682        320,310   

Contingent liabilities to customers

     39,398        35,816        32,614        35,952        36,859   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     400,709        384,069        364,776        378,635        357,169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Restated to comply with IFRS-IASB. See “—Restatement” below for a reconciliation to amounts previously reported.

 

(1)

Represents net interest income as a percentage of average total assets.

 

(2)

Represents net income as a percentage of average total assets.

 

5


Table of Contents
(3)

Represents net income attributed to parent company as a percentage of average equity.

 

(4)

Represents the sum of substandard loans and advances to customers and substandard contingent liabilities to customers divided by the sum of loans and advances to customers and contingent liabilities to customers.

 

(5)

We include contingent liabilities in the calculation of our non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio). We believe that substandard contingent liabilities should be included in the calculation of our NPA ratio where we have reason to know, as of the reporting date, that they are impaired. The credit risk associated with contingent liabilities (consisting mainly of financial guarantees provided to third-parties on behalf of our customers) is evaluated and provisioned according to the probability of default of our customers’ obligations. If substandard contingent liabilities were not included in the calculation of our NPA ratio, such ratio would generally be higher for the periods covered, amounting to approximately 4.3%, 4.4%, 4.6%, 2.5% and 1.0% as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Restatement

In order to present financial information for all periods on a basis consistent with IFRS-IASB, we have restated under IFRS-IASB the financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 previously reported in our respective annual reports for certain prior years, which had been prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. The table below shows the revisions made to our impairment losses on financial assets (net) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which have been restated in accordance with our internal risk models. Previously reported impairment losses on financial assets (net) were calculated under EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, which required the use of “peer group” information in the calculation of allowances for incurred but not reported loss. Our internal risk models calculate the best estimate of the expected value of the loan portfolio taking into consideration our experience, the profiles of debtors and the macroeconomic conditions at the end of the reported period, in compliance with IFRS-IASB.

 

    For Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    IFRS-IASB     EU-IFRS(*)     Differences     IFRS-IASB     EU-IFRS(*)     Differences  
    (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Consolidated statement of income data

           

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

    (4,098     (2,941     1,157        (2,814     (1,903     911   

Income before tax

    5,769        6,926        1,157        7,583        8,494        911   

Income tax

    (1,194     (1,541     (347     (1,806     (2,079     (273

Income from continuing transactions

    4,575        5,385        810        5,777        6,415        638   

Net income

    4,575        5,385        810        5,777        6,415        638   

Net income attributed to the parent company

    4,210        5,020        810        5,488        6,126        638   

Consolidated balance sheet data

           

Loans and receivables (net)

    369,494        369,494        —          338,922        337,765        (1,157

Total equity

    26,705        26,705        —          28,753        27,943        (810

Consolidated ratios

           

Net interest margin(1)

    2.3     2.3     —          2.1     2.1     —     

Return on average total assets(2)

    0.9     1.0     0.2 p.p.        1.2     1.4     0.2 p.p.   

Return on average equity(3)

    15.5     21.5     6.0 p.p.        22.3     34.2     11.9 p.p.   

 

6


Table of Contents
    For Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    IFRS-IASB     EU-IFRS(*)     Differences     IFRS-IASB     EU-IFRS(*)     Differences  
    (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Credit quality data

           

Loan loss reserve

    7,505        7,505        —          5,987        7,144        1,157   

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables (net)

    2.0     2.0     —          1.8     2.1     0.4 p.p.   

Non-performing asset ratio (NPA ratio)(4)

    2.3     2.3     —          1.0     1.0     —     

Substandard loans and advances to customers

    8,437        8,437        —          3,358        3,358        —     

Substandard contingent liabilities to customers

    131        131        —          49        49        —     
    8,568        8,568        —          3,408        3,408        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

    342,682        342,682        —          320,310        320,310        —     

Contingent liabilities to customers

    35,952        35,952        —          36,859        36,859        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    378,635        378,635        —          357,169        357,169        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.

 

(1)

Represents net interest income as a percentage of average total assets.

 

(2)

Represents net income as a percentage of average total assets.

 

(3)

Represents net income attributed to parent company as a percentage of average equity.

 

(4)

Represents the sum of substandard loans and advances to customers and substandard contingent liabilities to customers divided by the sum of loans and advances to customers and contingent liabilities to customers.

Exchange Rates

Spain’s currency is the euro. Unless otherwise indicated, the amounts that have been converted to euro in this Annual Report have been done so at the corresponding exchange rate published by the European Central Bank (“ECB”) on December 31 of the relevant year.

For convenience in the analysis of the information, the following tables describe, for the periods and dates indicated, information concerning the noon buying rate for euro, expressed in dollars per 1.00. The term “noon buying rate” refers to the rate of exchange for euros, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, in the City of New York for cable transfers payable in foreign currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes.

 

Year ended December 31

   Average(1)  

2007

     1.3797   

2008

     1.4695   

2009

     1.3955   

2010

     1.3216   

2011

     1.4002   

2012 (through April 20, 2012)

     1.3237   

 

(1)

Calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

 

7


Table of Contents

Month ended

   High      Low  

October 31, 2011

     1.4172         1.3281   

November 30, 2011

     1.3803         1.3244   

December 31, 2011

     1.3487         1.2926   

January 31, 2012

     1.3192         1.2682   

February 29, 2012

     1.3463         1.3087   

March 31, 2012

     1.3336         1.3025   

April 30, 2012 (through April 20, 2012)

     1.3337         1.3064   

The noon buying rate for euro from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, expressed in dollars per 1.00, on April 20, 2012, was $1.3212.

As of December 31, 2011, approximately 39% of our assets and approximately 37% of our liabilities were denominated in currencies other than euro. See Note 2.2.16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

For a discussion of our foreign currency exposure, please see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Market Risk Management—Market Risk in Non-Trading Activities in 2011—Structural Exchange Rate Risk”.

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not Applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not Applicable.

 

D.

Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Us and Our Business

We are subject to substantial regulation, and regulatory and governmental oversight. Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The financial services industry is among the most highly regulated industries in the world. Our operations are subject to ongoing regulation and associated regulatory risks, including the effects of changes in laws, regulations, policies and interpretations, in Spain, the European Union, the United States and the other markets where we operate. This is particularly the case in the current market environment, which is witnessing increased levels of government and regulatory intervention in the banking sector which we expect to continue for the foreseeable future. The regulations which most significantly affect us include regulations relating to capital requirements, which are discussed in detail below.

In addition, we are subject to substantial regulation relating to other matters such as liquidity. We cannot predict if increased liquidity standards, if implemented, could require us to maintain a greater proportion of our assets in highly-liquid but lower-yielding financial instruments, which would negatively affect our net interest margin.

We are also subject to other regulations, such as those related to anti-money laundering, privacy protection and transparency and fairness in customer relations.

 

8


Table of Contents

Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy relating to any of the foregoing or other matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, regulatory fragmentation, with some countries implementing new and more stringent standards or regulation, could adversely affect our ability to compete with financial institutions based in other jurisdictions which do not need to comply with such new standards or regulation.

Capital requirements

Increasingly onerous capital requirements constitute one of our main regulatory concerns. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

As a Spanish financial institution, we are subject to the Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008 (“Circular 3/2008”), of May 22, on the calculation and control of minimum capital requirements, as amended by Bank of Spain Circular 4/2011 (“Circular 4/2011”), which implements Capital Requirement Directive III (“CRD III”).

Moreover, we will be subject to the new Basel III capital standards, which will be phased in from January 1, 2013 until January 1, 2019. Despite the Basel III framework setting minimum transnational levels of regulatory capital and a measured phase-in, many national authorities have started a race to the top for capital by gold-plating both requirements and the associated interpretation calendars. In particular, while the European transposition of these standards will be done through the CRD IV throughout 2012, the Spanish Government anticipated Basel III with the Royal Decree-Law 2/2011, of February 18 (“RD-L 2/2011”), as part of a wider plan of the Spanish Government for the strengthening of the financial sector by imposing stricter capital requirements. This lack of uniformity may lead to an uneven playing field and to competition distortions. Moreover, regulatory fragmentation, with some countries bringing forward the application of Basel III requirements or increasing such requirements, could adversely affect a bank with global operations such as BBVA and could undermine our profitability. As of December 31, 2011, our “principal capital” ratio, as calculated in accordance with RD-L 2/2011, was 9.7%, compared with the minimum required ratio of 8%.

In addition, following an evaluation of the capital levels of 71 financial institutions throughout Europe (including BBVA) based on data available as of September 30, 2011, the European Banking Authority (“EBA”) issued a recommendation pursuant to which, on an exceptional and temporary basis, financial institutions based in the EU should reach a new minimum Core Tier 1 ratio (9%) by June 30, 2012. This recommendation is temporary in nature and seeks to restore market confidence in the European financial system. Accordingly, the EBA has announced its intention to lift this recommendation once confidence in the European financial markets is restored. Based on September 30, 2011 data, the BBVA Group would need to increase its capital base by 6,329 million in order to reach this recommended minimum Core Tier 1 ratio by June 30, 2012. On January 20, 2012, the BBVA Group submitted to the Bank of Spain an action plan setting forth the steps that the group intends to take in order to reach the recommended minimum Core Tier 1 ratio by June 30, 2012. This plan has been examined by the Bank of Spain jointly with the EBA. On March 7, 2012, Bank of Spain approved this plan.

Moreover, through Royal Decree-Law 2/2012, of February 3 (“RD-L 2/2012”), the Spanish Government has recently increased coverage requirements for certain real estate assets. Among other requirements, certain provisions for problematic credit assets and asset foreclosures need to be supplemented with an additional capital buffer of 1.2 billion by December 31, 2012. Based on December 31, 2011 data, we satisfied this requirement as of such date.

 

9


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that the implementation of these new standards will not adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or require us to issue additional securities that qualify as regulatory capital, to liquidate assets, to curtail business or to take any other actions, any of which may have adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, increased capital requirements may negatively affect our return on equity and other financial performance indicators.

Regulatory reforms initiated in the United States

Our operations may also be affected by other recent regulatory reforms in response to the financial crisis, including measures such as those concerning systemic financial institutions and the enactment in the United States in July 2010 of the Dodd-Frank Act. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—The United States—U.S. Regulation—Dodd-Frank Act.” Among other changes, beginning five years after enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board will apply minimum capital requirements to U.S. intermediate bank holding company subsidiaries of non-U.S. banks. Although there remains uncertainty as to how regulatory implementation of this law will occur, various elements of the new law may cause changes that impact the profitability of our business activities and require that we change certain of our business practices, and could expose us to additional costs (including increased compliance costs). These changes may also cause us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes.

Current economic conditions may make it more difficult for us to continue funding our business on favorable terms or at all.

Historically, one of our principal sources of funds has been savings and demand deposits. Time deposits represented 27%, 29% and 33% of our total funding as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Large-denomination time deposits may, under some circumstances, such as during periods of significant interest rate-based competition for these types of deposits, be a less stable source of deposits than savings and demand deposits. Moreover, since we rely heavily on short-term deposits for our funding, we cannot assure you that, in the event of a sudden or unexpected withdrawal of deposits or shortage of funds in the banking systems or money markets in which we operate, we will be able to maintain our current levels of funding without incurring higher funding costs or having to liquidate certain of our assets. In addition, if public sources of liquidity, such as the ECB extraordinary measures adopted in response to the financial crisis since 2008, are removed from the market, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue funding our business or, if so, maintain our current levels of funding without incurring higher funding costs or having to liquidate certain of our assets.

We face increasing competition in our business lines.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Financial sector reforms in the markets in which we operate have increased competition among both local and foreign financial institutions, and we believe that this trend will continue. In addition, the trend towards consolidation in the banking industry has created larger and stronger banks with which we must now compete, some of which have recently received public capital.

We also face competition from non-bank competitors, such as:

 

   

department stores (for some credit products);

 

   

automotive finance corporations;

 

   

leasing companies;

 

   

factoring companies;

 

10


Table of Contents
   

mutual funds;

 

   

pension funds;

 

   

insurance companies; and

 

   

public debt (as a result of the high yields which are being currently offered as a consequence of the sovereign debt crisis).

We cannot assure you that this competition will not adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Our business is particularly vulnerable to volatility in interest rates.

Our results of operations are substantially dependent upon the level of our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including deregulation of the financial sectors in the markets in which we operate, monetary policies pursued by the EU and national governments, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors. In Spain, competition distortions in the term deposits market have intensified, and this situation is expected to continue due to the liquidity needs of certain financial institutions, which are offering high interest rates to attract additional deposits, despite the fact that these institutions will have to increase their contribution to the Deposit Guarantee Fund for this kind of highly remunerated deposits.

Changes in market interest rates could affect the spread between interest rates charged on interest-earning assets and interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities and thereby negatively affect our results of operations. For example, an increase in interest rates could cause our interest expense on deposits to increase more significantly and quickly than our interest income from loans, resulting in a reduction in our net interest income.

Since approximately 69% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011 consisted of variable interest rate loans maturing in more than one year, our business is particularly vulnerable to volatility in interest rates.

We have a substantial amount of commitments with personnel considered wholly unfunded due to the absence of qualifying plan assets.

Our commitments with personnel which are considered to be wholly unfunded are recognized under the heading “Provisions—Funds for Pensions and Similar Obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These amounts include “Post-employment benefits”, “Early Retirements” and “Post-employment welfare benefits”, which amounted to 2,429 million, 2,904 million and 244 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011, 2,497 million, 3,106 million and 377 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and, 2,536 million, 3,309 million and 401 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2009. These amounts are considered wholly unfunded due to the absence of qualifying plan assets.

We face liquidity risk in connection with our ability to make payments on these unfunded amounts which we seek to mitigate, with respect to “Post-employment benefits”, by maintaining insurance contracts which were contracted with insurance companies owned by the Group. The insurance companies have recorded in their balance sheets specific assets (fixed interest deposit and bonds) assigned to the funding of these commitments. The insurance companies also manage derivatives (primarily swaps) to mitigate the interest rate risk in connection with the payments of these commitments. We seek to mitigate liquidity risk with respect to “Early Retirements” and “Post-employment welfare

 

11


Table of Contents

benefits” through oversight by the Assets and Liabilities Committee (“ALCO”) of the Group. The Group’s ALCO manages a specific asset portfolio to mitigate the liquidity risk regarding the payments of these commitments. These assets are government and cover bonds (AAA/AA rated) which are issued at fixed interest rates with maturities matching the aforementioned commitments. The Group’s ALCO also manages derivatives (primarily swaps) to mitigate the interest rate risk in connection with the payments of these commitments. Should we fail to adequately manage liquidity risk and interest rate risk either as described above or otherwise, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Spain and Europe

The deterioration of economic conditions in Spain and the European Union could have a material adverse effect on the financial system as a whole and, therefore, on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are a Spanish banking company and conduct substantial business activities in Spain. Like other banks operating in Spain and Europe, our performance and liquidity may be affected by economic conditions affecting Spain and other EU member states.

The evolution of the global economy is heavily dependent on the resolution of the European debt crisis, which outlook has worsened over the last few months of 2011. Four main factors lie behind this trend:

 

   

First, lower than expected economic growth mainly, but not only, in developed economies. Economic activity in Europe is on a clear decelerating path. Certain countries in Europe, including Spain, have relatively large sovereign debt or fiscal deficits, or both, which has led to tensions in the international debt capital markets and interbank lending market and euro exchange rate volatility during 2011.

 

   

Second, the sovereign debt crisis in Europe has intensified and turned more systemic. The Portuguese and Irish rescue programs and the uncertainty over the Greek rescue program have spread doubts about other peripheral economies such as Spain and Italy. Successive European summits since October 2011 and the ECB’s intervention served to gain time, but further progress focused on the completion of the new EU fiscal treaty and strengthening the liquidity firewall and reforms in the periphery are still required.

 

   

Third, the connection between EU sovereign concerns and concerns for the health of the European financial system has intensified, and financial tensions in Europe have reached levels, in many respects, higher than those present after the collapse of Lehman Brothers in October 2008. Financial stress in Europe has increased the cost of financing of governments and financial institutions which, in some cases, have lost access to international funding.

 

   

Finally, growing risk aversion has increased financial market volatility significantly, spilling over to most risky assets and emerging economies for the first time since 2009.

Although some progress has been made since October 2011, we believe a definitive resolution to the European economic crisis requires more decisive action on three fronts. First, concerns surrounding Greece’s solvency must continue to be resolved in an orderly fashion and as quickly as possible, such as pursuant to the recently completed debt exchange with private sector bondholders. In February 2012, the Eurogroup meeting agreed on a second bail-out for Greece amounting to 130 billion, but considerable uncertainties remain concerning the implementation of the bail-out package. At the same time, the mechanisms created to prevent contagion in countries that are solvent but faced with liquidity problems, must be increased and made more flexible to become more effective. Second, structural reforms that stimulate growth must be introduced, including reforms to make financial institutions stronger without triggering sudden deleveraging and restricting credit. And third, the governance agreements approved recently in the Eurozone must begin working so they can provide a clear roadmap to fiscal union, strengthen monetary union, prevent future crises and enhance the credibility of European institutions and countries.

 

12


Table of Contents

The situation in Portugal is particularly challenging. The first review led by the troika and released in mid-August 2011 showed its satisfaction with the performance of the Portuguese economy, but highlighted rising concerns on Portugal’s ability to meet its targets for 2012. This led to a sequence of announcements of additional saving measures to cover the impact of (i) the recognition of deficit and debt misreporting in the region of Madeira and (ii) a worse than expected cyclical behavior. Economic activity in Portugal contracted in 2011 (though less than anticipated) as stagnation in the second quarter of 2011 was followed by contraction in the second half of the year. The economy is set to remain in a deep recession in 2012, with a rebound predicted in 2013. The main drivers behind this outlook can be found in the strong fiscal adjustment to be undertaken in 2012 and in the difficult market and financial conditions that have led most of the economic indicators into negative territory. Confidence continues fading at all levels, reflected in weakening industrial and service sectors, as well as in decreasing investment. Consumption has taken a downturn, with no rebound on the horizon. As a result, Portuguese GDP is expected to fall by around 2.7% in 2012. As of December 31, 2011, our gross exposure to Portuguese customers amounted to 7.8 billion (around 1% of our total assets and 2% of the Group’s outstanding loans).

Economic conditions remain uncertain in Spain, Portugal and the European Union and may deteriorate in the future, which could adversely affect the cost and availability of funding for Spanish and European banks, including BBVA, adversely affecting our loan portfolio or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Since our loan portfolio is highly concentrated in Spain, adverse changes affecting the Spanish economy could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We have historically developed our lending business in Spain, which continues to be our main place of business. As of December 31, 2011, business activity in Spain accounted for 55% of our loan portfolio. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Selected Statistical Information—ASSETS—Loans and Advances to Customers—Loans by Geographic Area.”

After rapid economic growth until 2007, Spanish gross domestic product (“GDP”) grew by 0.9% in 2008, contracted by 3.7% and 0.1% in 2009 and in 2010, respectively, and grew by 0.7% in 2011. Our Economic Research Department (“BBVA Research”) estimates that the Spanish economy will show a negative growth rate in 2012. Forecasts point towards a 1.3% contraction of GDP in 2012 and a slow recovery in 2013. As a result of this contraction, it is expected that economic conditions and unemployment in Spain will continue to deteriorate in 2012.

In addition, GDP forecasts for the Spanish economy could be further revised downwards if measures adopted in response to the economic crisis are not as effective as expected or if public deficit figures force the government to implement additional restrictive measures. In addition to the tightening of fiscal policies in order to correct its economic imbalances, Spain has seen confidence erode, export growth fall, expectations of further fiscal adjustment in 2012 because of the failure to meet 2011 budget targets, weaker activity and, above all, a deterioration in employment in 2011.

The effects of the financial crisis have been particularly pronounced in Spain given Spain’s heightened need for foreign financing as reflected by its high current account and public deficits. Real or perceived difficulties in making the payments associated with these deficits can further damage Spain’s economic situation and increase the costs of financing its public deficit. The aforementioned may be exacerbated by the following:

 

   

The Spanish economy is particularly sensitive to economic conditions in the rest of the Euro area, the primary market for Spanish goods and services exports.

 

13


Table of Contents
   

The domestic demand in 2011 was heavily impacted by fiscal policy both directly, through the progressive contraction on public sector demand (as a result, among other reasons, of tighter fiscal targets), and indirectly, through the impact of these reforms on the consumption and investment decisions of private agents.

 

   

Although the new labor market reform is intended to slow the amount of jobs destroyed in 2012, unemployment is expected to remain above 20% during 2012 and 2013.

 

   

In 2012, the continued deterioration of the labor market may trigger a decline in the wage component of a household’s gross disposable income. Furthermore, the increase of fiscal pressures due to the country’s effort to meet the public deficit targets set for 2012 will reduce the non-wage component of disposable income, despite the possible increase in the volume of unemployment benefits. Higher personal income taxes will also have a negative effect. Households’ nominal disposable income has remained constant in 2011 and is expected to fall by 1.5% in 2012.

 

   

Net financial wealth is not expected to recover until 2013 as a result of the real estate sector adjustments and we expect these adjustments to continue for the coming years.

 

   

Investment in residential real estate contracted by approximately 4.8% in 2011 and a further 6.5% contraction is expected in 2012. In addition, demand for real estate decreased in 2011, primarily as a result of the high unemployment rates and the rise in the personal income tax.

Our loan portfolio in Spain has been adversely affected by the deterioration of the Spanish economy in 2011, 2010 and 2009. In particular, a portion of our loan portfolio consists of residential mortgages and consumer loans to low- and lower middle-income customers and commercial loans to medium- and small-sized companies. As of December 31, 2011, loans to low- and lower middle-income customers and medium- and small-sized companies amounted to approximately 14% and 6%, respectively, of our total loans and receivables to customers in Spain. These groups may be more affected by periods of slowdown in economic activity and, consequently, we may experience higher levels of past due amounts with respect to such groups, which could result in higher levels of allowance for loan losses. Our total substandard loans to customers in Spain amounted to 11,043 million, 10,954 million and 10,973 million as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, principally due to the deterioration in the macroeconomic environment. Our total substandard loans to customers in Spain as a percentage of total loans and receivables to customers in Spain were 5.5%, 5.2% and 5.4% as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our loan loss reserves to customers in Spain as a percentage of substandard loans to customers is Spain as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were 43%, 45% and 44%, respectively.

Given the concentration of our loan portfolio in Spain, any adverse changes affecting the Spanish economy are likely to have a significant adverse impact on our loan portfolio and, as a result, on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Exposure to the Spanish real estate market makes us vulnerable to developments in this market.

In the years prior to 2008, economic growth, strong labor markets and low interest rates in Spain caused an increase in the demand for housing, which resulted in an increase in demand for mortgage loans. This increased demand and the widespread availability of mortgage loans affected housing prices, which rose significantly. After this buoyant period, demand began to adjust in mid-2006. Since the last quarter of 2008, the supply of new homes has been adjusting sharply downward in the residential market in Spain, but a significant excess of unsold homes still exists in the market. Residential real estate mortgages to individuals represented 21.9%, and 23.1% of our domestic loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

14


Table of Contents

We expect housing demand to remain weak and housing transactions to continue decreasing in 2012, even though some measures adopted on December 30, 2011, such as the renewal of government tax breaks for home purchases and super-reduced value added tax rate applicable to real estate transactions should positively influence the demand. Loans for the development of real estate and housing construction in Spain amounted 14,158 million as of December 31, 2011, and represented 7% of our gross domestic lending as of December 31, 2011, which is below the average in the Spanish financial sector according to the Bank of Spain. Our non-performing real estate loans represented 26.4% of our real estate portfolio as of such date.

Highly-indebted households and corporations could endanger our asset quality and future revenues.

Spanish households and businesses have reached, in recent years, a high level of indebtedness, which represents increased risk for the Spanish banking system. In addition, the high proportion of loans referenced to variable interest rates (approximately 69% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011) makes debt service on such loans more vulnerable to changes in interest rates than in the past. Highly indebted households and businesses are less likely to be able to service debt obligations as a result of adverse economic events, which could have an adverse effect on our loan portfolio and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the increase in households’ and businesses’ indebtedness also limits their ability to incur additional debt, decreasing the number of new products we may otherwise be able to sell them and limiting our ability to attract new customers in Spain satisfying our credit standards, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our growth plans.

Risks Relating to Latin America

Events in Mexico could adversely affect our operations.

We are substantially dependant on our Mexican operations, with approximately 1,741 million, 1,707 million and 1,357 million of the net income attributed to parent company in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, being generated in Mexico (58%, 37% and 32% of our net income attributed to parent company in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively). We face several types of risks in Mexico which could adversely affect our banking operations in Mexico or the Group as a whole. Given the internationalization of the financial crisis, the Mexican economy has felt the effects of the global financial crisis and the adjustment process that was underway. This process has intensified since the end of the first quarter of 2011, as a result of the European sovereign crisis. In addition, there are downward risks in Mexico due to a possible lower demand from the U.S., where growth perspectives for 2012 are clearly downward. While analysts’ consensus points to 2012 seeing Mexican GDP growth of around 3.1% (3.3% according to BBVA Research), it is possible that in a more unfavorable environment for the global economy, and particularly in Europe or the United States or otherwise, growth in Mexico will be negative in 2012.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, our mortgage loan portfolio delinquency rates in Mexico were 4.1%, 3.3% and 4.4%, respectively, and our consumer loan portfolio delinquency rates were 2.5%, 2.9% and 4.0%, respectively. If there is a an increase in unemployment rates, which could arise if there is a more pronounced or prolonged slowdown in Europe or the United States, it is likely that such rates will further increase.

 

15


Table of Contents

In addition, any tightening of the monetary policy, including to address upward inflationary pressures, could make it more difficult for customers of our mortgage and consumer loan products in Mexico to service their debts, which could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations of our Mexican subsidiary or the Group as a whole. Furthermore, price regulation, and competition could squeeze the profitability of our Mexican subsidiary. If this were to occur, the market share of our Mexican subsidiary could decrease given its risk management standards. The depreciation of the Mexican peso could also adversely affect the contribution of our Mexican subsidiary to the BBVA Group. Finally, political instability or social unrest could weigh on the economic outlook, which could increase economic uncertainty and capital outflows. Additionally, if the approval of certain structural reforms is delayed, this could make it more difficult to reach potential growth rates in the Mexican economy.

Any of these risks or other adverse developments in laws, regulations, public policies or otherwise in Mexico may adversely affect the business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows of our Mexican subsidiary or the Group as a whole.

Our Latin American subsidiaries’ growth, asset quality and profitability may be affected by volatile macroeconomic conditions, including significant inflation and government default on public debt, in the Latin American countries where they operate.

The Latin American countries in which we operate have experienced significant economic volatility in recent decades, characterized by recessions, foreign exchange crises and significant inflation. This volatility has resulted in fluctuations in the levels of deposits and in the relative economic strength of various segments of the economies to which we lend. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, also affect our profitability by causing lending margins to decrease and leading to decreased demand for higher-margin products and services. In addition, significant inflation can negatively affect our results of operations as was the case in the year ended December 31, 2009, when as a result of the characterization of Venezuela as a hyperinflationary economy, we recorded a 90 million decrease in our net income attributed to parent company.

In addition, as a result of the more challenging global environment and the danger of recession in developed countries, the monetary authorities of certain Latin American countries are holding back the withdrawal of monetary stimuli longer than expected. Possible overheating is leaving economies more vulnerable to an adverse external shock because the growing gap between domestic demand and GDP is making them more dependent on the maintenance of high terms of trade. Inflation has been higher than expected, particularly in Chile and Peru. This has limited consumer purchasing power despite major increases in employment and wages.

Negative and fluctuating economic conditions in some Latin American countries could result in government defaults on public debt. This could affect us in two ways: directly, through portfolio losses, and indirectly, through instabilities that a default in public debt could cause to the banking system as a whole, particularly since commercial banks’ exposure to government debt is generally high in several Latin American countries in which we operate.

While we seek to mitigate these risks through what we believe to be conservative risk policies, no assurance can be given that our Latin American subsidiaries’ growth, asset quality and profitability will not be further affected by volatile macroeconomic conditions in the Latin American countries in which we operate.

 

16


Table of Contents

Latin American economies can be directly and negatively affected by adverse developments in other countries.

Financial and securities markets in Latin American countries in which we operate are, to varying degrees, influenced by economic and market conditions in other countries in Latin America and beyond. Negative developments in the economy or securities markets in one country, particularly in the U.S. or in Europe under current circumstances, may have a negative impact on other emerging market economies. These developments may adversely affect the business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows of our subsidiaries in Latin America. These economies are also vulnerable to conditions in global financial markets and especially to commodities price fluctuations and these vulnerabilities usually reflect adversely in financial market conditions through exchange rate fluctuations, interest rate volatility and deposits volatility. For example, at the beginning of the financial crisis these economies were hit by a simultaneous drop in commodity export prices, a collapse in demand for non-commodity exports and a sudden halting of foreign bank loans. Even though most of these countries withstood the triple shock rather well, with limited damage to their financial sectors, we have seen non-performing loan ratios rise as well as contraction in bank deposits and loans. As a global economic recovery remains fragile, there are risks of a relapse. If the global financial crisis continues and, in particular, if the effects on the Chinese and U.S. economies intensify the business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows of our subsidiaries in Latin America are likely to be materially adversely affected.

We are exposed to foreign exchange and, in some instances, political risks as well as other risks in the Latin American countries in which we operate, which could cause an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations.

We operate commercial banks and insurance and private pension companies in various Latin American countries and our overall success as a global business depends, in part, upon our ability to succeed in differing economic, social and political conditions. We are confronted with different legal and regulatory requirements in many of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These include, but are not limited to, different tax regimes and laws relating to the repatriation of funds or nationalization or expropriation of assets. Our international operations may also expose us to risks and challenges which our local competitors may not be required to face, such as exchange rate risk, difficulty in managing a local entity from abroad, and political risk which may be particular to foreign investors. In addition, there has been an increase in global risk aversion at the start of the last quarter of 2011, as reflected by the pressure on certain currencies and higher levels of perceived uncertainty. This has been particularly the case with Argentina, where the depreciation of the Brazilian real increased pressure on the Argentinean peso, leading to liquidity problems and controls in the foreign-exchange market.

Our presence in Latin American markets also requires us to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries. We cannot assure you that we will continue to succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies that are effective in each country in which we operate or that any of the foregoing factors will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory changes in Latin America that are beyond our control may have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A number of banking regulations designed to maintain the safety and soundness of banks and limit their exposure to risk are applicable in certain Latin American countries in which we operate. Local regulations differ in a number of material respects from equivalent regulations in Spain and the United States.

 

17


Table of Contents

Changes in regulations that are beyond our control may have a material effect on our business and operations, particularly in Venezuela and Argentina. In addition, since some of the banking laws and regulations have been recently adopted, the manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. No assurance can be given that laws or regulations will be enforced or interpreted in a manner that will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Private pension management companies are heavily regulated and are exposed to major risks concerning changes in those regulations in areas such as reserve requirements, fees and competitive conditions.

Risks Relating to the United States

Our continued expansion in the United States increases our exposure to the U.S. market.

Our expansion in the United States makes us more vulnerable to developments in this market, particularly the real estate market. During the summer of 2007, the difficulties experienced by the subprime mortgage market triggered a real estate and financial crisis, which has had significant effects on the real economy and which has resulted in significant volatility and uncertainty in markets and economies around the world. As we have acquired entities or assets in the United States, particularly BBVA Compass and certain deposits and liabilities of Guaranty Bank (“Guaranty”), our exposure to the U.S. market has increased. The recent economic growth estimates for the U.S., showing that economic recovery is slower than expected, and growing regulatory pressure in the U.S. financial sector resulted in a write down of goodwill related to our acquisition of BBVA Compass in the aggregate amount of 1,444 million as of December 31, 2011. See Note 20 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Similar or worsening economic conditions in the United States could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of our subsidiary BBVA Compass, or the Group as a whole, and could require us to provide BBVA Compass with additional capital.

Risks Relating to Other Countries

Our strategic growth in Asia exposes us to increased regulatory, economic and geopolitical risk relating to emerging markets in the region, particularly in China.

Pursuant to certain transactions completed in the past few years (see Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements), we increased our ownership interest in members of the CITIC Group, a Chinese banking group, by increasing our stake in CITIC International Financial Holdings Ltd (“CIFH”) to 29.7% and China National Citic Bank (“CNCB”) to 10.07% as of December 31, 2010. CIFH is a banking entity headquartered in Hong Kong and CNCB is a banking entity headquartered in China

As a result of our expansion into Asia, we are exposed to increased risks relating to emerging markets in the region, particularly in China. The Chinese government has exercised, and continues to exercise, significant influence over the Chinese economy. Chinese governmental actions, including changes in laws or regulations or in the interpretation of existing laws or regulations, concerning the economy and state-owned enterprises, or otherwise affecting our activity, could have a significant effect on Chinese private sector entities in general, and on CIFH or CNCB in particular. Chinese authorities have implemented a series of monetary tightening and macro prudential policies to slow credit growth and to contain rises in real estate prices. These could undermine profitability in the banking sector generally and CIFH’s and CNCB’s respective profitability in particular. Our business in China may also be affected by the increased credit quality risks resulting from the recent increase in local government debt and financial stresses in smaller companies as their access to various forms of non-bank credit is tightened.

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition, while we believe long term prospects in both China and Hong Kong are positive, particularly for the consumer finance market, near term risks are present from the impact of a slowdown in global growth, which could result in tighter financing conditions and could pose risks to credit quality. China’s GDP growth has moderated following efforts to avert overheating and steer the economy towards a soft landing. While domestic demand and production remain strong, there is an increased probability of a hard landing as a result of the uncertainties concerning the global environment, exacerbated by a rise in domestic financial fragilities.

Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our investments in China and Hong Kong or the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Group.

Since Garanti operates primarily in Turkey, economic and other developments in Turkey may have a material adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

In 2011, we acquired a 25.01% interest in Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş. (“Garanti”). Most of Garanti’s operations are conducted, and most of its customers are located, in Turkey. Accordingly, Garanti’s ability to recover on loans, its liquidity and financial condition and its results of operations are substantially dependent upon the political, economic, financial and geopolitical conditions prevailing in or that otherwise affect Turkey. If the Turkish economy is adversely affected by, among other factors, a reduction in the level of economic activity, continuing inflationary pressures, devaluation or depreciation of the Turkish Lira, a natural disaster or an increase in domestic interest rates, then a greater portion of Garanti’s customers may not be able to repay loans when due or meet their other debt service requirements to Garanti, which would increase Garanti’s past due loan portfolio and could materially reduce its net income and capital levels. After growing by approximately 8.5% in 2011, the Turkish economy is expected to grow by 1.9% in 2012. In addition, inflation is expected to further increase by 9.1% in 2012. Moreover, the current account deficit has widened during 2011, raising concerns about Turkey’s vulnerability to a sudden stop of capital flows.

Furthermore, political uncertainty or instability within Turkey and in some of its neighboring countries has historically been one of the potential risks associated with investments in Turkish companies. Despite Turkey’s increased political and economic stability in recent years and the implementation of institutional reforms to conform to international standards, Turkey is an emerging market and it is subject to greater risks than more developed markets. Financial turmoil in any emerging market could negatively affect other emerging markets, including Turkey, or the global economy in general. Moreover, financial turmoil in emerging markets tends to adversely affect stock prices and debt securities prices of other emerging markets as investors move their money to more stable and developed markets, and may reduce liquidity to companies located in the affected markets. An increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies in general, or Turkey in particular, could dampen capital flows to Turkey and adversely affect the Turkish economy. In addition, a further deterioration in the EU accession process may negatively affect Turkey. Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

Foreign exchange, political and other risks relating to Turkey could cause an adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

As a result of the consummation of the Garanti acquisition, we will be exposed to foreign exchange, political and other risks relating to Turkey. For example, currency restrictions and other restraints on transfer of funds may be imposed by the Turkish government, Turkish government regulation or administrative polices may change unexpectedly or otherwise negatively affect Garanti,

 

19


Table of Contents

the Turkish government may increase its participation in the economy, including through expropriations or nationalizations of assets, or the Turkish government may impose burdensome taxes or tariffs. The occurrence of any or all of the above risks could have a material adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

In addition, a significant majority of Garanti’s total securities portfolio is invested in securities issued by the Turkish government. In addition to any direct losses that Garanti might incur, a default, or the perception of increased risk of default, by the Turkish government in making payments on its securities or the possible downgrade in Turkey’s credit rating would likely have a significant negative impact on the value of the government securities held in Garanti’s securities portfolio and the Turkish banking system generally and make such government securities difficult to sell, and may have a material adverse effect on Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment in Garanti.

We have entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş Holding A.Ş. in connection with the Garanti acquisition.

We have entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş Holding A.Ş. (“Doğuş”) in connection with the Garanti acquisition. Pursuant to the shareholders’ agreement, we and Doğuş have agreed to manage Garanti through the appointment of board members and senior management. Doğuş is one of the largest Turkish conglomerates and has business interests in the financial services, construction, tourism and automotive sectors. Any financial reversal, negative publicity or other adverse circumstance relating to Doğuş could adversely affect Garanti or BBVA. Furthermore, we must successfully cooperate with Doğuş in order to manage Garanti and grow its business. It is possible that we and Doğuş will be unable to agree on the management or operational strategies to be followed by Garanti, which could adversely affect Garanti’s business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our investment and lead to our failure to achieve the expected benefits from the Garanti acquisition.

Other Risks

Our financial statements and periodic disclosure under securities laws may not give you the same information as financial statements prepared under U.S. accounting rules and periodic disclosures provided by domestic U.S. issuers.

Publicly available information about public companies in Spain is generally less detailed and not as frequently updated as the information that is regularly published by or about listed companies in the United States. In addition, although we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act is more limited than the periodic disclosure required of U.S. issuers. Finally, we maintain our financial accounts and records and prepare our financial statements in conformity EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB, which differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP, the financial reporting standard to which many investors in the United States may be more accustomed.

The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) is currently unable to conduct inspections of our independent registered public accounting firm’s audits and quality controls.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte, S.L., is registered with the PCAOB.

Deloitte, S.L. is required by U.S. law to undergo regular PCAOB inspections to assess its compliance with U.S. law and professional standards in connection with its audits of financial

 

20


Table of Contents

statements filed with the SEC. However, because our auditor is located in Spain, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Spanish authorities, our auditor is currently not undergoing such PCAOB inspections.

Inspections of other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside Spain have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. This lack of PCAOB inspections in Spain prevents the PCAOB from evaluating our auditor’s audits and its quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

Accordingly, although our Consolidated Financial Statements were audited in accordance with the standards set forth by the PCAOB, the inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in Spain makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared with auditors outside of Spain that are subject to PCAOB inspections.

 

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

BBVA’s predecessor bank, BBV, was incorporated as a limited liability company (a “sociedad anónima” or S.A.) under the Spanish Corporations Law on October 1, 1988. BBVA was formed following the merger of Argentaria into BBV, which was approved by the shareholders of each entity on December 18, 1999 and registered on January 28, 2000. It conducts its business under the commercial name “BBVA”. BBVA is registered with the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya (Spain). It has its registered office at Plaza de San Nicolás 4, Bilbao, Spain, 48005, and operates out of Paseo de la Castellana, 81, 28046, Madrid, Spain telephone number +34-91-374-6201. BBVA’s agent in the U.S. for U.S. federal securities law purposes is Sandy Salgado (1345 Avenue of Americas, 45th Floor New York, NY 10105, telephone number +1-212-728-1614). BBVA is incorporated for an unlimited term.

Capital Expenditures

Our principal investments are financial: subsidiaries and affiliates. The main capital expenditures from 2009 to the date of this Annual Report were the following:

2012

Acquisition of Unnim. On March 7, 2012, the Management Commission of the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (Fondo de Restructuración Ordenada Bancaria or “FROB”) accepted BBVA’s offer to acquire Unnim Banc, S.A. (“Unnim”). The FROB, the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions (Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos or “FGD”) and BBVA have entered into a purchase agreement, by virtue of which BBVA will acquire 100% of the shares of Unnim for a purchase price of 1.

In addition, BBVA, the FDG, the FROB and Unnim have signed a “Protocol of Financial Measures” for the restructuring of Unnim, which regulates the Asset Protection Scheme through which the FGD will be responsible for 80% of the losses undergone by a predetermined asset portfolio of Unnim, calculated once the existing provisions on the related assets are applied, for a period of 10 years following the transaction.

The closing of the purchase agreement and the “Protocol of Financial Measures” is subject to obtaining the relevant administrative authorizations and approvals, including the approval of the Bank of Spain, the Finance Secretary of State, the European Commission and the relevant competition authorities. Unnim’s assets as of December 31, 2011 were 29 billion and it reported losses of 469 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

21


Table of Contents

2011

Acquisition of a capital holding in the Turkish bank Garanti. On March 22, 2011, through the execution of the agreements signed in November 2010 with the Doğuş group and having obtained the corresponding authorizations, BBVA completed the acquisition of a 24.89% holding of the share capital of Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş. (“Garanti”). Subsequently, an additional 0.12% holding was acquired through the stock exchanges, increasing the BBVA Group’s total holding in the share capital of Garanti to 25.01% as of December 31, 2011. The total amount spent on these acquisitions totaled $5,876 million (approximately 4,408 million).

The agreements with the Doğuş group include an arrangement for the joint management of the bank and the appointment of some of the members of its Board of Directors by the BBVA Group. BBVA also has a perpetual option to purchase an additional 1% of Garanti, which will become exercisable on March 22, 2016. Considering its current shareholding structure, if the BBVA Group were to exercise this option, it would have effective control of Garanti.

As of December 31, 2011, the goodwill recorded in connection with these acquisitions amounted to 1,262 million (see Note 20.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements), although this amount is provisional since IFRS 3 grants a period of one year to make a definitive determination. BBVA financed part of this acquisition with funds from the capital increase carried out on November 29, 2010.

Taking into account the aforementioned joint management agreements, this 25.01% holding in Garanti is consolidated in the BBVA Group using the proportionate consolidation method, and its contribution to the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2011, after applying the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, represented 3.06% of the Group’s total assets (18,309 million) and 2.66% of its total liabilities (14,850 million) at that date.

The contribution from Garanti to the main items on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, after applying the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, was 4,937 million to various portfolios of financial assets, 11,160 million to “Loans and receivables” and 14,187 million to “Financial liabilities at amortized cost.”

The contribution of Garanti to the BBVA Group’s consolidated income statement from the date of its acquisition to December 31, 2011, after making the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, was 428 million to “Net interest income”, 580 million to “Gross income”, and 193 million to “Net income”. This represents a total of 6.43% of the Group’s consolidated net income in 2011.

If this business combination had been performed at the start of 2011, it is estimated that after the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, Garanti would have contributed 266 million to Group’s consolidated net income for 2011.

Purchase of Credit Uruguay Banco. On January 18, 2011, after obtaining the corresponding authorizations, the purchase of Credit Uruguay Banco was completed for approximately 78 million, generating goodwill for an insignificant amount.

Capital increase in CNCB. BBVA participated in the capital increase carried out by China National Citic Bank (“CNCB”) in 2011, in order to maintain its stake in CNCB (15%), with a payment of 425 million.

2010

On April 1, 2010, after obtaining the corresponding authorizations, the purchase of an additional 4.93% of CNCB’s capital was finalized for 1,197 million. As of December 31, 2010, BBVA had a 29.68% holding in CIFH and a 15% holding in CNCB.

 

22


Table of Contents

2009

On August 21, 2009, through our subsidiary BBVA Compass, we acquired certain assets and liabilities of Guaranty from the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) through a public auction for qualified investors. BBVA Compass acquired assets, mostly loans, for $11,441 million (approximately 8,016 million) and assumed liabilities, mostly customer deposits, for $12,854 million (approximately 9,006 million). These acquired assets and liabilities represented 1.5% and 1.8% of our total assets and liabilities on the acquisition date.

In addition, the purchase included a loss-sharing agreement with the FDIC under which the latter undertook to assume 80% of the losses on up to the first $2,285 million of the loans purchased by us and up to 95% of the losses, if any, on the loans exceeding this amount. This commitment has a maximum term of either five or ten years, depending on the portfolios.

Capital Divestitures

Our principal divestitures are financial, in subsidiaries and in affiliates. The main capital divestitures from 2009 to the date of this Annual Report were the following:

2011

During 2011, BBVA sold its participation in certain non-strategic associates and also concluded the liquidation and merger of several issuers, financial services and real estate affiliates. Additional information on these transactions is included in Appendix V to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

2010

During 2010, we sold our participations in certain non-strategic associates and also we have concluded the liquidation and merger of several issuers, financial services and real estate affiliates.

2009

During 2009, we sold our participations in certain non-strategic associates (including our 22.9% stake in Air Miles España, S.A.) which gave rise to no significant gains.

As a part of the reorganization process in the United States and Mexico, we concluded the liquidation and merger of several affiliates of BBVA Compass and of BBVA Bancomer.

B. Business Overview

BBVA is a highly diversified international financial group, with strengths in the traditional banking businesses of retail banking, asset management, private banking and wholesale banking. We also have investments in some of Spain’s leading companies.

Business Areas

For fiscal year 2011, we changed the management of our business areas mainly due to the integration of Garanti into the BBVA Group and a new management focus on geographical business areas, instead of a mix of geographical and business activities areas. We believe that, since the beginning of the financial crisis, the importance of the geographical location of businesses in order to make a proper assessment of risks and a better estimate of future growth possibilities has become more evident.

 

23


Table of Contents

We currently manage our business areas to focus on five geographical areas: Spain, Mexico, South America, the United States and Eurasia. The changes made in 2011 with respect to the criteria followed in 2010 to reflect the current composition of our business areas are summarized below:

 

   

In 2011, the integration of Garanti into BBVA resulted in the creation of a new geographical business area, Eurasia, which includes our investment in Garanti, our Asian operations, including our stake in China National Citic Bank (“CNCB”), and our European business outside of Spain.

 

   

The operations of Spain and Portugal were disaggregated. The new Spain business segment excludes the Portuguese business (which is now included in Eurasia) mainly to separate activities in Spain and outside Spain, and includes the global activities related to wholesale banking and asset management, which in 2010 we reported under our former Wholesale Banking and Asset Management (“WB&AM”) business area.

The business areas of Mexico, the U.S. and South America did not change in 2011.

As a result of the above, in 2011 the Group’s businesses have been restructured into the following business areas, which are further broken down into business units, as described below:

 

   

Spain

 

   

Eurasia

 

   

Mexico

 

   

United States

 

   

South America

In addition to these business areas, we continue to have a separate “Corporate Activities” area. This area handles our general management functions, which mainly consist of structural positions for interest rates associated with the euro balance sheet and exchange rates, together with liquidity management and shareholders’ funds. This area also books the costs from central units that have a strictly corporate function and makes allocations to corporate and miscellaneous provisions, such as early retirement and others of a corporate nature. It also includes the Industrial and Financial Holdings Unit and the Group’s Spanish real estate business.

The financial information for our business areas for 2010 and 2009 presented in this Annual Report has been prepared on a uniform basis, consistent with our organizational structure in 2011.

The breakdown of the BBVA Group’s total assets by business segments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Spain

     309,912         297,642         294,843   

Eurasia

     53,398         45,975         48,402   

Mexico

     74,283         75,152         62,855   

South America

     63,444         51,671         44,378   

United States

     55,413         57,575         77,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal Assets by Business areas

     556,450         528,015         528,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate Activities

     41,238         24,723         6,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets BBVA Group

     597,688         552,738         535,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating the net income attributed to parent company by each of our business areas for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

    

Net Income/(Loss) Attributed
to Parent Company

     % of Net Income/(Loss) Attributed
to Parent Company
 
     For Year Ended December 31,  
     2011(*)      2010      2009      2011(*)      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in Percentage)  

Spain

     1,363         2,255         2,801         30.9         39.7         62.8   

Eurasia

     1,027         588         473         23.3         10.4         10.6   

Mexico

     1,741         1,707         1,357         39.4         30.1         30.4   

South America

     1,007         889         780         22.8         15.7         17.5   

United States

     (722      239         (950      (16.3      4.2         (21.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

Subtotal Business Areas

     4,417         5,678         4,461         100.0         100.0         100.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

Corporate Activities

     (1,413      (1,072      (251         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

Income attributed to the BBVA Group

     3,004         4,606         4,210            
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

(*)

Income/(Loss) attributed to parent company by each business area for the year ended December 31, 2011 has been affected by the goodwill impairment in the U.S. and the acquisition of Garanti, which have affected, respectively, the contribution of the United States and Eurasia business segments.

The following table sets forth information relating to the income of each business segment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

  

 

 

 
            Business Areas        
     BBVA
Group
     Spain      Eurasia      Mexico      South
America
     United
States
    Corporate
Activities
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

2011

                   

Net interest income

     13,160         4,399         801         3,827         3,164         1,590        (621

Gross income

     20,566         6,357         1,952         5,550         4,457         2,277        (27

Operating income(*)

     10,615         3,556         1,307         3,539         2,415         786        (987

Income before tax

     3,770         1,914         1,170         2,299         1,877         (1,061     (2,430

Net income

     3,004         1,363         1,027         1,741         1,007         (722     (1,413

2010

                   

Net interest income

     13,320         4,878         345         3,688         2,495         1,794        121   

Gross income

     20,910         7,055         1,080         5,496         3,797         2,551        932   

Operating income(*)

     11,942         4,240         785         3,597         2,129         1,034        158   

Income before tax

     6,422         3,160         675         2,281         1,670         309        (1,673

Net income

     4,606         2,255         588         1,707         889         239        (1,072

2009

                   

Net interest income

     13,882         5,571         387         3,307         2,566         1,679        372   

Gross income

     20,666         7,875         953         4,870         3,637         2,412        919   

Operating income(*)

     12,307         5,031         675         3,316         2,058         1,047        180   

Income before tax

     5,735         3,890         611         1,770         1,575         (1,428     (683

Net income

     4,210         2,801         473         1,357         780         (950     (251

 

(*)

“Gross income” minus “Administration costs” and “Depreciation and amortization”.

 

25


Table of Contents

Spain

The business area of Spain includes all of BBVA’s banking and non-banking businesses in Spain, other than those included in the Corporate Activities area. The main business units included in this business area are:

 

   

Spanish Retail Network: including the segments of individual customers, private banking, small companies and businesses in the domestic market.

 

   

Corporate and Business Banking (CBB): which manages small and medium sized enterprises (“SMEs”), companies and corporations, public institutions and developer segments.

 

   

Corporate and Investment Banking (C&IB): responsible for business with large corporations and multinationals.

 

   

Global Markets (GM): which covers treasury and distribution activities on the Spanish market.

 

   

Other units: which include the insurance business unit in Spain (BBVA Seguros), and the Asset Management unit, which manages Spanish mutual fund and pension funds.

The following table sets forth information relating to the activity of this business area for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     309,912         297,641         294,843   

Loans and advances to customers

     214,156         218,127         211,651   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     77,015         78,882         75,976   

Consumer finance

     8,114         9,205         10,867   

Loans

     6,484         7,499         9,022   

Credit cards

     1,631         1,706         1,845   

Loans to enterprises

     75,813         78,774         82,912   

Loans to public sector

     24,915         23,110         19,964   

Total customer deposits

     117,174         112,852         96,132   

Current and savings accounts

     41,587         41,157         43,647   

Time deposits

     48,447         48,116         32,241   

Other customers funds

     27,139         23,579         20,244   

Off-balance sheet funds

     51,156         53,598         62,322   

Mutual funds

     20,366         23,445         32,086   

Pension funds

     17,212         16,799         17,162   

Other placements

     13,578         13,355         13,074   

Economic capital allocated

     10,306         10,160         9,273   

As of December 31, 2011, the balance of loans and advances to customers was 214,156 million, a 1.8% decrease from the 218,127 million recorded as of December 31, 2010, as a result of the deleveraging process and weak consumption. The general trend has been a weak turnover, with the most notable decreases recorded in the segment of higher-risk businesses and corporations, and in consumer loans.

As of December 31, 2011, our outstanding payment protection insurance policies amounted to 41 billion and insured approximately 20% of our total loans and advances to customers in Spain as of

 

26


Table of Contents

such date. Substantially all of our payment protection insurance products provide consumer or mortgage payment protection in the case of loss of life or disability (while approximately 5% of these products provide protection in the case of unemployment or a work-related illness). These insurance products are granted by our insurance subsidiary to borrowers within our own consumer and mortgage portfolio. Upon the occurrence of the insured event, our insurance subsidiary pays the entire outstanding principal amount, together with any accrued interest, of the related loan. Since the risk remains within the Group, we do not consider our payment protection insurance products when determining the appropriate amount of allowance for loan losses on the related loans. We account for these products as insurance contracts.

As of December 31, 2011, total on-balance and off-balance sheet customer deposits including mutual funds, pension funds and customer portfolios, were 168,330 million, a 1.1% increase from the 166,450 million posted as of December 31, 2010. There were changes in the mix of total customer deposits as a result of turmoil in the markets, which reduced the value of assets under management and led to a change in customer preference from mutual funds to other liability products, particularly promissory notes carrying high fixed levels of interest. Time deposits remained stable due to the high percentage of renewals during the third quarter of 2011.

Customer deposits were 117,174 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to 112,852 as of December 31, 2010, an increase of 3.8%, mainly due to the high percentage of renewals of time deposits during the period.

Mutual fund assets under management were 20,366 million as of December 31, 2011, a 13.1% decrease from the 23,445 million recorded as of December 31, 2010.

As of December 31, 2011, our outstanding guaranteed mutual fund products amounted to 12 billion (approximately 58% of our outstanding mutual fund products in Spain as of such date). Our guaranteed fund products relate mainly to mutual funds in respect of which the return of principal (rather than the yield) is guaranteed by means of a deposit and a derivative contract entered into by us, both of which are recognized on our balance sheet. We account for these products as deposits or derivative contracts.

Pension fund assets under management were 17,212 million as of December 31, 2011, a 2.5% increase from the 16,799 million recorded as of December 31, 2010.

Eurasia

This business area covers the Group’s activity in Europe (excluding Spain) and Asia. Accordingly, it includes BBVA Portugal, Consumer Finance Italy and Portugal, the retail business of branches in Paris, London and Brussels (which in 2010 had been reported under the “Spain and Portugal” business area), and WB&AM activity (comprised of Corporate and Investment Banking, Global Markets and CNCB) within this geographical area. It also covers the Group’s holding in Garanti.

The importance of this area is increasing both in terms of earnings and our balance sheet and, as the rest of the franchises, it has evolved positively and increased the Group’s diversification and growth capacity. The positive contribution of Garanti starting in March 2011 and the increase in earnings from CNCB are worth mentioning in this regard.

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this business area for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     53,398         45,975         48,402   

Loans and advances to customers

     34,740         24,281         23,964   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     2,688         2,652         1,932   

Consumer finance

     3,420         913         735   

Loans

     2,400         903         727   

Credit cards

     1,020         10         9   

Loans to enterprises

     11,998         4,956         4,585   

Loans to public sector

     107         113         115   

Total customer deposits

     20,987         20,078         29,686   

Current and savings accounts

     2,688         836         917   

Time deposits

     9,778         2,191         2,945   

Other customer funds

     8,521         17,050         25,824   

Off-balance sheet funds

     1,036         590         637   

Mutual funds

     562         194         245   

Pension funds

     474         397         392   

Economic capital allocated

     4,254         2,546         1,032   

As of December 31, 2011, the loans and advances to customers was 34,740 million, a 43.1% increase from the 24,281 million recorded as of December 31, 2010, mainly due to the incorporation of Garanti. Excluding the amounts from the Turkish bank, the loan book increased by 3.2%.

As of December 31, 2011 customer deposits were 20,987 million, a 4.5% increase from the 20,078 million as of December 31, 2010, mainly due to the contribution of Garanti, principally of retail deposits (current and saving accounts and time deposits), which was partially offset by the decrease in wholesale funds, which affected mainly the European branches (in London, Frankfurt and Brussels).

Mexico

The Mexico business area comprises the banking, pension and insurance businesses conducted in Mexico by the BBVA Bancomer financial group. The business units included in the Mexico area are:

 

   

Retail and Corporate banking, and

 

   

Pensions and Insurance.

 

28


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this business area for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     74,283         75,152         62,855   

Loans and advances to customers

     36,205         36,526         28,996   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     8,234         8,511         6,887   

Consumer finance

     8,070         7,186         5,485   

Loans

     3,584         2,931         2,071   

Credit cards

     4,486         4,255         3,414   

Loans to enterprises

     14,104         14,792         11,454   

Loans to public sector

     3,316         3,275         2,554   

Total customer deposits

     37,704         38,051         31,252   

Current and savings accounts

     21,129         20,963         15,740   

Time deposits

     7,398         8,333         8,102   

Other customer funds

     9,176         8,756         7,411   

Off-balance sheet funds

     34,499         34,895         25,106   

Mutual funds

     15,612         15,341         10,546   

Pension funds

     13,132         12,781         9,519   

Other placements

     5,754         6,773         5,042   

Economic capital allocated

     4,444         3,714         2,892   

As of December 31, 2011, the balance of loans and advances to customers was 36,205 million, a 0.9% decrease from the 36,526 million as of December 31, 2010 mainly due to the decrease in wholesale lending as a result, among others, of the early payment by the Federal Government of a credit line underwritten by several banks (including us) in the country, and the switch made by large corporations from bank lending to financing in wholesale markets due to the low interest rates.

As of December 31, 2011, customer deposits were 37,704 million, a 0.9% decrease from the 38,051 million recorded as of December 31, 2010, due to the exchange rate effect. Excluding this effect, there was an increase of 8.1%.

Mutual fund assets under management were 15,612 million as of December 31, 2011, a 1.8% increase from the 15,341 million recorded as of December 31, 2010.

Pension fund assets under management were 13,132 million as of December 31, 2011, a 2.8% increase from the 12,781 million recorded as of December 31, 2010, due to the positive performance of Afore Bancomer, which continued to perform well as result of the stability of the Mexican labor market.

South America

The South America business area manages the BBVA Group’s banking, pension and insurance businesses in the region. In 2011, Credit Uruguay (which was purchased in January 2011 and merged with BBVA Uruguay in May 2011) was incorporated. In addition, we sold the Group’s holding in the insurance company Consolidar Retiro of Argentina. Finally, we acquired an additional 24.5% stake in Forum (a leading vehicle financing company in Chile) in September 2011.

 

29


Table of Contents

The business units included in the South America business area are:

 

   

Retail and Corporate Banking: includes banks in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela.

 

   

Pension businesses: includes pension businesses in Bolivia, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador and Peru.

 

   

Insurance businesses: includes insurance businesses in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, and Venezuela.

The following table sets forth information relating to the business activity of this business area for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     63,444         51,671         44,378   

Loans and advances to customers

     40,219         31,512         26,223   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     7,124         5,932         4,567   

Consumer finance

     10,087         6,741         5,994   

Loans

     7,594         5,129         4,577   

Credit cards

     2,493         1,611         1,417   

Loans to enterprises

     20,829         16,862         13,831   

Loans to public sector

     914         830         527   

Total customer deposits

     45,776         36,085         31,556   

Current and savings accounts

     26,140         19,326         17,753   

Time deposits

     15,094         12,964         10,273   

Other customer funds

     4,542         3,795         3,530   

Off-balance sheet funds

     50,668         51,862         38,720   

Mutual funds

     2,850         3,063         2,617   

Pension funds

     47,818         48,800         36,104   

Economic capital allocated

     2,912         2,519         2,306   

As of December 31, 2011, the loans and advances to customers were 40,219 million, a 27.6% increase from the 31,512 million recorded as of December 31, 2010. All countries in this business area have seen growth, with significant increases in consumer finance, cards and small companies and businesses.

As of December 31, 2011, customer deposits were 45,776 million, a 26.9% increase from the 36,085 million recorded as of December 31, 2010. Lower-cost transactional deposits such as current and savings accounts increased by 35.3%, which explains a portion of the improvement in net interest income.

Off-balance sheet funds, however, fell by 2.3% as a result of turmoil in the markets.

United States

This business area encompasses the Group’s business in the United States and Puerto Rico. BBVA Compass accounted for approximately 82% of the area’s balance sheet as of

 

30


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011. Given its weight, most of the comments below refer to BBVA Compass. This business area also covers the assets and liabilities of the BBVA office in New York, which specializes in transactions with large corporations.

The business units included in the United States business area are:

 

   

BBVA Compass Banking Group, and

 

   

Other units: BBVA Puerto Rico and Bancomer Transfers Services (“BTS”).

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total Assets

     55,413         57,575         77,676   

Loans and advances to customers

     40,069         39,570         41,120   

Of which:

        

Residential mortgages

     8,487         6,762         4,899   

Consumer finance

     5,503         5,647         6,079   

Loans

     4,961         5,168         5,679   

Credit cards

     541         479         400   

Loans to enterprises

     20,681         19,585         19,966   

Total customer deposits

     36,664         41,354         60,963   

Current and savings accounts

     27,716         25,217         21,708   

Time deposits

     7,963         9,033         10,572   

Other customer funds

     986         7,104         28,683   

Off-balance sheet funds

     6,199         5,307         5,204   

Other placements

     6,199         5,307         5,204   

Economic capital allocated

     3,170         2,972         2,995   

As of December 31, 2011, loans and advances to customers were 40,069 million, a 1.3% increase from the 39,570 million recorded as of December 31, 2010. In 2011, we have continued to aim for the selective growth of lending in BBVA Compass, with a change in the portfolio mix towards items with less cyclical risk (such as loans to the commercial and industrial sector) and reducing higher risk portfolios (such as construction real estate loans).

As of December 31, 2011, customer deposits were 36,664 million, an 11.3% decrease from 41,354 million as of December 31, 2010. In 2011, there was an improvement in the structure of the balance sheet as a result of the decrease in high-interest deposits and an increase in non-interest accounts.

Monetary Policy

The integration of Spain into the European Monetary Union (“EMU”) on January 1, 1999 implied the yielding of monetary policy sovereignty to the Eurosystem. The “Eurosystem” is composed of the ECB and the national central banks of the 17 member countries that form the EMU.

The Eurosystem determines and executes the policy for the single monetary union of the 17 member countries of the EMU. The Eurosystem collaborates with the central banks of member countries to take advantage of the experience of the central banks in each of its national markets. The basic tasks carried out by the Eurosystem include:

 

   

defining and implementing the single monetary policy of the EMU;

 

   

conducting foreign exchange operations in accordance with the set exchange policy;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

lending to national monetary financial institutions in collateralized operations;

 

   

holding and managing the official foreign reserves of the member states; and

 

   

promoting the smooth operation of the payment systems.

In addition, the Treaty on European Union (“EU Treaty”) establishes a series of rules designed to safeguard the independence of the system, in its institutional as well as in its administrative functions.

Supervision and Regulation

The Spanish government traditionally has been closely involved with the Spanish banking system, both as a direct participant through its ownership of ICO and as a regulator retaining an important role in the regulation and supervision of financial institutions.

The Bank of Spain

The Bank of Spain was established in 1962 as a public law entity (entidad de derecho público) that operates as Spain’s autonomous central bank. In addition, it has the ability to function as a private bank. Except in its public functions, the Bank of Spain’s relations with third parties are governed by private law and its actions are subject to the civil and business law codes and regulations.

Until January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain was also the sole entity responsible for implementing Spanish monetary policy. For a description of monetary policy since the introduction of the euro, see “—Monetary Policy”.

Since January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain has performed the following basic functions attributed to the Eurosystem:

 

   

defining and implementing the Eurosystem’s monetary policy, with the principal aim of maintaining price stability across the euro area;

 

   

conducting currency exchange operations consistent with the provisions of Article 111 of the EU Treaty, and holding and managing the Member States’ official currency reserves;

 

   

promoting the sound working of payment systems in the euro area; and

 

   

issuing legal tender banknotes.

Recognizing the foregoing functions as a fully-fledged member of the Eurosystem, the Bank of Spain Law of Autonomy (Ley de Autonomía del Banco de España) stipulates the performance of the following functions by the Bank of Spain:

 

   

holding and managing currency and precious metal reserves not transferred to the ECB;

 

   

supervising the solvency and behavior of credit institutions, other entities and financial markets, for which it has been assigned supervisory responsibility, in accordance with the provisions in force;

 

   

promoting the sound working and stability of the financial system and, without prejudice to the functions of the ECB, of national payment systems;

 

   

placing coins in circulation and the performance, on behalf of the State, of all such other functions entrusted to it in this connection;

 

   

preparing and publishing statistics relating to its functions, and assisting the ECB in the compilation of the necessary statistical information;

 

   

providing treasury services and acting as financial agent for government debt;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

advising the government, preparing the appropriate reports and studies; and

 

   

exercising all other powers attributed to it by legislation.

Subject to the rules and regulations issued by the Ministry of Economy, the Bank of Spain has the following supervisory powers over Spanish banks:

 

   

conducting periodic inspections of Spanish banks to evaluate a bank’s compliance with current regulations including the preparation of financial statements, account structure and credit policies;

 

   

advising a bank’s board of directors and management on its dividend policy;

 

   

undertaking extraordinary inspections of banks; and

 

   

collaborating with other regulatory entities to impose penalties for infringement or violation of applicable regulations.

Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions

The Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions (Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos or “FGD”), which operates under the guidance of the Bank of Spain, was set up by virtue of Royal Decree-Law 16/2011, of October 14. It is an independent legal entity and enjoys full authority to fulfill its functions. Royal Decree-Law 16/2011 unified the three previous guarantee funds that existed in Spain: the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Saving Banks, the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Entities and the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Banking Establishments.

The main objective of the FGD is to guarantee deposits and securities held by credit institutions, up to the limit of 100,000. It also has the authority to carry out any such actions necessary to reinforce the solvency and operation of credit institutions in difficulty, with the purpose of defending the interests of depositors and deposit guarantee funds.

The FGD is funded by annual contributions from member banks. The rate of our contributions in 2011 was 0.06% of the year-end amount of bank deposits to which the guarantee extended and 0.06% over the 5% of the securities held on our clients’ behalf. Pursuant to Royal Decree-Law 19/2011, starting in 2012, our contribution will be equal to 0.2% of the year-end amount of bank deposits to which the guarantee extends and 0.06% over the 5% of the securities held on our clients’ behalf.

In addition, pursuant to Royal Decree-Law 771/2011, during 2011 an additional contribution was made in connection with deposits the remuneration of which exceeded the level established by the Bank of Spain in its Circular 3/2011, of June 30.

As of December 31, 2011, all of the Spanish banks belonging to the BBVA Group were members of the FGD and thus obligated to make annual contributions to it.

Investment Guarantee Fund

Royal Decree 948/2001, of August 3, regulates investor guarantee schemes (Fondo de Garantía de Inversores) related to both investment firms and to credit institutions. These schemes are set up through an investment guarantee fund for securities broker and broker-dealer firms and the deposit guarantee funds already in place for credit institutions. A series of specific regulations have also been enacted, defining the system for contributing to the funds.

The General Investment Guarantee Fund Management Company was created in a relatively short period of time and is a business corporation with capital in which all the fund members hold an interest.

 

33


Table of Contents

Member firms must make a joint annual contribution to the fund equal to 0.06% over the 5% of the securities that they hold on their client’s behalf. However, it is foreseen that these contributions may be reduced if the fund reaches a level considered to be sufficient.

Liquidity Ratio

In an effort to implement European Union monetary policy, effective January 1, 1999, the ECB and the national central banks of the member states of the EMU adopted a regulation that requires banks to deposit an amount equal to two percent of their qualifying liabilities, as defined by the regulation, with the central bank of their home country. These deposits will earn an interest rate equal to the average interest rate of the European System of Central Banks (“ESCB”). Qualifying liabilities for this purpose include:

 

   

deposits;

 

   

debt securities issued; and

 

   

monetary market instruments.

Furthermore, the liquidity ratio is set at 0% instead of 2% for those qualifying liabilities that have a maturity over two years and are sold under repurchase agreements.

Investment Ratio

In the past, the government used the investment ratio to allocate funds among specific sectors or investments. As part of the liberalization of the Spanish economy, it was gradually reduced to a rate of zero percent as of December 31, 1992. However, the law that established the ratio has not been abolished and the government could re-impose the ratio, subject to applicable EU requirements.

Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring

The crisis that has affected the financial markets since 2007 obliged the Spanish authorities to create the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (Fondo de Restructuración Ordenada Bancaria or “FROB”) by Decree-Law 9/2009, of June 26. Its purpose is to help the restructuring processes undertaken by credit institutions and strengthen their capital positions subject to certain conditions. The FROB will support the restructuring strategy of those institutions that require assistance, in three distinct stages:

 

   

search for a private solution by the credit institution itself;

 

   

adopt measures to tackle any weaknesses that may affect the viability of credit institutions; and

 

   

initiate a restructuring process in which the Fund itself has to intervene directly.

The FROB has to act in what is an absolutely exceptional situation that is closely linked to the development of the financial crisis. In order to comply with its objectives, FROB will be funded jointly from the Spanish national budget and the FDG. The FROB will be able to raise funds on securities markets through the issue of debt securities, lending and engaging in any other debt transaction necessary to fulfill its objects.

Capital Requirements

Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008 (“Circular 3/2008”), of May 22, on the calculation and control of minimum capital requirements, regulates the minimum capital requirements for Spanish credit

 

34


Table of Contents

institutions, on an individual and consolidated group basis, and sets forth how to calculate capital meeting such requirements, as well as the various internal capital adequacy assessment processes credit institutions should have in place and the information they should disclose to the market.

Circular 3/2008 is the final implementation, for credit institutions, of the legislation on capital and consolidated supervision of financial institutions, which was contained in Law 36/2007, of November 16, amending Law 13/1985, of May 25, on the investment ratios, capital and reporting requirements of financial intermediaries, and other financial regulations, which also includes Royal Decree 216/2008, of February 15, on the capital of financial institutions. Circular 3/2008 also conforms Spanish legislation to Directive 2006/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, of June 14, 2006, and Directive 2006/49/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, of June 14, 2006. The minimum capital requirements for credit institutions and their consolidated groups were thoroughly revised in both EC directives based on the Capital Accord adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel II”).

The minimum capital requirements established by Circular 3/2008 are calculated on the basis of the Group’s exposure (i) to credit risk and dilution risk (on the basis of the assets, obligations and contingent exposures and commitments that present these risks, depending on their amounts, characteristics, counterparties, guarantees, etc.); (ii) to counterparty risk and position and settlement risk in the trading book; (iii) to foreign exchange risk (on the basis of the overall net foreign currency position); and (iv) to operational risk. Additionally, the Group is subject to compliance with the risk concentration limits established in Circular 3/2008 and with the requirements related to corporate governance, internal capital adequacy assessment, measurement of interest rate risk and certain additional public disclosure obligations set forth therein. With a view to ensuring compliance with the aforementioned objectives, the Group performs integrated management of these risks, in accordance with its internal policies. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the eligible capital of the Group exceeded the minimum required under the regulations then in force. See Note 33 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Under Basel II calculation of the minimum regulatory capital requirements under the standards, referred to as “Pillar 1”, is supplemented with an internal capital adequacy assessment and supervisory review process, referred to as “Pillar 2”. The Group’s internal capital adequacy assessment process is based on the internal model for the quantification of the economic capital required on the basis of the Group’s overall risk profile. Finally, Basel II standards establish, through what is referred to as “Pillar 3”, strict transparency requirements regarding the information on risks to be disclosed to the market.

Circular 3/2008 was modified by Circular 9/2010, of December 22, and Circular 4/2011, of November 30, in order to proceed with the implementation in Spain of the changes to the solvency framework approved at a European level and known as CRD II (Directive 2009/27/EC, of April 7, Directive 2009/89/EC of July 27 and Directive 2009/111/EC, of September 16) and CRD III (Directive 2010/76/EU, of November 24).

The main changes considered in these directives are:

 

   

European harmonization of large exposures limits: a bank will be restricted in lending beyond a certain limit (25% of regulatory capital) to any one party.

 

   

Obligation to establish and maintain, for categories of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on the risk profile of a bank, remuneration policies and practices that are consistent with effective risk management.

 

   

Improved quality of banks’ capital: additional loss absorbency criteria for hybrid capital instruments have been introduced, anticipating Basel III recommendations.

 

35


Table of Contents
   

Improved liquidity risk management: for banking groups that operate in multiple countries, their liquidity risk management—i.e. how they fund their operations on a day-to-day basis—will also be discussed and coordinated within ‘colleges of supervisors’.

 

   

Improved risk management for securitized products: rules on securitized debt—the repayment of which depends on the performance of a dedicated pool of loans—have been tightened. Firms that re-package loans into tradable securities will be required to retain some risk exposure to these securities, while firms that invest in the securities will be allowed to make their decisions only after conducting comprehensive due diligence. If they fail to do so, they will be subject to capital penalties.

 

   

Strengthened capital requirements have been introduced to cover risks in the trading book and related to re-securitizations, following Basel 2.5 agreement.

As part of a wider plan of the Spanish Government for the strengthening of the financial sector, the Royal Decree-Law 2/2011, of February 18 (“RD-L 2/2011”), established new stricter minimum capital requirements for Spanish credit institutions, with a new capital requirement (“capital principal”) for all credit institutions of a minimum of 8%. This ratio will be 10% for those institutions that are not listed on an stock exchange, which have a small presence of private investors, and are dependent upon wholesale funding markets for over 20% of their assets, since they have more limited access to the capital markets. Entities with capital shortages were forced to implement a strategy for closing any detected capital gap in 2011, with the FROB acting as a backstop, in the event of a failure to cover the capital needs through the market.

The entry into force of RD-L 2/2011 opened up a new stage in the process of restructuring and strengthening of the Spanish savings banks. The focus was on recapitalizing institutions that need more capital and encouraging savings banks to merge or to transfer their financial activity to a bank to ease their access to capital markets and wholesale funding. These restructuring and recapitalization processes should ease compliance with Basel III, or at least Basel III-2013, even if some differences exist between the RD-L 2/2011 and the Basel III capital standards.

RD-L 2/2011’s “capital principal” is largely composed of the same items as those considered in the Basel III accord, that is, capital instruments, share premiums, reserves and minority interests. In addition, losses, intangibles and negative value adjustments are deducted in both definitions. The differences between the definitions set forth in RD-L 2/2011 and Basel III relate to the treatment of some deductions, such as investments in financial institutions.

As shown below, we fulfilled the minimum capital requirements as required by RD-L 2/2011 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

     Basel II Capital Ratio     RD-L 2/2011 “Capital Principal”
ratio
 

Minimum required

     8     8

December 2011(1)

     12.9     9.7

December 2010

     13.7     9.5

 

(1)

The decrease in capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 was mainly due to the acquisition of Garanti (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company”).

The new Royal Decree-Law 2/2012, of February 3 (“RD-L 2/2012”), introduces, among other measures, a capital buffer requirement, in terms of “Capital Principal”, equal to 20% of an entity’s problematic credit assets and foreclosed real estate assets. The deadline for complying with this new requirement is December 31, 2012. We believe BBVA will meet this new requirement as of December 31, 2012.

 

36


Table of Contents

In addition, we believe we will meet the EBA’s new minimum capital recommendations referred to in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Us and Our Business—We are subject to substantial regulation, and regulatory and governmental oversight. Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition,” as of June 30, 2012.

Capital Management

Basel Capital Accord—Basel II—Economic Capital

The Group’s capital management is performed at both the regulatory and economic levels.

Regulatory capital management is based on the analysis of the capital base and the capital ratios (core capital, Tier 1, etc.) using Basel (“BIS”) and Bank of Spain criteria. See Note 33 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The aim is to achieve a capital structure that is as efficient as possible in terms of both cost and compliance with the requirements of regulators, ratings agencies and investors. Active capital management includes securitizations, sales of assets, and preferred and subordinated issues of equity and hybrid instruments.

The Bank has obtained the Bank of Spain’s approval with respect to its internal model of capital estimation (“IRB”) concerning certain portfolios and its operational risk internal model.

From an economic standpoint, capital management seeks to optimize value creation at the Group and at its different business units.

The Group allocates economic capital (“CER”) commensurate with the risks incurred by each business. This is based on the concept of unexpected loss at a certain level of statistical confidence, depending on the Group’s targets in terms of capital adequacy. These targets are applied at two levels: the first is core equity, which determines the allocated capital. The Group uses this amount as a basis for calculating the return generated on the equity (“ROE”) in each business. The second level is total capital, which determines the additional allocation in terms of subordinated debt and preference shares. The CER calculation combines lending risk, market risk (including structural risk associated with the balance sheet and equity positions), operational risk and fixed asset and technical risks in the case of insurance companies.

Stockholders’ equity, as calculated under BIS rules, is an important metric for the Group. However, for the purpose of allocating capital to business areas the Group prefers CER. It is risk-sensitive and thus better reflects management policies for the individual businesses and the business portfolio. These provide an equitable basis for assigning capital to businesses according to the risks incurred and make it easier to compare returns.

To internal effects of management and pursuit of the business areas, the Group realizes a capital allocation to each business area.

Concentration of Risk

The Bank of Spain regulates the concentration of risk. Since January 1, 1999, any exposure to a person or group exceeding 10% of a group’s or bank’s regulatory capital has been deemed a concentration. The total amount of exposure represented by all of such concentrations may not exceed 800% of regulatory capital. Exposure to a single person or group may not exceed 25% (20% in the case of non-consolidated companies of the economic group) of a bank’s or group’s regulatory capital.

 

37


Table of Contents

Legal and Other Restricted Reserves

We are subject to the legal and other restricted reserves requirements applicable to Spanish companies. Please see “—Capital Requirements”.

Allowance for Loan Losses

For a discussion of allowances for loan losses and country risk, see Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regulation of the Disclosure of Fees and Interest Rates

Interest rates on most kinds of loans and deposits are not subject to a maximum limit. Banks must publish their preferential rates, rates applied on overdrafts, and fees and commissions charged in connection with banking transactions. Banking clients must be provided with written disclosure adequate to permit customers to ascertain transaction costs. The foregoing regulations are enforced by the Bank of Spain in response to bank client complaints.

Law 44/2002, of November 22, concerning measures to reform the Spanish financial system, contained a rule concerning the calculation of variable interest applicable to loans and credit secured by mortgages, bails, pledges or any other equivalent guarantee.

Employee Pension Plans

Under the relevant collective labor agreements, BBVA and some of its subsidiaries provide supplemental pension payments to certain active and retired employees and their beneficiaries. These payments supplement social security benefits from the Spanish state. See Note 2.2.12 and Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Dividends

If a bank meets the Bank of Spain’s minimum capital requirements described above under “—Capital Requirements”, it may dedicate all of its net profits to the payment of dividends, although, in practice, banks consult with the Bank of Spain before declaring a dividend. Compliance with such requirements notwithstanding, the Bank of Spain may advise a bank against the payment of dividends on grounds of prudence. In no event may dividends be paid from non-distributable reserves. Banks which fail to comply with the capital adequacy ratio by more than 20% are required to devote all of their net profits to increasing their capital ratios. Banks which fail to meet the required ratio by 20% or less must obtain prior approval of the Bank of Spain to distribute any dividends and must devote at least 50% of net profits to increasing their capital ratios. In addition, banks, and their directors and executive officers that do not comply with the liquidity and investment ratios and capital adequacy requirements may be subject to fines or other sanctions. Compliance with the Bank of Spain’s capital requirements is determined on both a consolidated and individual basis. Our Spanish subsidiaries are in compliance with these capital adequacy requirements on both a consolidated and individual basis. If a bank has no net profits, the board of directors may propose at the general meeting of the stockholders that a dividend be declared out of retained earnings.

The Bank of Spain recommends that interim dividends not exceed an amount equal to one-half of net income attributed to parent company from the beginning of the corresponding fiscal year. No interim dividend may be declared when a bank does not meet the minimum capital requirements and, according to the recommendations of the Bank of Spain, interim dividends may not be declared until the Bank of Spain has sufficient knowledge with respect to the year’s profits. Although banks are not legally required to seek prior approval from the Bank of Spain before declaring interim dividends, the

 

38


Table of Contents

Bank of Spain had asked that banks consult with it on a voluntary basis before declaring interim dividends. It should be noted that the Bank of Spain recommended in 2008 to Spanish banks general moderation on the distribution of dividends, to increase their voluntary reserves in order to strengthen their financial situation and to distribute any dividends in treasury stock.

Our bylaws allow for dividends to be paid in cash or in kind as determined by shareholder resolution.

Scrip Dividend

During 2011, a scrip dividend scheme called “Dividendo Opción” was successfully implemented as approved by the shareholders’ general meeting held on March 11, 2011. In line with the 2011 “Dividendo Opción” scheme, the BBVA annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012, passed a resolution adopting two different free-of-charge capital increases for the implementation of a new “Dividendo Opción” scheme for this year.

Upon the execution of each such free-of-charge capital increase, BBVA shareholders will have the option to receive all or part of their remuneration in newly issued free-of-charge shares or to receive all of their remuneration in cash. For additional information on the “Dividendo Opción” scheme, including its tax implications, see “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Spanish Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends—Scrip Dividend”.

The “Dividendo Opción” is implemented as an alternative remuneration scheme for BBVA shareholders with the aim to provide BBVA shareholders with a flexible option to receive newly issued shares of the Bank, without thereby altering BBVA’s cash remuneration policy, in line with the current trend that is being put into practice by other entities in the domestic and international markets.

Shareholders will have the “Dividendo Opción” available to them on two different dates in 2012, coinciding with the dates on which dividends have been historically paid out. However, it should be noted that each capital increase is independent of the other, such that either one may be executed on different dates and either one, or both, may not be made.

Limitations on Types of Business

Spanish banks are subject to certain limitations on the types of businesses in which they may engage directly, but they are subject to few limitations on the types of businesses in which they may engage indirectly.

Mortgage Legislation

Law 2/1981, of March 25, on mortgage market, as amended by Law 41/2007, regulates the different aspects of the Spanish mortgage market and establishes additional rules for the mortgage and financial system.

Royal Decree 716/2009, of April 24, implements several aspects of Law 2/1981, of March 25. The most significant aspects implemented by Royal Decree 716/2009 are, among others, (i) the modification on the loan-to-value ratio requirement intending to improve the quality of Spanish mortgage-backed securities; (ii) the elimination of many of the administrative requirements for the issuance of covered bonds and mortgage bonds; and (iii) the implementation of a special accounting record of the loans and credit facilities used to back issuances of covered bonds and mortgage-backed bonds.

 

39


Table of Contents

Mutual Fund Regulation

Mutual funds in Spain are regulated by the Ministry of the Economy (Dirección General del Tesoro y Política Financiera del Ministerio de Economía) and by the Spanish Securities Market Commission (Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores or “CNMV”). All mutual funds and mutual fund management companies are required to be registered with the CNMV. Spanish mutual funds may be subject to investment limits with respect to single sectors or companies and overall portfolio diversification minimums. In addition, periodic reports including a review of the fund’s performance and any material events affecting the fund are required to be distributed to the fund’s investors and filed with the CNMV.

Reform of the Spanish Corporate Enterprises Act

The consolidated text of the Corporate Enterprises Act adopted under Legislative Royal Decree 1/2010, of July 2, has repealed the former Companies Act, adopted under Legislative Royal Decree 1564/1989, of December 22. This royal legislative decree stems from the authorization set out in the Law 3/2009, of April 3, on structural changes in companies, enabling the Government to proceed to consolidate the legislation for joint stock (“sociedades anónimas”) and limited liability (“sociedades de responsabilidad limitada”) in a single text, bringing together the contents of the two aforementioned acts, as well, the part of the Securities Exchange Act that regulates the most purely corporate-related aspects of joint stock companies whose securities are traded on an official secondary market. The consolidated text also includes the articles of the Commercial Code that address limited partnerships, a derivative corporate device that is barely used in practice. Law 25/2011, of August 1, partially amended the Corporate Enterprises Act and incorporated Directive 2007/36/EC, of July 11, on the exercise of certain rights of shareholders in listed companies.

Reform of the Spanish Auditing Law

Law 12/2010, of June 30, amended Law 19/1988, of July 12, on Accounts Audit, Law 24/1988, of July 28, on Securities Exchanges and the consolidated text of the former Companies Act adopted by Legislative Royal Decree 1564/1989, of December 22 (currently, the Corporate Enterprises Act), for its adaptation to EU regulations. This law transposed Directive EU/2006/43 which regulates aspects, among others, related to: authorization and registry of auditors and auditing companies, confidentiality and professional secrecy which the auditors may observe, rules on independency and liability as well as certain rules on the composition and functions of the auditing committee. The Royal Decree 1/2011, of July 1, approved the consolidated text of the Accounts Audit Law.

U.S. Regulation

Banking Regulation

BBVA is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). As such, BBVA is subject to the regulation and supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Among other things, the Group’s direct and indirect activities and investments in the United States are limited to banking activities and certain non-banking activities that are “closely related to banking,” as determined by the Federal Reserve, and certain other activities permitted under the BHC Act. BBVA also is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring, directly or indirectly, the ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting stock of any U.S. bank or bank holding company.

Under current Federal Reserve policy, BBVA is required to act as a source of financial strength for its U.S. bank subsidiaries. Among other things, this source of strength obligation may result in a requirement for BBVA, as controlling shareholder, to inject capital into any of its U.S. bank subsidiaries.

 

40


Table of Contents

The Group’s U.S. bank subsidiaries and BBVA’s U.S. branches are also subject to supervision and regulation by a variety of other U.S. regulatory agencies. In addition to supervision by the Federal Reserve, BBVA’s New York branch is licensed and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services. Each of BBVAPR Holding Corporation, a direct subsidiary of BBVA, BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., a direct subsidiary of BBVA, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of BBVA, is considered a bank holding company within the meaning of the BHC Act and is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. Compass Bank is an Alabama state-chartered bank, is a member of the Federal Reserve System, and has branches in Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico, and Texas. Compass Bank is supervised and examined by the Federal Reserve and the State of Alabama Banking Department. In addition, certain aspects of Compass Bank’s branch operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico, and Texas are subject to examination by their respective state banking regulators in such states. Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Puerto Rico (“BBVA Puerto Rico”) is a bank chartered and supervised by the Oficina del Comisionado de Instituciones Financieras de Puerto Rico. Compass Bank and BBVA Puerto Rico are also depository institutions insured by, and subject to the regulation of, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

BBVA Bancomer, S.A. agency office in Houston, Texas is a non-FDIC insured agency office of BBVA Bancomer, S.A., an indirect subsidiary of BBVA, that is licensed under the laws of the State of Texas and supervised by the Texas Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve.

Bancomer Transfer Services, Inc., a non-banking affiliate of BBVA and a direct subsidiary of BBVA Bancomer USA, Inc., is licensed as a money transmitter by the State of California Department of Financial Institutions, the Texas Department of Banking, and certain other state regulatory agencies. Bancomer Transfer Services, Inc. is also registered as a money services business with the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

A major focus of U.S. governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at fighting money laundering and terrorist financing. Regulations applicable to BBVA and certain of its affiliates impose obligations to maintain appropriate policies, procedures, and controls to detect, prevent, and report money laundering. In particular, Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), as amended, requires financial institutions operating in the United States to (i) give special attention to correspondent and payable-through bank accounts, (ii) implement enhanced reporting due diligence, and ‘know your customer’ standards for private banking and correspondent banking relationships, (iii) scrutinize the beneficial ownership and activity of certain non-U.S. and private banking customers (especially for so-called politically exposed persons), and (iv) develop new anti-money laundering programs, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance programs under the Bank Secrecy Act and regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Regulation of Other U.S. Entities

The Group’s U.S. broker-dealers are subject to regulation and supervision by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) with respect to their securities activities, as well as various U.S. state regulatory authorities. Additionally, the securities underwriting and dealing activities of BBVA’s indirect U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, BBVA Securities, Inc., are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve.

 

41


Table of Contents

The activities of the Group’s U.S. investment adviser affiliates are regulated and supervised by the SEC.

In addition, the Group’s U.S. insurance agency affiliates are subject to regulation and supervision by various U.S. state insurance regulatory authorities.

Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, the United States enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which provides a broad framework for significant regulatory changes that will extend to almost every area of U.S. financial regulation. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses, among other issues, systemic risk oversight, bank capital standards, the liquidation of failing systemically significant U.S. financial institutions, over-the-counter derivatives, restrictions on the ability of banking entities to engage in proprietary trading activities and invest in hedge funds and private equity funds (known as the “Volcker Rule”), consumer and investor protection, hedge fund registration, municipal advisor registration and regulation, securitization, investment advisor registration and regulation and the role of credit-rating agencies. Compass Bank has registered with the SEC and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board as a municipal advisor pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act’s municipal advisor registration requirements.

Various U.S. regulators are implementing the Dodd-Frank Act through detailed rulemaking that will likely continue for several years. Once it is fully implemented, the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules are expected to result in additional costs and impose certain limitations and restrictions affecting the conduct of our businesses, although uncertainty remains about the final details, impact and timing of many of the rules.

Among other changes, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that the Federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve, establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements applicable to insured depository institutions, bank and thrift holding companies and systemically important non-bank financial companies. These minimum requirements must be not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, and not quantitatively lower than the requirements in effect for insured depository institutions as of the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act. In response to these requirements, the Federal banking agencies have adopted a rule effectively establishing a permanent capital floor for covered institutions equal to the risk-based capital requirements under the banking agencies’ Basel I capital adequacy guidelines. It is anticipated that additional rules will be proposed and adopted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act’s minimum capital provisions, including adjustments to minimum capital requirements in response to further revisions and refinements to the international standards adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

The Dodd-Frank Act also provides Federal banking agencies with tools to impose greater capital, leverage and liquidity requirements and other prudential standards for financial institutions that pose significant systemic risk and bank holding companies with greater than $50 billion in assets. In January 2012, the Federal Reserve proposed extensive rules to implement these enhanced supervisory and prudential requirements, including additional capital and leverage requirements, additional liquidity requirements, limits on single counterparty exposure, risk management and risk committee requirements, more stringent stress testing requirements and various mandatory remediation actions under certain circumstances. The rules proposed by the Federal Reserve to date are not directly applicable to foreign bank holding companies, such as BBVA, but are applicable to U.S.-based bank holding companies with consolidated assets in excess of $50 billion, including BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. The Federal Reserve has announced that it is actively developing a proposed framework for applying the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards and early remediation requirements to foreign banking organizations. In applying its enhanced prudential standards rulemaking to foreign

 

42


Table of Contents

bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve is required to take into account the principle of national treatment and equality of competitive opportunity, and the extent to which the foreign bank holding company is subject to comparable home country standards.

Under capital plan and stress test rules adopted by the Federal Reserve, BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. is required to conduct periodic stress tests and submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve for review, which must, among other things, include a description of planned capital actions and demonstrate the company’s ability to maintain minimum capital above existing minimum capital ratios and above a Tier 1 common equity-to-total risk-weighted asset ratio of 5% under both expected and stressed conditions over a minimum nine-quarter planning horizon.

The Dodd-Frank Act’s Volcker Rule also limits the ability of banking entities, except solely outside the United States in the case of non-U.S. banking entities, to sponsor or invest in private equity or hedge funds and to engage in certain types of proprietary trading unrelated to serving clients. U.S. regulators have proposed rules implementing the statute. The Dodd-Frank Act also changes the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance assessment framework (the amounts paid by FDIC-insured institutions into the deposit insurance fund of the FDIC), primarily by basing assessments on an FDIC-insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity rather than on U.S. domestic deposits, which is expected to shift a greater portion of the aggregate assessments to large banks (such as Compass Bank).

Under the so-called swap “push-out” provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, the derivatives activities of U.S. banks (such as Compass Bank) and U.S. branch offices of foreign banks (such as BBVA’s New York branch) will be restricted, which may necessitate changes to how we conduct our derivatives activities. Entities that are swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants or major security-based swap participants will be required to register with the SEC, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or both, and will become subject to additional requirements relating to capital, margin, business conduct, and recordkeeping, among others.

There are various qualitative and quantitative restrictions on the extent to which BBVA and its non-bank subsidiaries can borrow or otherwise obtain credit from their U.S. banking affiliates or engage in certain other transactions involving those subsidiaries. In general, these transactions must be on terms that would ordinarily be offered to unaffiliated entities, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are subject to quantitative limitations. These restrictions also apply to certain transactions of our New York Branch with our U.S. broker-dealer affiliates and certain of our other affiliates. Effective in July 2012, the Dodd-Frank Act subjects credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, securities borrowing and lending transactions, as well as repurchase/reverse repurchase agreements to the above-mentioned collateral and quantitative limitations.

Regulations that may be adopted by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, established under the Dodd-Frank Act, could affect the nature of the activities which a bank (including Compass Bank) may conduct, and may impose restrictions and limitations on the conduct of such activities.

Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Act requires issuers with listed securities, which may include foreign private issuers such as BBVA, to establish a “clawback” policy to recoup previously awarded employee compensation in the event of an accounting restatement. The Dodd-Frank Act also grants the SEC discretionary rule-making authority to impose a new fiduciary standard on brokers, dealers and investment advisers, and expands the extraterritorial jurisdiction of U.S. courts over actions brought by the SEC or the United States with respect to violations of the antifraud provisions in the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

 

43


Table of Contents
C.

Organizational Structure

As of December 31, 2011, the BBVA Group was made up of 293 fully consolidated and 27 proportionately consolidated companies, as well as 73 companies consolidated using the equity method.

The companies are principally domiciled in the following countries: Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, Netherlands Antilles, Panama, Peru, Portugal, Puerto Rico, Spain, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States of America, Uruguay and Venezuela. In addition, BBVA has an active presence in Asia.

Below is a simplified organizational chart of BBVA’s most significant subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011.

 

Subsidiary

   Country of
Incorporation
   Activity      BBVA
Voting
Power
     BBVA
Ownership
     Total
Assets
 
                 (in Percentages)      (In Millions
of Euros)
 

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   Mexico      Bank         100.00         100.00         69,158   

COMPASS BANK

   United States      Bank         100.00         100.00         52,565   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA CHILE, S.A.

   Chile      Bank         68.18         68.18         12,489   

BANCO CONTINENTAL, S.A.

   Peru      Bank         92.24         46.12         12,118   

BBVA SEGUROS, S.A. DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS

   Spain      Insurance         99.95         99.95         13,807   

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.

   Colombia      Bank         95.43         95.43         10,391   

BANCO PROVINCIAL S.A. – BANCO UNIVERSAL

   Venezuela      Bank         55.60         55.60         12,906   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PORTUGAL), S.A.

   Portugal      Bank         100.00         100.00         7,140   

BBVA BANCO FRANCES, S.A.

   Argentina      Bank         76.04         76.04         6,736   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA PUERTO RICO, S.A.

   Puerto Rico      Bank         100.00         100.00         3,848   

PENSIONES BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   Mexico      Insurance         100.00         100.00         2,669   

SEGUROS BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   Mexico      Insurance         100.00         100.00         2,544   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PANAMA), S.A.

   Panama      Bank         98.92         98.92         1,670   

BBVA SUIZA, S.A. (BBVA SWITZERLAND)

   Switzerland      Bank         100.00         100.00         1,458   

UNO-E BANK, S.A.

   Spain      Bank         100.00         100.00         1,368   

BBVA PARAGUAY, S.A.

   Paraguay      Bank         100.00         100.00         1,294   

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

We own and rent a substantial network of properties in Spain and abroad, including 3,016 branch offices in Spain and, principally through our various affiliates, 4,441 branch offices abroad as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 84% of our branches in Spain and 58% of our branches abroad were rented from third parties pursuant to short-term leases that may be renewed by mutual agreement.

 

44


Table of Contents

BBVA, through a real estate company of the Group, is constructing its new corporate headquarters at a development area in the north of Madrid (Spain). As of December 31, 2011, the accumulated investment for this project amounted to 528 million.

E. Selected Statistical Information

The following is a presentation of selected statistical information for the periods indicated. Where required under Industry Guide 3, we have provided such selected statistical information separately for our domestic and foreign activities, pursuant to our calculation that our foreign operations are significant according to Rule 9-05 of Regulation S-X.

Average Balances and Rates

The tables below set forth selected statistical information on our average balance sheets, which are based on the beginning and month-end balances in each year. We do not believe that monthly averages present trends materially different from those that would be presented by daily averages. Interest income figures, when used, include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent that cash payments have been received. Loan fees are included in the computation of interest revenue.

 

    Average Balance Sheet—Assets and Interest from Earning Assets  
    Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    Year Ended
December 31, 2010
    Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield(1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield(1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield(1)
 
    (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

ASSETS

                 

Cash and balances with central banks

    21,245        250        1.2     21,342        239        1.1     18,638        253        1.4

Debt securities, equity instruments and derivatives

    141,780        4,238        3.0     145,990        3,939        2.7     138,030        4,207        3.0

Loans and receivables

    368,312        19,485        5.3     358,587        16,797        4.7     355,121        19,194        5.4

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    26,390        639        2.4     25,561        501        2.0     26,152        697        2.7

Loans and advances to customers

    341,922        18,846        5.5     333,021        16,296        4.9     328,969        18,498        5.6

In euros(2)

    219,887        7,479        3.4     219,857        7,023        3.2     222,254        9,262        4.2

In other currencies(3)

    122,034        11,367        9.3     113,164        9,273        8.2     106,715        9,236        8.7

Other financial income

    —          215        —          —          159        —          —          120        —     

Non-earning assets

    37,241        —          —          32,894        —          —          31,180        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total average assets

    568,579        24,188        4.3     558,808        21,134        3.8     542,969        23,775        4.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

 

(2)

Amounts reflected in euro correspond to predominantly domestic activities.

 

(3)

Amounts reflected in other currencies correspond to predominantly foreign activities.

 

45


Table of Contents
    Average Balance Sheet—Liabilities and Interest Paid on Interest Bearing Liabilities  
    Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    Year Ended
December 31, 2010
    Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield(1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield(1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield(1)
 
    (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

LIABILITIES

                 

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

    77,382        2,037        2.6     80,177        1,515        1.9     74,017        2,143        2.9

Customer deposits

    276,683        5,644        2.0     259,330        3,551        1.4     249,106        4,056        1.6

In euros(2)

    153,514        2,419        1.6     121,956        1,246        1.0     116,422        1,326        1.1

In other currencies(3)

    123,169        3,225        2.6     137,374        2,304        1.7     132,684        2,730        2.1

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

    109,860        2,613        2.4     119,684        2,334        1.9     120,228        3,098        2.6

Other financial costs

    —          734        —          —          415        —          —          596        —     

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

    65,980        —          —          66,541        —          —          70,020        —          —     

Equity

    38,674        —          —          33,076        —          —          29,598        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total average liabilities

    568,579        11,028        1.9     558,807        7,814        1.4     542,969        9,893        1.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

 

(2)

Amounts reflected in euro correspond to predominantly domestic activities.

 

(3)

Amounts reflected in other currencies correspond to predominantly foreign activities.

Changes in Net Interest Income-Volume and Rate Analysis

The following table allocates changes in our net interest income between changes in volume and changes in rate for 2011 compared to 2010, and 2010 compared to 2009. Volume and rate variance have been calculated based on movements in average balances over the period and changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. The only out-of-period items and adjustments excluded from the following table are interest payments on loans which are made in a period other than the period during which they are due. Loan fees were included in the computation of interest income.

 

     2011/2010  
     Increase (decrease) Due to Changes in  
     Volume(1)     Rate(1)(2)      Net Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Interest income

       

Cash and balances with central banks

     (1     12         11   

Debt securities, equity instruments and derivatives

     (114     413         299   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     16        122         138   

Loans and advances to customers

     436        2,114         2,550   

In euros

     1        455         456   

In other currencies

     727        1,367         2,094   

Other financial income

     —          56         56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income

     370        2,684         3,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents
     2011/2010  
     Increase (decrease) Due to Changes in  
     Volume(1)     Rate(1)(2)     Net Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Interest expense

      

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

     (53     575        522   

Customer deposits

     238        1,855        2,093   

In euros

     323        850        1,173   

In other currencies

     (238     1,159        920   

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

     (192     471        279   

Other financial costs

     —          320        320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expense

     137        3,077        3,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     233        (393     (160
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Variances caused by changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally to volume and rate.

 

(2)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

 

     2010/2009  
     Increase (decrease) Due to Changes in  
     Volume(1)     Rate(1)(2)     Net Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Interest income

      

Cash and balances with central banks

     37        (51     (14

Debt securities, equity instruments and derivatives

     243        (511     (268

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     (16     (179     (195

Loans and advances to customers

     228        (2,429     (2,201

In euros

     (100     (2,139     (2,239

In other currencies

     558        (521     37   

Other financial income

     —          39        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     693        (3,333     (2,641
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

      

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

     178        (806     (628

Customer deposits

     166        (672     (505

In euros

     63        (143     (80

In other currencies

     96        (522     (425

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

     (14     (750     (764

Other financial costs

     —          (181     (181
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expense

     288        (2,367     (2,078
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     405        (966     (562
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Variances caused by changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally to volume and rate.

 

(2)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

 

47


Table of Contents

Interest Earning Assets—Margin and Spread

The following table analyzes the levels of our average earning assets and illustrates the comparative gross and net yields and spread obtained for each of the years indicated.

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Average interest earning assets

     531,337        525,914        511,789   

Gross yield(1)

     4.6     4.0     4.6

Net yield(2)

     4.3     3.8     4.4

Net interest margin (3)

     2.5     2.5     2.7

Average effective rate paid on all interest-bearing liabilities

     2.4     1.7     2.2

Spread(4)

     2.2     2.3     2.4

 

(1)

Gross yield represents total interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

 

(2)

Net yield represents total interest income divided by total average assets.

 

(3)

Net interest margin represents net interest income as percentage of average interest earning assets.

 

(4)

Spread is the difference between gross yield and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

ASSETS

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

As of December 31, 2011, interbank deposits represented 3.9% of our assets. Of such interbank deposits, 34.9% were held outside of Spain and 65.1% in Spain. We believe that our deposits are generally placed with highly rated banks and have a lower risk than many loans we could make in Spain. Such deposits, however, are subject to the risk that the deposit banks may fail or the banking system of certain of the countries in which a portion of our deposits are made may face liquidity or other problems.

Securities Portfolio

As of December 31, 2011, our securities were carried on our consolidated balance sheet at a carrying amount of 92,272 million, representing 15.4% of our assets. 30,115 million, or 32.6%, of our securities consisted of Spanish Treasury bonds and Treasury bills. The average yield during 2011 on investment securities that BBVA held was 4.6%, compared to an average yield of approximately 5.3% earned on loans and receivables during 2011. The market or appraised value of our total securities portfolio as of December 31, 2011, was 91,507 million. See Notes 10, 12 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of our investments in affiliates, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of the manner in which we value our securities, see Notes 2.2.1 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

The following tables analyze the carrying amount and market value of debt securities as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Trading portfolio is not included in the tables below because the amortized costs and fair values of these items are the same. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

    As of December 31, 2011  
    Amortized
cost
    Fair
Value(1)
    Unrealized
Gains
    Unrealized
Losses
 
    (In Millions of Euros)  

DEBT SECURITIES -

       

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

       

Domestic

    25,023        23,522        183        (1,684

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

    20,597        19,271        58        (1,384

Other debt securities

    4,426        4,251        125        (300

Issued by central banks

    —          —          —          —     

Issued by credit institutions

    3,307        3,140        80        (247

Issued by other institutions

    1,119        1,111        45        (53

International

    29,573        29,392        1,038        (1,219

Mexico

    4,815        4,991        176        —     

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

    4,742        4,906        164        —     

Other debt securities

    73        85        12        —     

Issued by central banks

    —          —          —          —     

Issued by credit institutions

    59        70        11        —     

Issued by other institutions

    14        15        1        —     

United States

    7,355        7,363        243        (235

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

    487        483        8        (12

States and political subdivisions

    509        537        28        —     

Other debt securities

    6,359        6,343        207        (223

Issued by central banks

    —          —          —          —     

Issued by credit institutions

    631        617        22        (36

Issued by other institutions

    5,728        5,726        185        (187

Other countries

    17,403        17,038        619        (984

Securities of other foreign Governments

    11,617        11,296        345        (666

Other debt securities

    5,786        5,742        274        (318

Issued by central banks

    849        855        6        —     

Issued by credit institutions

    3,080        2,998        184        (266

Issued by other institutions

    1,857        1,889        84        (52
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

    54,596        52,914        1,221        (2,903
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

       

Domestic

    7,373        6,848        1        (526

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

    6,520        6,060        1        (461

Other debt securities

    853        788        —          (65

Issued by central banks

    —          —          —          —     

Issued by credit institutions

    255        244        —          (11

Issued by other institutions

    598        544        —          (54

International

    3,582        3,342        12        (252

Securities of other foreign Governments

    3,376        3,149        9        (236

Other debt securities

    206        193        3        (16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

    10,955        10,190        13        (778
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

    65,551        63,104        1,234        (3,681
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the period. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

49


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2010  
     Amortized
cost
     Fair
Value(1)
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

DEBT SECURITIES

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic

     21,929         20,566         107         (1,470

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     16,543         15,337         58         (1,264

Other debt securities

     5,386         5,229         49         (206

Issued by central banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     4,222         4,090         24         (156

Issued by other institutions

     1,164         1,139         25         (50

International

     30,109         30,309         1,080         (880

Mexico

     9,653         10,106         470         (17

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

     8,990         9,417         441         (14

Other debt securities

     663         689         29         (3

Issued by central banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     553         579         28         (2

Issued by other institutions

     110         110         1         (1

United States

     6,850         6,832         216         (234

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

     580         578         6         (8

States and political subdivisions

     187         193         7         (1

Other debt securities

     6,083         6,061         203         (225

Issued by central banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     2,981         2,873         83         (191

Issued by other institutions

     3,102         3,188         120         (34

Other countries

     13,606         13,371         394         (629

Securities of other foreign Governments

     6,743         6,541         169         (371

Other debt securities

     6,863         6,830         225         (258

Issued by central banks

     944         945         1         —     

Issued by credit institutions

     4,431         4,420         177         (188

Issued by other institutions

     1,488         1,465         47         (70
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     52,038         50,875         1,187         (2,350
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic

     7,503         6,771         2         (734

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     6,611         5,942         2         (671

Other debt securities

     892         829         —           (63

Issued by central banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     290         277         —           (13

Issued by other institutions

     602         552         —           (50

International

     2,443         2,418         16         (41

Securities of other foreign Governments

     2,181         2,171         10         (20

Other debt securities

     262         247         6         (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

     9,946         9,189         18         (775
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

     61,984         60,064         1,205         (3,125
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the period. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

50


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2009  
     Amortized
cost
     Fair
Value(1)
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

DEBT SECURITIES

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic

     24,577         24,869         487         (195

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     18,312         18,551         309         (70

Other debt securities

     6,265         6,318         178         (125

International

     31,868         32,202         1,067         (733

United States

     6,804         6,805         174         (173

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

     414         416         4         (2

States and political subdivisions

     214         221         7         —     

Other debt securities

     6,176         6,168         163         (171

Other countries

     25,064         25,397         893         (560

Securities of other foreign Governments

     17,058         17,363         697         (392

Other debt securities

     8,006         8,034         196         (168
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     56,445         57,071         1,554         (928
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic

     2,626         2,624         29         (31

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     1,674         1,682         21         (13

Other debt securities

     952         942         8         (18

Issued by central banks

     —           —           —           —     

Issued by credit institutions

     342         344         —           (13

Issued by other institutions

     610         598         —           (50

International

     2,811         2,869         71         (13

Securities of other foreign Governments

     2,399         2,456         64         (7

Other debt securities

     412         413         7         (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY PORTFOLIO

     5,437         5,493         100         (44
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

     61,882         62,564         1,654         (972
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the period. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates and valuation techniques. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2011 the carrying amount of the debt securities classified within the available for sale portfolio and the held to maturity portfolio by rating categories, were as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Debt Securities
Available for Sale
    Debt Securities
Held to Maturity
 
     Carrying Amount
(In Millions of
Euros)
     %     Carrying Amount
(In Millions of
Euros)
     %  

AAA

     3,022         5.7     364         3.3

AA+

     5,742         10.9     83         0.8

AA

     1,242         2.3     402         3.7

AA-

     18,711         35.4     6,659         60.8

A+

     735         1.4     40         0.4

A

     2,320         4.4     3,156         28.8

A-

     949         1.8     —           —     

With rating BBB+ or below

     14,212         26.9     160         1.5

Non-rated

     5,980         11.3     92         0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     52,913         100.0     10,956         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

The following tables analyze the carrying amount and market value of our ownership of equity securities as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Trading portfolio and investments in affiliated companies consolidated under the equity method are not included in the tables below because the amortized costs and fair values of these items are the same. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value(1)
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

EQUITY SECURITIES

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic

     3,838         4,304         468         (2

Equity listed

     3,802         4,268         468         (2

Equity unlisted

     36         36         —           —     

International

     999         926         18         (91

United States

     601         591         2         (12

Equity listed

     41         29         —           (12

Equity unlisted

     560         562         2         —     

Other countries

     398         335         16         (79

Equity listed

     320         246         5         (79

Equity unlisted

     78         89         11         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     4,837         5,230         486         (93
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

     4,837         5,230         486         (93
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     70,388         68,334         1,720         (3,774
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the year. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value(1)
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

EQUITY SECURITIES

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic

     3,403         4,608         1,212         (7

Equity listed

     3,378         4,583         1,212         (7

Equity unlisted

     25         25         —           —     

International

     927         973         71         (25

United States

     605         662         56         —     

Equity listed

     11         13         1         —     

Equity unlisted

     594         649         55         —     

Other countries

     322         311         15         (25

Equity listed

     258         240         7         (25

Equity unlisted

     64         71         8         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     4,330         5,581         1,283         (32
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

     4,330         5,581         1,283         (32
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     66,313         65,645         2,488         (3,157
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the year. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

 

52


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2009  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value(1)
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

EQUITY SECURITIES

           

AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

           

Domestic

     3,683         5,409         1,738         (12

Equity listed

     3,657         5,383         1,738         (12

Equity unlisted

     26         26         —           —     

International

     948         1,041         121         (28

United States

     641         737         104         (8

Equity listed

     16         8         —           (8

Equity unlisted

     625         729         104         —     

Other countries

     307         304         17         (20

Equity listed

     250         242         12         (20

Equity unlisted

     57         62         5         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE FOR SALE PORTFOLIO

     4,631         6,450         1,859         (40
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY SECURITIES

     4,631         6,450         1,859         (40
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     66,513         69,014         3,513         (1,012
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair values for listed securities are determined on the basis of their quoted values at the end of the year. Appraised values are used for unlisted securities based on our estimates or on unaudited financial statements, when available.

The following table analyzes the maturities of our debt investment and fixed income securities, excluding trading portfolio, by type and geographical area as of December 31, 2011.

 

    Maturity at One
Year or Less
    Maturity After
One Year to
Five Years
    Maturity After
Five Years to
10 Years
    Maturity After
10 Years
    Total  
    Amount     Yield %
(1)
    Amount     Yield %
(1)
    Amount     Yield %
(1)
    Amount     Yield %
(1)
    Amount  
    (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

DEBT SECURITIES

                 

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE PORTFOLIO

                 

Domestic

    1,391        3.1        14,661        3.3        3,481        4.5        3,989        5.3        23,522   

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

    860        3.6        12,196        3.3        2,986        4.7        3,230        5.7        19,271   

Other debt securities

    531        2.4        2,465        3.5        495        3.6        760        4.3        4,251   

International

    3,416        5.4        11,153        7.6        4,178        7.2        10,644        5.5        29,392   

Mexico

    356        8.3        3,687        6.1        933        6.8        14        8.1        4,991   

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

    300        5.9        3,684        6.0        923        6.9        —          —          4,906   

Other debt securities

    56        9.3        4        9.5        10        6.5        14        8.1        85   

 

53


Table of Contents
    Maturity at One
Year or Less
    Maturity After
One Year to
Five Years
    Maturity After
Five Years to
10 Years
    Maturity After
10 Years
    Total  
    Amount     Yield %
(1)
    Amount     Yield %
(1)
    Amount     Yield %
(1)
    Amount     Yield %
(1)
    Amount  
    (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

United States

    245        1.0        581        4.0        804        4.1        5,733        5.6        7,363   

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies debt securities

    137        0.0        4        0.0        10        5.6        333        2.9        483   

States and political subdivisions

    10        6.3        76        6.3        147        6.4        304        7.0        537   

Other debt securities

    99        4.4        501        3.4        648        3.5        5,095        5.7        6,343   

Other countries

    2,814        4.2        6,886        8.9        2,441        8.4        4,898        5.0        17,038   

Securities of other foreign Governments (2)

    1,226        7.3        4,998        11.0        1,633        10.8        3,440        5.7        11,296   

Other debt securities

    1,588        3.3        1,888        4.4        808        3.8        1,458        4.5        5,742   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

    4,807        4.7        25,815        5.0        7,660        5.9        14,633        5.4        52,914   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

HELD-TO-MATURITY PORTFOLIO

                 

Domestic

    115        5.0        1,702        3.5        2,238        4.2        3,318        5.0        7,373   

Spanish government

    36        5.0        1,078        3.2        2,087        4.3        3,318        5.0        6,520   

Other debt securities

    78        5.0        624        4.0        151        3.8        —          —          853   

International

    82        4.6        2,635        5.4        811        4.1        54        4.6        3,582   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL HELD-TO-MATURITY

    196        4.9        4,337        4.6        3,050        4.2        3,372        4.9        10,955   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL DEBT SECURITIES

    5,003        4.7        30,151        4.9        10,710        5.4        18,005        5.3        63,869   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Rates have been presented on a non-taxable equivalent basis.

 

(2)

Securities of other foreign Governments mainly include investments made by our subsidiaries in securities issued by the Governments of the countries where they operate.

Loans and Advances to Credit Institutions

As of December 31, 2011, our total loans and advances to credit institutions amounted to 26,012 million, or 4.4% of total assets. Net of our valuation adjustments, loans and advances to credit institutions amounted to 26,107 million as of December 31, 2011, or 4.4% of our total assets.

Loans and Advances to Customers

As of December 31, 2011, our total loans and leases amounted to 359,855 million, or 60.2% of total assets. Net of our valuation adjustments, loans and leases amounted to 351,900 million as of December 31, 2011, or 58.9% of our total assets. As of December 31, 2011 our loans in Spain amounted to 198,948 million. Our foreign loans amounted to 160,907 million as of December 31, 2011. For a discussion of certain mandatory ratios relating to our loan portfolio, see “—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Ratio” and “—Business Overview— Supervision and Regulation—Investment Ratio”.

 

54


Table of Contents

Loans by Geographic Area

The following table analyzes, by domicile of the customer, our net loans and leases as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic

     198,948        210,102        203,529   

Foreign

      

Western Europe

     32,445        23,139        23,333   

Latin America

     81,205        70,497        61,298   

United States

     41,222        38,649        37,688   

Other

     6,035        4,823        5,239   

Total foreign

     160,907        137,108        127,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

     359,855        347,210        331,087   

Valuation adjustments

     (7,955     (8,353     (7,645
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net lending

     351,900        338,857        323,442   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans by Type of Customer

The following table analyzes by domicile and type of customer our net loans and leases for each of the years indicated. The analyses by type of customer are based principally on the requirements of the regulatory authorities in each country.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic

      

Government

     25,372        23,542        20,559   

Agriculture

     1,526        1,619        1,722   

Industrial

     16,286        17,452        16,805   

Real estate and construction

     29,261        29,944        36,584   

Commercial and financial

     21,800        23,409        17,404   

Loans to individuals(1)

     85,207        91,730        87,948   

Other

     19,496        22,406        22,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total domestic

     198,948        210,102        203,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign

      

Government

     9,718        7,682        5,660   

Agriculture

     3,315        2,358        2,202   

Industrial

     20,931        19,126        25,993   

Real estate and construction

     21,728        25,910        19,183   

Commercial and financial

     33,948        22,280        23,310   

Loans to individuals

     53,856        44,138        38,540   

Other

     17,411        15,614        12,670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total foreign

     160,907        137,108        127,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

     359,855        347,210        331,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

     (7,955     (8,353     (7,645
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net lending

     351,900        338,857        323,442   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes mortgage loans to households for the acquisition of housing.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a breakdown, by currency, of our net loan portfolio for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

In euros

     216,889         221,269         217,537   

In other currencies

     135,011         117,588         105,905   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net lending

     351,900         338,857         323,442   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, loans by BBVA and its subsidiaries to associates and jointly controlled companies amounted to 372 million, compared to 457 million as of December 31, 2010. Loans outstanding to the Spanish government and its agencies amounted to 25,372 million, or 7.1% of our total loans and leases as of December 31, 2011, compared to 23,542 million, or 6.78% of our total loans and leases as of December 31, 2010. None of our loans to companies controlled by the Spanish government are guaranteed by the government and, accordingly, we apply normal credit criteria in extending credit to such entities. Moreover, we carefully monitor such loans because governmental policies necessarily affect such borrowers.

Diversification in our loan portfolio is our principal means of reducing the risk of loan losses. We also carefully monitor our loans to borrowers in sectors or countries experiencing liquidity problems. Our exposure to our five largest borrowers as of December 31, 2011, excluding government-related loans, amounted to 20,448 million or approximately 5.7% of our total outstanding loans and leases. As of December 31, 2011 there did not exist any concentration of loans exceeding 10% of our total outstanding loans and leases, other than by category as disclosed in the chart above.

Maturity and Interest Sensitivity

The following table sets forth an analysis by maturity of our total loans and leases by domicile of the office that issued the loan and type of customer as of December 31, 2011. The determination of maturities is based on contract terms.

 

     Maturity  
     Due in One Year
or Less
     Due After One Year
Through Five Years
     Due After Five
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic

           

Government

     10,428         7,959         6,985         25,372   

Agriculture

     603         579         344         1,526   

Industrial

     12,012         2,878         1,396         16,286   

Real estate and construction

     15,710         3,863         9,688         29,261   

Commercial and financial

     11,532         3,860         6,408         21,800   

Loans to individuals

     9,786         16,670         58,751         85,207   

Other

     12,190         4,515         2,791         19,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Domestic

     72,261         40,324         86,363         198,948   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign

           

Government

     1,322         2,458         5,938         9,718   

Agriculture

     1,797         1,145         373         3,315   

Industrial

     10,485         6,273         4,173         20,931   

Real estate and construction

     7,444         7,748         6,536         21,728   

Commercial and financial

     16,245         14,654         3,049         33,948   

Loans to individuals

     6,860         14,457         32,539         53,856   

Other

     9,053         6,078         2,280         17,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Foreign

     53,206         52,813         54,888         160,907   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans and Leases

     125,467         93,137         141,251         359,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our fixed and variable rate loans which had a maturity of one year or more as of December 31, 2011.

 

     Interest Sensitivity of Outstanding Loans and
Leases Maturing in More  Than One Year
 
     Domestic      Foreign      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Fixed rate

     28,423         46,263         74,686   

Variable rate

     98,265         61,438         159,702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

     126,687         107,701         234,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan Loss Reserve

For a discussion of loan loss reserves, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance for loan losses” and Note 2.2.1) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table provides information, by domicile of customer, regarding our loan loss reserve and movements of loan charge-offs and recoveries for periods indicated.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008(*)     2007(*)  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Loan loss reserve at beginning of period

          

Domestic

     4,935        4,853        3,765        2,899        1,666   

Foreign

     4,539        3,952        3,740        3,088        2,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loan loss reserve at beginning of period

     9,473        8,805        7,505        5,987        4,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans charged off

          

Government and other Agencies

     —          —          —          —          —     

Real estate and loans to individuals and other

     (1,822     (1,719     (936     (639     (361

Commercial and financial

     (155     (56     (30     (16     (7

Total domestic

     (1,977     (1,774     (966     (655     (368

Total foreign(1)

     (2,062     (2,628     (2,876     (1,296     (928
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans charged off

     (4,039     (4,402     (3,842     (1,951     (1,296
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for possible loan losses

          

Domestic

     2,229        2,038        3,079        2,110        1,718   

Foreign

     2,299        2,778        2,307        2,035        1,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for possible loan losses

     4,528        4,816        5,386        4,145        3,039   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition and disposition of subsidiaries

     305        —          —          —          250   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (123     344        (29     (487     (420

Other

     (674     (90     (216     (189     58   

Loan loss reserve at end of period

          

Domestic

     4,714        4,935        4,853        3,765        2,899   

Foreign

     4,755        4,539        3,952        3,740        3,088   

Total loan loss reserve at end of period

     9,470        9,473        8,805        7,505        5,987   

Loan loss reserve as a percentage of total loans and receivables at end of period

     2.5     2.6     2.5     2.0     1.8

Net loan charge-offs a percentage of total loans and receivables at end of period

     1.1     1.2     1.1     0.5     0.4

 

57


Table of Contents

 

(*)

Restated to comply with IFRS-IASB.

 

(1)

Loans charged off in 2011 include 1,794 million related to real estate loans and loans to individuals and others, 267 million related to commercial and financial loans and 1 million related to loans to governmental and non-governmental agencies. Loans charged off in 2011 include 1,847 million related to real estate loans and loans to individuals and others, 776 million related to commercial and financial loans and 5 million related to loans to governmental and non-governmental agencies.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered to be remote, this amount is removed from the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions taken by the consolidated entities in order to collect the amount until their rights extinguish in full through expiry, forgiveness or for other reasons.

The loans charged off amounted to 4,039 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to 4,402 million as of December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in loans charged off in foreign countries.

Our loan loss reserves as a percentage of total loans and leases decreased to 2.5% as of December 31, 2011 from 2.6% as of December 31, 2010, principally due to an increase in loans and leases, mainly in South America, and as a result of the incorporation of Garanti, while provisions remained stable.

Substandard Loans

As described in Note 2.2.1) to the Consolidated Financial Statements, loans are considered to be impaired loans when there are reasonable doubts that the loans will be recovered in full and/or the related interest will be collected for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed upon, taking into account the guarantees received by the consolidated entities to assure (in part or in full) the performance of transactions.

Amounts collected in relation to impaired loans and receivables are used to recognize the related accrued interest and any excess amount is used to reduce the principal not yet repaid. The approximate amount of interest income on our substandard loans which was included in net income attributed to parent company in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 203.4 million, 203.5 million, 192.3 million, 149.7 million and 158.3 million, respectively.

The following table provides information regarding our substandard loans, by domicile and type of customer, as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008(*)     2007(*)  
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

SUBSTANDARD LOANS

          

Domestic

     11,043        10,954        10,973        5,562        1,551   

Public sector

     130        111        61        79        116   

Other resident sector

     10,913        10,843        10,912        5,483        1,435   

Foreign

     4,642        4,518        4,338        2,979        1,814   

Public sector

     6        12        25        20        57   

Non-resident sector

     4,637        4,506        4,313        2,959        1,757   

Total Substandard loans

     15,685        15,472        15,311        8,541        3,366   

Total loan loss reserve

     (9,470     (9,473     (8,805     (7,505     (5,987

Substandard loans net of reserves

     6,214        5,999        6,506        1,036        (2,621

 

(*)

Restated to comply with IFRS-IASB. See “Item 3. Key information—Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Restatement”.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our total substandard loans amounted to 15,685 million as of December 31, 2011, a 1.4% increase compared to 15,472 million as of December 31, 2010.

As mentioned in Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, our loan loss reserve includes loss reserve for impaired assets and loss reserve for not impaired assets but which present an inherent loss. As of December 31, 2011, the loss reserve for impaired assets amounted to 6,378 million, a 5.6% decrease compared to 6,753 million as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, the loss reserve for not impaired assets amounted to 3,091 million, a 13.6% increase compared to 2,720 million as of December 31, 2010 due to the incorporation of Garanti and the increase of loans and receivables in South America.

The following table provides information, by domicile and type of customer, regarding our substandard loans and the loan loss reserves to customers taken for each substandard loan category, as of December 31, 2011.

 

     Substandard
Loans
     Loan Loss
Reserve
    Substandard Loans
as a percentage of
Loans in Category
 
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Domestic

       

Government

     130         (4     0.5

Credit institutions

     —           —          —     

Other sectors

     10,912         (4,191     6.3

Agriculture

     129         (42     8.5

Industrial

     751         (374     4.6

Real estate and construction

     5,473         (2,094     18.7

Commercial and other financial

     1,114         (518     5.1

Loans to individuals

     2,833         (748     3.3

Other

     612         (414     3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Domestic

     11,042         (4,195     5.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign

       

Government

     6         (6     0.1

Credit institutions

     32         (19     0.1

Other sectors

     4,605         (2,159     3.0

Agriculture

     180         (89     5.4

Industrial

     163         (110     0.8

Real estate and construction

     1,611         (369     7.4

Commercial and other financial

     884         (671     2.6

Loans to individuals

     1,580         (773     2.9

Other

     187         (147     1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Foreign

     4,643         (2,184     2.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

General reserve

     —           (3,091     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total substandard loans

     15,685         (9,470     4.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Potential Problem Loans

The identification of “Potential problem loans” is based on the analysis of historical delinquency rates trends, categorized by products/clients and geographical locations. This analysis is focused on the identification of portfolios with delinquency rates higher than our average delinquency rates. Once these portfolios are identified, we segregate such portfolios into groups with similar characteristics based on the activities to which they are related, geographical location, type of collateral, solvency of the client and loan to value ratio.

 

59


Table of Contents

The delinquency rate in our domestic real estate and construction portfolio was 18.7% as of December 31, 2011, substantially higher than the average delinquency rate for all of our domestic activities (5.5%) and the average delinquency rate for all of our consolidated activities (4.0%) as of such date. Within such portfolio, construction loans and property development loans (which exclude mainly infrastructure and civil construction) had a delinquency rate of 20.9% as of such date. Given such delinquency rate, we performed an analysis in order to define the level of loan provisions attributable to these loan portfolios (see Note 2.2.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements). The table below sets forth additional information on our “Potential problem loans” and domestic substandard loans as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Book Value      Allowance for
Loan Losses
     % of Loans in Each
Category to Total
Loans to Customers
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Domestic(1)

        

Substandard loans

     3,743         1,123         1.0

Potential problem loans

     2,052         318         0.6

 

(1)

Potential problem loans outside of Spain as of December 31, 2011 were not significant.

Foreign Country Outstandings

The following table sets forth, as of the end of the years indicated, the aggregate amounts of our cross-border outstandings (which consist of loans, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, acceptances and other monetary assets denominated in a currency other than the home-country currency of the office where the item is booked) where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 1% of our total assets as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Cross-border outstandings do not include loans in local currency made by our subsidiary banks to customers in other countries to the extent that such loans are funded in the local currency or hedged. As a result, they do not include the vast majority of the loans made by our subsidiaries in South America, Mexico and United States.

 

     2011     2010     2009  
     Amount      % of Total
Assets
    Amount      % of Total
Assets
    Amount      % of Total
Assets
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

United Kingdom

     6,258         1.1     5,457         1.0     6,619         1.2

Mexico

     1,885         0.3     2,175         0.4     3,218         0.6

Other OECD

     7,521         1.3     5,674         1.0     5,761         1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total OECD

     15,664         2.6     13,306         2.4     15,598         2.9

Central and South America

     3,161         0.5     3,074         0.6     3,296         0.6

Other

     4,568         0.8     5,411         1.0     4,657         0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23,393         3.9     21,791         3.9     23,551         4.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the amounts of our cross-border outstandings as of December 31 of each year indicated by type of borrower where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 1% of our total assets.

 

     Governments      Banks and
Other Financial
Institutions
     Commercial,
Industrial
and Other
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

As of December 31, 2011

           

Mexico

     31         210         1,644         1,885   

United Kingdom

     —           4,145         2,113         6,258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     31         4,355         3,757         8,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents
     Governments      Banks and
Other Financial
Institutions
     Commercial,
Industrial
and Other
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

As of December 31, 2010

           

Mexico

     51         1         2,123         2,175   

United Kingdom

     —           4,078         1,379         5,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     51         4,079         3,502         7,632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2009

           

Mexico

     3         3         3,212         3,218   

United Kingdom

     —           4,933         1,686         6,619   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3         4,936         4,898         9,837   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Bank of Spain requires that minimum reserves be maintained for cross-border risk arising with respect to loans and other outstandings to countries, or residents of countries, falling into certain categories established by the Bank of Spain on the basis of the level of perceived transfer risk. The category that a country falls into is determined by us, subject to review by the Bank of Spain.

The following table shows the minimum required reserves with respect to each category of country for BBVA’s level of coverage as of December 31, 2011.

 

Categories(1)

   Minimum
Percentage of
Coverage
(Outstandings
Within
Category)
 

Countries belonging to the OECD whose currencies are listed in the Spanish foreign exchange market

     0.0   

Countries with transitory difficulties(2)

     10.1   

Doubtful countries(2)

     22.8   

Very doubtful countries(2)(3)

     83.5   

Bankrupt countries(4)

     100.0   

 

(1)

Any outstanding which is guaranteed may be treated, for the purposes of the foregoing, as if it were an obligation of the guarantor.

 

(2)

Coverage for the aggregate of these three categories (countries with transitory difficulties, doubtful countries and very doubtful countries) must equal at least 35% of outstanding loans within the three categories. The Bank of Spain has recommended up to 50% aggregate coverage.

 

(3)

Outstandings to very doubtful countries are treated as substandard under Bank of Spain regulations.

 

(4)

Outstandings to bankrupt countries must be charged off immediately. As a result, no such outstandings are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet. Notwithstanding the foregoing minimum required reserves, certain interbank outstandings with an original maturity of three months or less have minimum required reserves of 50%. We met or exceeded the minimum percentage of required coverage with respect to each of the foregoing categories.

Our exposure to borrowers in countries with difficulties (the last four categories in the foregoing table), excluding our exposure to subsidiaries or companies we manage and trade-related debt, amounted to 340 million, 311 million and 321 million as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These figures do not reflect loan loss reserves of 13.2%, 11.6%, and 30.5% respectively,

 

61


Table of Contents

against the relevant amounts outstanding at such dates. Deposits with or loans to borrowers in all such countries as of December 31, 2011 did not in the aggregate exceed 0.1% of our total assets.

The country-risk exposures described in the preceding paragraph as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 do not include exposures for which insurance policies have been taken out with third parties that include coverage of the risk of confiscation, expropriation, nationalization, non-transfer, non-convertibility and, if appropriate, war and political violence. The sums insured as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $58 million, $44 million and $14 million, respectively (approximately 45 million, 33 million and 10 million, respectively, based on a euro/dollar exchange rate on December 31, 2011 of $1.00 = 0.77, on December 31, 2010 of $1.00 = 0.75, and on December 31, 2009 of $1.00 = 0.69).

LIABILITIES

Deposits

The principal components of our customer deposits are domestic demand and savings deposits and foreign time deposits. The following tables provide information regarding our deposits by principal geographic area for the dates indicated, disregarding any valuation adjustments and accrued interest.

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Customer
Deposits
     Bank of Spain
and Other
Central Banks
     Other Credit
Institutions
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total domestic

     124,929         24,570         9,230         158,729   

Foreign

           

Western Europe

     37,136         8,098         27,547         72,781   

Latin America

     79,792         228         14,912         94,932   

United States

     37,199         241         6,318         43,757   

Other

     1,925         —           1,040         2,965   

Total foreign

     156,052         8,566         49,817         214,435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     280,981         33,136         59,047         373,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Customer
Deposits
     Bank of Spain
and Other
Central Banks
     Other Credit
Institutions
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total domestic

     133,033         2,779         8,867         144,679   

Foreign

           

Western Europe

     24,120         7,205         22,626         53,951   

Latin America

     72,015         96         14,758         86,869   

United States

     42,495         364         6,839         49,698   

Other

     3,178         543         3,855         7,576   

Total foreign

     141,808         8,208         48,078         198,094   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     274,841         10,987         56,945         342,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2009  
     Customer
Deposits
     Bank of Spain
and Other
Central Banks
     Other Credit
Institutions
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Total domestic

     97,023         15,352         7,692         120,067   

Foreign

           

Western Europe

     22,199         3,945         20,472         46,616   

Latin America

     63,027         423         11,857         75,307   

United States

     67,986         948         6,572         75,506   

Other

     3,148         428         2,352         5,928   

Total foreign

     156,360         5,744         41,253         203,357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     253,383         21,096         48,945         323,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For an analysis of our deposits, including non-interest bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, saving deposits and time deposits, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2011, the maturity of our time deposits (excluding interbank deposits) in denominations of $100,000 (approximately 77,083 considering the noon buying rate as of December 30, 2011) or greater was as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Domestic      Foreign      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

3 months or under

     6,195         29,241         35,437   

Over 3 to 6 months

     6,553         4,076         10,629   

Over 6 to 12 months

     9,054         5,086         14,140   

Over 12 months

     9,839         5,793         15,632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     31,641         44,197         75,838   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits from Spanish and foreign financial institutions amounted to 32,859 million as of December 31, 2011, substantially all of which were in excess of $100,000 (approximately 77,083 considering the noon buying rate as of December 31, 2011).

Large denomination deposits may be a less stable source of funds than demand and savings deposits because they are more sensitive to variations in interest rates. For a breakdown by currency of customer deposits as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Short-term Borrowings

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and promissory notes issued by us constituted the only categories of short-term borrowings that equaled or exceeded 30% of stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

63


Table of Contents
     2011     2010     2009  
     Amount      Average
Rate
    Amount      Average
Rate
    Amount      Average
Rate
 
     (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (principally Spanish Treasury bills)

               

As of December 31

     59,738         2.1     39,587         2.0     26,171         2.4

Average during year

     49,670         2.0     31,056         2.2     30,811         2.7

Maximum quarter-end balance

     59,738         —          39,587         —          28,849         —     

Bank promissory notes

               

As of December 31

     2,362         1.8     13,215         0.9     29,578         0.5

Average during year

     9,582         1.2     24,405         0.6     27,434         1.3

Maximum quarter-end balance

     14,300         —          28,937         —          30,919         —     

Bonds and Subordinated debt

               

As of December 31

     11,736         3.9     11,041         2.6     13,236         2.5

Average during year

     11,945         4.0     10,825         3.2     14,820         3.2

Maximum quarter-end balance

     15,738         —          13,184         —          15,609         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings as of December 31

     73,835         2.3     63,844         1.9     68,985         1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Return on Equity

The following table sets out our return on equity ratios:

 

    

As of or for the
Year Ended December 31,

 
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Percentages)  

Return on equity(1)

     8.0         15.8         16.0   

Return on assets(2)

     0.6         0.9         0.9   

Dividend pay-out ratio(3)

     37.4         23.4         37.4   

Equity to assets ratio(4)

     6.8         5.9         5.5   

 

(1)

Represents net income attributed to parent company for the year as a percentage of average stockholder’s funds for the year.

 

(2)

Represents net income attributed to parent company as a percentage of average total assets for the year.

 

(3)

Represents dividends declared by BBVA (including the cash remuneration paid under the “Dividendo Opción” scheme) as a percentage of net income attributed to parent company. This ratio does not take into account the non-cash remuneration paid by BBVA under the “Dividendo Opción” scheme (in the form of BBVA shares or ADSs). See “—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends” and “Item 8. Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Dividends”.

 

(4)

Represents average total equity over average total assets.

F. Competition

The commercial banking sector in Spain has undergone significant consolidation. In the majority of the markets where we provide financial services, the Banco Santander Group is our largest competitor, but the restructuring process that it is taking place is expected to increase the size of certain banks, such as Bankia (an integration of seven regional saving banks, led by Caja Madrid and Bancaja) and La Caixa.

 

64


Table of Contents

We face strong competition in all of our principal areas of operations. The deregulation of interest rates on deposits in the past decade led to increased competition for large demand deposits in Spain and the widespread promotion of interest-bearing demand deposit accounts and mutual funds. The Bank of Spain, through its Circular 3/2011, of June 30, required that a higher contribution be made to the FGD in connection with deposits the remuneration of which exceeded certain thresholds dependent on the evolution of the Euribor. However, this new requirement only had a temporary effect on the moderation of interest rates.

Former Spanish savings banks, many of which have become banks and received financial or other support from the Spanish government, and money market mutual funds provide strong competition for savings deposits, particularly in the context of increasing interest rates of term deposits, which form an important part of our deposit base, and, in the case of savings banks, for other retail banking services. Credit cooperatives, which are active principally in rural areas, where they provide savings bank and loan services and related services such as the financing of agricultural machinery and supplies, are also a source of competition. In Spain, competition distortions in the term deposits market have intensified, and this situation is expected to continue due to the liquidity needs of some financial institutions, which are offering high interest rates.

The entry of on-line banks into the Spanish banking system has increased competition, mainly in customer funds businesses such as deposits. Insurance companies and other financial services firms also compete for customer funds. In addition, the high interest rates offered by Spanish public debt has made it a strong competitor to deposits. Like the commercial banks, savings banks, insurance companies and other financial services firms are expanding the services offered to consumers in Spain. We face competition in mortgage loans from saving banks and, to a lesser extent, cooperatives.

The EU Directive on Investment Services took effect on December 31, 1995. The EU Directive permits all brokerage houses authorized to operate in other member states of the EU to carry out investment services in Spain. Although the EU Directive is not specifically addressed to banks, it affects the activities of banks operating in Spain. Besides, several initiatives have been implemented recently in order to facilitate the creation of a Pan-European financial market. For example, SEPA (Single Euro Payments Area) is a major project which aims at replacing all existing payment systems—organized by the Member States with new, Pan-Euro systems and it is currently being implemented and the MiFID project (Markets in Financial Instruments Directive) aims to create a European framework for investment services.

Following the recent financial turmoil, a number of banks have disappeared or have been absorbed by other banks. The trend indicates that this will continue in the future, with a number of mergers and acquisitions between financial entities. In Spain, Royal Decree-Law 2/2012, of February 3, represents an additional step in the reform of the Spanish financial system which, with the purpose of achieving a stronger banking sector, is expected to intensify this process. In the U.S., the government has already facilitated the purchase of troubled banks by other competitors, and European governments, including the Spanish government, have expressed their willingness to facilitate these types of operations.

In the United States, where we operate through BBVA Compass, the competitive landscape has also been significantly affected by the financial crisis. The U.S. banking industry has experienced significant impairment on its assets in 2009, 2010 and 2011, which will result in continuing losses in select product categories and slow loan growth. Data published by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) in the Quarterly Banking Profile for the third quarter of 2011 suggests that the total delinquency rate for commercial banks declined slightly, but that net interest income declined for the third straight quarter. While commercial real estate delinquency declined from 7.1% in the third quarter of 2010 to 6.8% in the third quarter of 2011, residential delinquency declined only from 10.2%

 

65


Table of Contents

to 10.1% over such period, a level that is still stressed. Domestic loan levels at commercial banks generally declined as banks continued to progress in deleveraging. According to the FDIC Quarterly Banking Profile for the third quarter of 2011, the delinquency rates for both commercial real estate (CRE) and residential loans remains elevated. Our forecasts for the charge-off on CRE and residential loans suggest both will continue to improve through 2012 and 2013. We believe that improvement in banks’ asset quality is dependent on the evolution of the real estate market, while consumer and commercial and industrial charge-offs and delinquencies are closer to normal ranges.

In Mexico, where we operate through BBVA Bancomer, the banking industry remained solvent throughout the financial crisis. Total bank credit registered an annual growth rate in 2011 of 12.7% (9.1% in real terms), with an estimated annual growth rate for 2012 of 13.5 % (9.6% in real terms). We believe that these projections will materialize only if economic growth is positive and sustained.

In Mexico, changes in banking regulation could have a significant potential impact on competition. Rules to limit loans to firms within a certain financial group (préstamos relacionados) were adopted in March 2011. Such limits will impact some small banks of the system with strong connections with retail stores (for example, Inbursa and Banco Azteca). In addition, authorities have strengthened the measures to improve transparency and information about financial services by enacting new legislation that gives more powers to the central bank (Banco de México) to regulate interest rates and bank fees. It also gives more powers to the financial services consumer protection agency (Comisión Nacional para la Defensa de los Usuarios de los Servicios Financieros, Condusef) to set information requirements for bank account statements, product publicity, and contracts, and to improve financial education. The consolidation and restructuring of some non-banking financial intermediaries (Sofoles) will imply that some of them will go out of business or be acquired. Along these lines, the mortgage subsidiary of BBVA-Bancomer (Hipotecaria Nacional) acquired the portfolio of certain Sofoles in 2010.

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Overview

The outlook for the global economy worsened over the last few months of 2011, driven mainly by lower than expected economic growth mainly in developed economies; the aggravation of the sovereign debt crisis in Europe, that has turned more systemic; the intensification of the connection between sovereign concerns and concerns over the health of the European financial system; and the increase of financial market volatility, triggered by higher global risk aversion, and spilling over to most risky assets and emerging economies for the first time since 2009.

In 2011, uncertainty and risks in the global economy increased due to renewed financial turmoil, particularly in Europe as a result of the doubts regarding the fiscal consolidation process in some countries. Europe is starting to experience the effects of persistently high financial tensions since September 2011, given the lack of substantial progress in the resolution of the sovereign and financial crisis (see Note 7.1.5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information concerning our sovereign exposure). On the other hand, the slowdown in emerging economies, apart from headwinds coming from developed economies, is partly the result of deliberate monetary policy tightening until the first half of 2011, designed to avoid overheating in their respective economies.

After a relatively good performance in the subprime and liquidity crises in 2009, the Spanish economy suffered the consequences of the peripheral sovereign crisis in 2010. The Greek, Irish and Portuguese rescue programs have spread doubts about the Spanish economy. Financial stress in

 

66


Table of Contents

Europe has increased the cost of financing of governments and financial institutions which, in some cases, have lost the access to international funding. As a result of this continued contraction, economic conditions and employment in Spain could deteriorate further in 2012. Our Economic Research Department estimates that the Spanish economy will shrink in terms of gross domestic product in 2012, with an estimated negative growth rate of 1.3%. Growth forecasts for the Spanish economy could be further revised downwards if measures adopted in response to the economic crisis are not as effective as expected.

In Europe, despite the concerns referred to above, recent data seems to point to a more balanced growth with a larger contribution of domestic demand, while net exports remains the key driver of economic growth. However, the loss of momentum in global growth now adds more uncertainty to the sustainability of the recovery, not only in the periphery but also in some core countries such as Germany. The sovereign debt crisis in Europe intensified since August 2011, and spilled into funding pressures in the financial sector. Financial tensions in Europe continue at levels higher than after the fall of Lehman Brothers in 2008. This, together with the effect of fiscal adjustment in peripheral countries, imply a downward revision of growth projections for Europe, which are -0.5% for 2012, with a slow rebound in 2013. Nonetheless, it is important to note that these projections depend on a fast resolution of the crisis and a notable reduction of financial stress, to avoid a sharper effect on growth. The difference between the performance of core countries and the periphery in Europe will continue to be large, partly because of the large fiscal adjustment in the latter.

We expect that the U.S. will show resilience in 2012, with an estimated annual growth rate of 2.3% in 2012 and 2.2% in 2013. However, this recovery is expected to be weaker than in historic post-recession cycles, and may be affected by the risks emanating from Europe and the domestic risk of high policy uncertainty, including a possible massive fiscal tightening in 2013 (as tax cuts expire and automatic spending cuts related to the debt ceiling limit agreement are implemented automatically). In addition, weak housing conditions, tight credit markets and ongoing deleverage will limit the pace of consumption growth. All in all, there are more risks to the downside than to the upside in the U.S.

Perspectives on the Mexican economy’s performance deteriorated throughout 2011, particularly toward the end of the year. The analysts’ consensus points to 2012 seeing Mexican GDP growth of around 3.1% (3.3% according to BBVA Research). Mexico is far from the source of the uncertainties affecting Europe, but negative spillover effects cannot be ruled out if sustained increases in the global risk premium continue and if the impact of European financial tensions in the U.S. results in a reduced demand of Mexican goods compared to 2011.

We believe emerging economies are heading for a soft landing, buttressed by strong domestic demand. The high confidence level has allowed domestic demand in emerging economies to hold up well, even as some of the effects of increased global risk aversion are felt in the financial markets in the region, through lower capital inflows, some impact on trade finance, reduced asset prices and lower exchange rates. In Latin America, inflation has increased in recent months in most countries. In China, overheating concerns have diminished while latest activity indicators show an increasing deceleration, which is still consistent with a soft-landing scenario. GDP growth for the fourth quarter of 2011 beat expectations (8.9% year-on-year compared to 9.1% year-on-year in the third quarter of 2011), underpinned by exports which, while slowing, are still high. This has helped ease fears of a hard landing by the Chinese economy, which would drag down the rest of Asia. In Turkey, the current account deficit has widened rising concerns about its vulnerability to a sudden stop of capital flows. Concerns are focused on the growth of trade partners, given Turkey’s external reliance on European demand.

In addition, one of Turkey’s challenges lies in the labor market situation, with a high unemployment rate (which is currently above 10%), affecting especially young people (with an unemployment rate of 25%).

 

67


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were prepared by the Bank’s directors in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, and in compliance with IFRS-IASB, and by applying the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, so that they present fairly the Group’s equity and financial position as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and the consolidated cash flows in 2011, 2010 and 2009. The Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared on the basis of the accounting records kept by the Bank and by each of the other Group companies and include the adjustments and reclassifications required to unify the accounting policies and measurement bases used by the Group. (See Note 2.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements estimates were made by the Group and the consolidated companies in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments reported herein. These estimates relate mainly to the following:

 

   

The impairment on certain assets.

 

   

The assumptions used to quantify other provisions and for the actuarial calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments.

 

   

The useful life and impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets.

 

   

The measurement of goodwill arising on consolidation.

 

   

The fair value of certain unlisted financial assets and liabilities.

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, on the events analyzed, events that take place in the future might make it necessary to revise these estimates (upwards or downwards) in coming years.

Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contains a summary of our significant accounting policies. We consider certain of these policies to be particularly important due to their effect on the financial reporting of our financial condition and because they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Our reported financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The nature of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors to be considered when reviewing our Consolidated Financial Statements and the discussion below. We have identified the following accounting policies as critical to the understanding of our results of operations, since the application of these policies requires significant management assumptions and estimates that could result in materially different amounts to be reported if conditions or underlying circumstances were to change.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of an asset or a liability on a given date is taken to be the amount for which it could be exchanged or settled, respectively, between two knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of an asset or a liability is the price that would be paid for it on an organized, transparent and deep market (“quoted price” or “market price”).

 

68


Table of Contents

If there is no market price for a given asset or liability, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, by using mathematical measurement models sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. Such estimates would take into consideration the specific features of the asset or liability to be measured and, in particular, the various types of risk associated with the asset or liability. However, the limitations inherent to the measurement models developed and the possible inaccuracies of the assumptions required by these models may signify that the fair value of an asset or liability thus estimated does not coincide exactly with the price for which the asset or liability could be purchased or sold on the date of its measurement.

See Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies.

Derivatives and other future transactions

These instruments include outstanding foreign currency purchase and sale transactions, outstanding securities purchase and sale transactions, futures transactions relating to securities, exchange rates or interest rates, forward interest rate agreements, options relating to exchange rates, securities or interest rates and various types of financial swaps.

All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value from the date of arrangement. If the fair value of a derivative is positive, it is recorded as an asset and if it is negative, it is recorded as a liability. Unless there is evidence to the contrary, it is understood that on the date of arrangement the fair value of the derivatives is equal to the transaction price. Changes in the fair value of derivatives after the date of arrangement are recognized with a balancing entry under the heading “Gains or Losses on Financial Assets and Liabilities” in the consolidated income statement.

Specifically, the fair value of the standard financial derivatives included in the held for trading portfolios is equal to their daily quoted price. If, under exceptional circumstances, their quoted price cannot be established on a given date, these derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used to measure over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives.

The fair value of OTC derivatives is equal to the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instruments discounted at the measurement date (“present value” or “theoretical value”). These derivatives are measured using methods recognized by the financial markets, including the net present value (“NPV”) method and option price calculation models.

Financial derivatives that have as their underlying equity instruments, whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and are settled by delivery of those instruments, are measured at cost.

Financial derivatives designated as hedging items are included in the heading of the balance sheet “Hedging derivatives”. These financial derivatives are valued at fair value.

See Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies with respect to these instruments.

Goodwill in consolidation

Pursuant to the new IFRS 3, the positive difference on the date of a business combination between the sum of the fair value of the price paid, the amount of all the non-controlling interests and the fair value of stock previously held in the acquired entity, on one hand, and the fair value of the

 

69


Table of Contents

assets acquired and liabilities assumed, on the other hand, is recorded as goodwill on the asset side of the balance sheet. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits from assets that cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject periodically to an impairment analysis. Any impaired goodwill is written off.

Goodwill is allocated to one or more cash-generating units, or CGUs, expected to benefit from the synergies arising from business combinations. The CGUs units represent the Group’s smallest identifiable business and/or geographical segments as managed internally by its directors within the Group.

The CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment based on the carrying amount of the unit including the allocated goodwill. Such testing is performed at least annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment.

For the purpose of determining the impairment of a CGU to which a part or all of goodwill has been allocated, the carrying amount of that unit, adjusted by the theoretical amount of the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interest, shall be compared to its recoverable amount. The resulting loss shall be apportioned by reducing, firstly, the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to that unit and, secondly, if there are still impairment losses remaining to be recognized, the carrying amount of the rest of the assets. This shall be done by allocating the remaining loss in proportion to the carrying amount of each of the assets in the unit. In any case, impairment losses on goodwill can never be reversed.

See Notes 2.2.7 and 2.2.8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies related to goodwill.

As mentioned in Note 20.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group has performed the goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The results from each of these tests on the dates mentioned were as follows:

As of December 31, 2011, impairment losses of 1,444 million have been estimated in the United States CGU which have been recognized under “Impairment losses on other assets (net)—Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement for 2011. This loss is the result of a downward revision of the cash flows projections estimated for this CGU, as a result of the following factors:

 

   

the economic recovery is slower than expected and demand for loans is lower than forecasted; this, together with a low interest rate forecast imply a bigger than expected slowdown in net interest income growth; and

 

   

growing regulatory pressure, with the implementation of new regulations, will imply lower than expected fee income, mainly related to the use of credit cards, while operating costs will rise with respect to our initial expectations.

Both the U.S. CGU’s fair values and the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities are based on the estimates and assumptions that the Group’s management has deemed most likely given the circumstances. However, some changes to the valuation assumptions used could result in differences in the impairment test result. If the discount rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by up to 585 million and 671 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. If the growth rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by 517 million and 452 million, respectively, as of such date.

 

70


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, there were no impairment losses on the goodwill recognized in the Group’s CGUs, except for an insignificant impairment on the goodwill of the Spain CGU, related to the impairment on the investments in Rentrucks, Alquiler y Servicios de Transportes, S.A. and in BBVA Finanzia SpA (of 9 million and 4 million, respectively).

The most significant goodwill corresponds to the United States CGU. The recoverable amount of this CGU is equal to its value in use. This is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections estimated by our management based on the latest budgets available for the next five years. As of December 31, 2010, the Group used an estimated sustainable growth rate of 4.2% (4.3% as of December 31, 2009) to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity based on the U.S. real GDP growth rate. The discount rate used to discount the cash flows was the cost of capital of the CGU, which stood at 11.4% as of December 31, 2010 (11.2% as of December 31, 2009), consisting of the free risk rate plus a risk premium.

As of December 31, 2009, impairment losses of 1,097 million were estimated in the United States CGU which were recognized under “Impairment losses on other assets (net)—Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement for 2009 (see Note 50 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The impairment loss of this unit was attributed to the significant decline in economic and credit conditions in the states in which the Group operates in the United States. The valuations were verified by an independent expert, not related to the Group’s external auditor.

Both the U.S. CGU’s fair values and the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities were based on the estimates and assumptions that the Group’s management deemed most likely given the circumstances. However, some changes to the valuation assumptions used could result in differences in the impairment test result. As of December 31, 2009, if the discount rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by up to 573 million and 664 million, respectively. If the growth rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by 555 million and 480 million, respectively.

Post-employment benefits and other long term commitments to employees

Pension and post-retirement benefit costs and credits are based on actuarial calculations. Inherent in these calculations are assumptions including discount rates, rate of salary increase and expected return on plan assets. Changes in pension and post-retirement costs may occur in the future as a consequence of changes in interest rates, expected return on assets or other assumptions. See Note 2.2.12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which contains a summary of our significant accounting policies about pension and post-retirement benefit costs and credits.

Allowance for loan losses

As we describe in Note 2.2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a loan is considered to be an impaired loan and, therefore, its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of its impairment when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which give rise to a negative impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the transaction was arranged. The potential impairment of these assets is determined individually or collectively.

Losses determined collectively are calculated using statistical procedures and are deemed equivalent to the portion of losses incurred on the date that the consolidated financial statements are prepared that has yet to be allocated to specific transactions.

The Group uses historic statistical data in its internal ratings models (“IRBs”), which were approved by the Bank of Spain for some portfolios in 2009, albeit only for the purpose of estimating

 

71


Table of Contents

regulatory capital under Basel II. It uses these internal models to calculate the economic capital required in its activities and uses the expected loss concept to quantify the cost of credit risk for incorporation in its calculation of the risk-adjusted return on capital of its operations.

These models allow us to estimate the expected loss of the credit risk of each portfolio during the one-year period after the relevant reporting date, taking into consideration the characteristics of the counterparty and the guarantees and collateral associated with the transactions.

The expected loss is calculated taking into account three factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

 

   

Exposure at default (“EAD”) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

 

   

Probability of default (“PD”) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The probability of default is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction. PD is measured using a time horizon of one year (i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year). The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and in cases where there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty. We assign a PD of 100% where there is a default.

 

   

Loss given default (“LGD”) is the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the characteristics of the counterparty and the valuation of the guarantees and collateral associated with the related transaction.

Once the PD is calculated, our models estimate the allowance for loan losses taking into account the LGD, according to the criteria set forth above. In order to calculate the LGD at each balance sheet date, we evaluate the estimated cash flows from the sale of the collateral by estimating its sale price (in the case of real estate collateral, we take into account declines in property values which could affect the value of such collateral, mainly in Spain) and its estimated cost of sale. In the event of a default, we become contractually entitled to the property at the end of the foreclosure process or when purchased from borrowers in distress, and recognize the collateral at its fair value. After the initial recognition of these non-current assets classified as held for sale or inventories, respectively, they are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less their estimated cost of sale.

The calculation of the expected loss also takes into account the “business cycle adjustment” of these factors, particularly PD and LGD. This is a means of establishing a measure of risk that goes beyond the time of its calculation so as to capture representative information of the behavior of a given portfolio over a complete economic cycle. We implemented a methodology which complies with IFRS-IASB and is consistent with the Bank of Spain’s requirements for the determination of the level of provisions required to cover incurred losses.

The methodology for calculating the allowance for losses determined collectively seeks to identify the amounts of losses which, although incurred at the reporting date, have not yet been allocated to specific transactions and which the Group knows, on the basis of historical experience and other specific information, will arise following the reporting date.

The calculation of the incurred but not reported loss adjusts the expected loss taking into account two parameters:

 

   

The point-in-time parameter, which is an adjustment to eliminate the through-the-cycle component of the expected loss.

 

72


Table of Contents
   

The loss identification period (“LIP”), which is the time period between the occurrence of a specific impairment event and objective evidence of impairment becoming apparent on an individual basis—that is, the time between the loss event and the date on which we identify its occurrence.

However, the Bank of Spain requires that the calculation of the allowance for collective losses incurred must also be calculated based on the information provided by the Bank of Spain until the Spanish regulatory authority has verified and approved these internal models.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there is no material difference in the amount of allowances for loan losses calculated in accordance with EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and IFRS-IASB.

The estimates of the portfolio’s inherent risks and overall recovery vary with changes in the economy, individual industries, countries and individual borrowers’ or counterparties’ ability and willingness to repay their obligations. The degree to which any particular assumption affects the allowance for credit losses depends on the severity of the change and its relationship to the other assumptions.

Key judgments used in determining the allowance for loan losses include: (i) risk ratings for pools of commercial loans and leases; (ii) market and collateral values and discount rates for individually evaluated loans; (iii) product type classifications for consumer and commercial loans and leases; (iv) loss rates used for consumer and commercial loans and leases; (v) adjustments made to assess current events and conditions; (vi) considerations regarding domestic, global and individual countries economic uncertainty; and (vii) overall credit conditions.

Cybersecurity and fraud management

The BBVA Group has established computer security controls to prevent and mitigate potential computer attacks that may materially affect the Group’s results. These controls are part of the risk assessment and mitigation system established in our corporate operational risk and internal control structure in order to ensure compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with a view to guaranteeing the proper identification and effective control of such risks. In the implementation, audit and review of such controls we have identified no material risk to our operations, owing to the effective mitigation of such risk as such security controls have provided.

We have divided identified risks into two categories distinguishing between risks that may affect the availability of our computer systems and their supporting processes and risks that may affect the confidentiality and integrity of the information processed by such systems.

Risks related to lack of availability are managed and mitigated through our Business Continuity Plans and our Systems Continuity Plans.

We have 126 Business Continuity Plans in operation across 25 countries. A number of such plans have been activated during the past year as a result of recent tornados and floods in the south of the United States, Mexico, Colombia and Venezuela, an earthquake in Lorca (Spain) and volcanic emissions in Patagonia (Argentina).

The European Union Critical Infrastructure Protection Directive was incorporated into Spanish law in 2011. We believe that BBVA is fully prepared to fulfill any possible obligations and requirements set forth therein.

 

73


Table of Contents

The risks identified that may affect the confidentiality and integrity of our information are managed and mitigated within the programs established throughout the BBVA Group in our respective Information security master plans. These plans are designed to mitigate prospective risks through a security model that includes Identity Management, Security Architectures, Monitoring Systems and Incident Management.

We believe that the services outsourced by the BBVA Group are not exposed to material cyber security risks.

The BBVA Group has not undergone any security incidents which individually or in the aggregate can be considered material.

For the type of business and operations carried out by the BBVA Group, we have identified no cyber security incident related risks that could remain undetected for an extended period of time and represent a material risk. Moreover, and with regard to any possible banking-related cyber security risks which might affect the Group, there is no public evidence of incidents occurring within the financial sector which might represent a material risk to the Group.

In 2011, fraud management in the various businesses segments and geographical areas has been focused primarily on fraud prevention and early detection of alerts through the use of technology. The Group has undertaken development of new projects for risk management efficiency improvements that will be executed in 2012.

A. Operating Results

Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk in that our reporting currency is the euro, whereas certain of our subsidiaries keep their accounts in other currencies, principally Mexican pesos, U.S. dollars, Argentine pesos, Chilean pesos, Colombian pesos, Venezuelan bolivars fuerte and New Peruvian Soles. For example, if Latin American currencies and the U.S. dollar depreciate against the euro, when the results of operations of our subsidiaries in the countries using these currencies are included in our consolidated financial statements, the euro value of their results declines, even if, in local currency terms, their results of operations and financial condition have remained the same or improved relative to the prior period. Accordingly, declining exchange rates may limit the ability of our results of operations, stated in euro, to fully describe the performance in local currency terms of our subsidiaries. By contrast, the appreciation of Latin American currencies and the U.S. dollar against the euro would have a positive impact on the results of operations of our subsidiaries in the countries using these currencies when their results of operations are included in our consolidated financial statements. We are also exposed to fluctuations of the Turkish lira and the Chinese yuan, as a result of our investments in Garanti and CIFH and CNCB, respectively.

The assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries which maintain their accounts in currencies other than the euro have been converted to the euro at the period-end exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Income statement items have been converted at the average exchange rates for the period. The following table sets forth the exchange rates of several Latin American currencies, the U.S. dollar, the Turkish lira and the Chinese yuan against the euro, expressed in local currency per 1.00 for 2011, 2010 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 according to the European Central Bank (“ECB”).

 

74


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     Average Exchange Rates      Period-end Exchange Rates  
     2011      2010      2009      2011      2010      2009  

Mexican peso

     17.29         16.75         18.80         18.05         16.55         18.92   

U.S. dollar

     1.39         1.33         1.39         1.29         1.34         1.44   

Argentine peso

     5.75         5.27         5.26         5.57         5.49         5.56   

Chilean peso

     672.04         675.68         777.60         674.76         625.39         730.46   

Colombian peso

     2,570.69         2,518.89         2,976.19         2,512.56         2,557.54         2,941.18   

Peruvian new sol

     3.83         3.75         4.19         3.49         3.75         4.16   

Venezuelan bolivar

     5.98         5.63         3.00         5.56         5.74         3.09   

Turkish lira

     2.34         2.00         2.16         2.44         2.07         2.15   

Chinese yuan

     8.99         8.97         9.53         8.16         8.82         9.84   

During 2011, the Mexican peso depreciated, as to a lesser extent did the Argentinean peso. The Chilean peso appreciated against the euro on average terms but depreciated year-on-year as of December 31, 2011. In contrast, there was a year-on-year appreciation in the U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2011 (though there was a depreciation of the U.S. dollar on average terms), as there was with the rest of the key Latin American currencies, the Turkish lira and the Chinese yuan. Overall, the effect of the exchange rates on the year-on-year comparison of the Group’s income statements and balance sheet is negative.

BBVA Group Results of Operations for 2011 Compared to 2010

The changes in the Group’s consolidated income statements for 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      2011/2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Interest and similar income

     24,188         21,134         14.5   

Interest expense and similar charges

     (11,028      (7,814      41.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

     13,160         13,320         (1.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Dividend income

     562         529         6.2   

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

     600         335         79.1   

Fee and commission income

     5,618         5,382         4.4   

Fee and commission expenses

     (1,058      (845      25.2   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

     1,114         1,441         (22.7

Net exchange differences

     365         453         (19.4

Other operating income

     4,247         3,543         19.9   

Other operating expenses

     (4,042      (3,248      24.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     20,566         20,910         (1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (9,104      (8,207      10.9   

Personnel expenses

     (5,311      (4,814      10.3   

General and administrative expenses

     (3,793      (3,393      11.8   

Depreciation and amortization

     (847      (761      11.3   

Provisions (net)

     (510      (482      5.8   

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (4,226      (4,718      (10.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net operating income

     5,879         6,742         (12.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

75


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      2011/2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

     (1,885      (489      285.5   

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

     46         41         12.2   

Negative goodwill

     —           1         (100.0

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

     (270      127         n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income before tax

     3,770         6,422         (41.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income tax

     (285      (1,427      (80.0

Income from continuing transactions

     3,485         4,995         (30.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income from discontinued transactions (net)

     —           —           0.0   

Net income

     3,485         4,995         (30.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributed to parent company

     3,004         4,606         (34.8

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     481         389         23.7   

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

The changes in our consolidated income statements for 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

Net interest income

The following table summarizes the principal components of net interest income for 2011 compared to 2010.

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      2011/2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Interest income

     24,188         21,134         14.5   

Interest expense

     (11,028      (7,814      41.1   

Net interest income

     13,160         13,320         (1.2

Net interest income decreased 1.2% to 13,160 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 13,320 million for year ended December 31, 2010, due mainly to the upturn in interest rates in the Eurozone in 2011, which affected liability costs to a greater extent, and with a faster impact, than the return on assets. The decrease in net interest income is also the result of the extremely complex environment in which it has been produced, with restricted lending activity in Spain and more expensive wholesale funding due to the increased spread paid for Spain’s risk. The decrease in net interest income was modestly offset by the increased volume of business and sound price management in South America as well as the acquisition of Garanti in March 2011.

Dividend income

Dividend income increased 6.2% to 562 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 529 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to dividends from Telefónica, S.A.

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method increased to 600 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 335 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to the increased profit of China National Citic Bank (“CNCB”).

 

76


Table of Contents

Fee and commission income

The breakdown of fee and commission income for 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      2011/2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Commitment fees

     157         133         18.7   

Contingent liabilities

     318         282         13.1   

Letters of credit

     54         45         20.6   

Bank and other guarantees

     264         237         11.7   

Arising from exchange of foreign currencies and banknotes

     25         19         31.1   

Collection and payment services income

     2,694         2,500         7.7   

Bills receivable

     66         60         10.7   

Current accounts

     360         402         (10.4

Credit and debit cards

     1,619         1,384         17.0   

Checks

     229         263         (12.8

Transfers and others payment orders

     294         274         7.1   

Rest

     125         117         7.2   

Securities services income

     1,645         1,651         (0.4

Securities underwriting

     70         64         8.8   

Securities dealing

     200         181         10.4   

Custody securities

     330         357         (7.4

Investment and pension funds

     904         898         0.7   

Rest assets management

     140         151         (7.2

Counseling on and management of one-off transactions

     13         11         14.1   

Financial and similar counseling services

     56         60         (7.5

Factoring transactions

     33         29         15.1   

Non-banking financial products sales

     97         102         (5.5

Other fees and commissions

     581         595         (2.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fee and commission income

     5,618         5,382         4.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fee and commission income increased 4.4% to 5,618 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 5,382 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due principally to increased fees linked to credit and debit cards (100 million originated by Garanti), which more than offset a decline in fees related to current accounts and checks.

Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of fee and commission expenses for 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      2011/2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

     4         5         (6.8

Fees and commissions assigned to third parties

     748         578         29.4   

Credit and debit cards

     609         449         35.5   

Transfers and others payment orders

     35         28         25.0   

Securities dealing

     16         16         5.3   

Rest

     88         85         3.0   

Other fees and commissions

     306         262         16.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fee and commission expenses

     1,058         845         25.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Fee and commission expenses increased 25.2% to 1,058 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 845 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the increase in fees and commissions assigned to third party banking services, specifically credit and debit cards, and other fees and commissions.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities decreased by 22.7% to 1,114 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 1,441 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to declines in the value of assets as a result of market prices evolution, reduced customer activity and the absence of earnings from portfolio sales.

Net exchange differences decreased 19.4% to 365 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 453 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In the first half of 2011, the euro appreciated against the U.S. dollar due to the increasing spread between interest rates; however, in the second half of the year, the European debt crisis weakened the euro’s position. The combination of a stronger euro and the relative strength of emerging currencies against the U.S. dollar resulted in a generally unfavorable performance.

Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income amounted to 4,247 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a 19.9% increase compared to 3,543 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to increased income derived from insurance and reinsurance contracts.

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011, amounted to 4,042 million, a 24.4% increase compared to the 3,248 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010 due primarily to higher contributions to deposit guarantee funds in the countries in which we operate and to increased provisions related to insurance and reinsurance contracts.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 20,566 million, a 1.6% decrease from the 20,910 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Administration costs

Administration costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 were 9,104 million, a 10.9% increase from the 8,207 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to the Group’s growth (mainly through the acquisition of our stake in Garanti) and expansion plans. Progress continues to be made in developing customer products and segments in franchises operating in emerging countries and in extending banking penetration to take advantage of economic growth. In contrast, in developed markets, BBVA focuses on improving customer relations and distribution efficiency. Additionally, investment in technology, personnel and brand awareness continues in the Bank as a whole.

 

78


Table of Contents

The table below provides a breakdown of personnel expenses for 2011 and 2010.

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      2011/2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Wages and salaries

     4,122         3,740         10.2   

Social security costs

     627         567         10.5   

Transfers to internal pension provisions

     51         37         38.2   

Contributions to external pension funds

     80         84         (4.9

Other personnel expenses

     431         386         11.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Personnel expenses

     5,311         4,814         10.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

The table below provides a breakdown of general and administrative expenses for 2011 and 2010.

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      2011/2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Technology and systems

     662         563         17.5   

Communications

     299         284         5.3   

Advertising

     378         345         9.6   

Property, fixtures and materials

     849         750         13.2   

Of which: Rents expenses

     475         397         19.4   

Taxes other than income tax

     359         322         11.7   

Other expenses

     1,246         1,129         10.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Other administrative expenses

     3,793         3,392         11.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 847 million an 11.3% increase compared to 761 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, due primarily to the amortization of software and tangible assets for own use.

Provisions (net)

Provisions (net) for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 510 million, a 5.8% increase compared to 482 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily to cover early retirement benefits, other allocations to pension funds and transfers to provisions for contingent liabilities.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 4,226 million, a 10.4% decrease compared to the 4,718 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Impairment on financial assets (net) was negatively affected in 2009 and 2010 in Spain and in the United States by the significant increase in substandard loans, mainly as a result of the deterioration of the economic environment. Impairment on financial assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2011, continued to be impacted in Spain, Portugal and, to a lesser extent, in the United States by the challenging economic environment. The Group’s non-performing assets ratio was 4.0% as of December 31, 2011, compared to 4.1% as of December 31, 2010.

 

79


Table of Contents

Net operating income

Net operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 5,879 million, a 12.8% decrease from the 6,742 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Impairment on other assets (net)

Impairment on other assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 1,885 million, compared to the 489 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. Impairment on other assets (net) for 2011 includes impairment losses relating to goodwill of 1,444 million in the United States and provisions made for real estate and foreclosed assets.

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to a gain of 46 million, a 12.2% increase over the 41 million gain recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, amounted to a loss of 270 million, compared to a gain of 127 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, mainly as a result of an increase in write-downs on real estate investments and a decrease in the profits on sales and lease back operations which amounted to 67 million in 2011 compared to 273 million in 2010.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 3,770 million, a 41.3% decrease from the 6,422 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Income tax

Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 285 million, an 80% decrease from the 1,427 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, due to lower income before tax, a decrease in tax expenses due to the amortization of certain goodwill arising from investments in foreign companies made prior to December 31, 2007, whose deductibility is contemplated in the European Union decision published on May 21, 2011, revenues with low or zero tax rates (basically dividends and equity accounted earnings), and the higher proportion of results coming from Latin America and Garanti, which carry a low effective tax rate.

Net income

As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 3,485 million, a 30.2% decrease from the 4,995 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 3,004 million, a 34.8% decrease from the 4,606 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

80


Table of Contents

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 481 million, a 23.7% increase over the 389 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, principally due to the performance of Venezuela.

BBVA Group Results of Operations for 2010 Compared to 2009

The changes in the Group’s consolidated income statements for 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2010      2009      2010/2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Interest and similar income

     21,134         23,775         (11.1

Interest expense and similar charges

     (7,814      (9,893      (21.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

     13,320         13,882         (4.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Dividend income

     529         443         19.3   

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

     335         120         180.1   

Fee and commission income

     5,382         5,305         1.5   

Fee and commission expenses

     (845      (875      (3.4

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities

     1,441         892         61.4   

Net exchange differences

     453         652         (30.6

Other operating income

     3,543         3,400         4.2   

Other operating expenses

     (3,248      (3,153      3.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     20,910         20,666         1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Administration costs

     (8,207      (7,662      7.1   

Personnel expenses

     (4,814      (4,651      3.5   

General and administrative expenses

     (3,393      (3,011      12.7   

Depreciation and amortization

     (761      (697      9.2   

Provisions (net)

     (482      (458      5.4   

Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

     (4,718      (5,473      (13.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net operating income

     6,742         6,376         5.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impairment losses on other assets (net)

     (489      (1,618      (69.8

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

     41         20         106.4   

Negative goodwill

     1         99         n.m.   

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

     127         859         (85.2

Income before tax

     6,422         5,736         12.0   

Income tax

     (1,427      (1,141      25.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income from continuing transactions

     4,995         4,595         8.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income from discontinued transactions (net)

     —           —           n.m.   

Net income

     4,995         4,595         8.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributed to parent company

     4,606         4,210         9.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     389         385         1.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

 

81


Table of Contents

The changes in our consolidated income statements for 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

Net interest income

The following table summarizes the principal components of net interest income for 2010 compared to 2009.

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2010      2009      2010/2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Interest income

     21,134         23,775         (11.1

Interest expense

     (7,814      (9,893      (21.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

     13,320         13,882         (4.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income decreased 4.0% to 13,320 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 13,882 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to the decrease in yield on assets and the increase in the cost of liabilities. The decrease in yield on assets was due primarily to the fact that the decrease in market interest rates during 2009 was gradually reflected in the yield of variable rate mortgage loans during 2009, whereas in 2010 this decrease was largely completed at the beginning of the year, and affected most of 2010. Additionally, the Group made continued efforts to gradually increase the relative weight of lower risk and therefore lower yield, loans in its loan portfolio, including primarily private mortgages in all geographical areas in which BBVA operates and corporate and business loans, particularly in Mexico and the United States. On the other hand, the decrease in yield on assets was partially offset by the active management of our investments in debt instruments (adjusting the duration of debt portfolios and increasing debt portfolio income in net interest income). The increase in cost of liabilities was due primarily to the increase in volume of customer deposits and a higher cost of liabilities, given the competitive environment in Spain, where fierce competition resulted in higher rates being paid by banks (including BBVA) in order to attract deposits. Finally, an upward curve in interest rates in the euro area has had a faster impact on the cost of liabilities than on the yield of assets.

Dividend income

Dividend income increased 19.3% to 529 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 443 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to dividends from Telefónica, S.A. which increased from 1.0 to 1.3 per share.

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method increased to 335 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 120 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the increase in our share of profits of CNCB following our exercise in April 2010 of a purchase option to increase our holding of CNCB from 10% to 15%, and to a lesser extent, the increase of profit of CNCB.

 

82


Table of Contents

Fee and commission income

The breakdown of fee and commission income for 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2010      2009      2010/2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Commitment fees

     133         97         36.4   

Contingent liabilities

     282         260         8.1   

Letters of credit

     45         42         6.7   

Bank and other guarantees

     237         218         8.4   

Arising from exchange of foreign currencies and banknotes

     19         14         35.5   

Collection and payment services income

     2,500         2,573         (2.8

Bills receivable

     60         77         (22.6

Current accounts

     402         229         75.5   

Credit and debit cards

     1,384         1,386         (0.1

Checks

     263         453         (41.9

Transfers and others payment orders

     274         274         (0.0

Rest

     117         154         (23.8

Securities services income

     1,651         1,636         0.9   

Securities underwriting

     64         73         (12.4

Securities dealing

     181         188         (3.5

Custody securities

     357         304         17.4   

Investment and pension funds

     898         916         (2.0

Rest assets management

     151         155         (2.4

Counseling on and management of one-off transactions

     11         7         60.3   

Financial and similar counseling services

     60         43         38.3   

Factoring transactions

     29         27         8.2   

Non-banking financial products sales

     102         83         22.7   

Other fees and commissions

     595         565         5.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission income

     5,382         5,305         1.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission income increased 1.5% to 5,382 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 5,305 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due principally to the increase of fees related to banking services, specifically account maintenance and management and contingent liabilities.

Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of fee and commission expenses for 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2010      2009      2010/2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

     5         7         (33.1

Fees and commissions assigned to third parties

     578         610         (5.2

Credit and debit cards

     449         410         9.6   

Transfers and others payment orders

     28         31         (10.1

Securities dealing

     16         21         (27.7

Rest

     85         147         (42.1

Other fees and commissions

     262         258         1.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Fee and commission expenses

     845         875         (3.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

83


Table of Contents

Fee and commission expenses decreased 3.4% to 845 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 875 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to the decrease in fees and commissions assigned to third parties, which mainly related to our pensions business in Chile.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities increased 61.4% to 1,441 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 892 for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to a general recovery in market activity, and the sale of financial instruments to adjust portfolio durations. In addition, we have profited from high price volatility in sovereign debt markets rotating the durations of the portfolios, which generated income without consuming the unrealized capital gains present in certain portfolios as of December 31, 2010.

Net exchange differences decreased 30.6% to 453 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 652 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due primarily to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar fuerte and losses in foreign currency trading.

Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income amounted to 3,543 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a 4.2% increase compared to 3,400 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to the increase of non-banking product sales, primarily real estate inventories sales and a greater contribution of the insurance business.

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010, amounted to 3,248 million, a 3.0% increase compared to the 3,153 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to an adjustment for hyperinflation in Venezuela, the cost of sales, primarily real estate inventories sales, and a higher contribution to deposit guarantee funds in the countries in which we operate.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 20,910 million, a 1.2% increase over the 20,666 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Administration costs

Administration costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 were 8,207 million, a 7.1% increase from the 7,662 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to an increase in rent expenses related to the sale and leaseback of certain properties located in Spain during the third quarter of 2009, an increase in costs associated with image and brand identity (including new sponsorship arrangements with the U.S. National Basketball Association) and an increase related to growth plans in substantially all the geographical areas in which the Group operates. This investment process is accompanied by a gradual increase of the Group’s workforce in almost all of its areas, which has resulted in an increase in personnel expenses of 3.5% to 4,814 million for 2010 from 4,651 million for 2009. The table below provides a breakdown of personnel expenses for 2010 and 2009.

 

      Year Ended December 31,         
      2010      2009      2010/2009  
    

(In Millions of Euros)

     (in %)  

Wages and salaries

     3,740         3,607         3.7   

Social security costs

     567         531         6.8   

Transfers to internal pension provisions

     37         44         (15.9

Contributions to external pension funds

     84         68         23.5   

Other personnel expenses

     386         401         (3.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Personnel expenses

     4,814         4,651         3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

84


Table of Contents

The table below provides a breakdown of general and administrative expenses for 2010 and 2009.

 

      Year Ended December 31,         
      2010      2009      2010/2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Technology and systems

     563         577         (2.4

Communications

     284         254         11.8   

Advertising

     345         262         31.7   

Property, fixtures and materials

     750         643         16.6   

Of which: Rents expenses

     397         304         30.6   

Taxes other than income tax

     322         266         21.1   

Other expenses

     1,129         1,009         11.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Other administrative expenses

     3,393         3,011         12.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 761 million a 9.2% increase compared to 697 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to the amortization of software and tangible assets for own use.

Provisions (net)

Provisions (net) for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 482 million, a 5.4% increase compared to 458 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to a significant increase in the provisions for substandard contingent liabilities primarily related to guarantees given on behalf of our clients. In addition, provisions (net) for the year ended December 31, 2009 were positively impacted by higher provision recoveries.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 4,718 million, a 13.8% decrease compared to the 5,473 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009. Impairment on financial assets (net) was negatively affected in 2009 in Spain and in the United States by the significant increase in substandard loans from 8,540 million as of December 31, 2008 to 15,312 million as of December 31, 2009, mainly as a result of the deterioration of the economic environment. Impairment on financial assets (net) in 2010 continues to be impacted in Spain and in the United States by the challenging economic environment. The Group’s non-performing assets ratio was 4.1% as of December 31, 2010 compared to 4.3% as of December 31, 2009.

Net operating income

Net operating income for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 6,742 million, a 5.7% increase over the 6,376 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Impairment on other assets (net)

Impairment on other assets (net) for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 489 million, a 69.8% decrease from the 1,618 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009. Impairment on other assets (net) for 2009 included impairment changes for goodwill of 1,097 million attributed to the significant decline in economic and credit conditions in the states in which the Group operates in the United States, whereas 2010 did not include any significant goodwill impairment changes. In addition, loan-loss provisions for foreclosures and real estate assets were increased as a result of the deterioration of the real estate business.

 

85


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to a gain of 41 million, an increase from the 20 million gain recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Negative goodwill

Negative goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to a gain of 1 million compared to a gain of 99 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Negative goodwill for 2009 was due to the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of Guaranty.

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations

Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, was 127 million, a decrease of 85.2% million compared to 859 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2010 and 2009 there were capital gains of 273 million and 914 million, respectively, generated by the sale of 164 and 971 fixed assets, respectively (mainly branch offices and various individual properties) to a third-party real estate investor. BBVA signed a sale and leaseback long-term contract with such investor, which includes an option to repurchase the properties at fair values, exercisable by the Group on the agreed dates (in most cases, the termination date of each lease agreement).

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 6,422 million, a 12.0% increase from the 5,736 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Income tax

Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to 1,427 million, a 25.1% increase from the 1,141 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to higher income before tax and higher expenses tax.

Net income

As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 4,995 million, an 8.7% increase from the 4,595 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 4,606 million, a 9.4% increase from the 4,210 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 389 million, a 1.1% increase over the 385 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, principally due to exchange rate impacts.

 

86


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Business Area for 2011 Compared to 2010

SPAIN

 

      Year Ended December 31,         
      2011      2010      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Net interest income

     4,399         4,878         (9.8

Net fees and commissions

     1,468         1,672         (12.2

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     19         2         n.m. (1) 

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     471         504         (6.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     6,357         7,055         (9.9

Administrative costs

     (2,702      (2,717      (0.5

Depreciation and amortization

     (98      (97      0.9   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (1,711      (1,316      30.0   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     70         237         (70.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income before tax

     1,914         3,160         (39.4

Income tax

     (550      (902      (39.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income

     1,364         2,258         (39.6

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     (0      (2      (90.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributed to parent company

     1,363         2,255         (39.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 4,399 million, a 9.8% decrease compared to the 4,878 million recorded for 2010, due mainly to the upturn in interest rates in the Eurozone in 2011, which affected liability costs to a greater extent, and with a faster impact, than the return on assets. The decrease in net interest income is also the result of the extremely complex environment in which it has been produced, with restricted lending activity in Spain and more expensive wholesale funding due to the increased spread paid for Spain’s risk.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,468 million for 2011, a 12.2% decrease from the 1,672 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the application of loyalty-based reductions to a greater number of customers and the fall in the volume of managed mutual funds.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 19 million compared with the 2 million gain recorded for 2010. The positive effect of exchanges differences (51 million in 2011 compared with 3 million in 2010) was partially offset by the higher net losses on financial assets (32 million in 2011 compared with 1 million in 2010).

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 471 million, a 6.5% decrease from the 504 million gain recorded for 2010, primarily due to the increased contributions to the Deposit Guarantee Fund.

 

87


Table of Contents

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2011 was 6,357 million, a 9.9% decrease from the 7,055 million recorded for 2010.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2011 were 2,702 million, a 0.5% decrease from the 2,717 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the decline in general and personnel expenses.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2011 was 1,711 million, a 30.0% increase from the 1,316 million recorded for 2010 which is mainly attributable to the deterioration of the economic situation. This business area’s non-performing assets ratio remained stable during 2011 and was 4.8%, as of December 31, 2011, due to the decrease in loans and advances to customers and in substandard loans due to the write-off.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2011 was 1,914 million, a 39.4% decrease from the 3,160 million recorded in 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was 550 million, a 39.0% decrease from the 902 million recorded in 2010, primarily as result of the decrease in income before tax.

Net income attributed to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was 1,363 million, a 39.5% decrease from the 2,255 million recorded in 2010.

EURASIA

 

     Year Ended December 31,           
     2011      2010        Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)        (in %)  

Net interest income

     801         345           132.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Net fees and commissions

     391         236           66.1   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     105         132           (20.8

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     655         367           78.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Gross income

     1,952         1,080           80.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Administrative costs

     (599      (278        115.8   

Depreciation and amortization

     (45      (17        165.1   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (149      (89        66.3   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     11         (20        n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Income before tax

     1,170         675           73.3   

Income tax

     (143      (88        61.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Net income

     1,027         587           75.0   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     —           1           (100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Net income attributed to parent company

     1,027         588           74.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

 

88


Table of Contents

The importance of this area is increasing both in terms of earnings and our balance sheet, primarily due to the contribution of Garanti starting in March 2011 and the increase of earnings from CNCB.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 801 million, a 132.1% increase compared to the 345 million recorded for 2010.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 391 million for 2011, a 66.1% increase from the 236 million recorded for 2010.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains and financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2011 was 105 million, a 20.8% decrease compared with the 132 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the negative impact of exchange rates.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 655 million, a 78.4% increase from the 367 million gain recorded for 2010, primarily due to the growing contribution of CNCB.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2011 was 1,952 million, an 80.7% increase from the 1,080 million recorded for 2010.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2011 were 599 million, a 115.8% increase over the 278 million recorded for 2010.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2011 was 149 million, a 66.3% increase from the 89 million recorded for 2010. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio increased to 1.5% as of December 31, 2011 from 0.9% as of December 31, 2010.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2011 was 1,170 million, a 73.3% increase from the 675 million recorded in 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was 143 million, a 61.7% increase from the 88 million recorded in 2010, primarily as result of the increase in income before tax.

Net income attributed to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was 1,027 million, a 74.8% increase from the 588 million recorded in 2010.

 

89


Table of Contents

MEXICO

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011     2010     Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)     (in %)  

Net interest income

     3,827        3,688        3.8   

Net fees and commissions

     1,194        1,233        (3.2

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     302        395        (23.4

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     227        179        26.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross income

     5,550        5,496        1.0   

Administrative costs

     (1,905     (1,813     5.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     (107     (86     23.7   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (1,180     (1,229     (4.0

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (60     (87     (30.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before tax

     2,299        2,281        0.8   

Income tax

     (555     (570     (2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

     1,744        1,711        2.0   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     (3     (4     (32.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income attributed to parent company

     1,741        1,707        2.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

As discussed above under “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition”, in 2011 the Mexican peso depreciated against the euro, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement for 2011.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 3,827 million, a 3.8% increase from the 3,688 million recorded for 2010, due primarily to increased business activity, with greater volumes of lending and customer funds, and sound price management.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,194 million for 2011, a 3.2% decrease from the 1,233 million recorded for 2010, primarily as a result of the exchange rate effect. Assuming constant exchange rates, this income remained at the same level as in the previous year.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2011 amounted to 302 million, a 23.4% decrease from the 395 million for 2010, primarily due to the lower intermediation income received as a result of the financial markets situation.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011, was a gain 227 million, a 26.8% increase from the 179 million gain recorded for 2010, principally due to growth in the insurance business.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2011, was 5,550 million, a 1.0% increase from the 5,496 million recorded for 2010 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 4.3% increase).

 

90


Table of Contents

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2011 amounted to 1,905 million, a 5.1% increase from the 1,813 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to a three-year expansion and transformation plan implemented by BBVA Bancomer to take advantage of the long-term growth opportunities offered by the Mexican market.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2011 was 1,180 million, a 4.0% decrease from the 1,229 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the recovery in economic conditions in Mexico. However, the business area’s non-performing assets ratio increased to 3.5% as of December 31, 2011 from 3.2% as of December 31, 2010.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2011 was 2,299 million, a 0.8% increase from the 2,281 million recorded for 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was 555 million, a 2.6% decrease from the 570 million recorded for 2010.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was 1,741 million, a 2.0% increase from the 1,707 million recorded for 2010.

SOUTH AMERICA

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Net interest income

     3,164         2,495         26.8   

Net fees and commissions

     1,077         957         12.6   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     477         514         (7.2

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (261      (168      55.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     4,457         3,797         17.4   

Administrative costs

     (1,884      (1,537      22.6   

Depreciation and amortization

     (158      (131      20.5   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (449      (419      7.2   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (89      (40      120.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income before tax

     1,877         1,670         12.4   

Income tax

     (390      (397      (1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income

     1,487         1,273         16.8   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     (480      (383      25.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributed to parent company

     1,007         889         13.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

91


Table of Contents

As discussed above under “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition”, the average exchange rates of the currencies of the countries in which we operate in South America, except for the Chilean peso, against the euro, decreased in 2011, resulting in a negative impact on the results of operations of the South America business area expressed in euro.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 3,164 million, a 26.8% increase from the 2,495 million recorded in 2011, mainly due to the increase in volume of customer loans and deposits during the period, combined with sound price management.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,077 million in 2011, a 12.6% increase from the 957 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the increasing pace of business in most of the countries throughout region.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area in 2011 were 477 million, a 7.2% decrease from the 514 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the negative impact of exchange differences.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011, was a loss of 261 million, a 55.3% increase from the loss of 168 million recorded for 2010, principally due to the impact of Venezuela as a hyperinflationary economy since 2009.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, the gross income of this business area in 2011 was 4,457 million, a 17.4% increase from the 3,797 million recorded in 2010.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area in 2011 were 1,884 million, a 22.6% increase from the 1,537 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the implementation of growth plans.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business area in 2011 was 449 million, a 7.2% increase from the 419 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the growth of loans and advances to customers. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio decreased to 2.2% as of December 31, 2011 from 2.5% as of December 31, 2010.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area in 2011 amounted to 1,877 million, a 12.4% increase compared to the 1,670 million recorded in 2010.

 

92


Table of Contents

Income tax

Income tax of this business area in 2011 was 390 million, a 1.7% decrease from the 397 million recorded in 2010 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 2.3% increase).

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area in 2011 was 1,007 million, a 13.2% increase from the 889 million recorded in 2010 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 16.2% increase).

UNITED STATES

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Net interest income

     1,590         1,794         (11.4

Net fees and commissions

     632         651         (2.9

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     140         156         (10.6

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (85      (50      70.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     2,277         2,551         (10.7

Administrative costs

     (1,321      (1,318      0.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     (170      (199      (14.8

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (346      (703      (50.9

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (1,501      (22      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income before tax

     (1,061      309         n.m. (1) 

Income tax

     339         (69      n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income

     (722      239         n.m. (1) 

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     —           —           n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributed to parent company

     (722      239         n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

As discussed above under “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition”, in 2011 the U.S. dollar depreciated against the euro on average terms, resulting in a negative exchange rate effect on our income statement in 2011.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was 1,590 million, an 11.4% decrease from the 1,794 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the strategies implemented by the business area to reduce the loan portfolio risk. Our developer and construction portfolios, which have high interest rates but also represents high risks, have contracted significantly, while mortgage loans and individual loans and lending to the industrial and commercial sector, which entail a lower risk and therefore have a narrower spread, grew.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area in 2011 were 632 million, a 2.9% decrease from the 651 million recorded in 2010, due primarily to the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 1.1% increase).

 

93


Table of Contents

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area in 2011 were 140 million, a 10.6% decrease from the 156 million recorded in 2010, mainly due to the turmoil in the markets.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area in 2011 were a loss of 85 million, compared to a loss of 50 million recorded in 2010 mainly due to higher contributions to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area in 2011 was 2,277 million, a 10.7% decrease from the 2,551 million recorded in 2010.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area in 2011 were 1,321 million, a 0.3% increase from the 1,318 million recorded in 2010.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization of this business area for 2011 was 170 million, a 14.8% decrease from 199 million in 2010.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business area for 2011 was 346 million, a 50.9% decrease from the 703 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the improvement in the loan-book mix. The non-performing assets ratio of this business area as of December 31, 2011 decreased to 3.6% from 4.4% as of December 31, 2010.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) for 2011 reflected losses of 1,501 million, compared to the 22 million losses recorded for 2010, due primarily to impairment losses for goodwill (totaling 1,444 million). This goodwill adjustment is of an accounting nature and does not have any negative impact on the liquidity or capital adequacy of either the business area or the Group.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the income before tax of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 1,061 million, compared to a gain of 309 million recorded in 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 339 million, compared to a loss of 69 million recorded in 2010, due to the loss before tax referred to above.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 722 million, compared to a gain of 239 recorded in 2010.

 

94


Table of Contents

CORPORATE ACTIVITIES

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2010      Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)      (in %)  

Net interest income

     (621      121         n.m. (1) 

Net fees and commissions

     (202      (211      (4.4

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     437         696         (37.2

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     359         326         10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross income

     (27      932         n.m. (1) 

Administrative costs

     (692      (544      27.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     (269      (229      17.1   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (392      (961      (59.2

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (1,050      (870      20.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income before tax

     (2,430      (1,673      45.2   

Income tax

     1,015         600         69.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income

     (1,415      (1,073      31.9   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     2         —           n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributed to parent company

     (1,413      (1,072      31.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 621 million compared to a gain of 121 million recorded in 2010. Net interest income has been negatively affected by the rising cost of wholesale finance.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to a loss of 202 million for 2011, a 4.4% decrease from the 211 million loss recorded for 2010.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2011 were a gain of 437 million, a 37.2% decrease from the 696 million gain recorded in 2010, primarily due to the absence of earnings from portfolio sales and the loss of value of the assets as a result of the turmoil in the markets.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2011 was a gain of 359 million, a 10.0% increase from the 326 million gain recorded in 2010. It is primarily composed of Telefónica, S.A.’s dividends, which increased from 1.30 per share in 2010 to 1.52 per share in 2011.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 27 million, compared with a gain of 932 million in 2010.

 

95


Table of Contents

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2011 were 692 million, a 27.1% increase from the 544 million recorded in 2010, primarily due to the increase in costs associated with certain investments that are currently being undertaken including for the upgrading of systems, infrastructure and image and brand identity.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization of this business area for 2011 was 269 million, a 17.1% increase from the 229 million recorded in 2010.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2011 was 392 million compared with 961 million recorded for 2010, when higher provisions for loan losses were made to increase the Group’s coverage ratio in light of the adverse economic conditions.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) for 2011 was a loss of 1,050 million, a 20.7% increase from a loss of 870 million for 2010, primarily due to an increase in provisions for foreclosed assets and real estate assets designed to maintain coverage at an adequate level.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 2,430 million, compared to a loss of 1,673 million in 2010.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2011 was 1,015 million in income, a 69.0% increase from 600 million in income recorded for 2010.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2011 was a loss of 1,413 million, compared to a loss of 1,072 million in 2010.

 

96


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Business Area for 2010 Compared to 2009

SPAIN

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010     2009     Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)     (in %)  

Net interest income

     4,878        5,571        (12.4

Net fees and commissions

     1,672        1,763        (5.2

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     2        2        (8.8

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     504        539        (6.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross income

     7,055        7,875        (10.4

Administrative costs

     (2,717     (2,747     (1.1

Depreciation and amortization

     (97     (97     0.6   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (1,316     (1,822     (27.8

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     237        681        (65.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before tax

     3,160        3,890        (18.8

Income tax

     (902     (1,085     (16.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

     2,258        2,805        (19.5

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     (2     (4     (38.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income attributed to parent company

     2,255        2,801        (19.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2010 was 4,878 million, a 12.4% decrease compared to the 5,571 million recorded for 2010, primarily due to the decrease in yield on assets, whereas the cost of liabilities increased.

The decrease in yield on assets was due primarily to the fact that the decrease in market interest rates during 2009 was gradually reflected in the yield of variable mortgage loans during the year 2009, whereas at the beginning of 2010 this decrease was largely completed and affected most of 2010. Additionally, this business area made continued efforts to gradually increase the relative weight of loan portfolios with lower risk and, therefore, lower spread (for example, mortgage loans) instead of loan portfolios with higher risk (for example, customer loans). The increase in cost of liabilities was due primarily to the increase in volume of customer deposits and the higher cost of liabilities given the competitive environment in Spain where fierce competition resulted in higher rates being paid by banks (including BBVA) in order to attract deposits. Finally, the upward curve in interest rates in the euro area has had a faster impact on the cost of liabilities than on the yield on assets.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,672 million for 2010, a 5.2% decrease from the 1,763 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the application of loyalty-based reductions to a greater number of customers and the fall in the volume of managed mutual funds.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for both 2010 and 2009 was approximately 2 million.

 

97


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 504 million, a 6.6% decrease from the 539 million gain recorded for 2009, primarily due to the lower earnings of our insurance activity.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2010 was 7,055 million, a 10.4% decrease from the 7,875 million recorded for 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2010 was 2,717 million, a 1.1% decrease from the 2,747 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the decline in general and administrative expenses, principally through continued streamlining of the branch network, and the Group’s transformation plan, which helped to reduce wages and salaries.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 1,316 million, a 27.8% decrease from the 1,822 million recorded for 2009. Although credit conditions generally worsened in Spain during 2010 (including as a result of the continuous decrease in value of domestic real estate collateral), our charge-offs related to our domestic portfolio declined during the year for several reasons. First, the base for estimating incurred losses determined collectively in performing loans remained relatively stable compared with 2009. Second, the domestic NPA ratio declined modestly during 2010 (4.8% as of December 31, 2010 compared with 4.9% as of December 31, 2009), following the significant jump in the domestic NPA ratio in 2009, which resulted in fewer charge-offs being required in respect of incurred losses in impaired loans. Finally, our new credit quality requirements implemented in 2010 both improved our recovery rates and, by focusing on products with lower risk, our product mix, resulting in a significantly lower level of domestic charge-offs for 2010 compared with 2009.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2010 was 3,160 million, an 18.8% decrease from the 3,890 million recorded in 2009.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2010 was 902 million, a 16.8% decrease from the 1,085 million recorded in 2009, primarily as result of the decrease in income before tax.

Net income attributed to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was 2,255 million, a 19.5% decrease from the 2,801 million recorded in 2009.

 

98


Table of Contents

EURASIA

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010     2009     Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)     (in %)  

Net interest income

     345        387        (10.7

Net fees and commissions

     236        222        5.9   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     132        131        0.7   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     367        212        72.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross income

     1,080        953        13.4   

Administrative costs

     (278     (258     7.9   

Depreciation and amortization

     (17     (20     (13.1

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (89     (45     99.0   

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (20     (19     5.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before tax

     675        611        10.5   

Income tax

     (88     (139     (36.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

     587        472        24.2   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     1        —          80.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income attributed to parent company

     588        473        24.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2010 was 345 million, a 10.7% decrease compared to the 387 million recorded for 2009, principally due to the decrease in the activity of foreign branches, mainly the Brussels and London branches.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 236 million for 2011, a 5.9% increase from the 222 million recorded for 2009.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 132 million compared with the 131 million gain recorded for 2009.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 367 million, a 72.9% increase from the 212 million gain recorded for 2009, primarily due to the growing contribution of CNCB.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2010 was 1,080 million, a 13.4% increase from the 953 million recorded for 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2010 were 278 million, a 7.9% increase over the 258 million recorded for 2009.

 

99


Table of Contents

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 89 million, a 99.0% increase from the 45 million recorded for 2009. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio increased to 0.9% as of December 31, 2010 from 0.7% as of December 31, 2009.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2010 was 675 million, a 10.5% increase from the 611 million recorded in 2009.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2010 was 88 million, a 36.3% decrease from the 139 million recorded in 2009.

Net income attributed to parent company

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was 588 million, a 24.3% increase from the 473 million recorded in 2009.

MEXICO

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010     2009     Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)     (in %)  

Net interest income

     3,688        3,307        11.5   

Net fees and commissions

     1,233        1,077        14.5   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     395        370        6.6   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     179        116        54.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross income

     5,496        4,870        12.8   

Administrative costs

     (1,813     (1,489     21.8   

Depreciation and amortization

     (86     (65     32.5   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (1,229     (1,525     (19.4

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (87     (21     n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before tax

     2,281        1,770        28.8   

Income tax

     (570     (411     38.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

     1,711        1,360        25.8   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     (4     (2     89.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income attributed to parent company

     1,707        1,357        25.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

In 2010, the average Mexican peso-to-euro exchange rate decreased compared to the average exchange rate in 2009 resulting in a positive exchange rate effect on the income statement for 2010.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2010 was 3,688 million, an 11.5% increase from the 3,307 million recorded for 2009, due primarily to the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 0.7% decrease due to the decrease in market interest rates).

 

100


Table of Contents

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 1,233 million for 2010, a 14.5% increase from the 1,077 million recorded 2009 primarily as a result of the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates there would have been a 1.9% increase, due primarily to the increased transactional services fees and to greater fees related to securities and our pension fund administration business, Afore BBVA Bancomer).

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2010 amounted to 395 million, a 6.6% increase from the 370 million for 2009, primarily as a result of the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 5.1% decrease, principally due to market volatility).

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010, was a gain of 179 million, a 54.8% increase from the 116 million gain recorded for 2009, principally due to growth in the insurance business.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2010, was 5,496 million, a 12.8% increase from the 4,870 million recorded for 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 0.5% increase).

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2010 amounted to 1,813 million, a 21.8% increase from the 1,489 million recorded for 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been an 8.4% increase), primarily due to a three-year expansion and transformation plan implemented by BBVA Bancomer to take advantage of the long-term growth opportunities offered by the Mexican market.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 1,229 million, a 19.4% decrease from the 1,525 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the recovery in economic conditions in Mexico. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio decreased to 3.2% as of December 31, 2010 from 4.3% as of December 31, 2009.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2010 was 2,281 million, a 28.8% increase from the 1,770 million recorded for 2009.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2010 was 570 million, a 38.8% increase from the 411 million recorded for 2009, principally due to an increase in the tax rate in Mexico as of January 1, 2010.

 

101


Table of Contents

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was 1,707 million, a 25.7% increase from the 1,357 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, the increase would have been 11.9%).

SOUTH AMERICA

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010     2009     Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)     (in %)  

Net interest income

     2,495        2,566        (2.8

Net fees and commissions

     957        908        5.4   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     514        405        26.7   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (168     (242     (30.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross income

     3,797        3,637        4.4   

Administrative costs

     (1,537     (1,465     5.0   

Depreciation and amortization

     (131     (115     14.1   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (419     (431     (2.8

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (40     (52     (22.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before tax

     1,670        1,575        6.0   

Income tax

     (397     (404     (1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,273        1,171        8.6   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     (383     (392     (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributed to parent company

     889        780        14.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The appreciation in 2010 of all the currencies in the countries in which we operate in South America against the euro (except for the Venezuelan Bolivar fuerte, which was devalued at the beginning of 2010, and the average exchange rate of the Argentine peso) positively affected the results of operations of certain of our Latin American subsidiaries in euro terms. However, the impact of the devaluation of Venezuelan Bolivar fuerte is higher than the positive effect of the appreciation of most of the rest of the currencies and, therefore, movements in exchange rates had a negative overall impact on this business area’s volume of business, balance sheet and, to a lesser extent, earnings in 2010.

Net interest income

Net interest income in 2010 was 2,495 million, a 2.8% decrease from the 2,566 million recorded in 2009. This decrease was primarily due to the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been an 11.1% increase), which offset an increase of interest income mainly due to the increase in volume of customer loans during the period in all geographical regions of this business area.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to 957 million in 2010, a 5.4% increase from the 908 million recorded in 2009, primarily due to the decrease in fees and commissions paid to third parties mainly related to our pensions business in Chile.

 

102


Table of Contents

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area in 2010 were 514 million, a 26.7% increase from the 405 million recorded in 2009, primarily as a result of the valuation of U.S. dollar positions in Venezuela due to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar fuerte and the appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the euro.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010, was a loss of 168 million, a 30.7% decrease from the loss of 242 million recorded for 2009, principally due to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar peso fuerte and to the impact of Venezuela having been a hyperinflationary economy since 2009.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, the gross income of this business area in 2010 was 3,797 million, a 4.4% increase from the 3,637 million recorded in 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area in 2010 were 1,537 million, a 5.0% increase from the 1,465 million recorded in 2009, primarily due to the implementation of growth plans.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business area in 2010 was 419 million, a 2.8% decrease from the 431 million recorded in 2009. The business area’s non-performing assets ratio decreased to 2.5% as of December 31, 2010 from 2.7% as of December 31, 2009.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area in 2010 amounted to 1,670 million, a 6.0% increase compared to the 1,575 million recorded in 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been an 11.3% increase).

Income tax

Income tax of this business area in 2010 was 397 million, a 1.7% decrease from the 404 million recorded in 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 2.0% increase).

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area in 2010 was 889 million, a 14.1% increase from the 780 million recorded in 2009 (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 16.5% increase).

 

103


Table of Contents

THE UNITED STATES

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010     2009     Change  
     (In Millions of Euros)     (in %)  

Net interest income

     1,794        1,679        6.8   

Net fees and commissions

     651        612        6.4   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

     156        155        0.7   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

     (50     (34     44.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross income

     2,551        2,412        5.8   

Administrative costs

     (1,318     (1,159     13.7   

Depreciation and amortization

     (199     (205     (3.1

Impairment on financial assets (net)

     (703     (1,424     (50.6

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

     (22     (1,051     (97.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before tax

     309        (1,428     n.m. (1) 

Income tax

     (69     478        n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

     239        (950     n.m. (1) 

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     —          —          n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income attributed to parent company

     239        (950     n.m. (1) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

The average U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate in 2010 was higher than the average exchange rate in 2009, resulting in a positive exchange rate effect on the income statement in 2010.

In addition, as explained in “Item 4. Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Capital Expenditures” on August 21, 2009, BBVA Compass acquired certain assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank (“Guaranty”) from the FDIC through a public auction for qualified investors. This acquisition affects the comparability of the figures in 2010 since these assets and liabilities were included in our balance sheet, and therefore generated interest income and expenses, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 compared to only approximately four months (from the August 21 acquisition date to December 31, 2009) in 2009.

Net interest income

Net interest income in 2010 was 1,794 million, a 6.8% increase from the 1,679 million recorded in 2009, primarily due to the impact of the acquisition of Guaranty referred to above and the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 1.3% increase).

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area in 2010 were 651 million, a 6.4% increase from the 612 million recorded in 2009, due primarily to the integration of Guaranty and the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been a 0.3% increase).

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area in 2010 were 156 million, a 0.1% increase compared to those recorded in 2009.

 

104


Table of Contents

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area in 2010 were a loss of 50 million, compared to a loss of 34 million recorded in 2009 mainly due to higher contributions to the deposit guarantee fund.

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area in 2010 was 2,551 million, a 5.8% increase from the 2,412 million recorded in 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area in 2010 were 1,318 million, a 13.7% increase from the 1,159 million recorded in 2009, primarily due to the integration of Guaranty and the exchange rate effect (assuming constant exchange rates, there would have been an 8.0% increase).

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization of this business area for 2010 was 199 million, a 3.1% decrease from 205 million in 2009.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 703 million, a 50.6% decrease from the 1,424 million recorded for 2009, primarily due to the fact that impairment on financial assets (net) was negatively affected in 2009 by the write-off of impaired assets as a result of the significant deterioration of economic and credit conditions in the states of the United States in which the business area operates. The value of collateral was lower than the commercial real estate loan portfolio value and, as a consequence, a write-off for the difference and additional provisions were set aside in 2009 to maintain the coverage ratio comparable to that of the prior year. The non-performing assets ratio of this business area as of December 31, 2010 increased to 4.4% from 4.2% as of December 31, 2009.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) for 2010 reflected losses of 22 million, compared to the 1,051 million losses recorded for 2009. This item was negatively affected in 2009 due primarily to impairment losses for goodwill (1,097 million) attributed to the significant deterioration in economic and credit conditions in the states of the United States in which the business area operates.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, the income before tax of this business area for 2010 was 309 million, compared to a loss of 1,428 million recorded in 2009.

Income tax

Income before tax of this business area for 2010 was a loss of 68 million compared to a gain of 478 million recorded in 2009 due to the loss before tax referred to above.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was 239 million, compared to a loss of 950 recorded in 2009.

 

105


Table of Contents

CORPORATE ACTIVITIES

 

      

Year Ended December 31,

       
       2010      2009     Change  
       (In Millions of Euros)     (in %)  

Net interest income

       121         372        (67.5

Net fees and commissions

       (211      (152     38.6   

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

       696         480        44.9   

Other operating income and expenses (net)

       326         219        48.7   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Gross income

       932         919        1.4   

Administrative costs

       (544      (544     (0.0

Depreciation and amortization

       (229      (195     17.9   

Impairment on financial assets (net)

       (961      (226     n.m. (1) 

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

       (870      (637     36.6   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Income before tax

       (1,673      (683     144.8   

Income tax

       600         419        43.2   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Net income

       (1,073      (264     n.m. (1) 

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

       —           13        (97.8
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Net income attributed to parent company

       (1,072      (251     n.m. (1) 
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

Net interest income

Net interest income of this business area for 2010 was 121 million, a 67.5% decrease from the 372 million recorded in 2009. Net interest income in 2011 was negatively affected by the end of the recovery in mortgage lending following the fall in interest rates in 2009, and by upward pressure in the interest rate curve in the Eurozone.

Net fees and commissions

Net fees and commissions of this business area amounted to a loss of 211 million for 2010, a 38.6% increase from the 152 million loss recorded for 2009, primarily due to an increase in issuance fees paid to underwriters by the Group.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences

Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences of this business area for 2010 were a gain of 696 million, a 44.9% increase over the 480 million gain recorded in 2009, primarily due to an increase in sales of financial assets from the ALCO portfolio, which has generated significant capital gains by taking advantage of price volatility in the sovereign bond markets during the first half of 2010.

Other operating income and expenses (net)

Other operating income and expenses (net) of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 326 million, a 48.7% increase from the 219 million gain recorded in 2009. It is primarily composed of dividends from Telefónica, S.A. which increased from 1.0 to 1.3 per share.

 

106


Table of Contents

Gross income

As a result of the foregoing, gross income of this business area for 2010 was a gain of 932 million, a 1.4% increase from the 919 million gain recorded in 2009.

Administrative costs

Administrative costs of this business area for 2010 were 544 million, equal to those recorded in 2009.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization of this business area for 2010 was 229 million, a 17.9% increase from the 195 million recorded in 2009.

Impairment on financial assets (net)

Impairment on financial assets (net) of this business for 2010 was 961 million compared to 226 million recorded for 2009, principally due to continuing provisions for loan losses designed to increase the Group’s coverage ratio in light of economic conditions.

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses)

Provisions (net) and other gains (losses) for 2010 was a loss of 870 million, a 36.6% increase from a loss of 637 million for 2009, primarily due to an increase in provisions for foreclosed assets and real estate assets designed to maintain coverage at an adequate level.

Income before tax

As a result of the foregoing, income before tax of this business area for 2010 was a loss of 1,673 million, compared to a loss of 683 million recorded in 2009.

Income tax

Income tax of this business area for 2010 was 600 million in income, a 43.2% increase from 419 million in income recorded for 2009.

Net income attributed to parent company

Net income attributed to parent company of this business area for 2010 was a loss of 1,072 million, compared to a loss of 251 million in 2009.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity risk management and controls are explained in Note 7.3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, information on outstanding contractual maturities of assets and liabilities is provided in Note 7.5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For information concerning our short-term borrowing, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Selected Statistical Information—LIABILITIES—Short-term Borrowings”.

Liquidity and finance management of the BBVA Group’s balance sheet seeks to fund the growth of the banking business at suitable maturities and costs, using a wide range of instruments that provide access to a large number of alternative sources of finance. A core principle in the BBVA Group’s

 

107


Table of Contents

liquidity and finance management is the financial independence of its banking subsidiaries. This aims to ensure that the cost of liquidity is correctly reflected in price formation and that there is sustainable growth in the lending business.

Our principal source of funds is our customer deposit base, which consists primarily of demand, savings and time deposits. In addition to relying on our customer deposits, we also access the interbank market (overnight and time deposits) and domestic and international capital markets for our additional liquidity requirements. To access the capital markets, we have in place a series of domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium- and long-term debt. We also generally maintain a diversified portfolio of liquid assets and securitized assets. Another source of liquidity is our generation of cash flow. Finally, we supplement our funding requirements with borrowings from the Bank of Spain and from the European Central Bank (“ECB”). See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on our borrowings from central banks.

The following table shows the balances as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 of our principal sources of funds (including accrued interest, hedge transactions and issue expenses):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Deposits from central banks

     33,147         11,010         21,166   

Deposits from credit institutions

     59,356         57,170         49,146   

Customer deposits

     282,173         275,789         254,183   

Debt certificates

     81,930         85,179         99,939   

Subordinated liabilities

     15,419         17,420         17,878   

Other financial liabilities

     7,879         6,596         5,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     479,904         453,164         447,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Customer deposits

Customer deposits amounted to 282,173 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to 275,789 million as of December 31, 2010 and 254,183 million as of December 31, 2009. The increase from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 was primarily caused by an increase in short-term time deposits in the domestic sector and relatively low-cost funds in the non-domestic sector.

Our customer deposits, excluding assets sold under repurchase agreements, amounted to 237,686 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to 234,302 million as of December 31, 2010 and 239,193 million as of December 31, 2009.

Amounts due to credit institutions

Amounts due to credit institutions, including central banks, amounted to 92,503 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to 68,180 million as of December 31, 2010 and 70,312 million as of December 31, 2009. The increase as of December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010, was related to repurchase agreements and increased deposits from central banks, mainly from the ECB long-term financing.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Deposits from Credit Entities

     59,356         57,170         49,146   

Deposits from Central Banks

     33,147         11,010         21,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due to Credit Institutions

     92,503         68,180         70,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Capital markets

We have continued making debt issuances in the domestic and international capital markets in order to finance our activities and as of December 31, 2011 we had 81,930 million of senior debt outstanding, comprising 74,429 million in bonds and debentures and 7,501 million in promissory notes and other securities, compared to 85,179 million, 71,964 million and 13,215 million outstanding as of December 31, 2010, respectively (99,939 million, 70,357 million and 29,582 million outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2009). See Note 23.3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition, we had a total of 12,781 million in subordinated debt and 1,760 million in preferred securities outstanding as of December 31, 2011, compared to 11,569 million and 5,202 million outstanding as of December 31, 2010, respectively. The decrease on preferred securities is due to the exchange offer described in Note 23.4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements by BBVA, which amounted to 3,430 million.

The breakdown of the outstanding subordinated debt and preferred securities by entity issuer, maturity, interest rate and currency is disclosed in Appendix VIII of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following is a breakdown as of December 31, 2011 of the maturities of our debt certificates (including bonds) and subordinated liabilities, disregarding any valuation adjustments and accrued interest:

 

      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     2,032         1,880         11,361         45,904         17,144         78,321   

Subordinated liabilities

     —           110         38         4,893         9,500         14,541   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,032         1,990         11,398         50,797         26,644         92,862   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Generation of Cash Flow

We operate in Spain, Mexico, the United States and over 30 other countries, mainly in Europe, Latin America, and Asia. Our banking subsidiaries around the world, including BBVA Compass, are subject to supervision and regulation by a variety of regulatory bodies relating to, among other things, the satisfaction of minimum capital requirements. The obligation to satisfy such capital requirements may affect the ability of our banking subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, to transfer funds to us in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. In addition, under the laws of the various jurisdictions where our subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, are incorporated, dividends may only be paid out of funds legally available therefor. For example, BBVA Compass is incorporated in Alabama and under Alabama law it is not able to pay any dividends without the prior approval of the Superintendent of Banking of Alabama if the dividend would exceed the total net earnings for the year combined with the bank’s retained net earnings of the preceding two years.

Even where minimum capital requirements are met and funds are legally available therefore, the relevant regulator could advise against the transfer of funds to us in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, for prudence reasons or otherwise.

There is no assurance that in the future other similar restrictions will not be adopted or that, if adopted, they will not negatively affect our liquidity. The geographic diversification of our businesses, however, could help to limit the effect on the Group any restrictions that could be adopted in any given country.

 

109


Table of Contents

We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements and to pursue our planned business strategies.

See Note 53 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Capital

Under the Bank of Spain’s capital adequacy regulations as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we were required to have a ratio of consolidated stockholders’ equity to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items (net of certain amounts) of not less than 8%. As of December 31, 2011, this ratio was 10.9%, down from 11.9% as of December 31, 2010, and our stockholders’ equity exceeded the minimum level required by 36.5%, down from 48.5% at the prior year end. As of December 31, 2009, this ratio was 12.9% and our stockholders’ equity exceeded the minimum level required by 37.9%.

Based on the framework of the Basel II and using such additional assumptions as we consider appropriate, we have estimated that as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 our consolidated Tier I risk-based capital ratio was 10.3%, 10.5% and 9.4%, respectively, and our consolidated total risk-based capital ratio (consisting of both Tier I capital and Tier II capital) was 12.9%, 13.7% and 13.6%, respectively. The Basel II recommends that these ratios be at least 4% and 8%, respectively.

The BBVA Group is taking steps to adapt to the ongoing regulatory changes, in particular with respect to the new capital requirements. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Us and Our Business—We are subject to substantial regulation, and regulatory and governmental oversight. Adverse regulatory developments or changes in government policy could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements”. For qualitative and quantitative information on the principal risks we face, including market, credit, and liquidity risks as well as information on funding and treasury policies and exchange rate risk, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

In 2011, we continued to foster the use of new technologies as a key component of our global development strategy. We explored new business and growth opportunities, focusing on three major areas: emerging technologies; asset capture/exploitation; and the customer as the focal point of its banking business.

The BBVA Group is not materially dependent on the issuance of patents, licenses and industrial, mercantile or financial contracts or on new manufacturing processes in carrying out its business purpose.

D. Trend Information

The European financial services sector is likely to remain competitive. Further consolidation in the sector (through mergers, acquisitions or alliances) is likely as the other major banks look to increase their market share or combine with complementary businesses or via acquisition of distressed entities. It is foreseeable that regulatory changes will take place in the future that will diminish barriers to such consolidation transactions. However, some of the hurdles that should be dealt with are the result of local preferences, such as consumer protection rules. If there are clear local consumer preferences, leading to specific local consumer protection rules, the same products cannot be sold across all the

 

110


Table of Contents

jurisdictions in which the Group operates, which reduces potential synergies. Certain challenges, such as the Value Added Tax regime for banks, do not however, relate to the interest or preferences of consumers.

The new Value Added Tax regime for banks is consistent with a more general trend of increasing pressure on financial systems. Within the Euro area, several countries are imposing new taxes on the financial industry, such as bank levies, financial activity taxes or financial transactions taxes. Differing tax regimes could set incentives for banks to operate, or transactions to take place, in those geographies where the tax pressure is lower. The implementation of new regulations in countries where we operate which results in increased tax pressure, or our inability to operate in geographies where the tax pressure is lower, could have a material impact on our profitability.

Regarding consumer protection rules, initiatives such as the review of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MIFID) or the EU Commission consultation on the legislative steps for the Packaged Retail Investment Products (PRIPs) proposal could entail significant costs for our operations. In addition, it is unclear whether these initiatives will be applied equally across European countries, and differences in the implementation of these initiatives could affect the level-playing-field in the industry.

Regarding MIFID, on October 20, 2011, the European Commission presented a legislative proposal to review the MIFID in order to set clearer and more comprehensive rules across all financial instruments, in line with G-20 recommendations and specific U.S. Dodd-Frank Act provisions. The current proposal includes enhanced transparency requirements concerning trading activities in equity markets, tougher rules for algorithmic and high frequency trading activities and stricter requirements for portfolio management, investment advice and the offer of complex financial products such as structured products. These stricter rules on investment advice include, among others, telephone recordings, stricter categorization of clients, limits to “execution only” services for retail clients and stricter information duties for complex products. According to estimates published by the European Commission, the MIFID review is estimated to impose initial compliance costs of between 512 and 732 million and ongoing costs of between 312 and 586 million per year in the aggregate for participants in the EU banking sector. This represents an impact for initial and ongoing costs of 0.10% to 0.15% and 0.06% to 0.12%, respectively, of total operating spending in the EU banking sector. However, banking industry estimates are higher since the European Commission’s estimates do not account for all costs associated with the implementation of the MIFID review, including IT costs to be incurred in order to comply with the new transparency requirements. In addition, the MIFID review represents an overhaul of our business model, mainly regarding our investment advice services.

Regarding PRIPs, the measures planned by the European Commission aim to achieve higher transparency in the packaged retail investment products sector by requiring that certain mandatory information is made available to investors prior to making an investment decision and imposing stricter commercial practices. The MIFID provisions are considered to be a benchmark on conduct of business and the management of conflicts of interest. The preparation and provision to investors of the proposed mandatory information, as well as the revision of our commercial practices and the monitoring of the implementation of the new rules, are expected to entail costs for BBVA.

The following are the most important trends, uncertainties and events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us or that would cause the financial information disclosed herein not to be indicative of our future operating results or financial condition:

 

   

the prolonged downturn in the Spanish economy and sustained unemployment above historical averages;

 

   

the restructuring and consolidation of the Spanish banking sector;

 

111


Table of Contents
   

doubts about European economies (both peripheral and core Eurozone economies) may continue in 2012 affecting financial markets;

 

   

uncertainties relating to the sustainability of any recovery in economic growth and interest rate cycles, especially in the United States, where the high current account deficit of the U.S. economy may translate into an upward adjustment of risk premium and higher global interest rates;

 

   

the fragility of the recovery from the financial crisis triggered by defaults on subprime mortgages and related asset-backed securities in the United States which has significantly disrupted the liquidity of financial institutions and markets;

 

   

the fragility of the Greek, Italian, Portuguese and Irish economies, which could affect the funding costs of Spanish financial institutions and the Spanish Government;

 

   

the effects of the withdrawal of significant monetary and fiscal stimulus programs and uncertainty over government responses to growing public deficits;

 

   

uncertainty over regulation of the financial industry, including the potential limitation on the size or scope of the activities of certain financial institutions, the regulation on systemic financial institutions or additional capital requirements, coming both from the Bank of Spain or globally;

 

   

uncertainty over the minimum solvency levels to be required in the future to the financial institutions by the Spanish government or the European authorities;

 

   

the continued downward adjustment in the housing sector in Spain, which could further negatively affect credit demand and household wealth, disposable income and consumer confidence. The existence of a significant over supply in the housing market in Spain and the pessimistic expectations about house price increases may postpone investment decisions, therefore negatively affecting mortgage growth rates;

 

   

continued volatility in capital markets or a downturn in investor confidence, linked to factors such as geopolitical risk, particularly in the Middle East. Continued or new crises in the region, such as the recent Iran-US tensions, could cause an increase in oil prices, generating inflationary pressures that could have a negative effect on interest rates and economic growth;

 

   

the effect that an economic slowdown may have over Latin American markets and fluctuations in local interest and exchange rates; and

 

   

although it is foreseeable that entry barriers to domestic markets in Europe will be lowered, our plans for expansion into other European markets could be affected by entry barriers in such countries by protectionist policies of national governments, which are generally higher in times of crisis. In addition, the new capital requirements could prevent financial entities from expanding their activities beyond their core business.

 

112


Table of Contents

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In addition to loans, we had outstanding the following contingent liabilities and commitments at the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Contingent liabilities

        

Rediscounts, endorsements and acceptances

     88         49         45   

Guarantees and other sureties

     31,103         28,092         26,266   

Other contingent liabilities

     8,713         8,300         6,874   

Total contingent liabilities

     39,904         36,441         33,185   

Commitments

        

Balances drawable by third parties:

        

Credit entities

     2,417         2,303         2,257   

Public authorities

     3,143         4,135         4,567   

Other domestic customers

     24,119         27,201         29,604   

Foreign customers

     59,299         53,151         48,497   

Total balances drawable by third parties

     88,978         86,790         84,925   

Other commitments

     4,788         3,784         7,398   

Total commitments

     93,766         90,574         92,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

     133,670         127,015         125,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the contingent liabilities and commitments described above, the following table provides information regarding off-balance sheet funds managed by us as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Mutual funds

     43,134         41,006         39,849   

Pension funds

     73,783         72,598         57,264   

Other managed assets

     26,349         25,435         26,501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     143,266         139,039         123,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 38 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information with respect to our off-balance sheet arrangements.

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Our consolidated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 based on when they are due, were as follows:

 

     Less than One
Year
     One to Three
Years
     Three to Five
Years
     Over Five
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     15,273         38,398         7,506         17,144         78,321   

Subordinated liabilities

     148         4,359         534         9,500         14,541   

Deposits from customers

     245,173         27,726         1,234         6,861         280,994   

Capital lease obligations

     —           —           —           —           —     

Operating lease obligations

     130         38         35         104         307   

Purchase obligations

     40         —           —           —           40   

Post-employment benefits(1)

     859         1,547         1,335         2,295         6,036   

Insurance commitments

     1,048         181         93         6,415         7,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(2)

     262,669         72,249         10,737         42,321         387,976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Represents the Group’s estimated aggregate amounts for pension commitments in defined-benefit plans and other post-employment commitments (such as early retirement and welfare benefits) for the next ten years, based on certain actuarial assumptions and an annual discount rate. Post-employment benefits are detailed in Note 26.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2)

Interest to be paid is not included. The majority of the senior and subordinated debt was issued at variable rates. The financial cost of such issuances for 2011, 2010 and 2009 is detailed in Note 39.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Our Board of Directors is committed to a good corporate governance system in the design and operation of our corporate bodies in the best interests of the Company and our shareholders.

Our Board of Directors is subject to Board regulations that reflect and implement the principles and elements of BBVA’s concept of corporate governance. These Board regulations comprise standards for the internal management and operation of the Board and its committees, as well as the rights and obligations of directors in pursuit of their duties, which are contained in the directors’ charter.

Shareholders’ general meetings are subject to their own set of regulations on issues such as how they operate and what rights shareholders enjoy regarding such meetings. These establish the possibility of exercising or delegating votes over remote communication media.

Our Board of Directors has also approved a report on corporate governance for 2011, according to the guidelines set forth under Spanish regulation for listed companies.

Shareholders and investors may find the documents referred to above on our website (www.bbva.com).

Our website was created as an instrument to facilitate information and communication with shareholders. It provides special direct access to all information considered relevant to BBVA’s corporate governance system in a user-friendly manner.

A. Directors and Senior Management

We are managed by a Board of Directors that currently has 14 members.

Pursuant to article one of the Board regulations, Bank directorships may be executive or external. Executive directors have been conferred general powers to represent the Company on a permanent basis; they perform senior-management duties or are employees of the Company or its Group companies. All other Board members will be considered external.

Independent directors are those external directors who have been appointed in view of their personal and professional qualifications and can carry out their duties without being compromised by their relationships with us, our significant shareholders or our senior managements. Independent directors may not:

 

  (i)

Have been employees or executive directors in Group companies, unless three or five years, respectively, have passed since they ceased to be so.

 

  (ii)

Receive any amount or benefit from the Company or its Group companies for any reason other than remuneration of their directorship, unless it is insignificant.

 

114


Table of Contents

Neither dividends nor supplementary pension payments that the director may receive from earlier professional or employment relationships shall be taken into account for the purposes of this section, provided they are not subject to conditions and the company paying them may not at its own discretion suspend, alter or revoke their accrual without breaching its obligations.

 

  (iii)

Be or have been a partner in the external auditors’ firm or in charge of the auditor’s report with respect to the Company or any other Group company during the last three years.

 

  (iv)

Be executive director or senior manager in any other company on which a Company executive director or senior manager is external director.

 

  (v)

Maintain or have maintained during the past year an important business relationship with the Company or any of its Group companies, either on his/her own behalf or as relevant shareholder, director or senior manager of a company that maintains or has maintained such relationship.

Business relationships shall mean relationships as provider of goods and/or services, including financial, advisory and/or consultancy services.

 

  (vi)

Be significant shareholders, executive directors or senior managers of any organization that receives or has received significant donations from the Company or its Group during the last three years.

Those who are merely trustees on a foundation receiving donations shall not be ineligible under this letter.

 

  (vii)

Be married to or linked by equivalent emotional relationship, or related by up to second-degree family ties to an executive director or senior manager of the Company.

 

  (viii)

Have not been proposed by the Appointments Committee for appointment or renewal.

 

  (ix)

Fall within the cases described under letters a), e), f) or g) above, with respect to any significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the Board. In cases of family relationships described under letter g), the limitation shall not only apply to the shareholder, but also to the directors it nominates for the Company’s Board.

Directors owning shares in the Company may be independent providing they comply with the above conditions and their shareholding is not legally considered as significant.

Regulations of the Board of Directors

The principles and elements comprising our corporate governance are set forth in our Board regulations, which govern the internal procedures and the operation of the Board and its committees and directors’ rights and duties as described in their charter.

In December 2011, our Board of Directors resolved to amend the following articles of the Board regulations:

 

  (i)

Article 1 (Conditions of directorship), to amend the definition of independent and proprietary directors;

 

  (ii)

Article 4 (Term of office), to amend the age limit for directors and to introduce a technical improvement regarding the term of directors co-opted pursuant to article 244 of the Corporate Enterprises Act;

 

  (iii)

Article 20 (Quorum and approval of resolutions), to adapt its wording to article 247.2 of the Corporate Enterprises Act;

 

115


Table of Contents
  (iv)

Article 24 (Meeting procedures), to include the possibility of holding Board meetings over remote communication media;

 

  (v)

Article 26 (Composition of the Executive Committee), to amend the composition of the Executive Committee;

 

  (vi)

Article 36 (Functions of the Remuneration Committee), to adapt it to Royal Decree 771/2011, including amongst its functions the direct oversight of the remuneration of senior managers tasked with the Bank’s risk management and compliance functions; and

 

  (vii)

Article 40 (Rules of organization and operation of the Risks Committee), to include the Risks Committee’s power to request attendance at its meetings of persons with positions in the Group that are related to the Committee’s functions and to receive advice from experts.

The aforementioned amendments to the Board regulations were analyzed by the Executive Committee prior to their approval by the Board of Directors. The Board regulations can be read on the Bank’s corporate website (www.bbva.com)

The following provides a brief description of several significant matters covered in the regulations of the Board of Directors.

Appointment and Re-election of Directors

The proposals that the Board submits to the Company’s annual shareholders’ general meeting for the appointment or re-election of directors and the resolutions to appoint directors made by the Board of Directors shall be approved at the proposal of the Appointments Committee in the case of independent directors and on the basis of a report from said committee in the case of all other directors.

To such end, the committee assesses the skills, knowledge and experience required on the Board and the capacities the candidates must offer to cover any vacant seats. It evaluates how much time and work members may need to carry out their duties properly as a function of the needs that the Company’s governing bodies may have at any time.

Term of Directorships and Director Age Limit

Directors shall stay in office for the term defined by our bylaws (three years). If a director has been co-opted, they shall stay in office until the first shareholders’ general meeting is held. The general meeting may then ratify their appointment for the term of office remaining to the director whose vacancy they have covered through co-option, or else appoint them for the term of office established under our bylaws.

BBVA’s Board of Directors regulations establish an age limit for sitting on the Bank’s Board. Directors must present their resignation at the first Board meeting following the annual shareholders’ general meeting approving the accounts of the year in which they reach the age of seventy-five.

Performance of Directors’ Duties

Board members must comply with their duties as defined by legislation and by the bylaws in a manner that is faithful to the interests of the Company.

They shall participate in the deliberations, discussions and debates arising on matters put to their consideration and shall have sufficient information to be able to form a sound opinion on the questions

 

116


Table of Contents

corresponding to our governing bodies. They may request additional information and advice if they so require in order to perform their duties. Their participation in the Board’s meetings and deliberations shall be encouraged.

The directors may also request help from external experts with respect to business submitted to their consideration whose complexity or special importance makes it advisable.

Conflicts of Interest

The rules comprising the BBVA directors’ charter detail different situations in which conflicts of interest could arise between directors, their family members and/or organizations with which they are linked, and the BBVA Group. They establish procedures for such cases, in order to avoid conduct contrary to our best interests.

These rules help ensure directors’ conduct reflects stringent ethical codes, in keeping with applicable standards and according to core values of the BBVA Group.

Incompatibilities

Directors are also subject to a regime of incompatibilities, which places strict constraints on holding posts on governing bodies of Group companies or companies in which the Group has a holding. Non-executive directors may not sit on the boards of subsidiaries or related companies because of the Group’s holding in them, whilst executive directors may only do so if they have express authority.

Directors who cease to be members of the Bank’s Board may not offer their services to any other financial institution competing with the Bank or of its subsidiaries for two years after leaving, unless expressly authorized by the Board. Such authorization may be denied on the grounds of corporate interest.

Directors’ Resignation and Dismissal

Furthermore, in the following circumstances, reflected in the Board regulations, directors must tender their resignation to the Board and accept its decision regarding their continuity in office (formalizing said resignation when the Board so resolves):

 

   

When barred (on grounds of incompatibility or other) under prevailing legal regulations, under the bylaws or under the directors’ charter.

 

   

When significant changes occur in their professional situation or that may affect the condition by virtue of which they were appointed to the Board.

 

   

When they are in serious dereliction of their duties as directors.

 

   

When the director, acting as such, has caused severe damage to the Company’s assets or its reputation or credit, and/or no longer displays the commercial and professional honor required to hold a Bank directorship.

The Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is currently comprised of 14 members.

 

117


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the names of the members of the Board of Directors as of that date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, their date of appointment and, if applicable, reelection, their current positions and their present principal outside occupation and employment history.

 

Name

  

Birth Year

  

Current Position

  

Date Nominated

  

Date Re-elected

  

Present Principal Outside
Occupation and
Employment History(*)

Francisco González Rodríguez(1)

   1944    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    January 28, 2000    March 12, 2010    Chairman and CEO of BBVA, since January 2000. Director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and BBVA Bancomer S.A.

Ángel Cano Fernández(1)

   1961    President and Chief Operating Officer    September 29, 2009    March 12, 2010    President and Chief Operating Officer of BBVA, since 2009. Substitute director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer and BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V., China National Citic Bank and Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş. board member. BBVA Director of Resources and Means from 2005 to 2009.

Tomás Alfaro Drake(2)(3)

   1951    Independent Director    March 18, 2006    March 11, 2011    Chairman of the Appointments Committee of BBVA since May 25, 2010. Director of Business Management and Administration and Business Sciences programs at Universidad Francisco de Vitoria since 1998.

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz(1)(3)

   1959    Independent Director    January 28, 2000    March 11, 2011    Managing Director of Grupo El Enebro, S.A. Former Manager Director of Grupo Eulen. S.A. until 2010.

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora(2)(5)

   1948    Independent Director    January 28, 2000    March 12, 2010    Was Director and General Manager and Non-Executive Vice-President of Argentaria and Chairman of Unitaria (1997).

 

118


Table of Contents

Name

  

Birth Year

  

Current Position

  

Date Nominated

  

Date Re-elected

  

Present Principal Outside
Occupation and
Employment History(*)

José Antonio Fernández Rivero(3)(5)

   1949    Independent Director    February 28, 2004    March 16, 2012    Chairman of Risk Committee since March 30, 2004; On 2001 was appointed Group General Manager, until January 2003. Has been director representing BBVA on the Boards of Telefónica, Iberdrola, and of Banco de Crédito Local, and Chairman of Adquira.

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi(1)(4)

   1945    Independent Director    January 28, 2000    March 12, 2010    Managing director of Nutrexpa, S.A. and La Piara, S.A. Chairman of Aneto Natural.

Belén Garijo López

   1960    Independent Director    March 16, 2012       President of Commercial operations for Europe and Canada of Sanofi Aventis. Since 2011, Chief Operating Officer of Merck Serono S.A.

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo(2)(4)

   1947    Independent Director    February 28, 2004    March 11, 2011    Chairman of the Compensation Committee of BBVA since May 2010 (former Chairman of the Appointments and Compensation Committee since April 2006). Was Partner of J&A Garrigues, from 1977 until 2004.

José Maldonado Ramos(1)(3)(4)

   1952    External Director    January 28, 2000    March 16, 2012    Was appointed Director and General Secretary of BBVA, in January 2000. Took early retirement as Bank executive in December 2009.

Enrique Medina Fernández(1)(5)

   1942    Independent Director    January 28, 2000    March 16, 2012    State Attorney on leave. Deputy Chairman of Gines Navarro Construcciones until it merged to become Grupo ACS.

 

119


Table of Contents

Name

  

Birth Year

  

Current Position

  

Date Nominated

  

Date Re-elected

  

Present Principal Outside
Occupation and
Employment History(*)

José Luis Palao García-Suelto(2)(5)

   1944    Independent Director    February 1, 2011    March 11, 2011    Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee of BBVA since March 29, 2011. Senior Partner of the Financial Division in Spain at Arthur Andersen, from 1979 until 2002. Freelance consultant, from 2002 to 2010.

Juan Pi Llorens(4)(5)

   1950    Independent Director    July 27, 2011    March 16, 2012    Was executive Chairman of IBM Spain and until 2011 has held various senior positions in IBM at an international level.

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte(2)(3)(4)

   1955    Independent Director    May 28, 2002    March 11, 2011    Was Dean of Deusto “La Comercial” University 1996-2009. Member of the accounts auditing institute.

 

(*)

Where no date is provided, the position is currently held.

 

(1)

Member of the Executive Committee.

 

(2)

Member of the Audit and Compliance Committee.

 

(3)

Member of the Appointments Committee.

 

(4)

Member of the Compensation Committee.

 

(5)

Member of the Risk Committee.

Executive Officers or Management Committee (Comité de Dirección)

Our executive officers were each appointed for an indefinite term. Their positions as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are as follows:

 

Name

  

Current Position

  

Present Principal Outside Occupation and
Employment History(*)

Francisco González Rodríguez

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    Chairman, BBVA, since January 2000. Director of Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and BBVA Bancomer, S.A.

Ángel Cano Fernández

   President and Chief Operating Officer    Substitute director, Grupo Financiero BBVA Bancomer and BBVA Bancomer, S.A. de CV. Director of China National Citic Bank and of Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.Ş.

 

120


Table of Contents

Name

  

Current Position

  

Present Principal Outside Occupation and
Employment History(*)

Eduardo Arbizu Lostao

   Head of Legal, Audit and Compliance department    Head of Legal department of BBVA, since 2002; Chief Executive Officer, Barclays Bank Spain, 1997 to 2002.

Manuel González Cid

   Head of Finance Division    Deputy General Manager, BBVA—Head of the Merger Office, 1999 to 2001. Head of Corporate Development, BBVA, 2001 to 2002. Director and Vice president of Repsol YPF, S.A. 2003-2005.

José María García Meyer-Dohner

   Head of Global Retail and Business Banking    BBVA Business Management and Coordination Manager for Mexico, 2000-2001. Commercial Banking Manager for BBVA Bancomer, 2001-2004. From 2004 Head of USA, Country Manager and Chairman of BBVA Compass. Global Retail Business Banking since 2010.

Ignacio Deschamps González

   Head of Mexico    Commercial Banking Director for BBVA Bancomer to 2006. General Director of BBVA Bancomer since December 2006.

Juan Asúa Madariaga

   Head of Corporate and Business -Spain and Portugal    Global Corporate Banking Director, BBVA, 2000. E-Commerce Director, BBVA, 2000-2001. Corporate Global Banking Director, BBVA, 2001-2005.

Jose Barreiro Hernández

   Head of Corporate and Investment Banking    Spanish Markets Director, BBVA, 2000-2001. Head of Global Markets and Distribution, Trading and Equity, BBVA, 2001-2005.

Vicente Rodero Rodero

   Head of South America    BBVA Corporate Banking Director for Mexico, 1995-1999. BBVA Personal Banking Director, 1999-2003. BBVA Regional Director for Madrid, 2003-2004. BBVA Commercial Banking Director for Spain, 2004-2006.

Carlos Torres Vila

   Head of Strategy & Development    BBVA Corporate Strategy & Development Director since January 2009. He entered in BBVA on September 2008. Before he worked five years in Endesa as Strategy Corporate Director.

Gregorio Panadero Illera

   Head of Brand and Communication    From April 1, 2009, Head of BBVA Corporate Brand & Communications Department. Director of Communications and Corporate Responsibility at Grupo Ferrovial from 2006 to 2009.

Manuel Castro Aladro

   Head of Risk    Head of BBVA Risk Department since September 2009. Director of Innovation and Business Development from 2005 to 2009.

Ramón Monell Valls

   Head of Innovation & Technology    Head of BBVA Innovation and Technology since September 2009. From 2002-2005 Chief Operating Officer of BBVA in Chile. BBVA Director of Technology & Operations. (2006-2009).

Juan Ignacio Apoita Gordo

   Head of Human Resources & Services    BBVA Head of Human Resources and Services since September 2009 BBVA Head of Human Resources Director from 2006 to 2009.

Manuel Sánchez Rodríguez

   Head of United States    Working at BBVA since 1990. From 2002-2005 Risks Manager at BBVA Bancomer in Mexico. From 2005-2080 Laredo National Bank. CEO of BBVA Compass from 2008 and Country Manager from 2010.

 

(*)

Where no date is provided, positions are currently held.

 

121


Table of Contents
B.

Compensation

The provisions of BBVA’s bylaws that relate to compensation of directors are in strict accordance with the relevant provisions of Spanish law. The shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012 resolved to amend article 53 of our bylaws on the allocation of profit or losses (pursuant to article 273 of the Corporate Enterprises Act) and the inclusion, pursuant to article 217 of the Corporate Enterprises Act, of a new article 33 bis regarding the compensation of non-executive directors. These amendments are applicable as of 2012. Compensation of BBVA executive directors will continue to be regulated by article 50 bis of our bylaws.

In accordance with our revised bylaws, the compensation of the Bank’s non-executive directors will no longer be based on profit sharing, and has been replaced instead by an annual fixed remuneration system. In addition, our bylaws continue to contemplate that part of the non-executive directors’ compensation will consist in the delivery of shares, as approved by the shareholders’ general meeting of March 18, 2006.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the amendments referred to above are pending registration with the Commercial Registry. In addition, pursuant to article 8.1 of Royal Decree 1245/1995, of July 14, on the creation of banks, cross-border activity and other matters relating to the legal regime of financial institutions, the bylaw amendments approved in the shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012 are conditional on obtaining the authorization from the relevant authorities.

Remuneration of non-executive Directors

The remuneration paid to individual non-executive members of the Board of Directors in 2011 is indicated below, broken down by type of remuneration in thousand of euros:

 

     Board     Executive
Committee
    Audit and
Compliance
Committee
    Risk
Committee
    Appointments
Committee
    Compensation
Committee
    Total  

Tomás Alfaro Drake

    129        —          71        —          102        —          302   

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

    129        167        —          —          7        36        338   

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

    129        —          71        107        —          —          307   

José Antonio Fernández Rivero(1)

    129        —          —          214        41        —          383   

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

    129        167        —          —          —          43        338   

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

    129        —          71        —          —          107        307   

José Maldonado Ramos

    129        111        —          44        41        43        368   

Enrique Medina Fernández

    129        167        —          107        —          —          402   

Jose Luis Palao García-Suelto(2)

    118        —          134        62        —          —          314   

Juan Pi Llorens(3)

    54        —          —          27        —          11        91   

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

    129        —          71        —          41        43        284   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(4)

    1,330        611        419        561        231        282        3,435   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

 

(1)

José Antonio Fernández Rivero, apart from the amounts listed in the above table, also received a total of 652 thousand during 2011 in early retirement payments as a former member of the BBVA management.

 

(2)

José Luis Palao García-Suelto was appointed member of the Board on February 1, 2011.

 

(3)

Juan Pi Llorens was appointed member of the Board on July 27, 2011.

 

(4)

Rafael Bermejo Blanco, who stood down as director on March 29, 2011, received the total sum of 104 thousand in remuneration as member of the Board of Director and for his positions on certain of its Committees.

Remuneration of executive Directors

The remuneration paid to executive directors of the Bank in 2011 is indicated below, broken down by type of remuneration in thousands of euros:

 

     Fixed
remuneration
     Variable
remuneration(*)
     Total  

Chairman and CEO

     1,966         3,011         4,977   

President and COO

     1,748         1,889         3,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,714         4,900         8,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Corresponds to the variable pay for 2010 paid in 2011.

In addition, the executive directors were paid remunerations in kind and in other forms in 2011 for a total amount of 32.5 thousand, of which 10.8 thousand correspond to the Chairman and CEO and 21.7 thousand pertain to the President and COO.

Remuneration of the members of the Management Committee (Comité de Dirección)

This section provides information on the members of the Management Committee who held this position as of December 31, 2011, excluding executive directors.

The remuneration paid in 2011 to the members of BBVA’s Management Committee amounted to 9,359 thousand in fixed remuneration and 14,296 thousand in variable remuneration accrued in 2010 and paid in 2011.

In addition, the members of the Management Committee received remuneration in kind and other items totaling 814 thousand in 2011.

New annual variable remuneration system

BBVA’s ordinary shareholders’ general meeting held on March 11, 2011 approved a new variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors.

This new system is based on a specific incentive for the members of the executive team (the “Incentive”). It consists of the annual allocation, to each beneficiary, of a number of units that serve as the basis for determining the number of shares that, if applicable, will correspond to each such beneficiary in the settlement of the Incentive based on the level of compliance with three indicators established by the annual shareholders’ general meeting: the Total Shareholders Return (TSR); the Group’s recurrent Economic Profit (EP); and the Group’s attributed net income.

 

123


Table of Contents

The total number of units assigned under the Incentive for 2011 was 155,000 for the Chairman and CEO, 117,000 for the President and COO and a total of 620,500 to all remaining members of the Management Committee who held that position on December 31, 2011.

This number of units will be divided in three parts associated to each one of the indicators based on the weights established at all times, and each one of these parts will be multiplied by a coefficient ranging from 0 and 2 based on the scale defined each year for each of the indicators.

This Incentive, together with the ordinary variable remuneration in cash that corresponds to each member of the executive team, constitutes its annual variable remuneration (the “Annual Variable Remuneration”).

The shareholders’ general meeting held on March 11, 2011, likewise established a new settlement and payment system for the Annual Variable Remuneration applicable to the categories of employees whose professional activities may significantly affect the Bank’s risk profile or who perform control functions. This includes executive directors and the rest of the members of the Management Committee, and was adapted in accordance with the requirements established in Directive 76/2010, which was transposed to Spanish law by means of Royal Decree 771/2011 of June 3, 2011 (“Royal Decree 771/2011”).

The new Annual Variable Remuneration settlement system applicable to the executive directors and the rest of the members of the Management Committee established that they will receive at least 50% of the total of said remuneration in shares.

To this effect, if the economic value of the shares resulting from the Incentive corresponding to each executive director or to each member of the Management Committee in its settlement does not equal at least 50% of the amount of their Annual Variable Remuneration, they will be provided, in shares, the proportion of their ordinary variable remuneration that, added to the value of the shares from the Incentive, is needed to satisfy the percentage indicated. For this calculation, the value of the shares is considered to be the average closing price of the BBVA shares corresponding to the trading sessions between December 15, 2011 and January 15, 2012.

Once the amount of cash and shares corresponding to the executive directors and remaining members of the Management Committee in the settlement of their Annual Variable Remuneration has been determined, the payment will be subject to the conditions set forth in the annual general shareholders’ meeting’s agreement in 2011 such that:

 

   

The payment of 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both from the part in cash and the part paid in shares, will be deferred. The deferred amount will, when applicable, be paid out in thirds over the next three years.

 

   

The shares that are provided each year from the settlement of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be unavailable for one additional year from the date they are provided; however, the sale of the number of shares needed to pay the taxes arising from the provision of the shares will be permitted.

 

   

The payment of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to the non-occurrence of any of the situations established by the Board of Directors that limit or impede their provision.

Once 2011 was closed, the Annual Variable Remuneration of the executive directors for 2011 was determined, applying the aforementioned conditions agreed upon by the annual shareholders’ general meeting in March 2011. It includes their ordinary variable remuneration and the Incentive for the executive team. Thus, in the first quarter of 2012, they will receive the settlement of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2011: 999,731 and 155,479 BBVA shares for the Chairman

 

124


Table of Contents

and CEO; and 635,865 euros and 98,890 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO. In both cases, the shares will be unavailable for one year from the date they are provided, in line with the aforementioned terms.

Furthermore, in the first quarter of the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, the executive directors will receive the amount of 333,244 and 51,826 BBVA shares in the case of the Chairman and CEO, and 211,955 and 32,963 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO, corresponding to the deferred portion of the Annual Variable Remuneration of 2011.

The payment of the deferred portions of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to the non-occurrence of any of the situations established by the Board of Directors that limit or impede their payment, and will be subject to the updating of the terms set out by the Board of Directors. In addition, the shares provided each year will be unavailable for one year from the date they are provided, in line with the aforementioned terms.

As of December 31, 2011, these amounts were recognized under the heading “Other liabilities—Accruals” of the consolidated balance sheet.

Multi-year variable share-based remuneration programs for executive directors and members of the Management Committee

Settlement of the multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2009-2010

In the first quarter of 2011, the Multi-year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2009-2010 was settled for the members of BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and other members of the Management Committee. This had been approved by the annual shareholders’ general meeting of March 13, 2009 and resulted in, after applying the conditions established initially, a multiplier coefficient of 0 for the units allocated. Thus, the Program was settled with no shares being awarded to its beneficiaries.

Multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2010-2011

The Bank’s annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 12, 2010 approved a Multi-Year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2010/2011 designed for the members of BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and members of the Management Committee (hereinafter, the “2010-2011 Program”). The result is obtained by multiplying the number of units assigned at the start of the Program to each beneficiary by a coefficient, between 0 and 2, established based on the evolution of the Bank’s total shareholders return (TSR) in 2010-2011 as compared to the evolution of this same indicator in a group of 18 international reference banks.

The number of units allocated to the executive directors, in accordance with the agreement of the annual shareholders’ general meeting was 105,000 for the Chairman and CEO and 90,000 for the President and COO; and a total of 385,000 units were allocated for all remaining members of the Management Committee who held that position on December 31, 2011.

The aforementioned annual shareholders’ general meeting established that the shares, if applicable, arising from the settlement of the Program be awarded to the beneficiaries, who could have those shares available to them as follows: (i) 40 percent of the shares received will be freely transferable by the beneficiaries at the moment they are received; (ii) 30 percent of the shares received will be transferable one year after the settlement date of the Program; and (iii) the remaining 30 percent will be transferable starting two years after the settlement date of the Program.

 

125


Table of Contents

Once the 2010/2011 Program finalized on December 31, 2011, according to the conditions established initially, the determination of the TSR of BBVA and the 18 reference banks was made. BBVA held fourth place in the comparison table. Therefore, under the terms established by the annual shareholders’ general meeting, a multiplier coefficient of 2 was applied to the units allocated to each beneficiary. Thus, in the settlement of the Program, 210,000 BBVA shares were awarded to the Chairman and CEO; 180,000 BBVA shares were awarded to the President and COO; and 770,000 BBVA shares were awarded to all other members of the Bank’s Management Committee.

After this Program was established by the Board, Royal Decree 771/2011 was published demanding the application of the aforementioned deferment, unavailability and limitation regulations to the remuneration granted and still unpaid prior to it taking effect, referring to services rendered since 2010.

Thus, this standard and the requirements established in the aforementioned Royal Decree 771/2011 must be applied to the 2010/2011 Program. Therefore, the annual general shareholders’ meeting of the Bank set for March 16, 2012 will address the modification of the settlement and payment system of the 2010/2011 Program previously approved by the annual shareholders’ general meeting to adapt it to the terms established to that effect in Royal Decree 771/2011.

This change in the settlement and payment system will affect those Bank employees who, as beneficiaries of the 2010-2011 Program are considered to carry out professional activities that may significantly influence the Bank’s risk profile or who perform control functions. This includes, in all cases, all executive directors and other members of the Management Committee.

The new system indicates that executive directors and the remaining members of the Management Committee will only receive 50% of the shares prior to April 15, 2012 corresponding to them as a result of the settlement of the Program. They will receive the remaining 50% deferred in thirds over the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Those shares will also be subject to, according to the requirements of Royal Decree 771/2011, the unavailability criteria indicated in the section regarding the New Annual Variable Remuneration System; as such, they will be unavailable for a period of one year from the date on which they were awarded. Furthermore, the awarding of the deferred shares will be subject to the non-occurrence of any situation that impedes or limits the provision of the Annual Variable Remuneration, which is subject to being updated. The above is in accordance with that set out by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Thus, in the application of this new settlement and payment system for the 2010-2011 Program, the executive directors will, as a result, receive 105,000 BBVA shares (in the case of the Chairman and CEO) and 90,000 shares (in the case of the President and COO) prior to April 15, 2012. Furthermore, on the same dates in the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, the executive directors will receive the amount of 35,000 BBVA shares in the case of the Chairman and CEO, and 30,000 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO, corresponding to the deferred portion of this Program.

Scheme for remuneration of non-executive directors with deferred distribution of shares

BBVA has a remuneration system with deferred distribution of shares in place for its non-executive directors that was approved by the annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 18, 2006 and renewed for an additional 5-year period through an agreement by the annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 11, 2011.

This system consists in the annual allocation of a number of “theoretical shares” to the non-executive directors equivalent to 20% of the total remuneration received by each in the previous

 

126


Table of Contents

year. This is based on the average closing prices of the BBVA shares during the last sixty trading sessions prior to the dates of the ordinary general meetings approving the annual financial statements for each year.

The shares will be subject to being awarded, if applicable, to each beneficiary on the date he or she leaves the position of director for any reason except serious breach of duties.

The number of “theoretical shares” allocated to non-executive director deferred share distribution system beneficiaries in 2011, corresponding to 20% of the total remuneration received by each in 2010, is as follows:

 

      Theoretical Shares
Assigned in 2011
     Accumulated
Theoretical Shares
 

Tomás Alfaro Drake

     6,144         19,372   

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

     8,010         47,473   

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

     7,270         45,319   

José Antonio Fernández Rivero

     8,673         38,814   

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

     8,010         48,045   

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

     7,275         33,098   

José Maldonado Ramos

     6,733         6,733   

Enrique Medina Fernández

     9,527         61,314   

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

     6,315         31,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(*)

     67,957         331,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Rafael Bermejo Blanco, who stood down as director on March 29, 2011, was also allocated 9,806 theoretical shares.

Pension commitments

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2011 for pension commitments to the President and COO are 16,831 thousand, of which 2,417 thousand were charged against 2011 earnings. As of this date, there are no other pension obligations to executive directors.

Also, 99 thousand in insurance premiums were paid on behalf of non-executive directors who are members of the Board of Directors.

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2011 for pension commitments for the Management Committee members, excluding executive directors, amounted to 60,312 thousand. Of these, 8,832 thousand were charged against 2011 earnings.

Termination of the contractual relationship

There were no commitments as of December 31, 2011 for the payment of compensation to executive directors, except as set forth below.

In the case of the President and COO, the contract lays down that in the event that he lose this status due to a reason other than his own will, retirement, disability or dereliction of duty, he shall take early retirement with a pension, which can be received as life income or common stock, equal to 75% of their pensionable salary if this occurs before he reaches the age of 55, or 85% after that age.

 

127


Table of Contents

C. Board Practices

Committees

Our corporate governance system is based on the distribution of functions between the Board, the Executive Committee and the other Board Committees, namely: the Audit and Compliance Committee; the Appointments Committee; the Compensation Committee; and the Risk Committee.

Executive Committee

Our Board of Directors is assisted in fulfilling its responsibilities by the Executive Committee (Comisión Delegada Permanente) of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors delegates all management functions, except those that it must retain due to legal or statutory requirements, to the Executive Committee.

As of the date of this Annual Report, BBVA’s Executive Committee was comprised of two executive directors and four external directors being three of them independent, as follows:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman

   Mr. Francisco González Rodríguez

Members

  

Mr. Ángel Cano Fernández

Mr. Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

Mr. Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mr. Enrique Medina Fernández

According to our bylaws, the Executive Committee’s responsibilities include the following: to formulate and propose policy guidelines, the criteria to be followed in the preparation of programs and to fix targets, to examine the proposals put to it in this regard, comparing and evaluating the actions and results of any direct or indirect activity carried out by the Group; to determine the volume of investment in each individual activity; to approve or reject operations, determining methods and conditions; to arrange inspections and internal or external audits of all operational areas of the Group; and in general to exercise the faculties delegated to it by the Board of Directors.

Specifically, the Executive Committee is entrusted with evaluation of our system of corporate governance. This shall be analyzed in the context of our development and of the results we have obtained, taking into account any regulations that may be passed and/or recommendations made regarding best market practices and adapting these to our specific circumstances.

The Executive Committee shall meet on the dates indicated in the annual calendar of meetings and when the chairman or acting chairman so decides. During 2011, the Executive Committee met 18 times.

Audit and Compliance Committee

This committee shall perform the duties required under applicable laws, regulations and our bylaws. Essentially, it has authority from the Board to supervise the financial statements and the oversight of the Group.

The Board regulations establish that the Audit and Compliance Committee shall have a minimum of four members appointed by the Board in light of their know-how and expertise in accounting, auditing and/or risk management. They shall all be independent directors, one of whom shall act as chairman, also appointed by the Board. See “Item 16.A. Audit Committee Financial Expert”.

 

128


Table of Contents

As of the date of this Annual Report, the Audit and Compliance Committee members were:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman

   Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto

Members

  

Mr. Tomás Alfaro Drake

Mr. Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

Mr. Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

The scope of its functions is as follows (for purposes of the below, “entity” refers to BBVA):

 

   

Report to the shareholders’ general meeting on matters that are raised at its meetings on matters within its competence.

 

   

Supervise the efficacy of the Company’s internal control and oversight, internal audit, where applicable, and the risk-management systems, and discuss with the auditors or audit firms any significant issues in the internal control system detected when the audit is conducted.

 

   

Supervise the process of drawing up and reporting regulatory financial information.

 

   

Propose the appointment of auditors or audit firms to the Board of Directors for it to submit the proposal to the shareholders’ general meeting, in accordance with applicable regulations.

 

   

Establish correct relations with the auditors or audit firms in order to receive information on any matters that may jeopardize their independence, for examination by the Committee, and any others that have to do with the process of auditing the accounts; as well as those other communications provided for in laws and standards of audit. It must unfailingly receive written confirmation by the auditors or audit firms each year of their independence with regard to the entity or entities directly or indirectly related to it and information on additional services of any kind provided to these entities by said auditors or audit firms, or by persons or entities linked to them as provided under Law 19/1988, July 12, on the auditing of accounts.

 

   

Each year, before the audit report is issued, to put out a report expressing an opinion on the independence of the auditors or audit firms. This report must, in all events, state the provision of any additional services referred to in the previous subsection.

 

   

Oversee compliance with applicable domestic and international regulations on matters related to money laundering, conduct on the securities markets, data protection and the scope of Group activities with respect to anti-trust regulations. Also to ensure that any requests for action or information made by official authorities in these matters are dealt with in due time and in due form.

 

   

Ensure that the internal codes of ethics and conduct and securities market trading, as they apply to Group personnel, comply with legislation and are appropriate for the Bank.

 

   

Especially to enforce compliance with provisions contained in BBVA Director’s Charter, and ensure that directors satisfy applicable standards regarding their conduct on the securities markets.

 

   

Any others that may have been allocated under these regulations or attributed to the committee by a Board of Directors resolution.

 

   

The committee shall also monitor the independence of external auditors. This entails the following two duties:

 

   

Ensuring that the auditors’ warnings, opinions and recommendations are followed.

 

   

Establishing the incompatibility between the provision of audit and the provision of consultancy services, unless there are no alternatives in the market to the auditors or

 

129


Table of Contents
 

companies in the auditors’ group of equal value in terms of their content, quality or efficiency. In such event, the committee must grant its approval, which can be done in advance by delegation to its chairman.

The committee selects the external auditor for the Bank and its Group, and for all the Group companies. It must verify that the audit schedule is being carried out under the service agreement and that it satisfies the requirements of the competent authorities and the Bank’s governing bodies. The committee will also require the auditors, at least once each year, to assess the quality of the Group’s internal oversight procedures.

The Audit and Compliance Committee meets as often as necessary to comply with its tasks, although an annual meeting schedule is drawn up in accordance with its duties. During 2011, the Audit and Compliance Committee met 12 times.

Executives responsible for control, internal audit and regulatory compliance can be invited to attend its meetings and, at the request of these executives, other staff from these departments who have particular knowledge or responsibility in the matters contained in the agenda, can also be invited when their presence at the meeting is deemed appropriate. However, only the committee members and the secretary shall be present when the results and conclusions of the meeting are evaluated.

The committee may engage external advisory services for relevant issues when it considers that these cannot be properly provided by experts or technical staff within the Group on grounds of specialization or independence.

Likewise, the committee can call on the personal cooperation and reports of any member of the Management Committee when it considers that this is necessary to carry out its functions with regard to relevant issues.

The committee has its own specific regulations, approved by the Board of Directors. These are available on our website and, amongst other things, regulate its operation.

Appointments Committee

The Appointments Committee is tasked with assisting the Board on issues related to the appointment and re-election of Board members.

This committee shall comprise a minimum of three members who shall be external directors appointed by the Board, which shall also appoint its chairman. However, the chairman and the majority of its members must be independent directors, in compliance with the Board regulations.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Appointments Committee were:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman

   Mr. Tomás Alfaro Drake

Members

  

Mr. Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

Mr. José Antonio Fernández Rivero

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

The duties of the Appointments Committee are as follows:

 

   

Draw up and report proposals for appointment and re-election of directors.

To such end, the Committee will evaluate the skills, knowledge and experience that the Board requires, as well as the conditions that candidates should display to fill the vacancies arising.

 

130


Table of Contents

The Committee will ensure that the selection procedures are not marred by implicit biases that may hinder the selection of female directors to fill vacancies, while trying to ensure that women who possess the professional profile sought are included on the shortlists when there are no or few current female directors.

When drafting proposals for the appointment and re-election of directors, the Committee will consider applications for potential candidates submitted by current Board members when appropriate.

 

   

Review the status of each director each year, so that this may be reflected in the annual report on corporate governance.

 

   

Report on the performance of the Chairman of the Board and, where applicable, the Company’s CEO, such that the Board can make its periodic assessment, under the terms established in the Board regulations.

 

   

Should the chairmanship of the Board or the post of CEO fall vacant, the Committee will examine or organize, in the manner it deems suitable, the succession of the Chairman and/or CEO and make corresponding proposals to the Board for an orderly, well-planned succession.

 

   

Report any appointment and separation of senior managers.

 

   

Any others that may have been allocated under the Board regulations or attributed to the Committee by a Board of Directors resolution.

In the performance of its duties, the Appointments Committee will consult with the Chairman of the Board and, where applicable, the CEO via the committee chair, especially with respect to matters related to executive directors and senior managers.

In accordance with our Board regulations, the Committee may ask members of the BBVA Group to attend its meetings, when their responsibilities relate to its duties. It may also receive any advisory services it requires to inform its criteria on issues falling within the scope of its powers.

The chair of the Appointments Committee will convene it as often as necessary to comply with its functions although an annual meeting schedule will be drawn up in accordance with its duties. During 2011, the Appointments Committee met 10 times.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee’s essential function is to assist the Board on matters regarding the remuneration policy for directors and senior management. It seeks to ensure that the remuneration policy established by the Company is duly observed.

The Committee will comprise a minimum of three members who will be external directors appointed by the Board, which will also appoint its chair. The chair and the majority of its members must be independent directors, in compliance with the Board regulations.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Appointments Committee were:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman

   Mr. Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

Members

  

Mr. Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

Mr. José Maldonado Ramos

Mr. Juan Pi Llorens

Mrs. Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

 

131


Table of Contents

The scope of the functions of the Compensation Committee is as follows:

 

   

Propose the remuneration system for the Board of Directors as a whole, in accordance with the principles established in the Company bylaws, their amounts and method of payment.

 

   

Determine the extent and amount of the remuneration, entitlements and other economic rewards for the Chairman and CEO, the President and COO and, where applicable, other executive directors of the Bank, so that these can be reflected in their contracts. The Committee’s proposals on such matters will be submitted to the Board of Directors.

 

   

Issue a report on the directors’ remuneration policy each year. This will be submitted to the Board of Directors, which will apprise the Company’s annual shareholders’ general meeting of this.

 

   

Propose the remuneration policy for senior management to the Board, and the basic terms and conditions to be contained in their contracts, directly supervising the remuneration of the senior managers responsible for risk management and with compliance functions within the Bank.

 

   

Propose the remuneration policy to the Board for employees whose professional activities may have a significant impact on the Bank’s risk profile.

 

   

Oversee observance of the remuneration policy established by the Company and periodically review the remuneration policy applied to executive directors, senior management and employees whose professional activities may have a significant impact on the Bank’s risk profile.

 

   

Any others that may have been allocated under the Board regulations or attributed to the Committee by a Board of Directors resolution.

In the performance of its duties, the Compensation Committee will consult with the Chairman of the Board and, where applicable, the Company’s CEO via the Committee chair, especially with respect to matters related to executive directors and senior managers.

Pursuant to our Board regulations, the Committee may ask members of the BBVA Group to attend its meetings, when their responsibilities relate to its duties. It may also receive any advisory services it requires to inform its criteria on matters falling within the scope of its powers.

The chair of the Compensation Committee will convene it as often as necessary to comply with its functions although an annual meeting schedule will be drawn up in accordance with its duties. During 2011, the Compensation Committee met 9 times.

Risk Committee

The Board’s Risk Committee is tasked with the analysis of issues related to our risk management and control policy and strategy. It assesses and approves any risk transactions that may be significant.

The Risk Committee shall have a majority of external directors, with a minimum of three members, appointed by the Board of Directors, which shall also appoint its chairman.

As of the date of this Annual Report, the members of the Risk Committee were:

 

Position

  

Name

Chairman

   Mr. José Antonio Fernández Rivero

Members

  

Mr. Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

Mr. Enrique Medina Fernández

Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto

Mr. Juan Pi Llorens

 

132


Table of Contents

Under the Board regulations, it has the following duties:

 

   

Analyze and evaluate proposals related to our risk management and oversight policies and strategy. In particular, these shall identify:

 

  a)

the risk map;

 

  b)

the setting of the level of risk considered acceptable according to the risk profile (expected loss) and capital map (risk capital) broken down by our businesses and areas of activity;

 

  c)

the internal information and oversight systems used to oversee and manage risks; and

 

  d)

the measures established to mitigate the impact of risks identified should they materialize.

 

   

Monitor the match between risks accepted and the profile established.

 

   

Assess and approve, where applicable, any risks whose size could compromise our capital adequacy or recurrent earnings, or that present significant potential operational or reputational risks.

 

   

Check that we possess the means, systems, structures and resources benchmarked against best practices to allow implementation of its risk management strategy.

Pursuant to our Board regulations, the Committee may request the attendance at its sessions of persons with positions in the group that are related to the Committee’s functions. It may also obtain advice as necessary to establish criteria related to its functions.

The committee meets as often as necessary to best perform its duties, usually once a week. In 2011, it held 43 meetings.

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we, through our various affiliates, had 110,645 employees. Approximately 84% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

 

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Companies      Total  

Spain

     26,188         19         2,727         28,934   

United Kingdom

     162         —           —           162   

France

     98         —           —           98   

Italy

     55         —           226         281   

Germany

     51         —           —           51   

Switzerland

     —           127         —           127   

Portugal

     —           877         —           877   

Belgium

     37         —           —           37   

Russia

     4         —           —           4   

Ireland

     —           5         —           5   

Luxembourg

     3         —           —           3   

Turkey

     11         —           —           11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

     26,609         1,028         2,953         30,590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

United States

     228         11,947         —           12,175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Companies      Total  

Panama

     —           365         —           365   

Puerto Rico

     —           906         —           906   

Argentina

     —           5,896         —           5,896   

Brazil

     3         —           13         16   

Colombia

     —           6,151         —           6,151   

Venezuela

     —           5,398         —           5,398   

Mexico

     —           35,950         —           35,950   

Uruguay

     —           542         —           542   

Paraguay

     —           452         —           452   

Bolivia

     —           —           206         206   

Chile

     —           5,710         —           5,710   

Cuba

     1         —           —           1   

Peru

     —           5,769         —           5,769   

Ecuador

     —           —           235         235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Latin America

     4         67,139         454         67,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Hong Kong

     198         —           —           198   

Japan

     11         —           —           11   

China

     16         —           16         32   

Singapore

     15         —           —           15   

India

     5         —           —           5   

South Korea

     18         —           —           18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Asia

     263         —           16         279   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Australia

     4         —           —           4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Oceania

     4         —           —           4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     27,108         80,114         3,423         110,645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, we, through our various affiliates, had 106,976 employees. Approximately 83% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

 

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Companies      Total  

Spain

     25,939         442         2,035         28,416   

United Kingdom

     93         —           —           93   

France

     94         —           —           94   

Italy

     53         —           226         279   

Germany

     40         —           —           40   

Switzerland

     —           128         —           128   

Portugal

     —           925         —           925   

Belgium

     40         —           —           40   

Russia

     4         —           —           4   

Ireland

     —           5         —           5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

     26,263         1,500         2,261         30,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

United States

     165         11,975         —           12,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Companies      Total  

Panama

     —           345         —           345   

Puerto Rico

     —           865         —           865   

Argentina

     —           5,705         —           5,705   

Brazil

     3         —           17         20   

Colombia

     —           5,867         —           5,867   

Venezuela

     —           5,509         —           5,509   

Mexico

     —           34,082         —           34,082   

Uruguay

     —           200         —           200   

Paraguay

     —           372         —           372   

Bolivia

     —           —           209         209   

Chile

     —           5,413         —           5,413   

Cuba

     1         —           —           1   

Peru

     —           5,715         —           5,715   

Ecuador

     —           —           273         273   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Latin America

     4         64,073         499         64,576   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Companies      Total  

Hong Kong

     169         —           —           169   

Japan

     13         —           —           13   

China

     13         —           11         24   

Singapore

     17         —           —           17   

India

     2         —           —           2   

South Korea

     8         —           —           8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Asia

     222         —           11         233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Australia

     3         —           —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Oceania

     3         —           —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     26,657         77,548         2,771         106,976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2009, we, through our various affiliates, had 103,721 employees. Approximately 82% of our employees in Spain held technical, managerial and executive positions, while the remainder were clerical and support staff. The table below sets forth the number of BBVA employees by geographic area.

 

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Companies      Total  

Spain

     25,871         476         1,589         27,936   

United Kingdom

     89         —           —           89   

France

     94         —           —           94   

Italy

     55         —           208         263   

Germany

     35         —           —           35   

Switzerland

     —           113         —           113   

Portugal

     —           917         —           917   

Belgium

     37         —           —           37   

Russia

     4         —           —           4   

Ireland

     —           5         —           5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

     26,185         1,511         1,797         29,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

United States

     136         12,166         —           12,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Companies      Total  

Panama

     —           308         —           308   

Puerto Rico

     —           777         —           777   

Argentina

     —           5,300         —           5,300   

Brazil

     3         —           17         20   

Colombia

     —           5,821         —           5,821   

Venezuela

     —           5,791         —           5,791   

Mexico

     —           32,580         —           32,580   

Uruguay

     20         185         —           205   

Paraguay

     —           250         —           250   

Bolivia

     —           —           207         207   

Chile

     —           5,039         —           5,039   

Cuba

     1         —           —           1   

Peru

     —           5,208         —           5,208   

Ecuador

     —           —           262         262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Latin America

     24         61,259         486         61,769   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Hong Kong

     116         —           —           116   

Japan

     10         —           —           10   

China

     15         —           —           15   

Singapore

     9         —           —           9   

India

     2         —           —           2   

South Korea

     2         —           —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Asia

     154         —           —           154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Country

   BBVA      Banks      Companies      Total  

Australia

     3         —           —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Oceania

     3         —           —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     26,502         74,936         2,283         103,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The terms and basic conditions of employment in private sector banks in Spain are negotiated with trade unions representing sector bank employees. Wage negotiations take place on an industry-wide basis. This process has historically produced collective bargaining agreements binding upon all Spanish banks and their employees. The collective bargaining agreement in application during 2009 and 2010 came into effect as of January 1, 2007 and ended on December 31, 2010. On March 14, 2012, the XXII collective bargain agreement was signed. This agreement became effective on January 1, 2011 and will remain in effect until December 31, 2014.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we had 1,689, 1,060 and 350 temporary employees in our Spanish offices, respectively.

 

136


Table of Contents

E. Share Ownership

As of April 24 2012, the members of the Board of Directors owned an aggregate of BBVA shares as shown in the table below:

 

Name

   Directly owned
shares
     Indirectly owned
shares
     Total shares      % Capital Stock  

Gonzalez Rodríguez, Francisco

     1,302,627         1,359,262         2,661,889         0.053   

Cano Fernández, Ángel

     533,150         —           533,150         0.011   

Alfaro Drake, Tomás

     13,702         —           13,702         0.000   

Álvarez Mezquíriz, Juan Carlos

     176,928         —           176,928         0.003   

Bustamante y de la Mora, Ramon

     12,795         2,524         15,319         0.000   

Fernandez Rivero, José Antonio

     62,552         —           62,552         0.001   

Ferrero Jordi, Ignacio

     3,826         59,516         63,342         0.001   

Garijo López, Belén

     —           —           —           —     

Loring Martínez de Irujo, Carlos

     49,411         —           49,411         0.001   

Maldonado Ramos, José

     73,264         —           73,264         0.001   

Medina Fernández, Enrique

     42,299         1,592         43,891         0.001   

Palao García-Suelto, José Luis

     9,263         —           9,263         0.000   

Pi Llorens, Juan

     34,602         —           34,602         0.001   

Rodriguez Vidarte, Susana

     22,000         3,124         25,124         0.001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     2,336,419         1,426,018         3,762,437         0.074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

BBVA has not granted options on its shares to any members of its administrative, supervisory or management bodies. Information regarding the variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and the Multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2010-2011, is provided under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation.”

As of April 24, 2012, the Management Committee (excluding executive directors) and their families owned 1,931,765 shares. None of the members of our Management Committee held 1% or more of BBVA’s shares as of such date.

As of April 24, 2012, a total of 26,143 employees (excluding the members of the Management Committee and executive directors) owned 55,426,664 shares, which represents 1.09% of our capital stock.

 

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

As of April 13, 2012, Manuel Jove Capellán, beneficially owned 5.07% of our shares. There have not been significant changes in his percentage ownership in the past 3 years. To our knowledge, no other person, corporation or government beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of BBVA’s shares. BBVA’s major shareholders do not have voting rights which are different from those held by the rest of its shareholders. To the extent known to us, BBVA is not controlled, directly or indirectly, by any other corporation, government or any other natural or legal person. As of April 13, 2012, there were 999,811 registered holders of BBVA’s shares, with an aggregate of 5,061,082,378 shares, of which 227 shareholders with registered addresses in the United States held a total of 1,016,624,380 shares (including shares represented by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)). Since certain of such shares and ADRs are held by nominees, the foregoing figures are not representative of the number of beneficial holders. Our directors and executive officers did not own any ADRs as of April 13, 2012. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Share Ownership”

 

137


Table of Contents

B. Related Party Transactions

Loans to Directors, Executive Officers and Other Related Parties

As of December 31, 2011, there was no amount disposed of the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and, at that date, the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors) amounted to 6,540 thousand.

The loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 to the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank amounted to 531 and 806 thousand, respectively, and the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors), amounted to 4,924 and 3,912 thousand as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The amount disposed of the loans granted as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 to parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Management Committee amounted to 20,593, 28,493 and 51,882 thousand, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, no guarantees were granted to any member of the Board of Directors, and the amount of guarantees granted to members of the Bank’s Management Committee reached 9 thousand. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, no guarantees, financial leases or commercial loans were granted to members of the Board of Directors or the Management Committee.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, guarantees, financial leases and commercial loan transactions arranged with parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and its Management Committee reached 10,825, 4,424 and 24,514 thousand, respectively.

Related Party Transactions in the Ordinary Course of Business

Loans extended to related parties were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

BBVA subsidiaries engage, on a regular and routine basis, in a number of customary transactions with other BBVA subsidiaries, including:

 

   

overnight call deposits;

 

   

foreign exchange purchases and sales;

 

   

derivative transactions, such as forward purchases and sales;

 

   

money market fund transfers;

 

   

letters of credit for imports and exports;

and other similar transactions within the scope of the ordinary course of the banking business, such as loans and other banking services to our shareholders, to employees of all levels, to the associates and family members of all the above and to other BBVA non-banking subsidiaries or affiliates. All these transactions have been made:

 

   

in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons; and

 

   

did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

138


Table of Contents

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Financial Information

See Item 18.

Dividends

The table below sets forth the amount of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by BBVA on its shares for the years 2007 to 2011. The rate used to convert euro amounts to dollars was the noon buying rate at the end of each year.

 

     Per Share  
     First Interim      Second Interim      Third Interim      Final      Total  
          $           $           $           $           $  

2007

   0.152       $ 0.222       0.152       $ 0.222       0.152       $ 0.222       0.277       $ 0.405       0.733       $ 1.070   

2008

   0.167       $ 0.232       0.167       $ 0.232       0.167       $ 0.232         (*)         (*)       0.501       $ 0.697   

2009

   0.090       $ 0.129       0.090       $ 0.129       0.090       $ 0.129       0.150       $ 0.215       0.420       $ 0.602   

2010

   0.090       $ 0.068       0.090       $ 0.068       0.090       $ 0.068         (**)         (**)       0.270       $ 0.203   

2011

   0.100       $ 0.130         (***)         (***)       0.100       $ 0.130         (****)         (****)       0.200       $ 0.259   

 

(*)

On March 13, 2009, our shareholders approved the distribution of additional shareholder remuneration to complement the 2008 cash dividend in the form of an in-kind distribution of a portion of the share premium reserve. On April 20, 2009, our shareholders received BBVA shares from treasury stock in the proportion of one share for every 62 shares outstanding. Accordingly, the number of shares distributed was 60,451,115. This payment entailed a charge against the share premium reserve of 317 million, the weighted average market price of BBVA shares in the continuous electronic market on the trading session on March 12, 2009, the day immediately preceding the date of the annual shareholders’ general meeting.

 

(**)

In execution of the 2011 “Dividendo Opción” described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, on March 29, 2011, the Board of Directors executed the first free-of-charge capital increase approved by our shareholders in the general shareholders meeting of March 11, 2011 for the implementation of the 2011 “Dividendo Opción “ scheme. This free of charge capital increase gave BBVA shareholders the option to receive one (1) newly-issued share of the Bank for each 59 shares of BBVA held by them or to receive a cash remuneration of 0.149 per share. For more information, please see BBVA’s report on Form 6-K furnished to the United States Securities Exchange Commission on March 29, 2011 (SEC Accession No. 0001309014-11-000177).

 

(***)

In execution of the 2011 “Dividendo Opción” described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, on September 27, 2011, the Board of Directors executed the second free-of-charge capital increase approved by our shareholders in the general shareholders meeting of March 11, 2011 for the implementation of the 2011 “Dividendo Opción “ scheme. This free of charge capital increase gave BBVA shareholders the option to receive one (1) newly-issued share of the Bank for each 56 shares of BBVA held by them or to receive a cash remuneration of 0.10 per share. For more information, please see BBVA’s report on Form 6-K furnished to the United States Securities Exchange Commission on September 27, 2011 (SEC Accession No. 0001309014-11-000624).

 

139


Table of Contents
(****)

In execution of the 2012 “Dividendo Opción” described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, on April 11, 2012, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors executed the first free-of-charge capital increase approved by our shareholders in the general shareholders meeting of March 16, 2012 for the implementation of the 2012 “Dividendo Opción” scheme. This free of charge capital increase gives BBVA shareholders the option to receive one (1) newly-issued share of the Bank for each 47 shares of BBVA held by them or to receive a cash remuneration of 0.118 per share. For more information, please see BBVA’s reports on Form 6-K furnished to the United States Securities Exchange Commission on March 28, 2012 and April 11, 2012 (SEC Accession Nos. 0001309014-12-000237 and 0001309014-12-000277 respectively).

We have paid annual dividends to our shareholders since the date we were founded. Historically, we have paid interim dividends each year. The total dividend (cash and scrip) for a year is proposed by the Board of Directors following the end of the year to which it relates. The unpaid portion of this dividend (the final dividend) is paid in cash or scrip after the approval of our financial statements by the shareholders at the annual shareholders’ general meeting. Interim and final dividends are payable to holders of record on the dividend payment date. Unclaimed dividends revert to BBVA five years after declaration.

While we expect to declare and pay dividends (in cash or scrip) on our shares on a quarterly basis in the future, the payment of dividends will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, governmental regulations and policies and other factors.

As described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, the annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012 passed a resolution adopting a new scrip dividend scheme called “Dividendo Opción” on similar terms as the 2011 “Dividendo Opción” scheme. Accordingly, the “Dividendo Opción” is implemented as an alternative remuneration scheme for BBVA shareholders with the aim to provide BBVA shareholders with a flexible option to receive newly issued shares of the Bank, without thereby altering BBVA’s cash remuneration policy.

Subject to the terms of the deposit agreement entered into with the Bank of New York Mellon, holders of ADSs are entitled to receive dividends (in cash or scrip) attributable to the shares represented by the ADSs evidenced by their ADRs to the same extent as if they were holders of such shares.

For a description of BBVA’s access to the funds necessary to pay dividends on the shares, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”. In addition, BBVA may not pay dividends except out of its unrestricted reserves available for the payment of dividends, after taking into account the Bank of Spain’s capital adequacy requirements. Capital adequacy requirements are applied by the Bank of Spain on both a consolidated and individual basis. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital”. Under Spain’s capital adequacy requirements, we estimate that as of December 31, 2011, BBVA had approximately 11 billion of reserves in excess of applicable capital and reserve requirements, which were not restricted as to the payment of dividends.

Legal Proceedings

The Group is party to certain legal actions in a number of jurisdictions, including, among others, Spain, Mexico and the United States, arising in the ordinary course of business. BBVA considers that none of such actions is material, individually or in the aggregate, and none of such actions is expected

 

140


Table of Contents

to result in a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, either individually or in the aggregate. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made in respect of the actions arising in the ordinary course of business. BBVA has not disclosed to the markets any contingent liability that could arise from such actions as it does not consider them material.

B. Significant Changes

No significant change has occurred since the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements other than those mentioned in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

BBVA’s shares are listed on the Spanish stock exchanges in Madrid, Bilbao, Barcelona and Valencia (the “Spanish Stock Exchanges”) and listed on the computerized trading system of the Spanish Stock Exchanges (the “Automated Quotation System”). BBVA’s shares are also listed on the Mexican and London stock exchanges as well as quoted on SEAQ International in London. BBVA’s shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange as American Depositary Shares (ADSs).

ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and are also traded on the Lima (Peru) Stock Exchange, by virtue of an exchange agreement entered into between these two exchanges. Each ADS represents the right to receive one share.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the euro price of BBVA’s shares on the Spanish Stock Exchanges and the price of BBVA’s ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange. Cash dividends are paid by BBVA in euro, and exchange rate fluctuations between the euro and the dollar will affect the dollar amounts received by holders of ADRs on conversion by The Bank of New York Mellon (acting as depositary) of cash dividends on the shares underlying the ADSs evidenced by such ADRs.

The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales closing prices for the shares of BBVA on the Automated Quotation System.

 

     Euro per Share  
     High      Low  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

     

Annual

     20.08         15.60   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

     

Annual

     16.58         7.16   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

     

Annual

     13.17         4.68   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

     

Annual

     13.15         7.08   

First Quarter

     13.15         9.39   

Second Quarter

     11.32         7.41   

Third Quarter

     10.79         8.48   

Fourth Quarter

     9.99         7.08   

 

141


Table of Contents
    

  Euro per Share  

 
     High      Low  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

     

Annual

     9.43         5.14   

First Quarter

     9.43         6.92   

Second Quarter

     8.82         7.49   

Third Quarter

     8.34         5.14   

Fourth Quarter

     6.93         5.50   

Month ended October 31, 2011

     6.93         5.82   

Month ended November 30, 2011

     6.30         5.50   

Month ended December 31, 2011

     6.71         6.01   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

     

Month ended January 31, 2012

     6.97         6.06   

Month ended February 29, 2012

     7.30         6.73   

Month ended March 31, 2012

     6.81         5.86   

Month ended April 30, 2012 (through April 20)

     5.97         4.95   

From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011 the percentage of outstanding shares held by BBVA and its affiliates ranged between 0.649% and 1.855%, calculated on a daily basis. As of April 4, 2012, the percentage of outstanding shares held by BBVA and its affiliates was 1.140%.

The table below sets forth the reported high and low sales closing prices for the ADSs of BBVA on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.

 

    

U.S. Dollars per ADS

 
     High      Low  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

     

Annual

     26.23         21.56   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

     

Annual

     24.27         8.45   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

     

Annual

     19.69         5.76   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

     

Annual

     18.99         8.87   

First Quarter

     18.99         12.91   

Second Quarter

     15.40         8.87   

Third Quarter

     14.19         10.62   

Fourth Quarter

     13.99         9.21   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

     

Annual

     12.95         7.32   

First Quarter

     12.95         9.03   

Second Quarter

     12.90         10.49   

Third Quarter

     12.13         7.49   

Fourth Quarter

     9.94         7.32   

Month ended October 31, 2011

     9.94         7.63   

Month ended November 30, 2011

     8.75         7.32   

Month ended December 31, 2011

     8.95         7.77   

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

     

Month ended January 31, 2012

     9.10         7.61   

Month ended February 29, 2012

     9.72        8.95   

Month ended March 31, 2012

     9.11         7.85   

Month ended April 30, 2012 (through April 20)

     7.97         6.47   

 

142


Table of Contents

Securities Trading in Spain

The Spanish securities market for equity securities consists of the Automated Quotation System and the four stock exchanges located in Madrid, Bilbao, Barcelona and Valencia. During 2011, the Automated Quotation System accounted for the majority of the total trading volume of equity securities on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.

Automated Quotation System. The Automated Quotation System (Sistema de Interconexión Bursátil) links the four local exchanges, providing those securities listed on it with a uniform continuous market that eliminates certain of the differences among the local exchanges. The principal feature of the system is the computerized matching of buy and sell orders at the time of entry of the order. Each order is executed as soon as a matching order is entered, but can be modified or canceled until executed. The activity of the market can be continuously monitored by investors and brokers. The Automated Quotation System is operated and regulated by Sociedad de Bolsas, S.A. (“Sociedad de Bolsas”), a corporation owned by the companies that manage the local exchanges. All trades on the Automated Quotation System must be placed through a bank, brokerage firm, an official stock broker or a dealer firm member of a Spanish Stock Exchange directly. Since January 1, 2000, Spanish banks have been allowed to place trades on the Automated Quotation System and have been allowed to become members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges. We are currently a member of the four Spanish Stock Exchanges and can trade through the Automated Quotation System.

In a pre-opening session held from 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. each trading day, an opening price is established for each security traded on the Automated Quotation System based on orders placed at that time. The regime concerning opening prices was changed by an internal rule issued by the Sociedad de Bolsas. In this new regime all references to maximum changes in share prices are substituted by static and dynamic price ranges for each listed share, calculated on the basis of the most recent historical volatility of each share, and made publicly available and updated on a regular basis by the Sociedad de Bolsas. The computerized trading hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., during which time the trading price of a security is permitted to vary by up to the stated levels. If, during the open session, the quoted price of a share exceeds these static or dynamic price ranges, Volatility Auctions are triggered, resulting in new static or dynamic price ranges being set for the share object of the same. Between 5:30 p.m. and 5:35 p.m. a closing price is established for each security through an auction system similar to the one held for the pre-opening early in the morning.

Trading hours for block trades (i.e. operations involving a large number of shares) are also from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.

Between 5:30 p.m. and 8:00 p.m., special operations, whether Authorized or Communicated, can take place outside the computerized matching system of the Sociedad de Bolsas if they fulfill certain requirements. In such respect Communicated special operations (those that do not need the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas) can be traded if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the trade price of the share must be within the range of 5% above the higher of the average price and closing price for the day and 5% below the lower of the average price and closing price for the day; (ii) the market member executing the trade must have previously covered certain positions in securities and cash before executing the trade; and (iii) the size of the trade must involve at least 300,000 and represent at least a 20% of the average daily trading volume of the shares in the Automated Quotation System during the preceding three months. If any of the aforementioned requirements is not met, a special operation may still take place, but it will need to take the form of Authorized special operation (i.e. those needing the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas). Such authorization will only be upheld if any of the following requirements is met:

 

   

the trade involves more than 1.5 million and more than 40% of the average daily volume of the stock during the preceding three months;

 

143


Table of Contents
   

the transaction derives from a merger or spin-off process or from the reorganization of a group of companies;

 

   

the transaction is executed for the purposes of settling a litigation or completing a complex group of contracts; or

 

   

the Sociedad de Bolsas finds other justifiable cause.

Please note that the regime set forth in the previous two paragraphs may be subject to change, as article 36 of the Securities Market Act, defining trades in Spanish Exchanges was, as described below, modified as a result Law 47/2007. The Spanish Stock Markets are currently reviewing their trading rules in light of this new regulation.

Information with respect to the computerized trades between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. is made public immediately, and information with respect to trades outside the computerized matching system is reported to the Sociedad de Bolsas by the end of the trading day and published in the Boletín de Cotización and in the computer system by the beginning of the next trading day.

Sociedad de Bolsas is also the manager of the IBEX 35® Index. This index is made up by the 35 most liquid securities traded on the Spanish Market and, technically, it is a price index that is weighted by capitalization and adjusted according to the free float of each company comprised in the index. Apart from its quotation on the four Spanish Exchanges, BBVA is also currently included in the IBEX 35® Index.

Clearing and Settlement System.

On April 1, 2003, by virtue of Law 44/2002 and of Order ECO 689/2003 of March 27, 2003 approved by the Spanish Ministry of Economy, the integration of the two main existing book-entry settlement systems existing in Spain at the time—the equity settlement system Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores (“SCLV”) and the Public Debt settlement system Central de Anotaciones de Deuda del Estado (“CADE”)—took place. As a result of this integration, a single entity, known as Sociedad de Gestión de los Sistemas de Registro Compensación y Liquidación de Valores (“Iberclear”) assumed the functions formerly performed by SCLV and CADE according to the legal regime stated in article 44 bis of the Spanish Securities Market Act.

Notwithstanding the above, rules concerning the book-entry settlement systems enacted before this date by SCLV and the Bank of Spain, as former manager of CADE, continue in force, but any reference to the SCLV or CADE must be substituted by Iberclear.

In addition, and according to Law 41/1999, Iberclear manages three securities settlement systems for securities in book-entry form: The system for securities listed on the four Spanish Stock Exchanges, the system for Public Debt and the system for debt securities traded in AIAF Mercado de Renta Fija. Cash settlement, from February 18, 2008 for all systems is managed through the TARGET2-Banco de España payment system.

The following four paragraphs exclusively address issues relating to the securities settlement system managed by Iberclear for securities listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges (the “SCLV system”).

Under Law 41/1999 and Royal Decree 116/1992, transactions carried out on the Spanish Stock Exchanges are cleared and settled through Iberclear and its participants (each an “entidad participante”), through the SCLV system. Only Iberclear participants to this SCLV system are entitled to use it, with participation restricted to authorized members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges (for whom

 

144


Table of Contents

participation was compulsory until March 2007), the Bank of Spain (when an agreement, approved by the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Finance, is reached with Iberclear) and, with the approval of the CNMV, other brokers not members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges, banks, savings banks and foreign clearing and settlement systems. BBVA is currently a participant in Iberclear. Iberclear and its participants are responsible for maintaining records of purchases and sales under the book-entry system. In order to be listed, shares of Spanish companies must be held in book-entry form. Iberclear, maintains a “two-step” book-entry registry reflecting the number of shares held by each of its participants as well as the amount of such shares held on behalf of beneficial owners. Each participant, in turn, maintains a registry of the owners of such shares. Spanish law considers the legal owner of the shares to be:

 

   

the participant appearing in the records of Iberclear as holding the relevant shares in its own name, or

 

   

the investor appearing in the records of the participant as holding the shares.

Iberclear settles Stock Exchange trades in the SCLV system in the so-called “D+3 Settlement” by which the settlement of Stock Exchange trades takes place three business days after the date on which the transaction was carried out in the Stock Exchange.

Ministerial Order EHA/2054/2010, amended Iberclear’s Regulation permitting Iberclear to clear and settle trades of equity securities listed in the Spanish Stock Exchanges that are entered into outside such stock exchanges (whether over-the-counter or in multilateral trading facilities).

Obtaining legal title to shares of a company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange requires the participation of a Spanish broker-dealer, bank or other entity authorized under Spanish law to record the transfer of shares in book-entry form in its capacity as Iberclear participant for the SCLV system. To evidence title to shares, at the owner’s request the relevant participant entity must issue a certificate of ownership. In the event the owner is a participant entity, Iberclear is in charge of the issuance of the certificate with respect to the shares held in the participant entity’s own name.

According to article 42 of the Securities Market Act brokerage commissions are not regulated. Brokers’ fees, to the extent charged, will apply upon transfer of title of our shares from the depositary to a holder of ADSs, and upon any later sale of such shares by such holder. Transfers of ADSs do not require the participation of a member of a Spanish Stock Exchange. The deposit agreement provides that holders depositing our shares with the depositary in exchange for ADSs or withdrawing our shares in exchange for ADSs will pay the fees of the official stockbroker or other person or entity authorized under Spanish law applicable both to such holder and to the depositary.

Securities Market Legislation

The Securities Markets Act was enacted in 1988 with the purpose of reforming the organization and supervision of the Spanish securities markets. This legislation and the regulation implementing it:

 

   

established an independent regulatory authority, the CNMV, to supervise the securities markets;

 

   

established a framework for the regulation of trading practices, tender offers and insider trading;

 

   

required stock exchange members to be corporate entities;

 

   

required companies listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange to file annual audited financial statements and to make public quarterly financial information;

 

   

established the legal framework for the Automated Quotation System;

 

145


Table of Contents
   

exempted the sale of securities from transfer and value added taxes;

 

   

deregulated brokerage commissions; and

 

   

provided for transfer of shares by book-entry or by delivery of evidence of title.

On February 14, 1992, Royal Decree No. 116/92 established the clearance and settlement system and the book-entry system, and required that all companies listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange adopt the book-entry system.

On April 12, 2007, the Spanish Congress approved Law 6/2007, which amends the Securities Markets Act in order to adapt it to Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids, and Directive 2004/109/EC on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market (amending Directive 2001/34/EC). Regarding the transparency of listed companies, Law 6/2007 has amended the reporting requirements and the disclosure regime, and has established changes in the supervision system. On the takeover bids side, Law 6/2007 has established the cases in which a company must launch a takeover bid and the ownership thresholds at which a takeover bid must be launched. It also regulates conduct rules for the board of directors of target companies and the squeeze-out and sell-out when a 90% of the share capital is held after a takeover bid. Additionally, Law 6/2007 has been further developed by Royal Decree 1362/2007, on transparency requirements for issuers of listed securities.

On December 19, 2007, the Spanish Congress approved Law 47/2007, which amends the Securities Markets Act in order to adapt it to Directive 2004/37/EC on markets in financial instruments (MiFID), Directive 2006/49/EC on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions, and Directive 2006/73/EC implementing Directive 2004/39/EC with respect to organizational requirements and operating conditions for investment firms and defined terms for the purposes of that Directive. Further MiFID implementation has been introduced by Royal Decree 217/2008 and Ministerial Order EHA/1665/2010, which developed articles 71 and 76 of such Royal Decree 217/2008 regarding fees and types of agreements.

On October 4, 2011, the Spanish Congress approved Law 32/2011, which amends the Securities Markets Act by enhancing the clearing, settlement and book-entry system (by establishing central counterparty equity clearing).

Trading by the Bank and its Affiliates in the Shares

Trading by subsidiaries in their parent companies shares is restricted by the Corporate Enterprises Act.

Neither BBVA nor its affiliates may purchase BBVA’s shares unless the making of such purchases is authorized at a meeting of BBVA’s shareholders by means of a resolution establishing, among other matters, the maximum number of shares to be acquired and the authorization term, which cannot exceed five years. Restricted reserves equal to the purchase price of any shares that are purchased by BBVA or its subsidiaries must be made by the purchasing entity. The total number of shares held by BBVA and its subsidiaries may not exceed ten percent of BBVA’s total capital, as per the new treasury stock limits set forth in Law 3/2009 of structural modifications of commercial companies. It is the practice of Spanish banking groups, including ours, to establish subsidiaries to trade in their parent company’s shares in order to meet imbalances of supply and demand, to provide liquidity (especially for trades by their customers) and to modulate swings in the market price of their parent company’s shares.

 

146


Table of Contents

Reporting Requirements

Royal Decree 1362/2007 requires that any entity which acquires or transfers shares and as a consequence the number of voting rights held exceeds, reaches or is below the thresholds of 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80% y 90% of the capital stock of a company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange must, within four days after that acquisition or transfer, report it to such company, and to the CNMV. This duty to report the holding of a significant stake will be applicable not only to the acquisitions and transfers in the terms described above, but also to those cases in which in the absence of an acquisition or transfer of shares, the ratio of an individual’s voting rights exceeds, reaches or is below the thresholds that trigger the duty to report, as a consequence of an alteration in the total number of voting rights of an issuer.

In addition, any company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange must report on a non-public basis to the CNMV, within 4 Stock Exchange business days, any acquisition by such company (or an affiliate) of the company’s own shares if such acquisition, together with any previous one from the date of the last communication, exceeds 1% of its capital stock, regardless of the balance retained. Members of the board of directors must report the ratio of voting rights held at the time of their appointment as members of the board, when they are ceased as members, as well as any transfer or acquisition of share capital of a company listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges, regardless of the size of the transaction. Additionally, since we are a credit entity, any individual or company who intends to acquire a significant participation in BBVA’s share capital must obtain prior approval from the Bank of Spain in order to carry out the transaction. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Exchange Controls—Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares”.

Royal Decree 1362/2007 also establishes reporting requirements in connection with any entity acting from a tax haven or a country where no securities regulatory commission exists, in which case the threshold of three percent is reduced to one percent.

Each Spanish bank is required to provide to the Bank of Spain a list dated the last day of each quarter of all the bank’s shareholders that are financial institutions and other non-financial institution shareholders owning at least 0.25% of a bank’s total share capital. Furthermore, the banks are required to inform the Bank of Spain, as soon as they become aware, and in any case not later than in 15 days, of each acquisition by a person or a group of at least one percent of such bank’s total share capital.

In addition, BBVA shares were included, among others, in Annex 1 of the Agreement of the Executive Committee of the CNMV on naked short selling dated September 22, 2008, which was supplemented by a further agreement of this body dated May 27, 2010. According to such committee’s agreements, from June 11, 2010, the following reporting and disclosing thresholds are in place for short positions in shares listed in Spanish regulated markets (including BBVA shares): (i) Any natural or legal person holding short positions in shares listed in Spanish regulated markets has to disclose to the CNMV: any short position exceeding 0.20% in the share capital of the issuers of such shares, any increase or decrease of any short position from this 0.20% threshold, as well as any change in a short position (whether downwards or upwards) of at least 0.1% of such shares; (ii) the CNMV will make public through its website the following information, provided such information has been disclosed to the CNMV: the short positions which exceed 0.5% in shares listed in the Spanish regulated markets, the increase or decrease in short positions in such shares that range further from this threshold (such as 0.5%, 0.6% and 0.7%); and the aggregate of any short positions in such shares falling under the 0.2% and 0.5% thresholds.

Ministerial Order EHA/1421/2009, implements Article 82 of Securities Market (Law 24/1988 of July 28, 1988) on the publication of significant information. The Ministerial Order specifies certain aspects relating to notice of significant information that were pending implementation in Law 24/1988.

 

147


Table of Contents

In this respect, the principles to be followed and conditions to be met by entities when they publish and report significant information are set forth, along with the content requirements, including when significant information is connected with accounting, financial or operational projections, forecasts or estimates. The reporting entity must designate at least one interlocutor whom the CNMV may consult or from whom it may request information relating to dissemination of the significant information. Lastly, some of the circumstances in which it is considered that an entity is failing to comply with the duty to publish and report significant information are described. These include, among others, cases in which significant information is disseminated at meetings with investors or shareholders or at presentations to analysts or to media professionals, but is not communicated, at the same time, to the CNMV.

Circular 4/2009 of the CNMV further develops Ministerial Order EHA1421/2009. In this respect, the Circular sets forth a precise proceeding for the actual report of the significant information and draws up an illustrative list of the events that may be deemed to constitute significant information. This list includes, among others, events connected with strategic agreements and mergers and acquisitions, information relating to the reporting entity’s financial statements or those of its consolidated group, information on notices of call and official matters and information on significant changes in factors connected with the activities of the reporting entity and its group.

Tax Requirements

According to Law 19/2003 and its associated regulations, an issuer’s parent company (credit entity or listed company) is required, on an annual basis, to provide the Spanish tax authorities with the following: (i) disclosure of information regarding those investors with Spanish Tax residency obtaining income from securities and (ii) the amount of income obtained by them in each period.

B. Plan of distribution

Not Applicable.

C. Markets

Not Applicable.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not Applicable.

E. Dilution

Not Applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not Applicable.

 

148


Table of Contents

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

Spanish law and BBVA’s bylaws are the main sources of regulation affecting the Company. All rights and obligations of BBVA’s shareholders are contained in its bylaws and in Spanish law.

The annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 16, 2012, resolved to amend the following articles of our bylaws: (i) article 20 (Notice of meeting); (ii) article 21 (Form and content of the notice of meeting); (iii) article 29 (Shareholders’ right to information); (iv) article 31 (Adoption of resolutions); (v) article 40 (Board meetings and notice of meetings); and (vi) article 41 (Quorum and adoption of resolutions), to adapt them to the Corporate Enterprises Act, as amended by Law 25/2011, of August 1, which incorporated Directive 2007/36/EC, of July 11, on the exercise of certain rights of shareholders in listed companies.

As mentioned in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation” the annual general shareholders’ meeting also resolved to amend article 53 of our bylaws on the allocation of profit or losses and the inclusion of a new article 33 bis regarding the compensation of non-executive directors.

As of the date of this Annual Report these amendments are pending registration with the Commercial Registry. In addition, pursuant to article 8.1 of Royal Decree 1245/1995, of July 14, on the creation of banks, cross-border activity and other matters relating to the legal regime of financial institutions, the bylaw amendments approved in the shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012 are conditional on obtaining the authorization from the relevant authorities.

Registry and Company’s Objects and Purposes

BBVA is registered with the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya (Spain). Its registration number at the Commercial Registry of Vizcaya is volume 2,083, Company section folio 1, sheet BI-17-1, 1st entry. Its corporate objects and purposes are to: (i) directly or indirectly conduct all types of activities, transactions, acts, agreements and services relating to the banking business which are permitted or not prohibited by law and all banking ancillary activities; (ii) acquire, hold and dispose of securities; and (iii) make public offers for the acquisition and sale of securities and all types of holdings in any kind of company. BBVA’s objects and purposes are contained in Article 3 of the bylaws.

Certain Powers of the Board of Directors

In general, provisions regarding directors are contained in our bylaws. Also, our Board regulations govern the internal procedures and the operation of the Board and its committees and directors’ rights and duties as described in their charter. The referred Board regulations (i) limit a director’s right to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the director is materially interested; (ii) limit the power or directors to vote on compensation for themselves; (iii) limit borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such borrowing powers can be amended; or (iv) require retirement of directors at a certain age. In addition, the Board regulations contain a series of ethical standards. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.

Certain Provisions Regarding Privileged Shares

The bylaws authorize us to issue ordinary, non-voting, redeemable and privileged shares. As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, we have no non-voting, redeemable or privileged shares outstanding.

The Company may issue shares that confer some privilege over ordinary shares under the legally established terms and conditions, complying with the formalities prescribed for amending our bylaws.

 

149


Table of Contents

Only shares that have been issued as redeemable may be redeemed by us. Redemption of shares may only occur according to the terms set forth when they are issued. Redeemable shares must be fully paid-up at the time of their subscription. If the right to redeem redeemable shares is exclusively given to BBVA, it may not be exercised until at least three years after the issue. Redemption of shares must be financed against profits, free reserves or the proceeds of new securities issued especially for financing the redemption of an issue. If financed against profits or free reserves, BBVA must create a reserve for the amount of the par value of the redeemed shares. If the redemption is not financed against profits, free reserves or a new issue, it may only be done in compliance with the requirements of a reduction in share capital by the refund of contributions.

Holders of non-voting shares, if issued, are entitled to a minimum annual dividend, fixed or variable, set out at the time of the issue. The right of non-voting shares to accumulate unpaid dividends whenever funds to pay dividends are not available, any preemptive rights associated with non-voting shares, and the ability of holders of non-voting shares to recover voting rights also must be established at the time of the issue. Non-voting shares are entitled to the dividends to which ordinary shares are entitled in addition to their minimum dividend.

Certain Provisions Regarding Shareholders Rights

As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, our capital is comprised of one class of ordinary shares, all of which have the same rights.

Once the perquisites established by law or in our bylaws have been covered, dividends may be paid out to shareholders and charged to the year’s profit or to unrestricted reserves, in proportion to the capital they may have paid up, provided the value of the total net assets is not, or as a result of such distribution would not be, less than the share capital. Shareholders will participate in the distribution of dividends in proportion to their paid-in capital. The right to collect a dividend lapses after five years as of the date in which it was first available to the shareholders. Shareholders also have the right to participate in proportion to their paid-in capital in any distribution resulting from our liquidation.

Each voting share will confer the right to one vote on the holder present or represented at the general meeting. However, unpaid shares with respect to which a shareholder is in default of the resolutions of the Board of Directors relating to their payment will not be entitled to vote. The bylaws contain no provisions regarding cumulative voting.

The bylaws do not contain any provisions relating to sinking funds or potential liability of shareholders to further capital calls by us.

The bylaws do not establish that special quorums are required to change the rights of shareholders. Under Spanish law, the rights of shareholders may only be changed by an amendment to the bylaws that complies with the requirements explained below under “—Shareholders’ Meetings”, plus the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares of the class that will be affected by the amendment.

Shareholders’ Meetings

The annual shareholders’ general meeting has its own set of regulations on issues such as how it operates and what rights shareholders enjoy regarding annual general shareholders’ meeting. These establish the possibility of exercising or delegating votes over remote communication media.

General shareholders’ meetings may be annual or extraordinary. Annual general shareholders’ meetings are held within the first six months of each financial year in order to review, among other

 

150


Table of Contents

things, the management of the company, and to approve, if applicable, annual financial statements for the previous fiscal year. Extraordinary general shareholders’ meetings are those meetings that are not ordinary. In any case, the requirements mentioned below for constitution and adoption of resolutions are applicable to both categories of general meetings.

General shareholders’ meetings must be convened by the Board of Directors, whether by their own decision or upon the request of shareholders holding at least five percent of our share capital.

The annual general shareholders’ meeting held on March 16, 2012, resolved to amend article 5 of our shareholders’ general meeting regulations which establishes that annual and extraordinary shareholders’ general meetings must be called within the notice period required by law. This will be done by means of an announcement published by the Board of Directors or its proxy in the Official Gazette of the Companies Registry (“BORME”) or one of the daily newspapers in Spain with the highest-readership, within the notice period required by law, as well as being disseminated on the CNMV website and the Company website, except when legal provisions establish other media for disseminating the notice.

The annual shareholders’ general meeting also resolved to amend the following articles of our shareholders’ general meeting regulations: (i) article 6 (Shareholders’ right to information prior to the General Meeting); (ii) article 8 (Voting and proxies over remote communication media); (iii) article 9 (Proxies for the General Meeting); (iv) article 10 (Public call for proxy); (v) article 18 (Organization of General Meetings); (vi) article 19 (Voting the resolution proposals) and (vii) article 23 (Publicizing the resolutions); and the inclusion of a new article 5 bis (Supplement to the notice of meeting and new draft resolution proposals), in order to adapt them to the Corporate Enterprises Act, as amended by Law 25/2011, of August 1, which incorporated Directive 2007/36/EC, of July 11, on the exercise of certain rights of shareholders in listed companies, and the Company bylaws.

The Company’s shareholders’ general meetings may be attended by anyone owning the minimum number of shares established in our bylaws(500), provided that their holding is registered in the corresponding accounting records five days before the general meeting is scheduled and that they conserve at least this same number of shares until the time when the general meeting is held. Holders of fewer shares may group together until achieving the required number, appointing a representative.

General shareholders’ meetings will be validly constituted on first call with the presence of at least 25% of our voting capital, either in person or by proxy. No minimum quorum is required to hold a general shareholders’ meeting on second call. In either case, resolutions will be agreed by the majority of the votes. However, a general shareholders’ meeting will only be validly held with the presence of 50% of our voting capital on first call or of 25% of the voting capital on second call, in the case of resolutions concerning the following matters:

 

   

issuances of debt;

 

   

capital increases or decreases;

 

   

the elimination on or limitation of the pre-emptive subscription rights over new shares;

 

   

transformation, merger of BBVA or break-up of the company and global assignment of assets and liabilities;

 

   

the off-shoring of domicile, and

 

   

any other amendment to the bylaws.

In these cases, resolutions may only be approved by the vote of the majority of the shares if at least 50% of the voting capital is present at the meeting. If the voting capital present at the meeting is less than 50%, then resolutions may only be adopted by two-thirds of the shares present.

 

151


Table of Contents

Additionally, our bylaws state that, in order to adopt resolutions regarding a change in corporate purpose or the total liquidation or dissolution of BBVA, at least two-thirds of the voting capital must be present at the meeting on first call and at least 60% of voting capital must be present on second call.

Restrictions on the Ownership of Shares

Our bylaws do not provide for any restrictions on the ownership of our ordinary shares. Spanish law, however, provides for certain restrictions which are described below under “—Exchange Controls—Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares”.

Restrictions on Foreign Investments

The Spanish Stock Exchanges are open to foreign investors. However, the acquisition of 50% or more of the share capital of a Spanish company by a person or entity residing in a tax haven must be notified to the Ministry of Economy and Treasury prior to its execution. All other investments in our shares by foreign entities or individuals only require the notification of the Spanish authorities through the Spanish intermediary that took part in the investment once it is executed.

Current Spanish regulations provide that once all applicable taxes have been paid, see “—Exchange Controls”, foreign investors may freely transfer out of Spain any amounts of invested capital, capital gains and dividends.

C. Material Contracts

Acquisition of shareholding in Garanti

On November 1, 2010, we entered into share purchase agreements with GE Araştirma ve Müşavirlik Limited Şirketi and General Electric Capital Corporation and Doğuş Holding A.Ş. (“Doğuş”), respectively, pursuant to which, on March 22, 2011, we acquired Garanti shares representing 18.60% and 6.29%, respectively, of the total issued share capital of Garanti at a price of approximately $3,776 million (equivalent to approximately TL 6.92 per lot of 100 Garanti shares, based on an exchange rate of TL 1.4327=$1.00) and $2,062 million (equivalent to approximately TL 11.18 per lot of 100 Garanti shares, based on such exchange rate), respectively, for a total purchase price of $5,838 million (the “SPAs”). The acquisitions contemplated in the SPAs were completed simultaneously and were conditional upon each other’s completion. In addition, the SPAs were subject to customary conditions precedent relating to the obtaining of regulatory consents to the sale.

In addition, on November 1, 2010, we entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Doğuş which is in effect since March 2011 (the “SHA”). Doğuş is one of the largest Turkish conglomerates and has business interests in the financial services, construction, tourism and automotive sectors. Pursuant to the SHA, BBVA and Doğuş have agreed to manage Garanti through the appointment of board members and senior management. The SHA provides for two phases (“Phase 1” and “Phase 2”, respectively), with the rights between the two shareholders differing based on the respective phase. In addition, during the Phase 2 period, BBVA’s rights will depend on the level of Doğuş’ shareholding. The Phase 1 period commenced in March 2011 and will end upon the occurrence of certain trigger events which relate to changes in BBVA’s and Doğuş’ shareholding in Garanti. If further new shares are acquired by either BBVA or Doğuş during Phase 1, the other party will have the right to acquire 50% of the shares so acquired and, if such party chooses not to acquire them, it will nevertheless have voting usufruct rights over 50% of the shares acquired. In addition, the shareholders’ agreement provides for rights of first offer, tag-along rights and a lock-up period in respect of Garanti shares owned by BBVA and Doğuş which will end on the earlier of (i) the end of the Phase 1 period, or (ii) March 22, 2014. Moreover, the parties will seek to maintain Garanti’s listing on the Istanbul Exchange and to distribute

 

152


Table of Contents

at least 25% of Garanti’s distributable profits as long as they hold a certain stake in Garanti. BBVA also has a perpetual option to purchase an additional 1% of Garanti, which will become exercisable on March 22, 2016.

A copy of each of the SPAs and the SHA has been filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report.

D. Exchange Controls

In 1991, Spain adopted the EU standards for free movement of capital and services. As a result, exchange controls and restrictions on foreign investments have generally been abolished and foreign investors may transfer invested capital, capital gains and dividends out of Spain without limitation as to amount, subject to applicable taxes. See “—Taxation”.

Pursuant to Spanish Law 18/1992 on Foreign Investments and Royal Decree 664/1999, foreign investors may freely invest in shares of Spanish companies, except in the case of certain strategic industries.

Shares in Spanish companies held by foreign investors must be reported to the Spanish Registry of Foreign Investments by the depositary bank or relevant Iberclear member. When a foreign investor acquires shares that are subject to the reporting requirements of the CNMV, notice must be given by the foreign investor directly to the Registry of Foreign Investments in addition to the notices of majority interests that must be sent to the CNMV and the applicable stock exchanges. This notice must be given through a bank or other financial institution duly registered with the Bank of Spain and the CNMV or through bank accounts opened with any branch of such registered entities.

Investment by foreigners domiciled in enumerated tax haven jurisdictions is subject to special reporting requirements under Royal Decree 1080/1991.

On July 5, 2003, Law 19/2003 came into effect. This law is an update to other Spanish exchange control and money laundering prevention laws.

Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares

The Discipline and Intervention of Credit Institutions Act (Law 26/1988), amended by Law 5/2009, of June 29, provides that any individual or corporation, acting alone or in concert with others, intending to directly or indirectly acquire a significant holding in a Spanish financial institution (as defined in article 56 of the aforementioned Law 26/1998) or to directly or indirectly increase its holding in one in such a way that either the percentage of voting rights or of capital owned were equal to or more than 20%, 30% or 50%, or by virtue of the acquisition, might take control over the financial institution, must first notify the Bank of Spain. The Bank of Spain will have 60 working days after the date on which the notification was received, to evaluate the transaction and, where applicable, challenge the proposed acquisition on the grounds established by law.

A significant participation is considered 10% of the outstanding share capital of a bank or a lower percentage if such holding allows for the exercise of a significant influence.

Any acquisition without such prior notification, or before the period established in article 58.2 has elapsed or against the objection of the Bank of Spain, will produce the following results:

 

   

the acquired shares will have no voting rights; and

 

   

if considered appropriate, the target bank may be taken over or its directors replaced and a sanction imposed.

 

153


Table of Contents

The Bank of Spain has 60 working days after the date on which the notification was received to object to a proposed transaction. Such objection may be based on the fact that the Bank of Spain does not consider the acquiring person suitable to guarantee the sound and prudent operation of the target bank.

Regarding the transparency of listed companies, Law 6/2007 amended the Securities Markets Act on takeover bids and transparency requirements for issuers. The transparency requirements have been further developed by Royal Decree 1362/2007 developing the Securities Markets Act on transparency requirement for issuers of listed securities, specifically information on significant stakes, reducing the communication threshold to 3%, and extending the disclosure obligations to the acquisition or transfer of financial instruments that grant rights to acquire shares with voting rights.

Tender Offers

The Spanish legal regime concerning takeover bids was amended by Law 6/2007 in order to adapt the Spanish Securities Market Act to the Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids, and Directive 2004/109/EC on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers.

Additionally, Royal Decree 1066/2007, of July 29, on takeover bids, completes the modifications introduced by Law 6/2007, further developing the takeover bids legal framework in Spain and harmonizing the Spanish legislation with Directive 2004/25/EC.

E. Taxation

Spanish Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material Spanish tax consequences to U.S. Residents (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report. This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to all categories of potential purchasers, some of whom (such as life insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, dealers in securities or financial institutions) may be subject to special rules. In particular, the summary deals only with the U.S. Holders (as defined below) that will hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets and who do not at any time own individually, and are not treated as owning, 25% or more of BBVA’s shares, including ADSs.

As used in this particular section, the following terms have the following meanings:

(1) “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or an individual resident of the United States,

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or

 

   

an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax without regard to its source.

(2) “Treaty” means the Convention between the United States and the Kingdom of Spain for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, together with a related Protocol.

(3) “U.S. Resident” means a U.S. Holder that is a resident of the United States for the purposes of the Treaty and entitled to the benefits of the Treaty, whose holding is not effectively connected with

 

154


Table of Contents

(1) a permanent establishment in Spain through which such holder carries on or has carried on business, or (2) a fixed base in Spain from which such holder performs or has performed independent personal services.

Holders of ADSs or ordinary shares should consult their tax advisors, particularly as to the applicability of any tax treaty. The statements regarding Spanish tax laws set out below are based on interpretations of those laws in force as of the date of this Annual Report. Such statements also assume that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in full accordance with the terms of those agreements.

Taxation of Dividends

Under Spanish law, cash dividends paid by BBVA to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs who is not resident in Spain for tax purposes and does not operate through a permanent establishment in Spain, are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax, withheld at source, currently at a 21% tax rate. For these purposes, upon distribution of the dividend, BBVA or its paying agent will withhold an amount equal to the tax due according to the rules set forth above (i.e., applying a withholding tax rate of 21%), transferring the resulting net amount to the depositary.

However, under the Treaty, if you are a U.S. Resident, you are entitled to a reduced withholding tax rate of 15%. To benefit from the Treaty-reduced rate of 15%, if you are a U.S. Resident, you must provide to BBVA through our paying agent depositary, before the tenth day following the end of the month in which the dividends were payable, a certificate from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) stating that, to the best knowledge of the IRS, you are a resident of the United States within the meaning of the Treaty and entitled to its benefits.

If the paying agent depositary provides timely evidence (i.e., by means of the IRS certificate) of your right to apply the Treaty-reduced rate it will immediately receive the surplus amount withheld, which will be credited to you. The IRS certificate is valid for a period of one year from issuance.

To help shareholders obtain such certificates, BBVA has set up an online procedure to make this as easy as possible.

If the certificate referred to in the above paragraph is not provided to us through our paying agent depositary within said term, you may afterwards obtain a refund of the amount withheld in excess of the rate provided for in the Treaty.

Scrip Dividend

As described under “Item 4. Information on the Company Business—Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”, the BBVA annual shareholders’ general meeting held on March 16, 2012, passed a resolution adopting two different free-of-charge capital increases for the implementation of a new “Dividendo Opción” scheme for this year, the first of which relates to the dividend traditionally paid in April and which execution we expect to complete in early May 2012. This dividend scheme lets the shareholders choose how they would like to receive their dividends: in cash or in new shares.

Pursuant to the terms of the “Dividendo Opción” program, upon its implementation, the shareholders will receive one free-of-charge allocation right for each share of BBVA that they hold as of a given record date. These rights will be tradable on the Spanish Stock Exchanges for a minimum period of 15 natural days. BBVA will undertake to purchase free allocation rights tendered by a shareholder to it during a certain period of time at a fixed price, subject to the conditions that may be imposed each time the “Dividendo Opción” program is implemented. This fixed price will be the result

 

155


Table of Contents

of dividing the Reference Price (as defined below) by the number of rights necessary to receive one new share plus one. At the end of the 15 natural days period, the free-of-charge allocation rights not validly tendered to BBVA will be converted into newly-issued shares of the Company. The number of rights necessary for the allocation of one new share and the total number of shares to be issued by BBVA will depend, amongst other factors, on the arithmetic mean of the weighted average prices of BBVA’s shares on the Spanish Stock Exchanges over the five trading sessions immediately prior to the Board’s resolution concerning the implementation of the relevant free-of-charge capital increase (the “Reference Price”).

Consequently, when each of the free-of-charge capital increases implementing the “Dividendo Opción” scheme is executed, the shareholders of BBVA will be able to freely choose among:

 

  (a)

Not transferring their free-of charge allocation rights. In this case, at the end of the trading period, the shareholders will receive the number of new totally paid-up shares to which they are entitled. For tax purposes the delivery of paid-up shares does not constitute income for purposes of the Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax, whether or not non-residents act through a permanent establishment in Spain.

 

    

The acquisition value of both the new shares received and the shares from which they derive, will result from distributing the total cost among the number of securities (both existing and those issued as paid-up shares corresponding thereto). Such paid-up shares will be deemed to have been held for as long as the shares from which they derive.

 

  (b)

Sell their free-of-charge allocation rights on the market. In this event, the amount obtained for the transfer of such rights on the market will be subject to the following tax treatment:

 

    

For purposes of the Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax on non-residents without a permanent establishment, the amount obtained for the transfer of the free-of-charge allocation rights on the market is subject to the same treatment that tax regulations provide for pre-emptive rights. Accordingly, the amount obtained for the transfer of the free-of-charge allocation rights decreases the acquisition value for tax purposes of the shares from which such rights derive, pursuant to Section 37.1.a) of Law 35/2006, of November 28, on Personal Income Tax (Ley del Impuesto sobre la Renta de las Personas Físicas).

 

    

Thus, if the amount obtained for the aforementioned transfer is larger than the acquisition value of the securities from which they derive, the difference will be deemed to be a capital gain earned by the transferor in the tax period in which the transfer is effected.

 

  (c)

Use the purchase commitment assumed by BBVA of free-of-charge allocation rights. The tax treatment applicable to the amount received for the transfer to the Company of the free-of-charge allocation rights held by them in their capacity as shareholders or acquired on the market will be equal to the treatment applicable to dividends directly distributed in cash and, consequently, such amount will be subject to the corresponding withholding.

It should be borne in mind that this analysis does not cover all the possible tax consequences. Therefore, shareholders are advised to consult with their tax advisors.

Spanish Refund Procedure

According to Spanish Regulations on Non-Resident Income Tax, approved by Royal Decree 1776/2004 dated July 30, 2004, as amended, a refund for the amount withheld in excess of the Treaty-reduced rate can be obtained from the relevant Spanish tax authorities. To pursue the refund claim, if you are a U.S. Resident, you are required to file:

 

   

the corresponding Spanish tax form,

 

156


Table of Contents
   

the certificate referred to in the preceding section, and

 

   

evidence of the Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax that was withheld with respect to you.

The refund claim must be filed within four years from the date in which the withheld tax was collected by the Spanish tax authorities, but not before February 1, of the following year.

U.S. Residents are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding refund procedures and any U.S. tax implications thereof.

Additionally, under the Spanish law, the first 1,500 of dividends received by individuals who are not resident in Spain for tax purposes, and do not operate through a permanent establishment in Spain, will be exempt from taxation in certain circumstances.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of, and the procedures to be followed in connection with, this exemption.

Taxation of Rights

Distribution of preemptive rights to subscribe for new shares made with respect to your shares in BBVA will not be treated as income under Spanish law and, therefore, will not be subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax. The exercise of such preemptive rights is not considered a taxable event under Spanish law and thus is not subject to Spanish tax. Capital gains derived from the disposition of preemptive rights received by U.S. Residents are generally not taxed in Spain provided that certain conditions are met (See “—Taxation of Capital Gains” below).

Taxation of Capital Gains

Under Spanish law, any capital gains derived from securities issued by persons residing in Spain for tax purposes are considered to be Spanish source income and, therefore, are taxable in Spain. For Spanish tax purposes, gain recognized by you, if you are a U.S. Resident, from the sale of BBVA’s ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as capital gains. Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax is currently levied at a 21% tax rate on capital gains recognized by persons who are not residents of Spain for tax purposes, who are not entitled to the benefit of any applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation and who do not operate through a fixed base or a permanent establishment in Spain.

Notwithstanding the discussion above, capital gains derived from the transfer of shares on an official Spanish secondary stock market by any holder who is resident in a country that has entered into a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with an “exchange of information” clause (the Treaty contains such a clause) will be exempt from taxation in Spain. Additionally, capital gains realized by non-residents of Spain who are entitled to the benefit of an applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation will, in the majority of cases, not be taxed in Spain (since most tax treaties provide for taxation only in the taxpayer’s country of residence). If you are a U.S. Resident, under the Treaty, capital gains arising from the disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be taxed in Spain. You will be required to establish that you are entitled to this exemption by providing to the relevant Spanish tax authorities a certificate of residence in the United States from the IRS (discussed above in “—Taxation of Dividends”), together with the corresponding Spanish tax form.

Spanish Inheritance and Gift Taxes

Transfers of BBVA’s shares or ADSs upon death or by gift to individuals are subject to Spanish inheritance and gift taxes (Spanish Law 29/1987), if the transferee is a resident in Spain for tax purposes, or if BBVA’s shares or ADSs are located in Spain, regardless of the residence of the

 

157


Table of Contents

transferee. In this regard, the Spanish tax authorities may argue that all shares of a Spanish corporation and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. The applicable tax rate for individuals, after applying all relevant factors, ranges between approximately 7.65% and 81.6%.

Corporations that are non-residents of Spain that receive BBVA’s shares or ADSs as a gift are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at a 21% tax rate on the fair market value of such ordinary shares or ADSs as a capital gain tax. If the donee is a United States resident corporation, the exclusions available under the Treaty described in “—Taxation of Capital Gains” above will be applicable.

Spanish Transfer Tax

Transfers of BBVA’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be exempt from Transfer Tax (Impuesto sobre Transmisiones Patrimoniales) or Value-Added Tax. Additionally, no stamp duty will be levied on such transfers.

U.S. Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to hold the securities. The summary applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined under “Spanish Tax Considerations” above) that are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets for tax purposes and does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

certain financial institutions;

 

   

dealers and traders who use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

   

persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares;

 

   

persons whose “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

tax-exempt entities;

 

   

partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States;

 

   

persons who acquired our ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

 

   

persons who own or are deemed to own 10% or more of our voting shares.

The summary is based upon the tax laws of the United States including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the “Code”), the Treaty, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, the summary is based in part on representations by the depositary and assumes that each obligation

 

158


Table of Contents

provided for in or otherwise contemplated by BBVA’s deposit agreement and any other related document will be performed in accordance with its terms. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs or ordinary shares are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the U.S., Spanish or other tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares in their particular circumstances, including the effect of any U.S. state or local tax laws.

In general, for United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder who owns ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom American depositary shares are pre-released may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by U.S. holders of American depositary shares. Such actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, as described below. Accordingly, the analysis of the creditability of Spanish taxes described below, and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, could be affected by future actions that may be taken by such parties.

This discussion assumes that BBVA is not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) (as discussed below).

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions, before reduction for any Spanish income tax withheld by BBVA or its paying agent, made with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares (other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares or rights to subscribe for ordinary shares of its capital stock) will be includible in the income of a U.S. Holder as ordinary dividend income, to the extent paid out of BBVA’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. The amount of such dividends will generally be treated as foreign source dividend income and will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” generally allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code. Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 will be taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15%. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the availability of this favorable rate in their particular circumstances.

The amount of dividend income will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt (which, for U.S. Holders of ADSs, will be the date such distribution is received by the depositary), whether or not the depositary or U.S. Holder in fact converts any euro received into U.S. dollars at that time. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of its receipt.

A scrip dividend (such as a dividend distributed under the “Dividendo Opción” program, described in “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends”) will be treated in the same manner as a distribution of cash, regardless of whether a U.S. Holder elects to receive the dividend in shares rather than cash. If the U.S. Holder elects to receive the dividend in shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as having received a distribution equal to the U.S. dollar fair market value of the shares on the date of distribution. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such

 

159


Table of Contents

shares received will be equal to the U.S. dollar fair market value of the shares on the date of distribution and the holding period for such shares will begin on the day following the distribution.

Subject to applicable limitations that may vary depending upon a U.S. Holder’s circumstances and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, a U.S. Holder will be entitled to a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability, or a deduction in computing its U.S. federal taxable income, for Spanish income taxes withheld by BBVA or its paying agent at a rate not exceeding the rate the U.S. Holder is entitled to under the Treaty. Spanish taxes withheld in excess of the rate applicable under the Treaty will not be eligible for credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. See “Spanish Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends” for a discussion of how to obtain the Treaty rate. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and, therefore, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances.

Sale and Other Disposition of ADSs or Shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year at the time of disposition. Gain or loss, if any, will generally be U.S. source for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Based upon certain proposed Treasury regulations which are proposed to be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1994 (“Proposed Regulations”), we believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our 2011 taxable year. However, since our PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time and since there is no guarantee that the Proposed Regulations will be adopted in their current form and because the manner of the application of the Proposed Regulations is not entirely clear, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held ADSs or ordinary shares, gain recognized by such U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of an ADS or an ordinary share would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADS or the ordinary share. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to such taxable year. The same treatment would apply to any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its ordinary shares or ADSs to the extent that such distribution exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ordinary shares or ADSs received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter. In addition, if we were a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. Holder, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or the prior taxable year, the 15% dividend rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply. Certain elections may be available (including a mark-to-market election) that may provide alternative tax treatments. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding whether we are or were a PFIC, the potential application of the PFIC rules to determine whether any of these elections for alternative treatment would be available

 

160


Table of Contents

and, if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held an ADS or ordinary share, such U.S. Holder may be required to file a report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on, and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder may be subject to U.S. backup withholding on these payments if the U.S. Holder fails to provide its taxpayer identification number to the paying agent and comply with certain certification procedures or otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals may be required to report information relating to their ownership of an interest in certain foreign financial assets, including stock of a non-U.S. person, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for stock held in custodial accounts maintained by a U.S. financial institution). Certain U.S. Holders who are entities may be subject to similar rules in the future. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not Applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not Applicable.

H. Documents on Display

The documents concerning BBVA which are referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected at its offices at Plaza de San Nicolás 4, 48005 Bilbao, Spain. In addition, we are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these statutory requirements, we file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC. Reports and other information filed or furnished by BBVA with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material may also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, on which BBVA’s ADSs are listed. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site that contains information filed or furnished electronically with the SEC, which can be accessed over the internet at http://www.sec.gov.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not Applicable.

 

161


Table of Contents
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial institutions that deal in financial instruments must assume or transfer one or more types of risks with each transaction. The main risks associated with financial instruments are:

 

   

Credit risk: which arises from the possibility that one party to a financial instrument may fail to meet its contractual obligations, causing a financial loss for the other party.

 

   

Market risk: which relates to the likelihood of losses with respect to the value of securities held in our portfolio as a result of changes in the market prices of financial instruments. It includes three types of risks:

 

   

Interest-rate risk: which arises from variations in market interest rates.

 

   

Currency risk: resulting from variations in foreign-currency rates.

 

   

Price risk: resulting from variations in market prices, either due to factors specific to the instrument itself, or alternatively to factors which affect all the instruments traded on a specific market.

 

   

Liquidity risk: which arises from the possibility that a company cannot meet its payment commitments without having to resort to borrowing funds under onerous conditions, or risking the image and the reputation of the entity.

Value-at-Risk (VaR) is the basic risk measure used to manage and control the Group’s market risks. It estimates the maximum loss at a specific confidence level, for a given portfolio, probability and time horizon. We calculate VaR based on a 99% confidence level and a one-day time horizon.

BBVA, S.A. and BBVA Bancomer have received approval from the Bank of Spain to use a model developed by the Group to calculate bank capital requirements related to market risk. This model estimates VaR in accordance with the “historical simulation” methodology, which consists of estimating the losses or gains that would have been produced in the current portfolio if the changes in market conditions occurring over a specific period of time were repeated. Using this information, we infer the maximum foreseeable loss in the current portfolio with a determined level of confidence. This methodology presents the advantage of replicating historical market variables rather than requiring the assumption of any specific probability distribution. The historical period used in this model is two years.

In addition, the Bank follows the guidelines set out by Spanish and European authorities regarding other metrics, including the Bank of Spain’s regulatory requirements. The new measurements of market risk for the trading portfolio include the calculation of stressed VaR (which quantifies the level of risk in extreme historical situations) and the quantification of default risks and the downgrading of credit ratings of bonds and credit portfolio derivatives.

We determine a system of VaR and economic capital limits by market risk for each business unit, with specific ad-hoc sub-limits by type of risk, activity and trading desk.

Validity tests are performed periodically on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the securities assessed with a certain level of probability (back-testing), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on risk positions (stress testing). In addition, BBVA Research (the BBVA Group’s Research Department) carries out stress analysis by simulating historical crisis scenarios and evaluating the impacts resulting from profound market alterations.

 

162


Table of Contents

Market Risk Management

Market Risk in Trading Portfolio in 2011

The market risk factors used to measure and control risks in the trading portfolio are the basis of all calculations using the VaR.

VaR measures the maximum loss with a given probability over a given period as a result of changes in the general conditions of financial markets and their effects on market risk factors. We mainly conduct daily VaR estimates using the historic simulation methodology.

The types of risk factors we use to measure VaR are:

 

   

Interest rate risk: the potential loss in value of the portfolio due to movements in interest rate curves. We use all interest rate curves in which we have positions and risks exist. We also use a wide range of vertices reflecting the different maturities within each curve.

 

   

Credit spread risk: the potential loss in the value of corporate bonds or any corporate bond derivatives caused by movements in credit spreads for such instruments. Credit spread VaR is estimated by moving the credit spreads used as risk factors through a range of scenarios. The risk factors used in the simulation are credit spread curves by sector and by rating, and specific spread curves for individual issuers.

 

   

Exchange rate risk: the potential loss caused by movements in exchange rates. Exchange rate risk VaR is estimated by analyzing present positions with observed actual changes in exchange rates.

 

   

Equity or commodity risk: the potential loss caused by movements in equity prices, stock-market indices and commodity prices. Equity or commodity risk VaR is estimated by re-measuring present positions using actual changes in equity prices, stock-market indices and commodity prices.

 

   

Vega risk: the potential loss caused by movements in implied volatilities affecting the value of options. Vega (equities, interest rate and exchange rate) risk VaR is estimated by analyzing implied volatility surfaces with observed changes in the implied volatilities of equity, interest rate and exchange rate options.

 

   

Correlation risk: the potential loss caused by a disparity between the estimated and actual correlation between two assets, currencies, derivatives, instruments or markets.

In addition, all these measurements are supplemented with VaR estimation with exponential smoothing, to better reflect the impact of movements.

 

163


Table of Contents

The evolution of the BBVA Group’s market risk during 2011, measured as VaR without smoothing, with a 99% confidence level and 1-day horizon, was as follows:

 

Market Risk Evolution

(In Millions of Euros)

 

LOGO

The average daily VaR was 24 million in 2011, compared with 33 million in 2010 and 26 million in 2009. The changes in the average daily VaR ratio in 2011 with respect to 2010 are basically the result of market activity in Europe, which reduced its average risk by 24% in 2011 (with a daily average VaR of 16 million) and, to a lesser extent, due to the market activity in Mexico, which reduced its average risk by 39% (with a daily average VaR in 2011 of 5 million).

The number of risk factors currently used to measure portfolio risk is around 2,200. This number varies according to the possibility of doing business with other underlying assets and in other markets.

By type of market risk assumed by the Group’s trading portfolio as of December 31, 2011, the main risks were interest rate and credit spread risks, which fell by 3 million compared with December 31, 2010. Equity risk increased by 3 million compared with December 31, 2010, while currency risk and volatility and correlation risk fell by 0.1 million and 8 million compared with December 31, 2010, respectively. The table below shows the components of VaR as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and the average, maximum and minimum VaRs for the years then ended.

 

Risk

   December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Interest/Spread risk

     27        29   

Currency risk

     3        3   

Stock-market risk

     7        4   

Vega/Correlation risk

     4        12   

Diversification effect(*)

     (23     (21

Total

     18        28   

VaR average in the period

     24        33   

VaR max in the period

     36        41   

VaR min in the period

     16        25   

 

(*)

The diversification effect is the difference between the sum of the average individual risk factors and the total VaR figure (which implicitly reflects the correlation between all the individual risk factors and scenarios used in the measurement).

 

164


Table of Contents

Stress testing is carried out using the historical crisis scenarios and economic scenarios drawn up by BBVA Research as a base:

 

   

Historical scenarios. The base historical scenario is the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008.

 

   

Economic crisis scenarios. Unlike the historical scenarios, economic stress scenarios are updated monthly. The decision about which of the scenarios should be used is taken by the Market Stress Committee, in which BBVA Research takes an active part through the construction of ad hoc scenarios. The fundamental aim of this committee is to identify the most significant market risk positions in each of the BBVA Group’s treasuries and assess the impact of changes in their risk drivers. To do so, the Stress Committee must identify and quantify unlikely but plausible crisis scenarios in the financial markets. This is achieved thanks to the participation of BBVA Research as a key member of the Committee. In addition, the economic stress scenarios are designed individually and are coherent with the positions of each of the treasuries. Consequently, there may be no coherence at Group level and thus the impacts cannot be aggregated.

The internal market risk model is validated periodically by back-testing. The back-testing comparison performed with market risk management results for the parent company (which accounts for most of the Group’s market risk) follows the principles set out in the Basel Accord. It makes a day-on-day comparison between actual risks and those estimated by the model, and proved that the risk measurement model continued to work correctly throughout 2011.

In 2011, portfolio losses in BBVA, S.A. were higher than daily VaR on three occasions (two in the case of BBVA Bancomer). This number of exceptions is within the bands set in the tests used in the Basel model. Accordingly, no significant changes have been made neither to the methodology of measurement, nor to the parameters of the current measurement model.

 

BBVA, S.A. internal back-testing model 2011

 

LOGO

 

165


Table of Contents

By geographical area, and as an annual average, 68.5% of the market risk in 2011 corresponded to our trading desks in Europe, the U.S. and Asia and 31.5% to the Group’s banks in Latin America, 19.3% of which was in Mexico. Information related to Asia is included under “Europe and USA” in the chart below.

 

Market risk by geographical area

(Average 2011)

 

LOGO

The breakdown of our risk exposure by categories of the instruments within the trading portfolio as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

 

      As of December 31,  
      2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial assets held for trading

  

Debt securities

     20,975         24,358         34,672   

Government

     17,989         20,397         31,290   

Credit institutions

     1,882         2,274         1,384   

Other sectors

     1,104         1,687         1,998   

Trading derivatives

     47,429         33,665         29,278   

Market Risk in Non–Trading Activities in 2011

Structural Interest Rate Risk

Structural interest rate risk refers to the potential alteration of a company’s net interest income and/or total net-asset value caused by variations in interest rates. A financial institution’s exposure to adverse changes in market rates is a risk inherent in the banking business, while also presenting an opportunity to create value.

In 2011, the climate of uncertainty with respect to economic recovery maintained interest rates low and led to falls in long-term interest rates in Europe, the United States and Mexico. In contrast, in South America there was a steady upswing in interest rates as a result of the growth rates observed in the region.

Movements in interest rates lead to changes in a bank’s net interest income and book value, which constitutes a key source of asset and liability interest rate risk. The extent of impacts of this kind will depend on the bank’s exposure to changes in interest rates. This exposure is mainly the result of the

 

166


Table of Contents

time difference between the repricing and maturities of the different products on the banking book. The accompanying chart shows the gaps in BBVA’s structural balance sheet in euros as of December 31, 2011.

 

Gap of maturities and repricing dates of BBVA’s structural balance sheet in euros

(In Millions of Euros)

 

LOGO

As stated above, a financial institution’s exposure to adverse changes in interest rates is a risk inherent in the banking business, while at the same time representing an opportunity to generate value. This is why the management of asset and liability interest rate risk takes on particular importance in the current environment. This function falls to the Balance Sheet Management unit, within the Financial Management area. Working through the Assets and Liabilities Committee (“ALCO”) within each management unit and the Group’s ALCO, it is in charge of maximizing the Bank’s economic value, preserving the net interest income and guaranteeing the generation of recurrent earnings. To do so, it develops various strategies based on its expectations of the market. It seeks to achieve the risk profile defined by the BBVA Group’s management bodies and maintain a balance between expected results and the level of risk assumed. BBVA has a transfer pricing system, which centralizes the Bank’s interest rate risk on ALCO’s books and is designed to facilitate proper balance sheet risk management.

The Corporate Risk Management (“CRM”) area is responsible for controlling and monitoring asset and liability interest rate risk, acting as an independent unit to guarantee that the risk management and control functions are properly segregated. This policy is in line with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision recommendations. The CRM area also calculates the asset and liability interest rate risk measurements used by the Group’s management, designs measurement models and systems and develops monitoring, information and control systems. In addition, it carries out the function of risk control and analysis through the Risk Management Committee (“RMC”). Information produced by the CRM is then reported to the main governing bodies, such as the Executive Committee and the Board of Director’s Risk Committee.

The BBVA Group has a structural interest rate risk model made up of a set of metrics and tools which objective is to enable its risk profile to be monitored precisely. For accurately characterizing the balance sheet, analysis models have been developed to establish assumptions dealing fundamentally with expected loans amortization and the behavior of deposits with no explicit maturity. In addition to risks associated with parallel movements from cash-flow mismatch, the model includes other sources of risk such as changes in the yield slope and curve. This is done by applying a simulation model of interest rate curves that quantify risks in probabilistic terms and take into account the diversity of

 

167


Table of Contents

currencies and business units. This calculates the Group’s earnings at risk (EaR) and economic capital, defined as the maximum adverse deviations in net interest income and economic value, respectively, for a particular confidence level and time horizon. The model is periodically subjected to internal validation through the back-testing of the simulation model and the assumptions.

In addition, sensitivity is measured to a standard deviation of 100 basis points for all the market yield curves. The chart below shows the asset and liability interest rate profile of the main entities in the BBVA Group, according to their sensitivities, as of December 31, 2011.

 

LOGO

The risk appetite of each entity is determined by the Executive Committee and expressed through the limits structure, which is one of the mainstays in our control policies. The maximum negative impacts, in terms of both earnings and value, are in this way controlled in each of the Group’s entities through a limits policy. Active balance sheet management in 2011 has enabled the Group’s exposure to be maintained in keeping with its target risk profile, as presented in the chart below, which shows average limits used in each of the Group entities.

 

168


Table of Contents

Europe

 

LOGO

The risk measurement model is supplemented by analysis of specific scenarios and stress tests. Stress tests have taken on particular importance in recent years. Progress has therefore been made in the analysis of extreme scenarios in a possible breakthrough in both current interest rate levels and historical correlations and volatility. At the same time, the evaluation of scenarios forecast by BBVA Research has been maintained. In addition, monitoring of the contribution to risk by portfolios, factors and regions, and its subsequent integration into joint measurements, continued during 2011.

The table below shows the estimated impact on the BBVA Group’s net interest income and economic value for 2011 of a 100 basis point increase and decrease in average interest rates for the year.

 

     Impact on Net Interest Income     Impact on Economic Value(1)  
     100 Basis-Point
Increase
    100 Basis-Point
Decrease
    100 Basis-Point
Increase
    100 Basis-Point
Decrease
 

BBVA Group

     +1.98     -0.82     +0.91     -1.96

 

(1)

Percentage relating to equity.

Structural Exchange Rate Risk

Structural exchange rate risk management in BBVA aims to minimize the potential negative impact from fluctuations in exchange rates on the book value and the contribution to earnings of international investments maintained on a long-term basis by the Group.

The CRM area acts as an independent unit responsible for monitoring and analyzing risks, standardizing risk management metrics and providing tools that can anticipate potential deviations from targets. It also monitors the level of compliance with established risk limits, and reports regularly to the RMC, the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee and the Executive Committee, particularly in the case of deviation or tension in the levels of risk assumed.

 

169


Table of Contents

The Balance Sheet Management unit, through ALCO, designs and executes the hedging strategies with the main objective of minimizing the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on capital adequacy ratios, as well as assuring the equivalent value in euros of the foreign-currency earnings of the Group’s various subsidiaries, adjusting transactions according to market expectations and hedging costs. The Balance Sheet Management area carries out this work by ensuring that the Group’s risk profile is, at all times, adapted to the framework defined by the limits structure authorized by the Executive Committee. To do so, it uses risk metrics obtained according to the corporate model designed by the CRM area.

The corporate model is based on simulating exchange rate scenarios, based on historical trends, and evaluating the impact on capital ratios, equity and the Group’s income statement. This provides a distribution of the impact on the three core elements, which helps determine their maximum adverse deviation for a particular confidence level and time horizon, depending on market liquidity in each currency. The risk measurements are completed with analysis of scenarios, stress testing and back-testing, thus giving a complete overview of the Group’s exposure to structural exchange rate risk.

In 2011, in an environment of uncertainty and market volatility, particularly in the second half of the year, a policy of prudence has been maintained and hedging extended in the currencies with the greatest exposure. This has moderated the risk assumed, despite the growing contribution of the “non-euro” area to the Group’s earnings and equity. The average hedging level of the carrying value of the BBVA Group’s holdings in foreign currency was close to 30% as of December 31, 2011. Hedging of foreign currency earnings also remained high during 2011, at levels close to 40%. At the end of the year, there was still significant hedging of forecast foreign currency earnings for 2012.

Structural Risk in Equity Portfolio

The CRM area monitors structural risk in its equity portfolio on an ongoing basis in order to limit the negative impact that an adverse performance by its holdings may have on the Group’s solvency and earnings recurrence. This ensures that the risk is maintained within levels that are compatible with BBVA’s target risk profile.

The scope of monitoring includes the holdings that the Group has in the capital of other industrial or financial companies with a medium or long-term investment horizon. Both holdings accounted for as an investment portfolio and those that are consolidated in the accounts are included, although in the latter case changes in value do not have an immediate effect on equity. In order to determine exposure, the positions held in derivatives are considered in order to limit portfolio sensitivity to potential falls in prices.

This monitoring function is carried out by the CRM area by making estimates of the levels of risks assumed, and complementing this with periodic checks using stress tests and back-testing, as well as scenario analysis. It also monitors the level of compliance with the limits authorized by the Executive Committee, and periodically informs the Group’s senior management of these aspects. The mechanisms of risk control and limitation hinge on the key aspects of exposure, earnings and economic capital. Economic capital measurements are also built into the risk-adjusted return metrics to ensure efficient capital management in the Group.

In 2011, in a context of high stock-market volatility, structural equity risk management has been aimed at safeguarding the book value of the Group’s holdings. Thus, active position management, together with its hedging policy, has enabled the Bank to maintain risk, measured in terms of economic capital, at moderate levels.

 

170


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk Management

The aim of liquidity risk management, tracking and control is to ensure, in the short-term, that the payment commitments of BBVA Group entities can be duly met without having to resort to borrowing funds under burdensome terms, or damaging the image and reputation of the entities. In the medium-term, its aim is to ensure that the Group’s financing structure is ideal and that it is moving in the right direction with respect to the economic situation, the markets and regulatory changes.

Management of liquidity and structural finance in the BBVA Group is based on the principle of financial autonomy of the entities that form it. This approach helps prevent and limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability in periods of high risk.

The management and monitoring of liquidity risk is carried out comprehensively in each of the BBVA Group’s business units using a double (short and long-term) approach. The short-term liquidity approach has a time horizon of up to 366 days. It is focused on the management of payments and collections from the Treasury and Market activity and includes operations specific to the area and the Bank’s possible liquidity requirements. The medium-term approach is focused on financial management of the whole consolidated balance sheet, with a time horizon of one year or more.

The ALCO within each management unit is responsible for the comprehensive management of liquidity. The Financial Management unit, as part of the Financial Division, analyzes the implications of the Bank’s various projects in terms of finance and liquidity and its compatibility with the target financing structure and the situation of the financial markets. The Financial Management unit executes the resolutions agreed by the ALCO, in accordance with the agreed budgets and manages liquidity risk using a broad scheme of limits, sub-limits and alerts approved by the Executive Committee. The CRM measures and controls these limits independently and provides the managers with support tools and metrics needed for decision-making.

Each of the local risk Areas, which are independent from the local manager, complies with the corporative principles of liquidity risk control established by the Global Market Risk (“GRM”) unit, the global unit responsible for the structural risks for the entire BBVA Group.

At the level of each BBVA Group entity, the managing areas request and propose a scheme of quantitative and qualitative limits and alerts related to short and medium-term liquidity risks. Once agreed with GRM, controls and limits are proposed to the Bank’s Board of Directors (through its delegate bodies) for approval at least once a year. The proposals submitted by GRM are adapted to the situation of the markets according to the Group’s target risk tolerance level.

The development of a new Liquidity and Finance Manual in 2011 demanded strict adjustment of liquidity risk management in terms of limits, sub-limits and alerts, as well as in procedures. In accordance with the manual, GRM carries out regular measurements of risk incurred and monitors the consumption of limits. It develops management tools and adapts valuation models, carries out regular stress tests and reports on the liquidity risk levels to ALCO and the Group’s Management Committee on a monthly basis. Its reports to the management areas and GRM Management Committee are more frequent.

Under the current Contingency Plan, the frequency of communication and the nature of information provided is decided by the Liquidity Committee at the proposal of the Technical Liquidity Group (“TLG”). In the event of any alert or possible crisis, the TLG carries out an initial analysis of the liquidity situation (short or long-term) of the entity affected.

The TLG is made up of specialized staff from the Short-Term Cash Desk, the Global Accounting & Information Management (GA&IM), the Financial Management and the Structural Risk areas. If the

 

171


Table of Contents

alert signals established make clear that a critical situation has arisen, the TLG informs the Liquidity Committee (made up of managers of the corresponding areas). The Liquidity Committee is responsible for calling the Financing Committee, if appropriate, which is made up of the Group’s President and COO and the managers of the Financial Area, the CRM area, Global Business and the Business Area of the country affected.

One of the most significant aspects that have affected the BBVA Group in 2011 was the continuation of the sovereign debt crisis, which started in 2010. The role played by official bodies in the Eurozone and the ECB have been key in calming the markets and ensuring liquidity in the European banking system. However, the Group has not had to make use of the extraordinary measures established by the Spanish authorities to mitigate the liquidity tension affecting many Spanish banks.

Given this situation, the regulators have established new regulatory requirements with the goal of strengthening the balance sheets of banks and making them more resistant to potential short-term liquidity shocks. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) is the metric proposed by the Bank Supervisory Committee of the Bank for International Settlements in Basel to achieve this objective. The metric focuses on ensuring that financial institutions have a sufficient stock of liquid assets to allow them to survive a 30-day liquidity stress scenario. According to the document published by the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision in December 2010, this ratio will remain subject to revision by the regulating bodies until mid-2013, and it will be incorporated as a regulatory requirement on January 1, 2015, though it must be reported to supervisory bodies as of January 2012.

In order to increase the weight of medium and long-term funding on the banks’ balance sheets, the regulators have defined a new long-term funding ratio (over 12 months) called the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). It will be under review until mid-2016 and become a regulatory requirement starting on January 1, 2018.

Although the precise definition of these new ratios has still not been decided, the BBVA Group has outlined a plan to adapt to them. This is expected to allow the Group to adopt best practices and the most effective and strict criteria for their implementation sufficiently in advance.

Below is a breakdown by contractual maturity of the balances of certain headings in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

2011    Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

ASSETS—

                    

Cash and balances with central banks

     28,066         1,444         660         330         426         —           30,927   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     2,771         7,551         1,393         3,723         7,608         2,967         26,013   

Loans and advances to customers

     18,021         38,741         22,887         45,818         93,138         141,251         359,855   

Debt securities

     842         2,297         2,761         8,025         39,603         34,199         87,727   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     —           1,798         1,877         4,704         16,234         27,368         51,981   

 

172


Table of Contents
2011    Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

LIABILITIES—

                    

Deposits from central banks

     3         19,463         2,629         —           11,040         1         33,136   

Deposits from credit institutions

     2,202         27,266         4,374         5,571         15,964         3,669         59,047   

Deposits from customers

     116,924         69,738         17,114         41,397         28,960         6,861         280,994   

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     —           2,032         1,880         11,361         45,904         17,144         78,321   

Subordinated liabilities

     —           —           110         38         4,893         9,500         14,541   

Other financial liabilities

     5,015         1,283         355         490         1,254         1,307         9,704   

Short positions

     —           1,446         2         —           —           3,163         4,611   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     —           1,687         1,636         5,232         15,533         25,313         49,401   

 

2010    Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

ASSETS—

                    

Cash and balances with central banks

     17,275         1,497         693         220         282         —           19,967   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     2,471         10,590         1,988         1,658         4,568         2,329         23,604   

Loans and advances to customers

     16,543         33,397         21,127         49,004         85,800         141,338         347,209   

Debt securities

     497         3,471         12,423         8,123         35,036         28,271         87,821   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     —           636         1,515         3,503         13,748         17,827         37,229   

LIABILITIES—

                    

Deposits from central banks

     50         5,102         3,130         2,704         —           1         10,987   

Deposits from credit institutions

     4,483         30,031         4,184         3,049         9,590         5,608         56,945   

Deposits from customers

     111,090         69,625         21,040         45,110         21,158         6,818         274,841   

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     96         5,243         10,964         7,159         42,907         15,843         82,212   

Subordinated liabilities

     —           537         3         248         2,732         13,251         16,771   

Other financial liabilities

     4,177         1,207         175         433         647         1,564         8,203   

Short positions

     —           651         —           10         —           3,385         4,046   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     —           826         1,473         3,682         12,813         16,037         34,831   

 

173


Table of Contents
2009    Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

ASSETS—

                    

Cash and balances with central banks

     14,650         535         248         735         163         —           16,331   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     3,119         8,484         1,549         1,914         4,508         2,626         22,200   

Loans and advances to customers

     4,313         31,155         19,939         40,816         94,686         140,178         331,087   

Debt securities

     1,053         4,764         15,611         10,495         37,267         29,080         98,270   

Other assets

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     —           637         2,072         3,863         13,693         12,608         32,873   

LIABILITIES—

                    

Deposits from central banks

     213         4,807         3,783         12,293         —           —           21,096   

Deposits from credit institutions

     1,836         24,249         5,119         5,145         6,143         6,453         48,945   

Deposits from customers

     106,942         55,482         34,329         32,012         18,325         6,293         253,383   

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     —           10,226         16,453         15,458         40,435         14,614         97,186   

Subordinated liabilities

     —           500         689         2         1,529         14,585         17,305   

Other financial liabilities

     3,825         822         141         337         480         20         5,625   

Short positions

     —           448         —           16         —           3,366         3,830   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     —           735         1,669         3,802         13,585         10,517         30,308   

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk is defined as the risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge a contractual obligation due to the insolvency or incapacity of the natural or legal persons involved.

Maximum exposure to credit risk

The BBVA Group’s maximum credit risk exposure by headings in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, is detailed in the table below. It does not recognize the availability of collateral or other credit enhancements to guarantee compliance with payment obligations. The details are broken down by financial instrument and counterparties.

 

Maximum Credit Risk Exposure

   2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial assets held for trading(1)

     20,975         24,358         34,672   

Debt securities

     20,975         24,358         34,672   

Government

     17,989         20,397         31,290   

Credit institutions

     1,882         2,274         1,384   

Other sectors

     1,104         1,687         1,998   

 

174


Table of Contents

Maximum Credit Risk Exposure

   2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss(1)

     708         691         639   

Debt securities

     708         691         639   

Government

     129         70         60   

Credit institutions

     44         87         83   

Other sectors

     535         535         496   

Available-for-sale financial assets(1)

     52,008         50,602         57,067   

Debt securities

     52,008         50,602         57,067   

Government

     35,801         33,074         38,345   

Credit institutions

     7,137         11,235         12,646   

Other sectors

     9,070         6,293         6,076   

Loans and receivables(1)

     388,949         373,037         353,741   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     26,013         23,604         22,200   

Loans and advances to customers

     359,855         347,210         331,087   

Government

     35,090         31,224         26,219   

Agriculture

     4,841         3,977         3,924   

Industry

     37,217         36,578         42,799   

Real estate and construction

     50,989         55,854         55,766   

Trade and finance

     55,748         53,830         48,936   

Loans to individuals

     139,063         135,868         126,488   

Other

     36,907         29,879         26,955   

Debt securities

     3,081         2,223         454   

Government

     2,128         2,040         342   

Credit institutions

     631         6         4   

Other sectors

     322         177         108   

Held-to-maturity investments(1)

     10,955         9,946         5,438   

Government

     9,896         8,792         4,064   

Credit institutions

     451         552         754   

Other sectors

     608         602         620   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)(2)

     58,683         44,762         42,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     532,278         503,396         494,393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

     594         299         436   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total balance

     532,872         503,695         494,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial guarantees(3)

     39,904         36,441         33,185   

Drawable by third parties

     88,978         86,790         84,925   

Government

     3,143         4,135         4,567   

Credit institutions

     2,417         2,303         2,257   

Other sectors

     83,419         80,352         78,101   

Other contingent exposures

     4,787         3,784         7,398   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total off-balance

     133,670         127,015         125,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total maximum credit exposure

     666,542         630,710         620,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

In the case of financial assets recognized in our consolidated balance sheet, exposure to credit risk is considered equal to their gross accounting value, not including valuation adjustments (impairment losses, uncollected interest payments, derivatives and others).

 

(2)

Reflects their market value on the date of the transactions and the estimated potential risk of these transactions on their due date. Accordingly, these amounts are different from those reflected in our

 

175


Table of Contents
 

balance sheet (which only considers their carrying amounts). We believe the information on trading and hedging derivatives set out in this table to provide a better reflection of the related maximum credit risk exposure. Credit risk originating from derivatives is mitigated through the contractual rights existing for offsetting accounts at the time of their settlement. This has reduced the Group’s exposure to credit risk to 37,817 million as of December 31, 2011 (27,933 million and 27,026 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively).

 

(3)

Represents the maximum amount that the Group would be liable for if these guarantees were called in, which is equivalent to their carrying amount.

The amount of financial assets that would be irregular if their conditions had not been renegotiated is not significant with respect to the BBVA Group’s total loans and receivables as of December 31, 2011.

Mitigation of credit risk, collateral and other credit enhancements, including risk hedging and mitigation policies

In most cases, maximum exposure to credit risk is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions which mitigate our exposure.

We apply a credit risk hedging and mitigation policy deriving from a banking approach focused on relationship banking. The existence of guarantees could be a necessary but not sufficient instrument for accepting risks, because the assumption of risks by the Group requires the prior verification of the debtor’s capacity for repayment, or the debtor’s ability to generate sufficient resources to allow for the amortization of the risk incurred under the agreed terms.

The policy of accepting risks is therefore organized into three different levels in the BBVA Group:

 

   

Analysis of the financial risk of the operation, based on the debtor’s capacity for repayment or generation of funds;

 

   

The creation of guarantees that are adequate, or generally accepted, based on the risk assumed (i.e. monetary, secured, personal or hedge guarantees); and

 

   

Assessment of the repayment risk (asset liquidity) of the guarantees received.

The procedures for the management and valuation of collaterals are set out in the Internal Manuals on Credit Risk Management Policies (retail and wholesale), which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collateral assigned in transactions with customers.

The methods used for the valuation of the collateral are consistent with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real estate collateral, the market price in securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All collaterals assigned must be properly recorded and entered in the corresponding register. They must also have the approval of the Group’s legal units.

The following is a description of the main collateral for each financial instrument class:

 

   

Financial assets held for trading: the guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument.

 

   

Trading and hedging derivatives: in derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees, depending on counterparty solvency and the nature of the transaction.

 

176


Table of Contents

The Group trades a wide range of credit derivatives. Through these contracts, the Group either purchases or sells protection on either a single-name or index basis. The Group uses credit derivatives to mitigate credit risk in its loan portfolio and other cash positions and to hedge risks assumed in other market transactions with clients and counterparties. Credit derivatives can follow different settlement and payment conventions, all of which are in accordance with the ISDA standards. The most common types of settlement triggers include bankruptcy of the reference credit entity, acceleration of indebtedness, failure to pay, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the entity. Since we typically confirm over 99% of our credit derivative transactions in the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (DTCC), substantially all of our credit derivatives portfolio is registered and matched against our counterparties.

 

   

Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and Available-for-sale financial assets: the guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

 

   

Loans and receivables:

 

   

Loans and advances to credit institutions. These usually only have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

 

   

Total lending to customers. Most of these operations are backed by personal guarantees extended by the counterparty. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash guarantees, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds, hedging, etc.).

 

   

Debt securities. Guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

 

   

Held-to-maturity investments: guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

 

   

Financial guarantees, other contingent exposures and drawable by third parties: these have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

Our collateralized credit risk as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, excluding balances deemed impaired, is broken down in the table below:

 

Collateralized Credit Risk

   2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Mortgage loans

     130,703         132,628         127,957   

Operating assets mortgage loans

     3,732         3,638         4,050   

Home mortgages

     109,199         108,224         99,493   

Rest of mortgages (1)

     17,772         20,766         24,414   

Secured loans, except mortgage

     29,353         18,154         20,917   

Cash guarantees

     332         281         231   

Secured loan (pledged securities)

     590         563         692   

Rest of secured loans (2)

     28,431         17,310         19,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     160,056         150,782         148,874   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refers to real estate loans which are secured with properties (other than residential properties) in respect of which we provide financing to the borrower to buy or to construct such properties.

 

(2)

Includes loans whose collateral consists of cash, other financial assets or partial guarantees.

 

177


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, in relation to mortgages, the average weighted amount pending loan amortization was 52% of the collateral pledged (53% as of December 31, 2010 and 54% as of December 31, 2009).

Credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

We have enhanced our credit quality requirements for new loan generation by applying stricter criteria to new transactions with Spanish customers based on their creditworthiness. In particular, we have lowered the maximum acceptable percentage which monthly principal and interest payments associated with a proposed new loan may represent of the monthly income of the relevant customer to a range of 33%-50%, depending on available collateral and other financial guarantees. We have also lowered our maximum acceptance loan-to-value ratio (i.e. requiring more collateral per unit of lending) to a range of 80-100%, depending on available collateral and other guarantees. We have focused our efforts on reducing our real estate exposure mainly by decreasing new loan generation, mainly in Spain, and improving loan recovery in the real estate sector.

We have tools (“scoring” and “rating”) that enable us to rank the credit quality of our operations and customers based on an assessment of each such operation or customer and its correspondence with our probability of default (“PD”) scales. To analyze the performance of PD, the Group uses a series of tracking tools and historical databases that collect the pertinent information generated internally, which can be grouped together in scoring and rating models.

Scoring

Scoring is a decision-making model that contributes to both the arrangement and management of retail loans (consumer loans, mortgages, credit cards for individuals, etc). Scoring is the tool used to decide to whom a loan should be assigned, what amount should be assigned and what strategies can help establish the price, as it is an algorithm that sorts transactions by their credit quality. This algorithm enables the BBVA Group to assign a score to each transaction proposed by a customer, on the basis of a series of objective characteristics that have statistically been shown to discriminate between the quality and risk of this type of transactions. The advantage of scoring lies in its simplicity and homogeneity. All that is needed is a series of objective data for each customer, and this data is analyzed automatically using an algorithm.

There are three types of scoring based on the information used and its purpose:

 

   

Reactive scoring: measures the risk of a transaction requested by an individual using variables relating to the requested transaction and to the customer’s socio-economic data available at the time of the request. The new transaction is approved or rejected depending on the score given.

 

   

Behavioral scoring: scores transactions for a given product in an outstanding risk portfolio of the entity, enabling the credit rating to be tracked and the customer’s needs to be anticipated. It uses transaction and customer variables available internally. Specifically, variables that refer to the behavior of both the product and the customer.

 

   

Proactive scoring: gives a score at customer level using variables related to the individual’s general behavior with the entity, and to his/her payment behavior in all the contracted products. The purpose is to track the customer’s credit quality and it is used to pre-grant new transactions.

Rating

Rating tools, as opposed to scoring tools, do not assess transactions but focus on the rating of customers (companies, corporations, SMEs, public authorities, etc) instead. A rating tool is an

 

178


Table of Contents

instrument that, based on a detailed financial study, helps determine a customer’s ability to meet his/her financial obligations. The final rating is usually a combination of various factors: on the one hand, quantitative factors, and on the other hand, qualitative factors. It is a middle road between an individual analysis and a statistical analysis.

The main difference between ratings and scorings is that the latter are used to assess retail products, while ratings use a wholesale banking customer approach. Moreover, scorings only include objective variables, while ratings add qualitative information. And although both are based on statistical studies, adding a business view, rating tools give more weight to the business criterion compared to scoring tools.

For portfolios where the number of defaults is very low (sovereign risk, corporations, financial entities, etc.) the internal information is supplemented by “benchmarking” of the external rating agencies (Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch). To this end, each year the PDs compiled by the rating agencies at each level of risk rating are compared, and the measurements compiled by the various agencies are mapped against those of the BBVA Master Rating Scale.

Once the PD of a transaction or customer has been calculated, a “business cycle adjustment” is carried out. This is a means of establishing a measure of risk that goes beyond the time of its calculation. The aim is to capture representative information of the behavior of portfolios over a complete economic cycle. This probability is linked to the Master Rating Scale prepared by the BBVA Group to enable uniform classification of the Group’s various asset risk portfolios.

The table below shows the abridged scale used to classify our outstanding risk as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Probability of Default (Basic Points)  

Internal Rating
Reduced List (17 groups)

   Average      Minimum from >=      Maximum  

AAA

     1         —           2   

AA+

     2         2         3   

AA

     3         3         4   

AA-

     4         4         5   

A+

     5         5         6   

A

     8         6         9   

A-

     10         9         11   

BBB+

     14         11         17   

BBB

     20         17         24   

BBB-

     31         24         39   

BB+

     51         39         67   

BB

     88         67         116   

BB-

     150         116         194   

B+

     255         194         335   

B

     441         335         581   

B-

     785         581         1,061   

C

     2,122         1,061         4,243   

 

179


Table of Contents

The table below outlines the distribution of exposure, including derivatives by internal ratings, to corporations, financial entities and institutions (excluding sovereign risk), of the BBVA Group’s main entities as of December 31, 2011:

 

Credit Risk Distribution by Internal Rating

     Amount        %  
       (In Millions of Euros, Except Percentages)  

AAA/AA+/AA/AA-

       47,047           18.4

A+/A/A-

       94,192           36.9

BBB+

       23,685           9.3

BBB

       10,328           4.0

BBB-

       10,128           4.0

BB+

       12,595           4.9

BB

       11,361           4.5

BB-

       14,695           5.8

B+

       10,554           4.1

B

       11,126           4.4

B-

       6,437           2.5

CCC/CC

       3,266           1.3
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

       255,414           100.0
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Policies and procedures for preventing excessive risk concentration

In order to prevent the build-up of excessive concentrations of credit risk at the individual, country and sector levels, we maintain maximum permitted risk concentration indices updated at the individual and portfolio sector levels tied to the various observable variables within the field of credit risk management. Accordingly, the limit on the Group’s exposure or financial commitment to a specific customer depends on the customer’s credit rating, the nature of the risks involved, and the Group’s presence in a given market, based on the following guidelines:

 

   

To the extent that it is possible, the goal is to combine the customer’s credit needs (commercial/financial, short-term/long-term, etc.) with the interests of the Group.

 

   

Any legal limits that may exist concerning risk concentration are taken into consideration, such as the relationship between risks vis-à-vis a particular customer and the capital of the entity that assumes said risks, market volatility, the macroeconomic situation, etc.

 

   

In order to properly manage risk concentration and, if necessary, take action on such risks, various different levels of monitoring have been implemented according to the global risk level of a customer. Any risk concentrations with one customer or group that are expected to generate losses of more than 18 million are authorized and monitored directly by the Bank’s Board of Directors Risk Committee. In terms of exposure, this amount is equivalent to 10% of the BBVA Group’s eligible capital for a customer with an AAA credit rating and 1% for a customer with a BB credit rating.

 

180


Table of Contents

Financial assets past due but not impaired

The table below provides details of financial assets past due as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 but not considered to be impaired, listed by their first due date:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Financial Assets Past Due but
Not Impaired

  Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
    1 to 2
Months
Past-Due
    1 to 3
Months
Past-Due
    Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
    1 to 2
Months
Past-Due
    1 to 3
Months
Past-Due
    Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
    1 to 2
Months
Past-Due
    1 to 3
Months
Past-Due
 
    (In Millions of Euros)  

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Loans and advances to customers

    1,998        392        366        1,082        311        277        2,653        336        311   

Government

    186        47        23        122        27        27        45        32        19   

Other sectors

    1,812        345        343        960        284        250        2,608        304        292   

Debt securities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    1,998        392        366        1,082        311        277        2,653        336        311   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impaired assets and impairment losses

The table below shows the composition of the balance of the impaired financial assets and risks as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, broken down by heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

 

Impaired Risks
Breakdown by Type of Asset and by Sector

   2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

IMPAIRED RISKS ON BALANCE

        

Available-for-sale financial assets

     125         140         212   

Debt securities

     125         140         212   

Loans and receivables

     15,685         15,472         15,311   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     28         101         100   

Loans and advances to customers

     15,647         15,361         15,197   

Debt securities

     10         10         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Impaired Risks on Balance(1)

     15,810         15,612         15,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired Risks Off Balance(2)

        

Impaired contingent liabilities

     219         324         405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL IMPAIRED RISKS(1)+(2)

     16,029         15,936         15,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

        

Government

     135         124         87   

Credit institutions

     84         129         172   

Other sectors

     15,590         15,360         15,264   

Mortgage

     9,639         8,627         7,932   

With partial secured loans

     83         159         37   

Rest

     5,868         6,574         7,295   

Impaired contingent liabilities

     219         324         405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL IMPAIRED RISKS

     16,029         15,936         15,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

181


Table of Contents

The changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 in the impaired financial assets and contingent risks are as follows:

 

Changes in Impaired Financial
Assets and Contingent Liabilities

   2011     2010     2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Balance at the beginning

     15,936        15,928        8,859   

Additions(1)

     13,045        13,207        17,298   

Recoveries(2)

     (9,079     (9,138     (6,524

Net additions(1)+(2)

     3,966        4,069        10,774   

Transfers to write-off

     (4,093     (4,307     (3,737

Exchange differences and other

     221        246        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     16,029        15,936        15,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries on entries(%)

     70        69        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in our recoveries on entries rate from 38% in 2009 to 69% in 2010 and 70% in 2011 was mainly attributable to the following factors:

 

   

In 2010, we created a new department in each business area focused on recoveries of substandard loans.

 

   

The average length of time between when an asset becomes past due to the completion of the foreclosure process (which lasts an average of 12-18 months) is 15-35 months. Accordingly, there is a delay between the recognition of an impaired loan secured by a mortgage and the related mortgage recovery. In 2009/2010 we started the foreclosure sale processes related to our impaired loans secured by mortgages recognized as such in 2008. Foreclosed assets amounted to 1,417 million and 1,513 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, compared to 801 million in 2009.

 

   

There has been a significant increase in the amount of real estate assets received in lieu of payment, in discharge of impaired loans (from 639 million in 2009 to 1,358 million and 1,618 million in 2010 and 2011, respectively).

Below are details of the impaired financial assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified by geographical area and by the time since their oldest past-due amount or the period since they were deemed impaired:

 

2011

   Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
     6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
     9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
     More than
12 Months
Past-Due
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Spain

     4,640         1,198         1,187         4,482         11,507   

Rest of Europe

     217         38         41         235         531   

Mexico

     809         141         130         199         1,280   

South America

     767         66         38         109         980   

United States

     634         211         117         549         1,511   

Rest of the world

     —           —           —           1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,068         1,653         1,513         5,572         15,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

182


Table of Contents

2010

   Less than
6 Months
Past-Due
     6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
     9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
     More than
12 Months
Past-Due
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Spain

     5,279         1,064         798         4,544         11,685   

Rest of Europe

     106         24         24         55         209   

Mexico

     753         60         69         324         1.206   

South America

     720         51         31         74         876   

United States

     1,110         84         111         331         1,636   

Rest of the world

     —           —           1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,968         1,284         1,034         5,327         15,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below are details of the impaired financial assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified by type of loan in accordance with its associated guarantee, and by the time since their oldest past-due amount or the period since they were deemed impaired:

 

2011

   Less than
6 Months
Past-Due
     6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
     9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
     More than
12 Months
Past-Due
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Unsecured loans

     3,414         598         534         1,541         6,087   

Mortgage

     3,570         1,055         979         4,033         9,639   

Residential mortgage

     1,080         390         357         1,373         3,200   

Commercial mortgage (rural properties in operation and offices, and industrial buildings)

     630         210         160         795         1,795   

Rest of residential mortgage(1)

     490         138         167         659         1,454   

Plots and other real estate assets

     1,370         317         295         1,206         3,188   

Other partially secured loans

     83         —           —           —           83   

Others

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,067         1,653         1,513         5,574         15,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

2010

   Less than
6 Months
Past-Due
     6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
     9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
     More than
12 Months
Past-Due
     Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Unsecured loans

     4,309         338         271         1,710         6,628   

Mortgage

     3,301         946         763         3,617         8,627   

Residential mortgage

     629         304         271         1,472         2,676   

Commercial mortgage (rural properties in operation and offices, and industrial buildings)

     561         128         100         602         1,391   

Rest of residential mortgage(1)

     701         132         99         593         1,525   

Plots and other real estate assets

     1,410         382         293         950         3,035   

Other partially secured loans

     159         —           —           —           159   

Others

     198         —           —           —           198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,967         1,284         1,034         5,327         15,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refers to residential real estate loans which are secured by properties (other than those currently used as the family residential property of the borrower) and to loans through which we provide financing to a borrower to construct residential properties until such properties are finished and sold.

 

183


Table of Contents

Below is the accumulated financial income accrued from impaired assets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 that are not recognized in our consolidated income statement due to the existence of doubts as to the collection of these assets:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial income from impaired assets

     1,908         1,717         1,485   

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the non-performing loan and coverage ratios of the transactions recorded under the “Loans and advances to customers” and “Contingent risk” headings of our consolidated balance sheet were as follows:

 

BBVA Group Ratios    2011      2010      2009  
     (Percentage)  

NPA ratio

     4.0         4.1         4.3   

NPA coverage ratio

     61         62         57   

Impairment losses

Below is a breakdown of the provisions recorded on our consolidated balance sheet covering estimated impairment losses in financial assets and contingent risks as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, classified according to the different headings used in our consolidated balance sheet:

 

Impairment Losses

   2011      2010      2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Available-for-sale portfolio

     569         619         449   

Loans and receivables

     9,469         9,473         8,805   

Loans and advances to customers

     9,410         9,396         8,720   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     47         67         68   

Debt securities

     12         10         17   

Held to maturity investment

     1         1         1   

Impairment losses

     10,039         10,093         9,255   

Provisions to Contingent Risks and Commitments

     291         264         243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,330         10,357         9,498   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

        

For impaired portfolio

     7,058         7,507         6,549   

For currently non-impaired portfolio

     3,272         2,850         2,949   

Below are the changes in the estimated impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, broken down by the headings used in our consolidated balance sheet:

 

2011

   Available for
sale portfolio
    Held to
maturity
investment
     Loans and
receivables
    Contingent
risk and
commitments
    Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Balance at the beginning

     619        1         9,473        264        10,357   

Increase in impairment losses charged to income

     62        —           6,041        17        6,121   

Decrease in impairment losses credited to income

     (37     —           (1,513     (24     (1,574

Impairment losses (net)

     25        —           4,528        (6     4,547   

Entities incorporated in the year

     —          —           305        12        318   

Transfers to written-off loans

     (75     —           (4,039     —          (4,114

Exchange differences and other

     —          —           (798     22        (776
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     569        1         9,469        291        10,330   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

184


Table of Contents

2010

   Available for
sale portfolio
    Held to
maturity
investment
     Loans and
receivables
    Contingent
risk and
commitments
    Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Balance at the beginning

     449        1         8,805        243        9,498   

Increase in impairment losses charged to income

     187        —           7,020        62        7,268   

Decrease in impairment losses credited to income

     (32     —           (2,204     (40     (2,276

Impairment losses (net)

     155        —           4,816        22        4,993   

Entities incorporated in the year

     —          —           —          —          —     

Transfers to written-off loans

     (57     —           (4,431     —          (4,488

Exchange differences and other

     72        —           283        (1     354   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     619        1         9,473        264        10,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the changes in impaired financial assets written off from the balance sheet for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 because the possibility of their recovery was deemed remote:

 

Changes in the Impairment of Financial Assets
Written-Off from the Balance Sheet

   2011     2010     2009  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Balance at the beginning

     13,367        9,834        6,872   

Increase

     4,284        4,788        3,880   

Decrease

     (1,895     (1,447     (1,172

Re-financing or restructuring

     (4     (1     —     

Cash recovery

     (327     (253     (188

Foreclosed assets

     (29     (5     (48

Sales of written-off

     (840     (342     (590

Debt forgiveness

     (604     (217     (114

Time-barred debt and other causes

     (91     (629     (231

Net exchange differences

     115        193        253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     15,871        13,367        9,834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As indicated in Note 2.2.1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, although they are not recognized in our consolidated balance sheet, we continue to attempt to collect on these write-offs until our rights to receive the related assets are fully extinguished, either because they become time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

 

185


Table of Contents

Risk Concentrations

The tables below show a breakdown of the balances of financial instruments registered in our consolidated balance sheet according to their concentration in geographical areas and to the residence of the customer or counterparty, as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. It does not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan-loss provisions.

 

2011 Risks On-Balance

   Spain      Europe,
Excluding
Spain
     Mexico      United
States
     Latin
America
     Rest      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial assets held for trading

     12,958         33,305         11,675         4,672         5,452         2,539         70,603   

Debt securities

     5,075         2,068         10,933         565         2,030         305         20,975   

Equity instruments

     662         363         741         69         125         238         2,198   

Derivatives

     7,221         30,874         2         4,039         3,297         1,996         47,430   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     234         311         1,470         509         454         —           2,977   

Debt securities

     117         77         6         508         1         —           708   

Equity instruments

     117         234         1,464         1         453         —           2,269   

Available-for-sale portfolio

     26,546         8,895         7,825         8,151         5,164         656         57,237   

Debt securities

     22,371         8,685         7,764         7,518         5,068         602         52,008   

Equity instruments

     4,175         210         61         633         96         54         5,229   

Loans and receivables

     203,348         44,305         42,489         44,625         46,479         7,704         388,949   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     3,034         11,531         4,877         2,712         2,197         1,663         26,013   

Loans and advances to customers

     198,948         32,445         37,612         41,222         43,592         6,035         359,855   

Debt securities

     1,365         328         —           692         690         6         3,081   

Held-to-maturity investments

     7,373         3,582         —           —           —           —           10,955   

Hedging derivatives

     395         3,493         485         253         16         56         4,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total risks in financial assets

     250,854         93,890         63,943         58,210         57,565         10,955         535,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Risks Off-Balance

   Spain      Europe,
Excluding
Spain
     Mexico      United
States
     Latin
America
     Rest      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial guarantees

     16,175         12,289         1,098         4,056         4,733         1,554         39,904   

Contingent exposures

     30,848         21,506         11,929         22,002         6,192         1,288         93,767   

Total contingent risks

     47,023         33,795         13,027         26,058         10,925         2,842         133,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     297,877         127,685         76,970         84,268         68,490         13,797         669,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

186


Table of Contents

2010 Risks On-Balance

   Spain      Europe,
Excluding
Spain
     Mexico      United
States
     Latin
America
     Rest      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial assets held for trading

     18,903         22,899         9,578         3,951         5,549         2,404         63,284   

Debt securities

     9,522         2,839         8,853         654         2,086         405         24,359   

Equity instruments

     3,041         888         725         148         136         322         5,260   

Derivatives

     6,340         19,172         —           3,149         3,327         1,677         33,665   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     284         98         1,437         481         476         1         2,777   

Debt securities

     138         66         7         480         —           —           691   

Equity instruments

     146         32         1,430         1         476         1         2,086   

Available-for-sale portfolio

     25,230         7,689         10,158         7,581         4,291         1,234         56,183   

Debt securities

     20,725         7,470         10,106         6,903         4,211         1,187         50,602   

Equity instruments

     4,505         219         52         678         80         47         5,581   

Loans and receivables

     218,399         30,985         40,540         39,944         37,320         5,847         373,035   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     6,786         7,846         5,042         864         2,047         1,018         23,603   

Loans and advances to customers

     210,102         23,139         35,498         38,649         34,999         4,822         347,209   

Debt securities

     1,511         —           —           431         274         7         2,223   

Held-to-maturity investments

     7,504         2,443         —           —           —           —           9,947   

Hedging derivatives

     234         2,922         281         131         —           35         3,603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total risks in financial assets

     270,554         67,036         61,994         52,088         47,636         9,521         508,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Risks Off-Balance

   Spain      Europe,
Excluding
Spain
     Mexico      United
States
     Latin
America
     Rest      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial guarantees

     20,175         6,773         1,006         3,069         3,953         1,465         36,441   

Contingent exposures

     35,784         19,144         11,421         17,604         5,711         910         90,574   

Total contingent risks

     55,959         25,917         12,427         20,673         9,664         2,375         127,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     326,513         92,953         74,421         72,761         57,300         11,896         635,844   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

2009 Risks On-Balance

   Spain      Europe,
Excluding
Spain
     Mexico      United
States
     Latin
America
     Rest      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial assets held for trading

     22,893         25,583         11,612         3,076         4,329         2,240         69,733   

Debt securities

     14,487         7,434         10,157         652         1,646         296         34,672   

Equity instruments

     3,268         624         1,455         35         207         194         5,783   

Derivatives

     5,138         17,525         —           2,389         2,476         1,750         29,278   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     330         73         1,153         436         344         —           2,337   

Debt securities

     157         42         3         435         1         —           639   

Equity instruments

     173         31         1,150         1         343         —           1,698   

Available-for-sale portfolio

     30,177         11,660         7,709         7,828         4,876         1,266         63,516   

Debt securities

     24,838         11,429         7,688         7,082         4,806         1,223         57,066   

Equity instruments

     5,339         231         21         746         70         43         6,450   

Loans and receivables

     206,097         34,613         31,469         40,469         34,926         6,167         353,741   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     2,568         11,280         3,269         2,441         1,724         918         22,200   

Loans and advances to customers

     203,529         23,333         28,200         37,688         33,098         5,239         331,087   

Debt securities

     —           —           —           340         104         10         454   

Held-to-maturity investments

     2,625         2,812         —           —           —           —           5,437   

Hedging derivatives

     218         2,965         266         117         3         25         3,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total risks in financial assets

     262,340         77,706         52,210         51,926         44,478         9,698         498,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

187


Table of Contents

Risks Off-Balance

   Spain      Europe,
Excluding
Spain
     Mexico      United
States
     Latin
America
     Rest      Total  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Financial guarantees

     15,739         7,826         897         3,330         3,704         1,689         33,185   

Contingent exposures

     37,804         24,119         9,421         15,990         3,743         1,246         92,323   

Total contingent risks

     53,543         31,945         10,318         19,320         7,447         2,935         125,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     315,883         109,651         62,528         71,246         51,925         12,633         623,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A. Debt Securities

Not Applicable.

B. Warrants and Rights

Not Applicable.

C. Other Securities

Not Applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares

Our ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BBVA”. The Bank of New York Mellon is the depositary (the “Depositary”) issuing ADSs pursuant to an amended and restated deposit agreement dated June 29, 2007 among BBVA, the Depositary and the holders from time to time of ADSs (the “Deposit Agreement”). Each ADS represents the right to receive one share. The table below sets forth the fees payable, either directly or indirectly, by a holder of ADSs as of the date of this Annual Report.

 

Category

  

Depositary Actions

  

Associated Fee / By Whom Paid

(a) Depositing or substituting the underlying shares

   Issuance of ADSs   

Up to $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADSs delivered (charged to person depositing the shares or receiving the ADSs)

(b) Receiving or distributing dividends

   Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions; distribution of share dividends or other free share distributions; distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs   

Not applicable

(c) Selling or exercising rights

   Distribution or sale of securities   

Not applicable

(d) Withdrawing an underlying security

   Acceptance of ADSs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited securities   

Up to $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the ADSs surrendered (charged to person surrendering or to person to whom withdrawn securities are being delivered)

 

188


Table of Contents

Category

  

Depositary Actions

  

Associated Fee / By Whom Paid

(e) Transferring, splitting or grouping receipts

   Transfers, combining or grouping of depositary receipts   

Not applicable

(f) General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis

   Other services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADSs   

Not applicable

(g) Expenses of the Depositary

  

Expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with

 

•   stock transfer or other taxes (including Spanish income taxes) and other governmental charges;

 

•   cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at request of holder of ADS or person depositing shares for the issuance of ADSs;

 

•   transfer, brokerage or registration fees for the registration of shares or other deposited securities on the share register and applicable to transfers of shares or other deposited securities to or from the name of the custodian;

 

•   reasonable and customary expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars

  

Expenses payable by holders of ADSs or persons depositing shares for the issuance of ADSs; expenses payable in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars are payable out of such foreign currency

The Depositary may remit to us all or a portion of the Depositary fees charged for the reimbursement of certain of the expenses we incur in respect of the ADS program established pursuant to the Deposit Agreement upon such terms and conditions as we may agree from time to time. In the year ended December 31, 2011, the Depositary reimbursed us $589 thousand with respect to certain fees and expenses. The table below sets forth the types of expenses that the Depositary has agreed to reimburse and the amounts reimbursed in 2011.

 

Category of Expenses

   Amount
Reimbursed in
the Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
     (In Thousands of
Dollars)
 

NYSE Listing Fees

     139   

Investor Relations Marketing

     188   

Professional Services

     188   

Annual Shareholders’ General Meeting Expenses

     74   

 

189


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2011, BBVA, under the supervision and with the participation of BBVA’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Global Accounting and Information Management Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Based upon their evaluation, BBVA’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Global Accounting and Information Management Officer concluded, that BBVA’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a reasonable assurance level in ensuring that information relating to BBVA, including its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in reports that it files under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and communicated to the management, including principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

During 2012 we have implemented certain procedural changes in our filing process in order to further bolster and strengthen our disclosure controls and procedures in light of the fact that the exhibits to certain Forms 6-K submitted to the SEC were inadvertently omitted at the time of their original submission due to a technical anomaly resulting from the possible defective use of the software we used in making such submissions.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of BBVA is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. BBVA’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of BBVA;

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of BBVA’s management and directors; and

 

190


Table of Contents
   

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of BBVA’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by Deloitte S.L., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which follows below.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group (the “Group”—Note 3) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance

 

191


Table of Contents

with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Group and our report dated April 26, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid—Spain

April 26, 2012

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in BBVA’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The charter for our Audit and Compliance Committee provides that the Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee is required to have experience in financial matters as well as knowledge of the accounting standards and principles required by the banking regulators, and we have determined that Mr. José Luis Palao García Suelto, the Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee, has such experience and knowledge and is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined by the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued pursuant to Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Mr. Palao is independent within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In addition, we believe that the remaining members of the Audit and Compliance Committee have an understanding of applicable generally accepted accounting principles, experience analyzing and evaluating financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by our Consolidated Financial Statements, an understanding of internal controls over

 

192


Table of Contents

financial reporting, and an understanding of audit committee functions. Our Audit and Compliance Committee has experience overseeing and assessing the performance of BBVA and its consolidated subsidiaries and our external auditors with respect to the preparation, auditing and evaluation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

BBVA’s Code of Ethics and Conduct applies, among others, to its chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer. This code establishes the principles that guide these officers’ respective actions: ethical conduct, professional standards and confidentiality. It also establishes the limitations and defines the conflicts of interest arising from their status as senior executives. We have not waived compliance with, nor made any amendment to, the Code of Ethics and Conduct in 2011. BBVA’s Code of Ethics and Conduct can be found on its website at www.bbva.com.

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table provides information on the aggregate fees billed by our principal accountants, Deloitte, S.L., by type of service rendered for the periods indicated.

 

      Year ended December 31,  

Services Rendered

   2011      2010  
     (In Millions of Euros)  

Audit Fees(1)

     7.8         7.3   

Audit-Related Fees(2)

     0.9         1.3   

Tax Fees(3)

     0.1         0.3   

All Other Fees(4)

     1.2         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10.0         9.5   

 

(1)

Aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by Deloitte, S.L. for the audit of BBVA’s annual financial statements or services that are normally provided by Deloitte, S.L. in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years. Total audit fees billed by Deloitte, S.L. and its worldwide affiliates, were 17.6 million and 16.4 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(2)

Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for assurance and related services by Deloitte, S.L. that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of BBVA’s financial statements and are not reported under (1) above.

 

(3)

Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by Deloitte, S.L. for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.

 

(4)

Aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for products and services provided by Deloitte, S.L. other than the services reported in (1), (2) and (3) above. Services in this category consisted primarily of consultancy and implementation of new regulation.

The Audit and Compliance Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

In order to assist in ensuring the independence of our external auditor, the regulations of our Audit and Compliance Committee provides that our external auditor is generally prohibited from providing us with non-audit services, other than under the specific circumstance described below. For this reason, our Audit and Compliance Committee has developed a pre-approval policy regarding the contracting of BBVA’s external auditor, or any affiliate of the external auditor, for professional services. The professional services covered by such policy include audit and non-audit services provided to BBVA or any of its subsidiaries reflected in agreements dated on or after May 6, 2003.

 

193


Table of Contents

The pre-approval policy is as follows:

 

  1.

The hiring of BBVA’s external auditor or any of its affiliates is prohibited, unless there is no other firm available to provide the needed services at a comparable cost and that could deliver a similar level of quality.

 

  2.

In the event that there is no other firm available to provide needed services at a comparable cost and delivering a similar level of quality, the external auditor (or any of its affiliates) may be hired to perform such services, but only with the pre-approval of the Audit and Compliance Committee.

 

  3.

The Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee has been delegated the authority to approve the hiring of BBVA’s external auditor (or any of its affiliates). In such an event, however, the Chairman would be required to inform the Audit and Compliance Committee of such decision at the Committee’s next meeting.

 

  4.

The hiring of the external auditor for any of BBVA’s subsidiaries must also be pre-approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee.

 

  5.

Agreements entered into prior to May 6, 2003 between BBVA or any of its subsidiaries and any of their respective external auditors, required the approval of the Audit and Compliance Committee in the event that services provided under such agreements continued after May 6, 2004.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

2011

  Total Number of
Ordinary Shares
Purchased
    Average Price
Paid per Share
(or Unit)
    Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
    Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares (or
Units) that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
 

January 1 to January 31

    62,048,653      8.11        —          —     

February 1 to February 28

    45,342,926      9.03        —          —     

March 1 to March 31

    64,872,181      8.68        —          —     

April 1 to April 30

    41,735,541      8.47        —          —     

May 1 to May 31

    45,733,255      8.18        —          —     

June 1 to June 30

    50,583,268      7.74        —          —     

July 1 to July 31

    76,019,234      7.56        —          —     

August 1 to August 31

    56,722,957      6.28        —          —     

September 1 to September 30

    56,033,924      5.78        —          —     

October 1 to October 31

    67,918,692      6.43        —          —     

November 1 to November 30

    44,897,738      6.05        —          —     

December 1 to December 31

    41,086,404      6.49        —          —     
 

 

 

       

Total

    652,994,773      7.39        —          —     
 

 

 

       

During 2011, we sold a total of 664,643,557 shares for an average price of 7.53 per share.

 

194


Table of Contents
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and through the date of this Annual Report, the principal independent accountant engaged to audit our financial statements, Deloitte S.L., has not resigned, indicated that it has declined to stand for re-election after the completion of its current audit or been dismissed. For each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, Deloitte S.L. has not expressed reliance on another accountant or accounting firm in its report on our audited annual accounts for such periods.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Compliance with NYSE Listing Standards on Corporate Governance

On November 4, 2003, the SEC approved rules proposed by the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) intended to strengthen corporate governance standards for listed companies. In compliance therewith, the following is a summary of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those applicable to domestic issuers under the NYSE listing standards.

Independence of the Directors on the Board of Directors and Committees

Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, (i) a majority of a U.S. company’s board of directors must be composed of independent directors, (ii) all members of the audit committee must be independent and (iii) all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must have a compensation committee and a nominations committee and all members of such committees must be independent. In each case, the independence of directors must be established pursuant to highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE and, in the case of the audit committee, the NYSE and the SEC.

Subject to certain exceptions not applicable to us and except as indicated below, Spanish law does not contain any requirement that members of the board of directors or the committees thereof be independent, nor does Spanish law provide for the time being any definition of what constitutes independence for the purpose of board or committee membership or otherwise.

With respect to board committees, pursuant to RD 771/2011, the Bank of Spain will determine which credit entities should have a Compensation Committee, taking into account, among other things, their size, internal organization and the complexity of their activities. The Chairman and the members of the Compensation Committee, if any, will be members of the Board of Directors with no executive functions. In addition, according to the Securities Market Act, listed companies should have an Audit Committee and at least one of its members must be an independent director.

Moreover, pursuant to certain non-binding recommendations applicable to listed companies in Spain, the Audit and Compliance Committee and the Compensation and Appointment Committees of such companies should be composed of a majority of non-executive directors and chaired by an independent director. These recommendations also contain a definition of what constitutes independence for the purpose of board or committee membership.

Pursuant to article 1 of our Board regulations BBVA considers that independent directors are those who fulfill the requirements described below:

Independent directors are external directors appointed for their personal and professional background who can pursue their duties without being constrained by their relations with the Company, its significant shareholders or its executives.

Independent directors may not:

 

  a)

Have been employees or executive directors in Group companies, unless three or five years, respectively, have passed since they ceased to be so.

 

195


Table of Contents
  b)

Receive any amount or benefit from the Company or its Group companies for any reason other than remuneration of their directorship, unless it is insignificant.

 

   

Neither dividends nor supplementary pension payments that the director may receive from earlier professional or employment relationships shall be taken into account for the purposes of this section, provided they are not subject to conditions and the company paying them may not at its own discretion suspend, alter or revoke their accrual without breaching its obligations.

 

  c)

Be or have been a partner in the external auditors’ firm or in charge of the auditor’s report with respect to the Company or any other Group company during the last three years.

 

  d)

Be executive director or senior manager in any other company on which a Company executive director or senior manager is external director.

 

  e)

Maintain or have maintained during the past year an important business relationship with the Company or any of its Group companies, either on his/her own behalf or as relevant shareholder, director or senior manager of a company that maintains or has maintained such relationship.

 

   

“Business relationships” shall mean relationships as provider of goods and/or services, including financial, advisory and/or consultancy services.

 

  f)

Be significant shareholders, executive directors or senior managers of any organization that receives or has received significant donations from the Company or its Group during the last three years.

 

   

Those who are merely trustees on a foundation receiving donations shall not be ineligible under this section.

 

  g)

Be married to or linked by equivalent emotional relationship, or related by up to second-degree family ties to an executive director or senior manager of the Company.

 

  h)

Have not been proposed by the Appointments Committee for appointment or renewal.

 

  i)

Fall within the cases described under letters a), e), f) or g) of this section, with respect to any significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the Board. In cases of family relationships described under letter g), the limitation shall not only apply to the shareholder, but also to the directors it nominates for the Company’s Board.

Directors owning shares in the Company may be independent providing they comply with the above conditions and their shareholding is not legally considered as significant.

Our Board of Directors has a large number of non-executive directors and eleven out of the 14 members of our Board are independent under the definition of independence described above. In addition, our Audit and Compliance Committee is composed exclusively of independent directors and the committee chairman is required to have experience in financial management and an understanding of the standards and accounting procedures required by the governmental authorities that regulate the banking sector. In accordance with the non-binding recommendation, our Board of Directors has an Appointments Committee and a Compensation Committee which are composed mainly of independent directors.

Separate Meetings for Independent Directors

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, independent directors must meet periodically outside of the presence of the executive directors. Under Spanish law, this practice is not contemplated as such. We note, however, that our independent directors meet periodically outside the

 

196


Table of Contents

presence of our executive directors anytime the Audit and Compliance Committee or the Appointments Committee and the Compensation Committee meet, since these Committees are comprised solely of non- executive directors. In addition, our independent directors meet outside the presence of our executive directors as often as they deem fit, and usually prior to meetings of the Board of Directors or its Committees.

Code of Ethics

The NYSE listing standards require U.S. companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. For information with respect to BBVA’s code of business conduct and ethics see “Item 16B. Code of Ethics”.

PART III

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reference is made to Item 19 for a list of all financial statements filed as a part of this Annual Report.

 

197


Table of Contents
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  1.1       Amended and Restated Bylaws (Estatutos) of the Registrant.
  8.1       Consolidated Companies Composing Registrant (see Appendix I to XII to our Consolidated Financial Statements included herein).
  10.1       Share Purchase Agreement entered into between the Company and Doğuş Holding A.Ş. on November 1, 2010.
  10.2       Share Purchase Agreement entered into between the Company, General Electric Capital Corporation and GE Araştirma ve Müşavirlik Limited Şirketi on November 1, 2010.
  10.3       Shareholders’ Agreement entered into between the Company, Doğuş Holding A.Ş., Doğuş Nakliyat ve Ticaret, A.Ş. and Doğuş Araştirma Geliştirme ve Müşavirlik Hizmetleri A.Ş. on November 1, 2010.(*)
  12.1       Section 302 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Certification.
  12.2       Section 302 President and Chief Operating Officer Certification.
  12.3       Section 302 Chief Accounting Officer Certification.
  13.1       Section 906 Certification.
  15.1       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

(*)

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this agreement. Confidential portions have been redacted and separately filed with the SEC.

We will furnish to the Commission, upon request, copies of any unfiled instruments that define the rights of holders of our long-term debt.

 

198


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and had duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

By:

 

/s/ RICARDO GOMEZ BARREDO

 

Name:

  RICARDO GOMEZ BARREDO

Title:

  Head of Global Accounting and Information Management Department

Date April 26, 2012

 

199


Table of Contents

CONTENTS

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

    F-1   

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

•   Consolidated balance sheets

    F-2   

•   Consolidated income statements

    F-5   

•   Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses

    F-7   

•   Consolidated statements of changes in equity

    F-8   

•   Consolidated statements of cash flows

    F-11   

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.       Introduction, basis for presentation of the consolidated financial statements and internal control of financial information

    F-13   

2.       Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

    F-16   

3.      Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group

    F-43   

4.       Allocation of earnings and the new system of shareholder remuneration

    F-46   

5.      Earnings per share

    F-48   

6.      Bases and methodology for business segment reporting

    F-49   

7.      Risk management

    F-52   

8.      Fair value of financial instruments

    F-83   

9.      Cash and balances with central banks

    F-89   

10.   Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

    F-89   

11.   Other financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    F-94   

12.   Available-for-sale financial assets

    F-94   

13.   Loans and receivables

    F-100   

14.   Held-to-maturity investments

    F-103   

15.    Hedging derivatives (receivable and payable) and Fair-value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk

    F-106   

16.    Non-current assets held for sale and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

    F-110   

17.   Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

    F-112   

18.   Reinsurance assets

    F-115   

19.   Tangible assets

    F-116   

20.   Intangible assets

    F-120   

21.   Tax assets and liabilities

    F-123   

22.   Other assets and liabilities

    F-126   

23.   Financial liabilities at amortized cost

    F-126   

24.   Liabilities under insurance contracts

    F-133   

25.   Provisions

    F-133   

26.   Pensions and other post-employment commitments

    F-134   

27.   Common stock

    F-144   

28.   Share premium

    F-147   

29.   Reserves

    F-147   

30.   Treasury stock

    F-150   

31.   Valuation adjustments

    F-151   

32.   Non-controlling interests

    F-151   

33.   Capital base and capital management

    F-152   

34.   Contingent risks and commitments

    F-155   

35.   Assets assigned to other own and third-party obligations

    F-155   

36.   Other contingent assets and liabilities

    F-155   

37.   Purchase and sale commitments and future payment obligations

    F-156   

38.   Transactions for the account of third parties

    F-156   

39.   Interest Income and Expense and Similar Items

    F-157   

40.   Dividend income

    F-160   

41.   Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

    F-160   


Table of Contents

42.   Fee and commission income

    F-161   

43.   Fee and commission expenses

    F-161   

44.   Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)

    F-162   

45.   Other operating income and expenses

    F-163   

46.   Administration costs

    F-163   

47.   Depreciation and amortization

    F-168   

48.   Provisions (net)

    F-168   

49.   Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

    F-168   

50.   Impairment losses on other assets (net)

    F-169   

51.    Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

    F-169   

52.    Gains (losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued transactions

    F-169   

53.   Consolidated statements of cash flows

    F-170   

54.   Accountant fees and services

    F-171   

55.   Related party transactions

    F-171   

56.    Remuneration and other benefits of the Board of Directors and Members of the Bank’s Management Committee

    F-173   

57.    Detail of the Directors’ holdings in companies with similar business activities

    F-178   

58.   Other information

    F-178   

59.   Subsequent events

    F-181   

APPENDICES

 

APPENDIX I

  Financial Statements of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.     A-1   

APPENDIX II

  Additional information on consolidated subsidiaries composing the BBVA Group     A-10   

APPENDIX III

  Additional information on the jointly controlled companies accounted for under the proportionate consolidation method in the BBVA Group     A-18   

APPENDIX IV

  Additional information on investments and jointly controlled companies accounted for under the equity method in the BBVA Group     A-19   

APPENDIX V

  Changes and notification of investments and divestments in the BBVA Group in 2011     A-20   

APPENDIX VI

  Fully consolidated subsidiaries with more than 10% owned by non-BBVA Group shareholders as of December 31, 2011     A-24   

APPENDIX VII

  BBVA Group’s securitization funds     A-25   

APPENDIX VIII

  Details of the outstanding Subordinated Debt and Preferred Securities issued by the Bank or entities in the Group consolidated as of December 31, 2011.     A-26   

APPENDIX IX

  Consolidated balance sheets held in foreign currency as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009    
A-30
  

APPENDIX X

  Risks related to the developer and real-estate sector in Spain     A-31   

APPENDIX XI

 

Glossary

    A-36   

APPENDIX XII

 

Additional disclosure required by the Regulation S-X

    A-47   


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group (the “Group” – Note 3) as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated income statements, statements of recognized income and expense, statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the controlling Company’s Directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. and subsidiaries composing the BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Boards (“IFRS – IASB”).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 26, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid – Spain

April 26, 2012

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

        Millions of Euros  

ASSETS

  Notes   2011     2010     2009  

CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS

  9     30,939        19,981        16,344   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING

  10     70,602        63,283        69,733   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

      –          –          –     

Loans and advances to customers

      –          –          –     

Debt securities

      20,975        24,358        34,672   

Equity instruments

      2,198        5,260        5,783   

Trading derivatives

      47,429        33,665        29,278   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

  11     2,977        2,774        2,337   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

      –          –          –     

Loans and advances to customers

      –          –          –     

Debt securities

      708        688        639   

Equity instruments

      2,269        2,086        1,698   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

  12     58,144        56,456        63,521   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt securities

      52,914        50,875        57,071   

Equity instruments

      5,230        5,581        6,450   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

  13     381,076        364,707        346,117   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

      26,107        23,637        22,239   

Loans and advances to customers

      351,900        338,857        323,442   

Debt securities

      3,069        2,213        436   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS

  14     10,955        9,946        5,437   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

  15     146        40        –     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

  15     4,552        3,563        3,595   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

  16     2,090        1,529        1,050   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS IN ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

  17     5,843        4,547        2,922   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Associates

      5,567        4,247        2,614   

Jointly controlled entities

      276        300        308   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INSURANCE CONTRACTS LINKED TO PENSIONS

      –          –          –     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

REINSURANCE ASSETS

  18     26        28        29   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

  19     7,330        6,701        6,507   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plants and equipment

      5,740        5,132        4,873   

For own use

      4,905        4,408        4,182   

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

      835        724        691   

Investment properties

      1,590        1,569        1,634   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

  20     8,677        8,007        7,248   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill

      6,798        6,949        6,396   

Other intangible assets

      1,879        1,058        852   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TAX ASSETS

  21     7,841        6,649        6,273   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

      1,509        1,113        1,187   

Deferred

      6,332        5,536        5,086   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

  22     6,490        4,527        3,952   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories

      3,994        2,788        1,933   

Rest

      2,496        1,739        2,019   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

      597,688        552,738        535,065   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

          Millions of Euros  

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   Notes    2011      2010     2009  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

   10      51,303         37,212        32,830   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks

        –           –          –     

Deposits from credit institutions

        –           –          –     

Customer deposits

        –           –          –     

Debt certificates

        –           –          –     

Trading derivatives

        46,692         33,166        29,000   

Short positions

        4,611         4,046        3,830   

Other financial liabilities

        –           –          –     
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

   11      1,825         1,607        1,367   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks

        –           –          –     

Deposits from credit institutions

        –           –          –     

Customer deposits

        –           –          –     

Debt certificates

        –           –          –     

Subordinated liabilities

        –           –          –     

Other financial liabilities

        1,825         1,607        1,367   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTIZED COST

   23      479,904         453,164        447,936   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks

        33,147         11,010        21,166   

Deposits from credit institutions

        59,356         57,170        49,146   

Customer deposits

        282,173         275,789        254,183   

Debt certificates

        81,930         85,179        99,939   

Subordinated liabilities

        15,419         17,420        17,878   

Other financial liabilities

        7,879         6,596        5,624   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

   15      –           (2     –     
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

   15      2,710         1,664        1,308   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

   16      –           –          –     
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE CONTRACTS

   24      7,737         8,034        7,186   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROVISIONS

   25      7,561         8,322        8,559   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

   26      5,577         5,980        6,246   

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

        350         304        299   

Provisions for contingent risks and commitments

        291         264        243   

Other provisions

        1,343         1,774        1,771   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TAX LIABILITIES

   21      2,330         2,195        2,208   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

        772         604        539   

Deferred

        1,558         1,591        1,669   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

   22      4,260         3,067        2,908   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

        557,630         515,263        504,302   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

            Millions of Euros  

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

STOCKHOLDERS’ FUNDS

        40,952        36,689        29,362   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stock

     27         2,403        2,201        1,837   

Issued

        2,403        2,201        1,837   

Unpaid and uncalled (-)

        –          –          –     

Share premium

     28         18,970        17,104        12,453   

Reserves

     29         17,940        14,360        12,074   

Accumulated reserves (losses)

        17,580        14,305        11,765   

Reserves (losses) of entities accounted for using the equity method

        360        55        309   

Other equity instruments

        51        37        12   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity component of compound financial instruments

        –          –          –     

Other equity instruments

        51        37        12   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Treasury stock

     30         (300     (552     (224

Income attributed to the parent company

        3,004        4,606        4,210   

Less: Dividends and remuneration

        (1,116     (1,067     (1,000
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS

     31         (2,787     (770     (62
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

        (682     333        1,951   

Cash flow hedging

        30        49        188   

Hedging of net investment in foreign transactions

        (158     (158     219   

Exchange differences

        (1,937     (978     (2,236

Non-current assets held-for-sale

        –          –          –     

Entities accounted for using the equity method

        188        (16     (184

Other valuation adjustments

        (228     –          –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

     32         1,893        1,556        1,463   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

        36        (86     18   

Rest

        1,857        1,642        1,445   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY

        40,058        37,475        30,763   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

        597,688        552,738        535,065   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            Millions of Euros  

MEMORANDUM ITEM

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

CONTINGENT RISKS

     34         39,904        36,441        33,185   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

     34         93,766        90,574        92,323   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

            Millions of Euros  
     Notes      2011     2010     2009  

INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME

     39         24,188        21,134        23,775   

INTEREST AND SIMILAR EXPENSES

     39         (11,028     (7,814     (9,893
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

        13,160        13,320        13,882   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

DIVIDEND INCOME

     40         562        529        443   

SHARE OF PROFIT OR LOSS OF ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

     41         600        335        120   

FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME

     42         5,618        5,382        5,305   

FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSES

     43         (1,058     (845     (875
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET GAINS (LOSSES) ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

     44         1,114        1,441        892   

Financial instruments held for trading

        1,054        643        321   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

        4        83        79   

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

        56        715        492   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rest

        –          –          –     

EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES (NET)

        365        453        652   

OTHER OPERATING INCOME

     45         4,247        3,543        3,400   

Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts

        3,317        2,597        2,567   

Financial income from non-financial services

        656        647        493   

Rest of other operating income

        274        299        340   

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

     45         (4,042     (3,248     (3,153

Expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

        (2,436     (1,815     (1,847

Changes in inventories

        (298     (554     (417

Rest of other operating expenses

        (1,308     (879     (889
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS INCOME

        20,566        20,910        20,666   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ADMINISTRATION COSTS

     46         (9,104     (8,207     (7,662

Personnel expenses

        (5,311     (4,814     (4,651

General and administrative expenses

        (3,793     (3,393     (3,011

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

     47         (847     (761     (697
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROVISIONS (NET)

     48         (510     (482     (458

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS (NET)

     49         (4,226     (4,718     (5,473
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and receivables

        (4,201     (4,563     (5,199

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

        (25     (155     (274
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

        5,879        6,742        6,376   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

            Millions of Euros  
     Notes      2011     2010     2009  

NET OPERATING INCOME

        5,879        6,742        6,376   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON OTHER ASSETS (NET)

     50         (1,885     (489     (1,618

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        (1,444     (13     (1,100

Other assets

        (441     (476     (518

GAINS (LOSSES) ON DERECOGNIZED ASSETS NOT CLASSIFIED AS NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

     51         46        41        20   

NEGATIVE GOODWILL

        –          1        99   

GAINS (LOSSES) IN NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE NOT CLASSIFIED AS DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     52         (270     127        859   

INCOME BEFORE TAX

        3,770        6,422        5,736   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME TAX

     21         (285     (1,427     (1,141

INCOME FROM CONTINUING TRANSACTIONS

        3,485        4,995        4,595   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED TRANSACTIONS (NET)

        –          –          –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

        3,485        4,995        4,595   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income attributed to parent company

        3,004        4,606        4,210   

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

     32         481        389        385   
            Euros  
     Note      2011     2010     2009  

Basic earnings per share

     5         0.64        1.14        1.07   

Diluted earnings per share

     5         0.64        1.14        1.07   

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated income statement for the year ending December 31, 2011.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses for the years ended

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

     Millions of Euros  
     2011     2010     2009  

NET INCOME RECOGNIZED IN INCOME STATEMENT

     3,485        4,995        4,595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER RECOGNIZED INCOME (EXPENSES)

     (1,894     (813     1,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

     (1,240     (2,166     1,502   

Valuation gains/(losses)

     (1,351     (1,963     1,520   

Amounts removed to income statement

     89        (206     (18

Reclassifications

     22        3        –     

Cash flow hedging

     (32     (190     (32

Valuation gains/(losses)

     (61     (156     (21

Amounts removed to income statement

     29        (34     (11

Amounts removed to the initial carrying amount of the hedged items

     –          –          –     

Reclassifications

     –          –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Hedging of net investment in foreign transactions

     –          (377     (27

Valuation gains/(losses)

     –          (377     (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts removed to income statement

     –          –          –     

Reclassifications

     –          –          –     

Exchange differences

     (960     1,384        68   

Valuation gains/(losses)

     (963     1,380        141   

Amounts removed to income statement

     3        4        (73

Reclassifications

     –          –          –     

Non-current assets held for sale

     –          –          –     

Valuation gains/(losses)

     –          –          –     

Amounts removed to income statement

     –          –          –     

Reclassifications

     –          –          –     

Actuarial gains and losses in post-employment plans

     (240     –          –     

Entities accounted for using the equity method

     204        228        (88

Valuation gains/(losses)

     204        228        (88

Amounts removed to income statement

     –          –          –     

Reclassifications

     –          –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rest of recognized income and expenses

     (90     –          –     

Income tax

     464        308        (362
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL RECOGNIZED INCOME/EXPENSES

     1,591        4,182        5,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed to the parent company

     987        3,898        5,078   

Attributed to minority interests

     604        284        578   

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of recognized income and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

    Millions of Euros  
    Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company     Non-
controlling
Interests
(Note 32)
    Total
Equity
 
    Stockholders’ Funds     Valuation
Adjust-

ments
(Note  31)
    Total      
    Common
Stock
(Note 27)
    Share
Premium
(Note 28)
    Reserves (Note 29)     Other
Equity
Instruments
    Less:
Treasury
Stock
(Note 30)
    Income
Attributed

to the
Parent
Company
    Less:
Dividends
and
Remune-

rations
(Note 4)
    Total
Stock-

holders’
Funds
         

2011

      Accumulated
Reserves

(Losses)
    Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted
for Using
the Equity
Method
                   

Balances as of January 1, 2011

    2,201        17,104        14,305        55        37        (552     4,606        (1,067     36,689        (770     35,919        1,556        37,475   

Effect of changes in accounting policies

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Effect of correction of errors

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Adjusted initial balance

    2,201        17,104        14,305        55        37        (552     4,606        (1,067     36,689        (770     35,919        1,556        37,475   

Total income/expense recognized

    –          –          –          –          –          –          3,004        –          3,004        (2,017     987        604        1,591   

Other changes in equity

    202        1,866        3,275        305        14        252        (4,606     (49     1,259        –          1,259        (267     992   

Common stock increase

    68        –          (68     –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Common stock reduction

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

    134        1,866        –          –          –          –          –          –          2,000        –          2,000        –          2,000   

Increase of other equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          14        –          –          –          14        –          14        –          14   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Dividend distribution

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          (937     (937     –          (937     (273     (1,210

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

    –          –          (14     –          –          252        –          –          238        –          238        –          238   

Transfers between total equity entries

    –          –          3,239        300        –          –          (4,606     1,067        –          –          –          –          –     

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Payments with equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

    –          –          118        5        –          –          –          (179     (56     –          (56     6        (50

Of which:

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Acquisition of the free allotment rights

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          (179     (179     –          (179     –          (179
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2011

    2,403        18,970        17,580        360        51        (300     3,004        (1,116     40,952        (2,787     38,165        1,893        40,058   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

    Millions of Euros  
    Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company     Non-
controlling
Interests
(Note 32)
    Total
Equity
 
    Stockholders’ Funds     Valuation
Adjust-

ments
(Note  31)
    Total      
    Common
Stock
(Note 27)
    Share
Premium
(Note 28)
    Reserves (Note 29)     Other
Equity
Instruments
    Less:
Treasury
Stock
(Note 30)
    Income
Attributed

to the
Parent
Company
    Less:
Dividends
and
Remune-

rations
(Note 4)
    Total
Stockholders’
Funds
         

2010

      Accumulated
Reserves
(Losses)
    Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted

for Using
the Equity
Method
                   

Balances as of January 1, 2010

    1,837        12,453        11,765        309        12        (224     4,210        (1,000     29,362        (62     29,300        1,463        30,763   

Effect of changes in accounting policies

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Effect of correction of errors

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Adjusted initial balance

    1,837        12,453        11,765        309        12        (224     4,210        (1,000     29,362        (62     29,300        1,463        30,763   

Total income/expense recognized

    –          –          –          –          –          –          4,606        –          4,606        (708     3,898        284        4,182   

Other changes in equity

    364        4,651        2,540        (254     25        (328     (4,210     (67     2,721        –          2,721        (191     2,530   

Common stock increase

    364        4,651        –          –          –          –          –          –          5,015        –          5,015        –          5,015   

Common stock reduction

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Increase of other equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          25        –          –          –          25        –          25        –          25   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Dividend distribution

    –          –          –          –          –          –          (558     (1,067     (1,625     –          (1,625     (197     (1,822

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

    –          –          (105     –          –          (328     –          –          (433     –          (433     –          (433

Transfers between total equity entries

    –          –          2,865        (213     –          –          (3,652     1,000        –          –          –          –          –     

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Payments with equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

    –          –          (220     (41     –          –          –          –          (261     –          (261     6        (255
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2010

    2,201        17,104        14,305        55        37        (552     4,606        (1,067     36,689        (770     35,919        1,556        37,475   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

    Millions of Euros  
    Total Equity Attributed to the Parent Company     Non-
controlling
Interests
(Note  32)
    Total
Equity
 
    Stockholders’ Funds     Valuation
Adjustments
(Note 31)
    Total      
    Common
Stock
(Note 27)
    Share
Premium
(Note 28)
    Reserves (Note 29)     Other
Equity
Instruments
    Less:
Treasury
Stock
(Note 30)
    Income
Attributed

to the
Parent
Company
    Less:
Dividends
and
Remunerations
(Note 4)
    Total
Stockholders’
Funds
         

2009

      Accumulated
Reserves

(Losses)
    Reserves
(Losses)
from
Entities
Accounted

for Using
the Equity
Method
                   

Balances as of January 1, 2009

    1,837        12,770        8,801        609        89        (720     5,020        (1,820     26,586        (930     25,656        1,049        26,705   

Effect of changes in accounting policies

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Effect of correction of errors

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Adjusted initial balance

    1,837        12,770        8,801        609        89        (720     5,020        (1,820     26,586        (930     25,656        1,049        26,705   

Total income/expense recognized

    –          –          –          –          –          –          4,210        –          4,210        868        5,078        578        5,656   

Other changes in equity

    –          (317     2,964        (300     (77     496        (5,020     820        (1,434     –          (1,434     (164     (1,598

Common stock increase

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Common stock reduction

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Increase of other equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          10        –          –          –          10        –          10        –          10   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Dividend distribution

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          (1,000     (1,000     –          (1,000     (144     (1,144

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

    –          –          (238     –          –          496        –          –          258        –          258        –          258   
                         

Transfers between total equity entries

    –          –          3,378        (178     –          –          (5,020     1,820        –          –          –          –          –     

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Payments with equity instruments

    –          (317     –          –          (87     –          –          –          (404     –          (404     –          (404

Rest of increases/reductions in total equity

    –          –          (176     (122     –          –          –          –          (298     –          (298     (20     (318
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2009

    1,837        12,453        11,765        309        12        (224     4,210        (1,000     29,362        (62     29,300        1,463        30,763   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

            Millions of Euros  
     Notes      2011     2010     2009  

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES (1)

     53         19,811        8,503        2,567   

Net income for the year

        3,485        4,995        4,595   

Adjustments to obtain the cash flow from operating activities:

        3,090        (534     (591

Depreciation and amortization

        847        761        697   

Other adjustments

        2,243        (1,295     (1,288

Net increase/decrease in operating assets

        17,340        6,452        (9,781

Financial assets held for trading

        7,319        (6,450     (3,566

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

        203        437        582   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        1,131        (7,064     15,741   

Loans and receivables

        6,461        18,590        (23,377
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating assets

        2,226        939        839   

Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities

        30,291        9,067        (12,359
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held for trading

        14,090        4,383        (10,179

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

        218        240        334   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

        16,265        5,687        (3,564

Other operating liabilities

        (282     (1,243     1,050   

Collection/Payments for income tax

        285        1,427        1,141   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES (2)

     53         (6,622     (7,078     (643
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment

        8,524        8,762        2,396   

Tangible assets

        1,313        1,040        931   

Intangible assets

        612        464        380   

Investments

        430        1,209        2   

Subsidiaries and other business units

        4,653        77        7   

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

        1,516        1,464        920   

Held-to-maturity investments

        –          4,508        156   

Other settlements related to investing activities

        –          –          –     

Divestments

        1,902        1,684        1,753   

Tangible assets

        175        261        793   

Intangible assets

        1        6        147   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investments

        –          1        1   

Subsidiaries and other business units

        18        69        32   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

        870        1,347        780   

Held-to-maturity investments

        838        –          –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other collections related to investing activities

        –          –          –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

            Millions of Euros  
     Notes      2011     2010      2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3)

     53         (1,269     1,148         (74

Investment

        6,282        12,410         10,012   

Dividends

        1,031        1,218         1,567   

Subordinated liabilities

        230        2,846         1,667   

Common stock amortization

        –          –           –     

Treasury stock acquisition

        4,825        7,828         6,431   

Other items relating to financing activities

        196        518         347   

Divestments

        5,013        13,558         9,938   

Subordinated liabilities

        –          1,205         3,103   

Common stock increase

        –          4,914         –     

Treasury stock disposal

        5,013        7,439         6,835   

Other items relating to financing activities

        –          –           –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES (4)

        (960     1,063         (161
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS (1+2+3+4)

        10,960        3,636         1,689   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

        19,967        16,331         14,642   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

        30,927        19,967         16,331   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
            Millions of Euros  

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND EQUIVALENT AT END OF THE YEAR

   Notes      2011     2010      2009  

Cash

        4,611        4,284         4,218   

Balance of cash equivalent in central banks

        26,316        15,683         12,113   

Other financial assets

        –          –           –     

Less: Bank overdraft refundable on demand

        –          –           –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

     9         30,927        19,967         16,331   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

          

Held by consolidated subsidiaries but not available for the Group

        –          –           –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Appendices I to XII are an integral part of the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

LOGO

Notes to consolidated income statements for the year ended

December  31, 2011

1. Introduction, basis for presentation of the consolidated financial statements and internal control of financial information

1.1 Introduction

Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (hereinafter “the Bank” or “BBVA”) is a private-law entity subject to the laws and regulations governing banking entities operating in Spain. It carries out its activity through branches and agencies across the country and abroad.

The Bylaws and other public information are available for consultation at the Bank’s registered address (Plaza San Nicolás, 4 Bilbao).

In addition to the transactions it carries out directly, the Bank heads a group of subsidiaries, jointly-controlled and associated entities which perform a wide range of activities and which together with the Bank constitute the Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group (hereinafter, “the Group” or “the BBVA Group”). In addition to its own individual financial statements, the Bank is therefore obliged to prepare the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2011, the BBVA Group was made up of 293 fully consolidated and 27 proportionately consolidated companies, as well as 73 companies consolidated using the equity method (see Notes 3 and 17 and Appendices II to VII).

The BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements for the years ending December 31, 2010 and 2009 were approved by the shareholders at the Bank’s Annual General Meetings “AGM” held on March 11, 2011 and March 12, 2010, respectively.

The 2011 consolidated financial statements of the Group and the 2011 financial statements of the Bank have been approved by the shareholders at the AGM held on March 16, 2012.

1.2 Basis for the presentation of the consolidated financial statements

The BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards endorsed by the European Union (EU-IFRS) required to be applied under the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004, dated December 22 (and as amended thereafter) and in compliance with IFRS-IASB. This Bank of Spain Circular is the regulation that implements and adapts the EU-IFRS for Spanish banks.

The BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were prepared by applying the principles of consolidation, accounting policies and valuation criteria described in Note 2, so that they present fairly the Group’s consolidated equity and financial position as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 together with the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows generated during 2011, 2010 and 2009.

These consolidated financial statements were prepared on the basis of the accounting records kept by the Bank and each of the other entities in the Group. However, they include the adjustments and reclassifications required to harmonize the accounting policies and valuation criteria used by most of the Group (see Note 2.2).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

All obligatory accounting standards and valuation criteria with a significant effect in the consolidated financial statements were applied in their preparation.

The amounts reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in millions of euros, unless it is more convenient to use smaller units. Some items that appear without a total in these consolidated financial statements do so because of the size of the units used. Also, in presenting amounts in millions of euros, the accounting balances have been rounded up or down. It is therefore possible that the amounts appearing in some tables are not the exact arithmetical sum of their component figures.

The percentage changes in amounts have been calculated using figures expressed in thousands of euros.

1.3 Comparative information

As mentioned in Note 6, the BBVA Group’s business areas were redefined in 2011. This involved changes to the structure current in 2010 and 2009. In order to make it easier to compare information against these years, the information for 2010 and 2009 has been reworked in accordance with the criteria used in 2011, as established by IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”.

1.4 Seasonal nature of income and expenses

The nature of the most significant operations carried out by the BBVA Group’s entities is mainly related to traditional activities carried out by financial institutions, which are not significantly affected by seasonal factors.

1.5 Responsibility for the information and for the estimates made

The information contained in the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements is the responsibility of the Bank’s directors, who at times have to make estimates to determine the balances of some assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments recorded in them. These estimates relate mainly to the following:

 

   

Impairment on certain financial assets (see Notes 7, 8, 12, 13, 14 and 17).

 

   

The assumptions used to quantify certain provisions (see Note 25) and for the actuarial calculation of post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments (see Note 26).

 

   

The useful life and impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets (see Notes 16, 19, 20 and 22).

 

   

The valuation of goodwill arising on consolidation (see Notes 17 and 20).

 

   

The fair value of certain unlisted financial assets and liabilities in organized markets (see Notes 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 and 15).

Although these estimates were made on the basis of the best information available as of December 31, 2011 on the events analyzed, future events may make it necessary to modify them (either up or down) over the coming years. This would be done in accordance with applicable regulations and prospectively, recording the effects of the changes in the estimates in the corresponding consolidated income statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

1.6 Control of the BBVA Group’s financial reporting

The financial information prepared by the BBVA Group is subject to a system of internal control (Internal Control over Financial Reporting or ICFR). Its aim is to provide reasonable security with respect to its reliability and integrity, and to ensure that the transactions carried out and processed use the criteria established by the Group’s management and comply with applicable laws and regulations.

The ICFR was developed by the Group’s management in accordance with international standards established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (hereinafter, “COSO). This stipulates five components that must form the basis of the effectiveness and efficiency of systems of internal control:

 

   

Assessment of all of the risks that could arise during the preparation of financial information.

 

   

Design the necessary controls to mitigate the most critical risks.

 

   

Monitoring of the controls to ensure they perform correctly and are effective over time.

 

   

Establishment of an appropriate system of information flows to detect and report system weaknesses or flaws.

 

   

Establishment of a suitable control environment to track all of these activities.

The ICFR is a dynamic model that evolves continuously over time to reflect the reality of the Group’s business at any time, together with the risks affecting it and the controls designed to mitigate these risks. It is subject to continuous evaluation by the internal control units.

The internal control units within each company comply with a common and standard methodology issued by the corporate internal control units, which also perform a supervisory role over them, as can be seen from the following diagram:

 

LOGO

As well as the evaluation that the Internal Control Units performs, ICFR Model is subject to regular evaluations by the Internal Audit Department and is supervised by the Group’s Audit and Compliance Committee.

As a foreign private issuer in the United States, the BBVA Group submits Annual Reports on Form 20F to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and thus complies with the requirements pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

In the evaluation by the Internal Audit Department and the Internal Control Units, no weaknesses were detected that could have a material or significant impact on the BBVA Group consolidated financial statements for the year 2011.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

1.7 Mortgage market policies and procedures

The additional disclosures required by Bank of Spain Circular 5/2011, applying Royal Decree 716/2009, dated April 24, 2009 (which developed certain aspects of Law 2/1981, dated 25 March, on the regulation of the mortgage market and other mortgage and financial market regulations) are set out in more detail in the Bank’s individual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.

2. Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

The Glossary (Appendix XI) includes the definition of some of the financial and economic terms used in Note 2 and subsequent Notes.

2.1 Principles of consolidation

In terms of its consolidation, the BBVA Group is made up of three types of companies: subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates.

 

   

Subsidiaries: Subsidiaries are those companies which the Group has the capacity to control. (See the Glossary, Appendix XI, for a more detailed definition of subsidiaries and control).

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are consolidated with those of the Bank using the global integration method.

The share of minority interests from subsidiaries in the Group’s consolidated equity is presented under the heading “Non-controlling interests” in the consolidated balance sheets. Their share in the profit or loss for the year is presented under the heading “Net income attributed to non-controlling interests” in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 32).

Note 3 includes information related to the main subsidiaries in the Group as of December 31, 2011. Appendix II includes other significant information on these companies.

 

   

Jointly controlled entities: These are entities that are not dependent on a third party, but meet all the conditions for being considered a “joint business” (see the definition of jointly controlled entities in Appendix XI, Glossary). The BBVA Group has applied the following criteria in relation to the consolidation of its jointly controlled entities:

 

   

Jointly-controlled financial entity: Since it is a financial entity, the best way of reflecting its activities within the Group’s consolidated financial statements is considered to be the proportionate method of consolidation.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the proportionately consolidated jointly controlled financial entities increased the main figures in the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements as shown in the table below:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Contribution to the Group by Entities Accounted for

Under the Proportionate Method

   2011 (*)      2010      2009  

Assets

     18,935         1,040         869   

Liabilities

     15,232         891         732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     200         19         17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (*)

Increases are due basically to Garanti

As of December 31, 2011, the most significant contribution of jointly controlled entities under the proportionate consolidation method is from Garanti (see Note 3). No additional information is presented with respect to the other entities as the holdings in these cases are not significant.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Appendix III shows the main figures for jointly controlled entities consolidated under the proportionate method.

 

   

Jointly-controlled non-financial entity. The effect of distributing the balance sheet and income statement amounts belonging to jointly controlled non-financial entities in the Group’s consolidated financial statements would distort the information provided to investors. It is therefore considered more appropriate to reflect these investments in the Group’s consolidated financial statements using the equity method.

Appendix IV shows the main figures for jointly controlled entities consolidated using the equity method. Note 17 details the impact that application of the proportionate consolidation method on these entities would have had on the consolidated balance sheet and income statement.

 

   

Associate entities: Associates are companies in which the Group is able to exercise significant influence, without having total or joint control. Significant influence is deemed to exist when the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights of an investee directly or indirectly.

However, certain entities in which the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights are not included as Group associates, since the Group does not have the capacity to exercise significant influence over these entities. Investments in these entities, which do not represent significant amounts for the Group, are classified as “Available-for-sale financial assets.”

In contrast, some investments in entities in which the Group holds less than 20% of the voting rights are accounted for as Group associates, as the Group is considered to have the power to exercise significant influence over these entities.

Appendix IV shows the most significant information related to the associates (see Note 17), which are consolidated using the equity method.

In all cases, results of subsidiaries acquired by the BBVA Group in a particular year are included taking into account only the period from the date of acquisition to year-end. Similarly, the results of companies disposed of during any year are included only taking into account the period from the start of the year to the date of disposal.

Individual financial statements –

The separate financial statements of the parent company of the Group (Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.) are prepared under Spanish regulations (Circular 4/2004 of the Bank of Spain, and subsequent amendments). The Bank uses the cost method to account for its investment in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled companies, as permitted by IAS 27.

Appendix I shows BBVA’s individual financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

2.2 Accounting policies and valuation criteria applied

The accounting standards and policies and the valuation criteria applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements may differ from those used by some of the entities in the BBVA Group. For this reason, the necessary adjustments and reclassifications have been introduced in the consolidation process to standardize these principles and criteria and comply with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004, of December 22, 2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IASB.

The accounting standards and policies and valuation criteria used in preparing these consolidated financial statements are as follows:

2.2.1 Financial Instruments

Measurement of financial instruments and recognition of changes in subsequent fair value

All financial instruments are initially accounted for at fair value which, unless there is evidence to the contrary, shall be the transaction price.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

All the changes in the financial instruments, except in trading derivatives, arising from the accrual of interests and similar items are recognized under the headings “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expenses”, as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year in which the accrual took place (see Note 39). The dividends paid from other companies are recognized under the heading “Dividend income” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year in which the right to receive them arises (see Note 40).

The changes in fair value after the initial recognition, for reasons other than those mentioned in the preceding paragraph, are treated as described below, according to the categories of financial assets and liabilities:

“Financial assets held for trading” and “Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss”

The assets and liabilities recognized in these chapters of the consolidated balance sheets are measured at fair value and changes in value (gains or losses) are recognized as their net value under the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 44). However, changes resulting from variations in foreign exchange rates are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

 

   

“Available-for-sale financial assets”

Assets recognized under these headings in the consolidated balance sheets are measured at their fair value. Subsequent changes in this measurement (gains or losses) are recognized temporarily for their amount net of tax effect, under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Changes in the value of non-monetary items by changes in foreign exchange rates are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Changes in foreign exchange rates resulting from monetary items are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

The amounts recognized under the headings “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” and “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” continue to form part of the Group’s consolidated equity until the asset is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet or until an impairment loss is recognized in the financial instrument in question. If these assets are sold, these amounts are derecognized and entered under the headings “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” or “Exchange differences (net)”, as appropriate, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they are derecognized.

The gains from sales of other equity instruments considered strategic investments registered under “Available-for-sale financial assets” are recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) in non-current assets held-for-sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement, even if they had not been classified in a previous balance sheet as non-current assets held for sale (see Note 52).

The net impairment losses in “Available-for-sale financial assets” over the year are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss” (see Note 49) in the consolidated income statements for that year.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
   

“Loans and receivables”, “Held-to-maturity investments” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost”

Assets and liabilities recognized under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are measured at “amortized cost” using the “effective interest rate” method. This is because the consolidated entities intend to hold such financial instruments to maturity.

Net impairment losses of assets recognized under these headings arising in a particular year are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Loans and receivables” or “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Other financial instruments not valued at fair value through profit or loss” (see Note 49) in the consolidated income statement for that year.

 

   

“Hedging derivatives” and “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk”

Assets and liabilities recognized under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are measured at fair value.

Changes produced subsequent to the designation of the hedging relationship in the measurement of financial instruments designated as hedged items as well as financial instruments designated as hedge accounting instruments are recognized as follows:

 

   

In fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized under the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement, with a balancing item under the headings where hedging items (“Hedging derivatives”) and the hedged items are recognized, as applicable.

In fair value hedges of interest rate risk of a portfolio of financial instruments (portfolio-hedges), the gains or losses that arise in the measurement of the hedging instrument are recognized in the consolidated income statement, and the gains or losses that arise from the change in the fair value of the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) are recognized in the consolidated income statement, using, as a balancing item, the headings “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” in the consolidated balance sheets, as applicable.

 

   

In cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the hedging instruments relating to the effective portion are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Cash flow hedging” in the consolidated balance sheets. These differences are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement at the time when the gain or loss in the hedged instrument affects profit or loss, when the forecast transaction is executed or at the maturity date of the hedged item. Almost all of the hedges used by the Group are for interest-rate risks. Therefore, the valuation changes are recognized under the headings “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expenses” as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 39).

Differences in the measurement of the hedging items corresponding to the ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are recognized directly in the heading “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement.

 

   

In the hedges of net investments in foreign operations, the differences produced in the effective portions of hedging items are recognized temporarily under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Hedging of net investments in foreign transactions” in the consolidated balance sheets. These differences in valuation are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the consolidated income statement when the investment in a foreign operation is disposed of or derecognized.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
   

Other financial instruments

The following exceptions are applicable with respect to the above general criteria:

 

   

Equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those instruments as their underlying asset and are settled by delivery of those instruments remain in the consolidated balance sheet at acquisition cost; this may be adjusted, where appropriate, for any impairment loss.

 

   

Valuation adjustments arising from financial instruments classified at the consolidated balance sheet date as non-current assets held for sale are recognized with a balancing entry under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Non-current assets held for sale” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Impairment losses on financial assets –

Definition of impaired financial assets

A financial asset is considered to be impaired – and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of impairment – when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which:

 

   

In the case of debt instruments (loans and debt securities), give rise to an adverse impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the transaction was arranged. So they are considered impaired when there are reasonable doubts that the balances will be recovered in full and/or the related interest will be collected for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed.

 

   

In the case of equity instruments, mean that their carrying amount may not be fully recovered.

As a general rule, the carrying amount of impaired financial instruments is adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes known. The recoveries of previously recognized impairment losses are registered, if appropriate, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment is reversed or reduced, with an exception: any recovery of previously recognized impairment losses for an investment in an equity instrument classified as financial assets available for sale is not recognized through consolidated financial statements, but under the heading “Valuation Adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated balance sheet.

In general, amounts collected in relation to impaired loans and receivables are used to recognize the related accrued interest and any excess amount is used to reduce the principal not yet paid.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered to be remote, this amount is written-off on the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions that may be taken in order to collect the amount until the rights extinguish in full either because it is time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

We assess the evolution of recognized amounts individually, in the case of significant financial assets and for assets which are not susceptible to being classified in homogeneous groups of instruments with similar risk characteristics, or collectively, in the case of smaller financial assets susceptible to being classified in homogeneous groups.

According to our established policy, the recovery of a recognized amount is considered to be remote and, therefore, removed from our consolidated balance sheet in the following cases:

 

   

Any loan (except for those carrying an effective guarantee) of a company in bankruptcy and/or in the last phases of a “concurso de acreedores” (the Spanish equivalent of a Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding), and

 

F-20


Table of Contents
   

Financial assets (bonds, obligations, etc.) whose issuer’s solvency capability has been downgraded in an irrevocable way.

Additionally, loans classified as substandard secured loans are written off within a maximum period of four years from their due date, while substandard unsecured loans (such as commercial and consumer loans, credit cards, etc.) are written off within two years from their due date.

Calculation of impairment on financial assets

The impairment on financial assets is determined by type of instrument and other circumstances that could affected, taking into account the guarantees received by the owners of the financial instruments to assure (in part or in full) the performance of transactions. The BBVA Group recognizes impairment charges directly against the impaired asset when the likelihood of recovery is deemed remote, and uses an offsetting or allowance account when it records non-performing loan provisions for the estimated losses.

 

   

Impairment of debt securities measured at amortized cost

The amount of impairment losses of debt securities at amortized cost is measured depending on whether the impairment losses are determined individually or collectively.

 

   

Impairment losses determined individually

The amount of the impairment losses incurred on these instruments relates to the positive difference between their respective carrying amounts and the present values of their expected future cash flows. These cash flows are discounted using the original effective interest rate. If a financial instrument has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective rate determined under the contract.

As an exception to the rule described above, the market value of quoted debt instruments is deemed to be a fair estimate of the present value of their future cash flows.

The following is to be taken into consideration when estimating the future cash flows of debt instruments:

 

   

All the amounts that are expected to be recovered over the residual life of the instrument; including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collaterals and other credit enhancements provided for the instrument (after deducting the costs required for foreclosure and subsequent sale). Impairment losses include an estimate for the possibility of collecting accrued, past-due and uncollected interest.

 

   

The various types of risk to which each instrument is subject.

 

   

The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.

In respect to impairment losses resulting from the materialization of insolvency risk of the obligors (credit risk), a debt instrument is impaired:

 

   

When there is evidence of a reduction in the obligor’s capacity to pay, whether manifestly by default or for other reasons; and/or

 

   

When country-risk materializes, understood as the common risk among debtors who are resident in a particular country as a result of factors other than normal commercial risk.

The Group has policies, methods and procedures for hedging its credit risk, for insolvency attributable to counterparties and country-risk. These policies, methods and procedures are applied to the arrangement, study and documentation of debt instruments, contingent risks and commitments, as well as the detection of their deterioration and in the calculation of the amounts needed to cover their credit risk.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
   

Impairment losses determined collectively

The determined collectively losses are calculated by using statistical procedures, and they are deemed equivalent to the portion of losses incurred on the date that the accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared that has yet to be allocated to specific transactions.

The BBVA Group uses the concept of expected loss to quantify the cost of the credit risk and include it in the calculation of the risk-adjusted return of its transactions. The parameters necessary for its calculation are also used to calculate economic capital and to calculate BIS II regulatory capital under internal models (see Note 33).

These models allow us to estimate the expected loss of the credit risk of each portfolio, in the one-year period after the reporting date, considering the characteristics of the counterparty and the guarantees and collateral associated with the transactions.

The expected loss is calculated taking into account three factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

 

   

Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

 

   

Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The probability of default is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction. PD is measured using a time horizon of one year; i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year. The definition of default used includes amounts past due by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty. We assign a PD of 100% where there is a default.

 

   

Loss given default (“LGD”) is the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the characteristics of the counterparty and the valuation of the guarantees and collateral associated with the related transaction.

Once the PD is calculated, our models estimate the allowance for loan losses taking into account the LGD, according to the criteria set forth above. In order to calculate the LGD at each balance sheet date, we evaluate the estimated cash flows from the sale of the collateral by estimating its sale price (in the case of real estate collateral, we take into account declines in property values which could affect the value of such collateral, mainly in Spain) and its estimated cost of sale. In the event of a default, we become contractually entitled to the property at the end of the foreclosure process or when purchased from borrowers in distress, and recognize the collateral at its fair value. After the initial recognition of these non-current assets classified as held for sale or inventories, respectively, they are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and their fair value less their estimated cost of sale.

The calculation of the expected loss also takes into account the adjustment to the cycle of the aforementioned factors, especially PD and LGD.

The methodology for determining the allowance for determined collectively losses, the Group seeks to identify the amounts of losses which, although incurred at the reporting date, have not yet been disclosed and which the Group knows, on the basis of historical experience and other specific information, will arise following the reporting date.

The calculation of the not reported incurred loss adjusts the expected loss taking into account two parameters:

 

   

The point-in-time parameter is an adjustment to eliminate the through-the-cycle component of the expected loss.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
   

The loss identification period (LIP) is the time period between the occurrence of a specific impairment event and objective evidence of impairment becoming apparent on an individual basis; in other words, the time between the loss event and the date an entity identified its occurrence.

However, as required by the Bank of Spain, until the Spanish regulatory authority has verified and approved these internal models for the calculation of the allowance for collective losses incurred, these must also be calculated based on the information provided by the Bank of Spain related to the Spanish banking industry.

 

   

Country Risk Allowance or Provision

Country risk is understood as the risk associated with customers resident in a specific country due to circumstances other than normal commercial risk. Country risk comprises sovereign risk, transfer risk and other risks arising from international financial activity. On the basis of the countries’ economic performance, political situation, regulatory and institutional framework, and payment capacity and record, the BBVA Group classifies the transactions in different groups, assigning to each group the provisions for insolvencies percentages, which are derived from those analyses.

However, due to the dimension of the Group, and to the proactive management of its country risk exposure, the allowances recognized in this connection are not material with respect to the credit loss allowances recognized. As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, these country risk allowances represent 0.43%, 0.37% and 0.52% of the credit loss allowances recognized of the Group.

 

   

Impairment of other debt instruments

The impairment losses on debt securities included in the “Available-for-sale financial asset” portfolio are equal to the positive difference between their acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment), after deducting any impairment loss previously recognized in the consolidated income statement, and their fair value.

When there is objective evidence that the negative differences arising on measurement of these assets are due to impairment, they are no longer considered as “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” and are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

If all, or part of the impairment losses are subsequently recovered, the amount is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the recovery occurred.

 

   

Impairment of equity instruments

The amount of the impairment in the equity instruments is determined by the category where is recognized:

 

   

Equity instruments measured at fair value: The criteria for quantifying and recognizing impairment losses on equity instruments are similar to those for “Debt instruments”, with the exception that any recovery of previously recognized impairment losses for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available for sale is not recognized in the consolidated income statement but under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (see Note 31).

 

   

Equity instruments measured at cost: The impairment losses on equity instruments measured at acquisition cost are equal to the difference between their carrying amount and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the market rate of return for similar securities. These impairment losses are determined taking into account the equity of the investee (except for valuation adjustments due to cash flow hedges) for the last approved (consolidated) balance sheet, adjusted for the unrealized gains at the measurement date.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they arise as a direct reduction of the cost of the instrument. These losses may only be reversed subsequently in the event of the sale of these assets.

2.2.2 Transfers and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets is determined by the form in which risks and benefits associated with the assets involved are transferred to third parties. Thus the financial assets are only derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash flows that they generate are extinguished, or when their implicit risks and benefits have been substantially transferred to third parties. In the latter case, the financial asset transferred is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, and any right or obligation retained or created as a result of the transfer is simultaneously recognized.

Similarly, financial liabilities are derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet only if their obligations are extinguished or acquired (with a view to subsequent cancellation or renewed placement).

The Group is considered to have transferred substantially all the risks and benefits if such risks and benefits account for the majority of the risks and benefits involved in ownership of the transferred assets. If substantially all the risks and benefits associated with the transferred financial asset are retained:

 

   

The transferred financial asset is not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and continues to be measured using the same criteria as those used before the transfer.

 

   

A financial liability is recognized at the amount equal to the amount received, which is subsequently measured at amortized cost.

 

   

In the specific case of securitizations, this liability is recognized under the heading “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Debt certificates” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 23). In securitizations where the risks and benefits of the transferred assets are substantially retained by the BBVA Group, the part acquired by another company in the consolidated Group is deducted from the recognized financial liabilities (securitized bonds), as established by paragraph 42 of IAS 39.

 

   

Both the income generated on the transferred (but not derecognized) financial asset and the expenses of the new financial liability continue to be recognized.

The criteria followed with respect to the most common transactions of this type made by the BBVA Group are as follows:

 

   

Purchase and sale commitments: Financial instruments sold with a repurchase agreement are not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheets and the amount received from the sale is considered financing from third parties.

Financial instruments acquired with an agreement to subsequently resell them are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and the amount paid for the purchase is considered credit given to third parties.

 

   

Special purpose vehicles: In those cases where the Group sets up entities, or has a holding in such entities, known as special purpose vehicles, in order to allow its customers access to certain investments, or for transferring risks or for other purposes, in accordance with internal criteria and procedures and with applicable regulations, the Group determines whether control over the entity in question actually exists (as described in Note 2.1), and therefore whether it should be subject to consolidation.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Among other elements, such methods and procedures take into consideration the risks and profits obtained by the Group, and also take into account all relevant elements, including the guarantees granted or the losses associated with collection of the corresponding assets retained by the Group. Such entities include the so-called asset securitization funds, which are fully consolidated in those cases in which, based on the aforementioned analysis, it is determined that the Group has maintained control.

In the specific instance of the securitization funds to which the BBVA Group’s entities transfer their loan portfolios, the following indications of the existence of control are considered for the purpose of analyzing the possibility of consolidation:

 

   

The securitization funds’ activities are undertaken in the name of the entity in accordance with its specific business requirements, with a view to generating benefits or gains from the securitization funds’ operations.

 

   

The entity retains a decision-making power with a view to securing most of the gains derived from the securitization funds’ activities or has delegated this power in some kind of “auto-pilot” mechanism (the securitization funds are structured so that all the decisions and activities to be performed are pre-defined at the time of their creation).

 

   

The entity is entitled to receive the bulk of the profits from the securitization funds and is accordingly exposed to the risks inherent in their business activities. The entity retains the bulk of the securitization funds’ residual profit.

 

   

The entity retains the bulk of the securitization funds’ asset risks.

If there is control based on the preceding guidelines, the securitization funds are integrated into the consolidated Group. If the Group’s exposure to the changes in future net cash flows of securitized assets is not significant, the risks and benefits inherent to them will be deemed to have been substantially transferred. In this case, the Group could derecognize the securitized assets from the consolidated balance sheet.

The BBVA Group has applied the most stringent criteria for determining whether or not it retains the risks and rewards on such assets for all securitizations performed since January 1, 2004. As a result of these analyses, the Group has concluded that none of the securitizations undertaken since that date meet the prerequisites for derecognizing the securitized assets from the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 13.2 and Appendix VII), as it retains substantially all the expected credit losses and possible changes in net cash flows, while retaining the subordinated loans and lines of credit extended by the BBVA Group to these securitization funds.

2.2.3 Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are considered those contracts that require their issuer to make specific payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred when a specific borrower breaches its payment obligations on the terms – whether original or subsequently modified – of a debt instrument, irrespective of the legal form it may take. Financial guarantees may take the form of a deposit, financial guarantee, insurance contract or credit derivative, among others.

In their initial recognition, financial guarantees provided on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which is generally the present value of the fees, commissions and interest receivable from these contracts over the term thereof, and we simultaneously recognize a credit on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet for the amount of the fees and commissions received at the inception of the transactions and the amounts receivable at the present value of the fees, commissions and interest outstanding.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Financial guarantees, irrespective of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required for them. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost (see Note 2.2.1).

The provisions made for financial guarantees considered impaired are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for contingent risks and commitments” on the liability side in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25). These provisions are recognized and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively, to “Provisions (net)” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 48).

Income from guarantee instruments is registered under the heading “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee (see Note 42).

2.2.4 Non-current assets held for sale and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

The heading “Non-current assets held-for-sale” in the consolidated balance sheets includes the carrying amount of financial or non-financial assets that are not part of the BBVA Group’s operating activities. The recovery of this carrying amount is expected to take place through the price obtained on its disposal (see Note 16).

This heading includes individual items and groups of items (“disposal groups”) and disposal groups that form part of a major business unit and are being held for sale as part of a disposal plan (“discontinued operations”). The individual items include the assets received by the subsidiaries from their debtors, and those consolidated under the proportionate consolidated method, in full or partial settlement of the debtors’ payment obligations (assets foreclosed or donated in repayment of debt and recovery of lease finance transactions), unless the Group has decided to make continued use of these assets. The BBVA Group has units that specialize in real estate management and the sale of this type of asset.

Symmetrically, the heading “Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the balances payable arising from disposal groups and discontinued operations.

Non-current assets held for sale are generally measured at fair value less sale costs, or their carrying amount, calculated on the date of their classification within this category, whichever is the lower. Non-current assets held for sale are not depreciated while included under this heading.

The fair value of non-current assets held for sale from foreclosures or recoveries is determined taking in consideration the valuations performed by authorized appraisers in each of the geographical areas in which the assets are located. The BBVA Group applies the rule that these appraisals may not be older than one year, and their age is reduced if there is indication of deterioration in the assets.

Gains and losses generated on the disposal of assets and liabilities classified as non-current held for sale, and related impairment losses and subsequent recoveries, where pertinent, are recognized in “Gains/(losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 52). The remaining income and expense items associated with these assets and liabilities are classified within the relevant consolidated income statement headings.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

2.2.5 Tangible assets

 

   

Property, plants and equipment for own use: this heading includes the assets under ownership or acquired under lease finance, intended for future or current use by the BBVA Group and that it expects hold for more than one year. It also includes tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or part settlement of financial assets representing receivables from third parties and those assets expected to be held for continuing use.

Property, plants and equipment for own use are presented in the consolidated balance sheets at acquisition cost, less any accrued depreciation and, where appropriate, any estimated impairment losses resulting from comparing this net carrying amount of each item with its corresponding recoverable value.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value; the land on which the buildings and other structures stand is considered to have an indefinite life and is therefore not depreciated.

The tangible asset depreciation charges are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading “Depreciation and amortization” (see Note 47) and are based on the application of the following depreciation rates (determined on the basis of the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):

Amortization Rates for Tangible Assets

 

Type of Assets

   Annual Percentage

Buildings for own use

   1,33% - 4%

Furniture

   8% - 10%

Fixtures

   6% - 12%

Office supplies and hardware

   8% - 25%

The BBVA Group’s criteria for determining the recoverable amount of these assets, in particular the buildings for own use, is based on up-to-date independent appraisals that are no more than 3-5 years old at most, unless there are other indications of impairment.

At each accounting close, the Group entities analyze whether there are internal or external indicators that a tangible asset may be impaired. When there is evidence of impairment, the entity then analyzes whether this impairment actually exists by comparing the asset’s net carrying amount with its recoverable amount. When the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount, the carrying amount is written down to the recoverable amount and depreciation charges going forward are adjusted to reflect the asset’s remaining useful life.

Similarly, if there is any indication that the value of a tangible asset has been recovered, the consolidated entities will estimate the recoverable amounts of the asset and recognize it in the consolidated income statement, recording the reversal of the impairment loss registered in previous years and thus adjusting future depreciation charges. In no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognized in prior years.

Upkeep and maintenance expenses relating to tangible assets held for own use are recognized as an expense in the year they are incurred and recognized in the consolidated income statements under the heading “Administration costs – General and administrative expenses – Property, fixtures and equipment “ (see Note 46.2).

 

   

Other assets leased out under an operating lease: The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to record the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets for own use.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
   

Investment properties: The heading “Tangible assets – Investment properties” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the net values (purchase cost minus the corresponding accumulated depreciation, and if appropriate, estimated impairment losses) of the land, buildings and other structures that are held either to earn rentals or for capital appreciation through sale and that are neither expected to be sold off in the ordinary course of business nor are destined for own use (see Note 19).

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of investment properties, calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and record the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets for continued use.

The BBVA Group’s criteria for determining the recoverable amount of these assets is based on up-to-date independent appraisals that are no more than one year old at most, unless there are other indications of impairment.

2.2.6 Inventories

The balance under the heading “Other assets – Inventories” in the consolidated balance sheets mainly reflects the land and other properties that the BBVA Group’s real estate companies hold for development and sale as part of their real estate development activities (see Note 22).

The cost value of inventories includes the costs incurred for their acquisition and transformation, as well as other direct and indirect costs incurred in giving them their current condition and location.

The cost value of real estate assets accounted for as inventories is comprised of: the acquisition cost of the land, the cost of urban planning and construction, non-recoverable taxes and costs corresponding to construction supervision, coordination and management. The financial expenses incurred during the year increase by the cost value provided that the inventories require more than a year to be in a condition to be sold. With respect to properties purchased from borrowers in distress, which are accounted for as inventory under IAS 2, any balance of the related loans (net of the related allowance for loan losses) are considered part of the cost value of these real estate assets.

Properties purchased from borrowers in distress are measured, at the acquisition date and subsequent period, at the lower of their related loan carrying amount and the fair value of the property acquired less costs to sell. The differences resulting if the fair value less costs to sell is lower than the loan carrying amounts recorded on the balance sheet is charged to the line item “Impairment losses on other assets (net)” in the income statement of the period. In the case of real estate assets accounted for as inventories, the BBVA Group’s criteria for determining their fair value is mainly based on independent appraisals of no more than one year, or less if there are other indications of impairment. The Spanish consolidated entities mainly use the services of valuation and appraisal companies. None of them is linked to the BBVA Group and all are entered in the official Bank of Spain register.

The amount of any inventory valuation adjustment for reasons such as damage, obsolescence, reduction in sale price to its net realizable value, as well as losses for other reasons and, if appropriate, subsequent recoveries of value up to the limit of the initial cost value, are registered under the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 50) for the year in which they are incurred.

In the sale transactions, the carrying amount of inventories is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and recognized as an expense under the heading “Other operating expenses – Changes in inventories” in the year which the income from its sale is recognized. This income is recognized under the heading “Other operating income – Financial income from non-financial services” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 45).

 

F-28


Table of Contents

2.2.7 Business combinations

The aim of a business combination is to obtain control of one or more businesses. It is accounted for by applying the acquisition method.

According to this method, the acquirer has to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed, including those that the acquired entity had not recognized in the accounts. The method involves the measurement of the consideration received for the business combination and its allocation to the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities measured according to their fair value, at the purchase date.

In addition, the purchasing entity shall recognize an asset in the consolidated balance sheet under the heading “Intangible asset – Goodwill” if on the purchase date there is a positive difference between:

 

   

the sum of the price paid, the amount of all the non-controlling interests and the fair value of stock previously held in the acquired business, and

 

   

the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

If this difference is negative, it shall be recognized directly in the income statement under the heading “Negative Goodwill in business combinations”.

Non-controlling interests in the acquired entity may be measured in two ways: either at their fair value; or at the proportional percentage of net assets identified in the acquired entity. The form of valuing the non-controlling holdings may be chosen in each business combination. So far, the BBVA Group has always opted for the second method.

The purchase of non-controlling interests subsequent to the takeover of the entity is recognized as capital transactions; in other words, the difference between the price paid and the carrying amount of the percentage of non-controlling interests acquired is charged directly to equity.

2.2.8 Intangible assets

 

   

Goodwill

Goodwill represents payment in advance by the acquiring entity for the future economic benefits from assets that cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. It is only recognized as goodwill when the business combinations are acquired at a price. Goodwill is never amortized. It is subject periodically to an impairment analysis, and is written off if it is clear that there has been impairment.

Goodwill is assigned to one or more units generating cash flows that expect to be the beneficiaries of the synergies derived from the business combinations. The cash-generating units represent the Group’s smallest identifiable asset groups that generate cash flows for the Group and that are largely independent of the flows generated from the Group’s other assets or groups of assets. Each unit or units to which goodwill is allocated

 

   

is the lowest level at which the entity manages goodwill internally;

 

   

is not larger than a business segment.

The cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment (including the allocated goodwill in their carrying amount). This analysis is performed at least annually and always if there is any indication of impairment.

For the purpose of determining the impairment of a cash-generating unit to which a part of goodwill has been allocated, the carrying amount of that unit, adjusted by the theoretical amount of the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests, in the event they are not valued at fair value, is compared with its recoverable amount.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit is equal to the fair value less sale costs and its value in use, whichever is greater. Value in use is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections that the unit’s management estimates and is based on the latest budgets approved for the coming years. The main assumptions used in its calculation are: a sustainable growth rate to extrapolate the cash flows indefinitely, and the discount rate used to discount the cash flows, which is equal to the cost of the capital assigned to each cash-generating unit, and equivalent to the sum of the risk-free rate plus a risk premium inherent to the businesses tested.

If the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit exceeds the related recoverable amount, the Group recognizes an impairment loss; the resulting loss is apportioned by reducing, first, the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to that unit and, second, if there are still impairment losses remaining to be recognized, the carrying amount of the rest of the assets. This is done by allocating the remaining loss in proportion to the carrying amount of each of the assets in the unit. In the event the non-controlling interests are valued at fair value, the deterioration of goodwill attributable to minority interests will be recognized. In any case, an impairment loss recognized for goodwill shall not be reversed in a subsequent period.

They are recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 50).

 

   

Other intangible assets

These assets may have an indefinite useful life if, based on an analysis of all relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash flows for the consolidated entities. In all other cases they have a finite useful life. The BBVA Group has not recognized any intangible assets with an indefinite useful life

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized according to the duration of this useful life, using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets. The depreciation charge of these assets is recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading “Depreciation and amortization” (see Note 47).

The consolidated entities recognize any impairment loss on the carrying amount of these assets with charge to the heading “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 50). The criteria used to recognize the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the recovery of impairment losses recognized in prior years, are similar to those used for tangible assets.

2.2.9 Insurance and reinsurance contracts

The assets of the BBVA Group’s insurance companies are recognized according to their nature under the corresponding headings of the consolidated balance sheets and their registration and valuation is carried out according to the criteria set out in IFRS 4.

The heading “Reinsurance assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amounts that the consolidated entities are entitled to receive under the reinsurance contracts entered into by them with third parties and, more specifically, the share of the reinsurer in the technical provisions recognized by the consolidated insurance entities (see Note 18).

The heading “Liabilities under insurance contracts” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the technical provisions for direct insurance and inward reinsurance recognized by the consolidated entities to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at period-end (see Note 24).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The income or expenses reported by the BBVA Group’s insurance companies on their insurance activities is recognized, attending to its nature in the corresponding items of the consolidated income statements.

The consolidated insurance entities of the BBVA Group credit the amounts of the premiums written to the income statement and charge the cost of the claims incurred on final settlement thereof to their income statements. At the close of each year the amounts collected and unpaid, as well as the costs incurred and unpaid are accrued at this date.

The most significant provisions registered by consolidated insurance entities with respect to insurance policies issued by them are set out by their nature in Note 24.

According to type of product, the provisions may be as follows:

 

   

Life insurance provisions: Represents the value of the net obligations undertaken with the life insurance policyholder. These provisions include:

 

   

Provisions for unearned premiums. These are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums accrued until the closing date has to be allocated to the period from the closing date to the end of the insurance policy period.

 

   

Mathematical reserves: Represents the value of the life insurance obligations of the insurance companies at the year-end, net of the policyholder’s obligations, arising from life insurance contracted.

 

   

Non-life insurance provisions:

 

   

Provisions for unearned premiums. These provisions are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums accrued until year-end that has to be allocated to the period between the year-end and the end of the policy period.

 

   

Provisions for unexpired risks: The provision for unexpired risks supplements the provision for unearned premiums by the amount by which that provision is not sufficient to reflect the assessed risks and expenses to be covered by the insurance companies in the policy period not elapsed at the year-end.

 

   

Provision for claims: This reflects the total amount of the outstanding obligations arising from claims incurred prior to the year-end. Insurance companies calculate this provision as the difference between the total estimated or certain cost of the claims not yet reported, settled or paid, and the total amounts already paid in relation to these claims.

 

   

Provision for bonuses and rebates: This provision includes the amount of the bonuses accruing to policyholders, insurees or beneficiaries and the premiums to be returned to policyholders or insurees, as the case may be, based on the behavior of the risk insured, to the extent that such amounts have not been individually assigned to each of them.

 

   

Technical provisions for reinsurance ceded: Calculated by applying the criteria indicated above for direct insurance, taking account of the assignment conditions established in the reinsurance contracts in force.

 

   

Other technical provisions: Insurance companies have recognized provisions to cover the probable mismatches in the market reinvestment interest rates with respect to those used in the valuation of the technical provisions.

The BBVA Group controls and monitors the exposure of the insurance companies to financial risk and, to this end, uses internal methods and tools that enable it to measure credit risk and market risk and to establish the limits for these risks.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

2.2.10 Tax assets and liabilities

Expenses on corporation tax applicable to the BBVA Group’s Spanish companies and on similar taxes applicable to consolidated entities abroad are recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when they result from transactions on which the profits or losses are recognized directly in equity, in which case the related tax effect is also recognized in equity.

The current corporate income tax expense is calculated by aggregating the current tax arising from the application of the corresponding tax rate to the tax for the year (after deducting the tax credits allowable for tax purposes) and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, defined as at the amount expected to be payable or recoverable in future fiscal years for the differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax bases (the “tax value”), and tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. These amounts are measured applying to each temporary difference the tax rates that are expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability settled (see Note 21).

The “Tax Assets” chapter of the consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the assets of a tax nature, and distinguishes between: “Current” (amounts recoverable by tax in the next twelve months) and “Deferred” (covering taxes recoverable in future years, including loss carry forwards or tax credits for deductions and tax rebates pending application).

The “Tax Liabilities” chapter of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the liabilities of a tax nature, except for provisions for taxes, broken down into: “Current” (income tax payable on taxable profit for the year and other taxes payable in the next twelve months) and “Deferred” (income taxes payable in subsequent years).

Deferred tax liabilities in relation to taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or jointly controlled entities are recognized as such, except where the Group can control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is unlikely that it will reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient taxable profits in the future against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized and are not from the initial recognition (except in the case of a business combination) of other assets or liabilities in a transaction that does not affect the fiscal outcome or the accounting result.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed by the consolidated entities at each balance sheet date in order to ascertain whether they are still current, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.

The income and expenses directly recognized in equity that do not increase or decrease taxable income are accounted as temporary differences.

2.2.11 Provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities

The heading “Provisions” in the consolidated balance sheets includes amounts recognized to cover the BBVA Group’s current obligations arising as a result of past events. These are certain in terms of nature but uncertain in terms of amount and/or extinguishment date. The settlement of these obligations is deemed likely to entail an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits (see Note 25). The obligations may arise in connection with legal or contractual provisions, valid expectations formed by Group companies relative to third parties in relation to the assumption of certain responsibilities or through virtually certain developments of particular aspects of the regulations applicable to the operation of entities; and, specifically, future legislation to which the Group will certainly be subject.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The provisions are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets when each and every one of the following requirements is met:

 

   

They represent a current obligation that has arisen from a past event;

 

   

At the date referred to by the consolidated financial statements, there is more probability that the obligation will have to be met than that it will not;

 

   

It is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and

 

   

The amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated.

Among other concepts, these provisions include the commitments made to employees by some of the Group entities (mentioned in section 2.2.12), as well as provisions for tax and legal litigation.

Contingent assets are possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of events beyond the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement; however, they are disclosed in the Notes to financial statements, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits (see Note 36).

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations of the Group that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events beyond the control of the entity. They also include the existing obligations of the entity when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them; or when, in extremely rare cases, their amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

2.2.12 Pensions and other post-employment commitments

Below is a description of the most significant accounting criteria relating to the commitments to employees, in terms of post-employment benefits and other long-term commitments, of certain BBVA Group companies in Spain and abroad (see Note 26).

Commitments’ valuation: assumptions and actuarial gains/losses recognition

The present values of the commitments are quantified on a case-by-case basis. Costs are calculated using the projected unit credit method, which sees each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit/commitment and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

The actuarial assumptions should take into account that:

 

   

They are unbiased, in that they are not unduly aggressive nor excessively conservative.

 

   

They are compatible with each other and adequately reflect the existing economic relations between factors such as inflation, foreseeable wage increases, discount rates and the expected return on plan assets, etc. The expected return on plan assets is calculated by taking into account both market expectations and the particular nature of the assets involved.

 

   

The future levels of wages and benefits are based on market expectations at the consolidated balance sheet date for the period over which the obligations are to be settled.

 

   

The rate used to discount the commitments is determined by reference to market yields at the date referred to by the consolidated financial statements on high quality bonds.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The BBVA Group recognizes actuarial differences originating in the commitments assumed with staff taking early retirement, benefits awarded for seniority and other similar items under the heading “Provisions (net)” of the consolidated income statement for the period (see Note 48) in which these differences occur. The BBVA Group recognizes the actuarial gains or losses arising on all other defined-benefit post-employment commitments directly under the heading “Valuation adjustments” of equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 26).

Consequently, the Group does not apply the option of deferring actuarial gains and losses to any of its employee commitments using the so-called corridor approach.

Post-employment benefit commitments

 

   

Pensions: The BBVA Group’s post-employment benefit commitments are either defined-contribution or defined-benefit.

 

   

Defined-contribution commitments: The amounts of these commitments are established as a percentage of certain remuneration items and/or as a fixed pre-established amount. The contributions made in each period by the BBVA Group’s companies for these commitments are recognized with a charge to the heading “Personnel expenses- Defined-contribution plan expense” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 46).

 

   

Defined-benefit commitments: Some of the BBVA Group’s companies have defined-benefit commitments for the permanent disability and death of certain current employees and early retirees, as well as defined-benefit retirement commitments applicable only to certain groups of current employees, or early retired employees and retired employees. These commitments are either funded by insurance contracts or recorded as internal provisions.

The amounts recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” (see Note 25) are the differences, at the date of the consolidated financial statements, between the present values of the commitments for defined-benefit commitments, adjusted by the past service cost and the fair value of plan assets.

The current contributions made by the Group’s companies for defined-benefit commitments covering current employees are charged to the heading “Administration cost – Personnel expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 46).

 

   

Early retirements: The BBVA Group has offered certain employees in Spain the possibility of taking early retirement before the age stipulated in the collective labor agreement in force and has put into place the corresponding provisions to cover the cost of the commitments acquired by this item. The present values for early retirement are quantified on a case-by-case basis and are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25).

The early retirement commitments in Spain include the compensation and indemnities and contributions to external pension funds payable during the period of early retirement. The commitments relating to this group of employees after they have reached normal retirement age are dealt in the same way as pensions.

 

   

Other post-employment welfare benefits Some of the BBVA Group’s companies have welfare benefit commitments whose effects extend beyond the retirement of the employees entitled to the benefits. These commitments relate to certain current employees and retirees, depending upon the employee group to which they belong.

The present values of post-employment welfare benefits are quantified on a case-by-case basis and are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25).

 

F-34


Table of Contents
   

Other long-term commitments to employees

Some of the BBVA Group’s companies are obliged to deliver goods and services to groups of employees. The most significant of these, in terms of the type of compensation and the event giving rise to the commitments are as follows: loans to employees, life insurance, study assistance and long-service awards.

Some of these commitments are measured using actuarial studies, so that the present values of the vested obligations for commitments with personnel are quantified on a case-by-case basis. They are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Other provisions” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25).

The welfare benefits delivered by the Spanish companies in the BBVA Group to active employees are recognized under the heading “Personnel expenses – Other personnel expenses” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 46).

Other commitments for current employees accrue and are settled on a yearly basis, so it is not necessary to record a provision in this connection.

2.2.13 Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions, when the instruments granted do not vest until the counterparty completes a specified period of service, shall be accounted for those services as they are rendered by the counterparty during the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. These services are measured at fair value, unless this value cannot be calculated reliably. In this case, they are measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments committed, taking into account the date on which the commitments were assumed and the terms and other conditions included in the commitments.

When the initial compensation agreement includes what may be considered market conditions among its terms, any changes in these conditions will not be reflected in the consolidated income statement, as these have already been accounted for in calculating the initial fair value of the equity instruments. Non-market vesting conditions are not taken into account when estimating the initial fair value of instruments, but they are taken into account when determining the number of instruments to be granted. This will be recognized on the consolidated income statement with the corresponding increase in equity.

2.2.14 Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized in the accounts when the BBVA Group agrees to terminate employment contracts with its employees and has established a detailed plan to do so. As of December 31, 2011, there were no redundancy plans in the Group entities, so it is not necessary to recognize a provision for this item.

2.2.15 Treasury stock

The value of equity instruments issued by the BBVA Group’s entities and held by them – basically, shares and derivatives on the Bank’s shares held by some consolidated companies that comply with the requirements to be recognized as equity instruments – are recognized under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Treasury stock” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 30).

These financial assets are recognized at acquisition cost, and the gains or losses arising on their disposal are credited or debited, as appropriate, to the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Reserves” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 29).

 

F-35


Table of Contents

2.2.16 Foreign-currency transactions and exchange differences

The BBVA Group’s functional currency, and thus the currency in which the consolidated financial statements are presented, is the euro. All balances and transactions denominated in currencies other than the euro are deemed to be denominated in “foreign currency”.

Conversion to euros of the balances held in foreign currency is performed in two consecutive stages:

 

   

Conversion of the foreign currency to the functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the entity operates) and

 

   

Conversion to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of the entities whose functional currency is not the euro.

 

   

Conversion of the foreign currency to the functional currency

Transactions in foreign currencies carried out by the consolidated entities (or accounted for using the equity method) not based in European Monetary Union countries are initially accounted in their respective currencies. Subsequently, the monetary balances in foreign currencies are converted to their respective functional currencies using the exchange rate at the close of the financial year.

In addition,

 

   

Non-monetary items valued at their historical cost are converted to the functional currency at the exchange rate in force on the purchase date.

 

   

Non-monetary items valued at their fair value are converted at the exchange rate in force on the date on which such fair value was determined.

 

   

Income and expenses are converted at the period’s average exchange rates for all the operations carried out during the period. When applying this criterion the BBVA Group considers whether significant variations have taken place in exchange rates during the financial year which, owing to their impact on the statements as a whole, require the application of exchange rates as of the date of the transaction instead of such average exchange rates.

 

   

Conversion of functional currencies to euros

The balances in the financial statements of consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are converted to euros as follows:

 

   

Assets and liabilities: at the average spot exchange rates as of the date of each of the consolidated financial statements.

 

   

Income and expenses and cash flows are converted by applying the exchange rate in force on the date of the transaction, and the average exchange rate for the financial year may be used, unless it has undergone significant variations.

 

   

Equity items: at the historical exchange rates.

The exchange differences produced when converting the balances in foreign currency to the functional currency of the consolidated entities and their subsidiaries are generally recognized under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” in the consolidated income statements. However, the exchange differences in non-monetary items are recognized temporarily in equity under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” in consolidated balance sheets.

The exchange differences arising from the conversion to euros of balances in the functional currencies of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” in the consolidated balance sheets. Meanwhile, the

 

F-36


Table of Contents

differences arising from the conversion to euros of the financial statements of entities accounted for by the equity method are recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Entities accounted for using the equity method” until the item to which they relate is derecognized, at which time they are recognized in the income statement.

The breakdown of the main consolidated balances in foreign currencies as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, with reference to the most significant foreign currencies, is set forth in Appendix IX.

2.2.17 Recognition of income and expenses

The most significant criteria used by the BBVA Group to recognize its income and expenses are as follows:

 

   

Interest income and expenses and similar items: As a general rule, interest income and expenses and similar items are recognized on the basis of their period of accrual using the effective interest rate method. The financial fees and commissions that arise on the arrangement of loans (basically origination and analysis fees) must be deferred and recognized in the income statement over the expected life of the loan. The direct costs incurred in arranging these transactions can be deducted from the amount thus recognized. These fees are part of the effective rate for loans. Also dividends received from other companies are recognized as income when the consolidated companies’ right to receive them arises.

However, when a debt instrument is deemed to be impaired individually or is included in the category of instruments that are impaired because of amounts more than three months past-due, the recognition of accrued interest in the consolidated income statement is interrupted. This interest is recognized for accounting purposes as income, as soon as it is received.

 

   

Commissions, fees and similar items: Income and expenses relating to commissions and similar fees are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to the nature of such items. The most significant items in this connection are:

 

   

Those relating to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized when collected/paid.

 

   

Those arising from transactions or services that are provided over a period of time, which are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.

 

   

Those relating to single acts, which are recognized when this single act is carried out.

 

   

Non-financial income and expenses: These are recognized for accounting purposes on an accrual basis.

 

   

Deferred collections and payments: These are recognized for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.

2.2.18 Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services

The heading “Other operating income – Financial income from non-financial services” in the consolidated income statements includes the carrying amount of the sales of assets and income from the services provided by the consolidated Group companies that are not financial institutions. In the case of the Group, these companies are mainly real estate and service companies (see Note 45).

2.2.19 Leases

Lease contracts are classified as finance from the start of the transaction, if they transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset forming the subject-matter of the contract. Leases other than finance leases are classified as operating leases.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

When the consolidated entities act as the lessor of an asset in finance leases, the aggregate present values of the lease payments receivable from the lessee plus the guaranteed residual value (normally the exercise price of the lessee’s purchase option on expiration of the lease agreement) are recognized as financing provided to third parties and, therefore, are included under the heading “Loans and receivables” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

When the consolidated entities act as lessors of an asset in operating leases, the acquisition cost of the leased assets is recognized under “Tangible assets – Property, plants and equipment – Other assets leased out under an operating lease” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 19). These assets are depreciated in line with the criteria adopted for items of tangible assets for own use, while the income arising from the lease arrangements is recognized in the consolidated income statements on a straight-line basis within “Other operating income – Rest of other operating income” (see Note 45).

If a fair value sale and leaseback results in an operating lease, such as the transactions indicated in Note 16.1, the profit or loss generated by the sale is recognized in the consolidated income statement at the time of sale. If such a transaction gives rise to a finance lease, the corresponding gains or losses are amortized over the lease period.

The assets leased out under operating lease contracts to other entities in the Group are treated in the consolidated financial statements as for own use, and thus rental expense and income is eliminated and the corresponding depreciation is registered.

2.2.20 Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses

The consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses reflect the income and expenses generated each year. They distinguish between income and expenses recognized as results in the consolidated income statements and “Other recognized income (expenses)” recognized directly in consolidated equity. “Other recognized income (expenses)” include the changes that have taken place in the year in the “Valuation adjustments” broken down by item.

The sum of the changes to the heading “Valuation adjustments” of the consolidated total equity and the consolidated net income of the year forms the “Total recognized income/expenses of the year”.

2.2.21 Consolidated statements of changes in equity

The consolidated statements of changes in equity reflect all the movements generated in each year in each of the headings of the consolidated equity, including those from transactions undertaken with shareholders when they act as such, and those due to changes in accounting criteria or corrections of errors, if any.

The applicable regulations establish that certain categories of assets and liabilities are recognized at their fair value with a charge to equity. These charges, known as “Valuation adjustments” (see Note 31), are included in the Group’s total consolidated equity net of tax effect, which has been recognized as deferred tax assets or liabilities, as appropriate.

2.2.22 Consolidated statements of cash flows

The indirect method has been used for the preparation of the consolidated statement of cash flows. This method starts from the entity’s consolidated net income and adjusts its amount for the effects of transactions of a non-cash nature, any deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash receipts or payments, and items of income or expense associated cash flows classified as investment or finance. As well as cash, short-term, highly liquid investments subject to a low risk of changes in value, such as cash and deposit balances from central banks, are classified as cash and equivalents.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

When preparing these financial statements the following definitions have been used:

 

   

Cash flows: Inflows and outflows of cash and equivalents.

 

   

Operating activities: The typical activities of credit institutions and other activities that cannot be classified as investment or financing activities.

 

   

Investing activities: The acquisition, sale or other disposal of long-term assets and other investments not included in cash and cash equivalents or in operating activities.

 

   

Financing activities: Activities that result in changes in the size and composition of the Group’s equity and of liabilities that do not form part of operating activities.

2.2.23 Entities and branches located in countries with hyperinflationary economies

According to the criteria established by the EU-IFRS required to be applied under the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 and in compliance with IFRS-IAB in order to assess whether an economy has a hyperinflationary inflation rate, the country’s economic environment is evaluated, analyzing whether certain circumstances exist, such as:

 

   

The country’s population prefers to keep its wealth or savings in non-monetary assets or in a relatively stable foreign currency;

 

   

Prices may be quoted in that currency;

 

   

Interest rates, wages and prices are linked to a price index;

 

   

The cumulative inflation rate over three years is approaching, or exceeds, 100%.

The fact that any of these circumstances is fulfilled will not be a decisive factor in considering an economy hyperinflationary, but it does provide some reasons to consider it as such.

Since the close of 2009, the economy of Venezuela can be considered hyperinflationary under the above criteria. The financial statements as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 of the BBVA Group’s entities located in Venezuela (see Note 3) have therefore been adjusted to correct for the effects of inflation. Pursuant to the requirements of IAS 29, the monetary headings (mainly loans and credits) have not been re-expressed, while the non-monetary headings (mainly tangible fixed assets) have been re-expressed in accordance with the change in the country’s Consumer Price Index.

The historical differences as of January 1, 2009 between the re-expressed costs and the historical costs under the non-monetary headings were credited to “Reserves” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009, while the differences for 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the re-expression of the income statement for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were recognized in the consolidated income statement for those years. The effects of these adjustments for inflation on the consolidated income statements for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were not significant.

2.3 Recent IFRS pronouncements

Changes introduced in 2011 –

The following modifications to the IFRS or their interpretations (“IFRIC”) came into force in 2011. They have not had a significant impact on the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year:

 

   

IAS 24 Revised – “Related party disclosures”: This amendment to IAS 24 deals with the disclosures of related parties in the financial statements. It contains two significant new points:

 

   

A partial exemption for certain disclosures has been introduced when the related part is produced an entity that is dependent on or related to the government (or equivalent government institution).

 

   

The definition of “related party” has been amended and some of the relations that were not explicit in the rule have been clarified.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
   

IAS 32 Revised – “Financial instruments: Presentation – Classification of rights issues”: The amendment to IAS 32 clarifies the classification of rights issues (instruments that entitle the holder to acquire instruments from the entity at a fixed price) when they are in a currency other than the issuer’s functional currency.

The proposed amendment establishes that those rights, options or warrants issued to acquire a fixed number of own equity instruments for a fixed amount will be classified as equity regardless of the currency in which the right is exercised, provided that the entity offers them pro rata to all of the existing shareholders.

 

   

Amendment to IFRIC 14 – “Prepayments of a minimum funding requirement”: This amendment corrects the fact that under the previous version of IFRIC 14, in certain circumstances some prepayments of minimum funding requirements to pension funds could not be recognized as assets.

 

   

IFRIC 19 – “Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity instruments”: This addresses the accounting procedure, from the point of view of the debtor, used when a financial liability is totally or partially extinguished through the issue of equity instruments to the creditor. The interpretation is not applicable to this type of transaction when the counterparties are shareholders or related parties and act as such, nor when the exchange for equity instruments is in accordance with the original terms of the financial liability. In this case, the issue of equity instruments shall be measured at fair value on the date the liability is extinguished and any difference between this value and the carrying amount of the liability shall be recognized on the income statement for the period.

 

   

Third annual improvements project, improvements to IFRS: The third annual improvement project, improvements to IFRS, incorporates small modifications that will mostly be applicable for accounting years following January 1, 2011. The modifications mainly deal with eliminating inconsistencies in some IFRS and clarifying the terminology used.

Standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective as of December 31, 2011 –

New International Financial Reporting Standards together with their interpretations (IFRIC) had been published at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements. These were not obligatory as of December 31, 2011. Although in some cases the IASB permits early adoption before they enter into force, the BBVA Group has not done so as of this date, as it is still analyzing the effects that will result from them.

 

   

IFRS 9 – “Financial Instruments – Classification and Measurement”: On November 12, 2009, the IASB published IFRS 9 – “Financial Instruments” as the first stage of its plan to replace IAS 39 – “Financial Instruments: Recognition and measurement”. IFRS 9, which introduces new classification and measurement requirements for financial assets, will be mandatory from January 1, 2015 onwards, although early adoption has been permitted from December 31, 2009 onwards. However, the European Commission has decided not to adopt IFRS 9 and postpone its entry into force, thus making it impossible for European entities to apply this standard early.

The new standard includes significant differences with respect to the current one. They include the following:

 

   

Approval of a new classification model based on two single categories of amortized cost and fair value;

 

   

Elimination of the current “Held-to-maturity-investments” and “Available-for-sale financial assets” categories;

 

   

Limitation of the analysis of impairment of assets measured at amortized cost; and

 

   

No separation of embedded derivatives in financial contracts on the entity’s assets.

 

F-40


Table of Contents
   

Amendment of IFRS 7 – “Disclosures – Transfer of financial assets”: There has been a modification of the disclosure requirements applicable to transfers of financial assets in which the assets are not derecognized from the balance sheets, and to transfers of financial assets in which the assets qualify for derecognition, but with which the entity still has some continuing involvement. The information disclosed must allow the following:

 

   

understanding of the relationship between transferred financial assets that are not derecognized in their entirety and associated liabilities; and

 

   

evaluation of the nature of, and the risks associated with, the entity’s continuing involvement in the transferred and derecognized financial assets.

Disclosures are also required for asset transfers when the transfers have been distributed unevenly over the year.

These modifications will be applied to the years starting after July 1, 2011, although early adoption is permitted.

 

   

IAS 12 Revised – “Income Taxes – Deferred Tax: recovery of underlying Assets”: IAS 12 establishes that the deferred tax assets and liabilities will be calculated by using the tax base and the tax rate corresponding according to the form in which the entity expects to recover or cancel the corresponding asset or liability: by the use of the asset or by its sale.

The IASB has published a modification to IAS 12 which includes the assumption when calculating the assets and liabilities for deferred taxes that the recovery of the underlying asset will be carried out through its sale in investment property valued at fair value under IAS 40 “Investment Property”. However, an exception is admitted if the investment is depreciable and is managed according to a business model whose objective is to use the profits from the investment over time, and not from its sale.

At the same time, IAS 12 includes the content of SIC 21 – “Income Taxes – Recovery of revalued non-depreciable assets”. This interpretation is withdrawn.

These modifications will be applied retrospectively to the accounting years following January 1, 2012, although early adoption is permitted.

 

   

IFRS 10 – “Consolidated financial statements”: IFRS 10 establishes a single consolidation model based on the principle of control, and applicable to all types of entities. Likewise, it introduces a definition of control, according to which a reporting entity controls another entity when it is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvements with the entity and has the ability to affect the amount of returns through its power over the entity.

The new standard will replace IAS 27 – “Consolidated and separate financial statements” and SIC 12 – “Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities”. It will be applied to accounting years starting from January 1, 2013. However, early adoption is permitted. In this case it must be applied together with IFRS 11 and IFRS 12.

 

   

IFRS 11 – “Joint arrangements”: IFRS 11 introduces new consolidation principles applicable to all joint arrangements and will replace SIC 13 – “Jointly Controlled Entities” and IAS 31 – “Interests in Joint Ventures”.

The new standard defines joint arrangements and establishes that they shall be classified as joint operations or as joint ventures based on the rights and obligations arising from the arrangement. A joint operation is when the parties who have joint control have rights to the assets of the arrangement and obligations to the liabilities of the arrangement. A joint venture is when the parties who have joint control have rights to the net assets of the arrangement.

Joint operations shall be accounted for by including them in the financial statements of the entities controlling the assets, liabilities, income and expenses corresponding to them according to the

 

F-41


Table of Contents

contractual agreement. Joint ventures shall be accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method. They can no longer be accounted for by the proportionate consolidation method.

IFRS 11 shall be applied to accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2013. However, early adoption is permitted. In this case it must be applied together with IFRS 10 and IFRS 12.

 

   

IFRS 12 – “Disclosure of Interests in other entities”: IFRS 12 is a new standard on the disclosure requirements for all types of holdings in other entities, including subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities.

IFRS 12 shall be applied to accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2013. However, early adoption is permitted. In this case it must be applied together with IFRS 10 and IFRS 11.

 

   

IFRS 13 – “Fair Value Measurement”: IFRS 13 provides guidelines for fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. Under the new definition, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The requirements of the standard do not extend the use of fair value accounting. However, they do provide a guide about how fair value should be applied when its use is required or permitted by other standards.

This new standard shall be prospectively applied as of January 1, 2013. Early adoption is permitted.

 

   

IAS 1 amended – “Presentation of Financial Statements”: The modifications made to IAS 1 include improvements and clarifications regarding the presentation of “Other recognized income (expenses)” (valuation adjustments). The main change introduced is that the presentation of the concepts must distinguish those that can be reclassified to earnings in the future from those that cannot.

The revision to IAS 1 shall be applied to accounting years starting on or after July 1, 2012, although early adoption is permitted.

 

   

Amended IAS 19 – “Employee Benefits”: The amended IAS 19 introduces modifications to the accounting of post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments.

 

   

All changes in the fair value of assets from post-employment plans and obligations in the defined benefit plans shall be recognized in the period in which they occur; they shall be recognized as valuation adjustments in equity and shall not be considered as earnings in future years. Thus, the options under the current standard to defer these changes in value (“corridor method”) or to recognize them in the year’s earnings have been eliminated. The Group’s policy will be to transfer the amounts recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments” to the heading “Reserves” in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

   

The presentation of fair value changes in assets in plans and changes in post-employment benefit obligations of defined-benefit plans has been clarified:

 

   

Greater disclosure of information is required.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2013, although early adoption is permitted.

 

   

IAS 32 revised – “Financial Instruments: Presentation”: The changes made to IAS 32 clarify the following aspects on asset and liability netting:

 

   

The legal right to net recognized amounts must not depend on a future event and must be legally enforceable under all circumstances, including cases of default or insolvency of either party.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
   

Settlements in which the following conditions are met shall be accepted as equivalent to “settlements for net amount”:

 

   

all or practically all of the credit and liquidity risk is eliminated

 

   

settlement of the asset and liability is performed in one single settlement process

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2014, although early adoption is permitted.

 

   

IFRS 7 revised – “Financial Instruments: Information to be disclosed”: The changes made to IAS 7 introduce new disclosures of information on asset and liability netting: The entities must submit a breakdown of information on the gross and net amounts of the financial assets that have been or may be netted, and for all recognized financial instruments included in some type of master netting agreement, whether or not they have been netted.

These modifications will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2013.

3. Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group

The BBVA Group is an international diversified financial group with a significant presence in retail banking, wholesale banking, asset management and private banking. It also operates in other sectors, such as insurance, real estate, operating leases, etc.

Appendices II to IV inclusive provide relevant information as of December 31, 2011 on the Group’s subsidiaries, proportionately consolidated jointly controlled entities, and investments and jointly controlled entities accounted for by the equity method. Appendix V shows the main changes in investments in 2011, and Appendix VI gives details of the subsidiaries under the full consolidation method and which, based on the information available, were more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders as of December 31, 2011.

The following table sets forth information related to the Group’s total assets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the Group’s income attributed to the parent company for 2011, 2010 and 2009, broken down by the companies in the group according to their activity:

 

     Millions of Euros  
     Total Assets Contributed
to the Group
     Total Net Income
Contributed to the Group
 

Contribution to Consolidated Group.

Entities by Main Activities

   2011      2010      2009      2011      2010      2009  

Banks and other financial services

     577,914         533,143         516,431         2,105         3,757         3,535   

Insurance and pension fund managing companies

     17,226         17,034         16,168         873         826         755   

Other non-financial services

     2,548         2,561         2,466         26         23         (80
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     597,688         552,738         535,065         3,004         4,606         4,210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total assets and earnings as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, broken down by the geographical areas in which the BBVA Group operates, are included in Note 6.

The BBVA Group’s activity is mainly located in Spain, Mexico, South America and the United States, with an active presence in other European countries and Asia:

 

   

Spain: The Group’s activity in Spain is principally through Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., which is the parent company of the BBVA Group. The Group also has other companies that operate in Spain’s banking sector, insurance sector, real estate sector, services and as operating lease companies.

 

F-43


Table of Contents
   

Rest of Europe: The Group’s activity in Europe is carried out through representative offices (Moscow and Istanbul), operational branches (Germany, Belgium, France, Italy and the United Kingdom) and banks and financial institutions in Ireland, Switzerland, Italy and Portugal. In March 2011, the BBVA Group acquired 25.01% of the share capital of the Turkish bank Turkiye Garanti Bankasi, AS (hereinafter, “Garanti”). Garanti heads up a group of banking and financial institutions that operate in Turkey, Holland, and some countries in Eastern Europe.

 

   

Asia: The Group’s activity in Asia is carried out through operational branches (in Taipei, Seoul, Tokyo, Hong Kong and Singapore) and representative offices (in Beijing, Shanghai and Mumbai). The BBVA Group also has several agreements with the CITIC Group (“CITIC”) for a strategic alliance in the Chinese market (see Note 17). The investment in the CITIC Group includes the investment in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (“CIFH”) and China National Citic Bank (“CNCB”).

 

   

Mexico: The Group’s presence in Mexico dates back to 1995. It operates both in the banking sector through BBVA Bancomer, S.A., and in the insurance and pensions business, mainly through Seguros Bancomer S.A. de C.V., Pensiones Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. and Administradora de Fondos para el Retiro Bancomer, S.A. de C.V. All these are part of the BBVA Bancomer Financial Group.

 

   

South America: The BBVA Group’s activity in South America is mainly focused on the banking, insurance and pensions sectors, in the following countries: Chile, Venezuela, Colombia, Peru, Argentina, Panama, Paraguay and Uruguay. It is also active in Bolivia and Ecuador in the pensions sector.

The Group owns more than 50% of most of the companies based in these countries. Appendix II shows a list of the companies which, although less than 50% owned by the BBVA Group, are as of December 31, 2011 fully consolidated as a result of agreements between the Group and the other shareholders, giving the BBVA Group effective control of these entities (see Note 2.1).

 

   

United States (including Puerto Rico): The Group’s activity in the United States is mainly carried out through a group of companies with BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. at their head. This bank was acquired by BBVA in 2007 and in 2008 it merged the three Texas-based banks it owned, State National Bancshares, Inc., Texas National Bank, Inc. and Laredo National Bank, Inc.

In 2009, BBVA Compass, Inc. acquired some of the assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank, Inc. (hereinafter, “Guaranty”) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Garanty is based in the United States. The BBVA group also has a significant presence in Puerto Rico through the bank BBVA Puerto Rico.

Below we give more details of the most important changes that have taken place in the BBVA Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009:

2011 –

 

   

Acquisition of a capital holding in the bank Garanti: On March 22, 2011, through the execution of the agreements signed in November 2010 with the Dogus group and having obtained the corresponding authorizations, BBVA completed the acquisition of a 24.89% holding of the share capital of Turkiye Garanti Bankasi, AS. Subsequently, an additional 0.12% holding was acquired on the market, taking the BBVA Group’s total holding in the share capital of Garanti to 25.01% as of December 31, 2011. The total price of both acquisitions amounted to USD 5,876 million (approximately 4,408 million).

The agreements with the Dogus group include an arrangement for the joint management of the bank and the appointment of some of the members of its Board of Directors by the BBVA Group.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

BBVA also has a perpetual option to purchase an additional 1% of Garanti Bank five years after the initial purchase. If it exercised this option the BBVA Group would have effective control of the company.

As of December 31, 2011, the goodwill registered by these acquisitions amounted to 1,262 million (see Note 20.1), although this amount is provisional, as under IFRS 3 a period of one year is allowed to make a definitive determination. BBVA financed part of this acquisition with funds from the capital increase carried out on November 29, 2010 (see Note 27).

This 25.01% holding in Garanti is consolidated in the BBVA Group using the proportionate consolidation method due to the aforementioned joint management agreements, and its contribution to the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2011, after applying the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, represents 3.06% of the Group’s total assets (18,309 million) and 2.66% of its total liabilities (14,850 million) at that date.

The contribution from Garanti to the main items on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, after applying the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, was 4,937 million to various portfolios of financial assets, 11,160 million to “Loans and receivables” and 14,187 million to “Financial liabilities at amortized cost.”

The contribution of Garanti to the BBVA Group’s consolidated income statement from the date of its acquisition to December 31, 2011, after making the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, was 428 million to “Net interest income”, 580 million to “Gross income”, and 193 million to “Consolidated net income for the year”. This represents a total of 6.43% of the Group’s consolidated net income in 2011.

If this business combination had been performed at the start of 2011, it is estimated that after the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments, Garanti would have contributed 266 million to Group’s consolidated net income for 2011.

 

   

Purchase of Credit Uruguay Banco: In May 2010, the BBVA Group announced that it had reached an agreement to acquire, through its subsidiary BBVA Uruguay, the Credit Uruguay Banco, from a French financial group. On January 18, 2011, after obtaining the corresponding authorizations, the purchase of Credit Uruguay Banco was completed for approximately 78 million, generating goodwill for an insignificant amount.

 

   

Takeover of Finanzia Banco de Crédito S.A.U.: The Directors of the entities Finanzia Banco de Crédito, S.A.U. and Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., in meetings of their respective boards of directors held on January 28, 2011 and February 1, 2011, respectively, approved a project for the takeover of Finanzia Banco de Crédito, S.A.U. by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and the subsequent transfer of all its equity interest to Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., which acquired all the rights and obligations of the company it had purchased through universal succession.

The merger agreement was submitted for approval at the AGM of the shareholders of the companies involved. The merger was entered into the Companies Register on July 1, 2011, and thus on this date the target bank was dissolved, although for accounting purposes the takeover was carried out on January 1, 2011, with no effect at the consolidated level.

2010 –

On April 1, 2010, after obtaining the corresponding authorizations, the purchase of an additional 4.93% of CNCB’s capital was finalized for 1,197 million. After the acquisition, BBVA’s holding of the share capital of CIFH and CNCB amounted to 29.68% and 15%, respectively (see Note 17.1).

 

F-45


Table of Contents

2009 –

 

   

Purchase of assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank: On August 21, 2009, BBVA Compass Inc acquired certain Guaranty Bank assets and liabilities from FDIC through a public auction for qualified investors. BBVA Compass Inc. acquired assets, mostly loans, for approximately USD 11,441 million (approximately 8,016 million) and assumed liabilities, mostly customer deposits, for USD 12,854 million (approximately 9,006 million). On December 31, 2009, using the purchase method, the comparison between the fair values assigned at the time of the purchase to the assets and liabilities acquired from Guaranty Bank (including the cash payment that FDIC made in consideration of the transaction (USD 2,100 million) generated a difference 99 million, recognized under the heading “Negative goodwill” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the year 2009. The assets and liabilities acquired amounted to 1.5% and 1.8%, respectively, of the BBVA Group’s total assets on the acquisition date.

 

   

At the same time, the purchase included a loss-sharing agreement with the U.S. supervisory body FDIC under which the latter undertook to assume 80% of the losses of the loans purchased by the BBVA Group up to the first USD 2,285 million, and up to 95% of the losses if they exceeded this amount. This commitment has a maximum term of 5 and 10 years, according to the different portfolios in which the loans were classified.

 

   

Takeovers of Banco de Crédito Local de España, S.A. and BBVA Factoring E.F.C., S.A.: The directors of the subsidiaries Banco de Crédito Local de España, S.A. (Unipersonal), and BBVA Factoring E.F.C., S.A. (Unipersonal), in meetings of their respective boards of directors held on January 26, 2009, and of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. in its board of directors meeting held on January 27, 2009, approved respective projects for the takeover of both companies by BBVA and the subsequent transfer of all their equity interest to BBVA, which acquired all the rights and obligations of the companies it had purchased through universal succession.

 

   

The merger agreement was submitted for approval at the AGM of the shareholders of the companies involved. Both takeovers were entered into the Companies Register on June 5, 2009, and thus on this date the companies acquired were dissolved, although for accounting purposes the takeover was carried out on January 1, 2009, with no effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

4. Allocation of earnings and the new system of shareholder remuneration

New scheme for shareholder remuneration –

The new shareholder remuneration scheme called the “Dividend Option” was implemented in 2011 through two share capital increases charge to voluntary reserves approved by the Bank’s Shareholders’ Annual General Meeting held on March 11, 2011, as the fifth point of the Agenda. Under the new scheme, BBVA has offered its shareholders the chance to receive part of their remuneration in the form of free shares; however, they can still choose to receive it in cash by selling the rights assigned to them in each capital increase either to BBVA (by the Bank exercising its commitment to repurchase the free allotment rights) or on the market.

Shareholder remuneration in 2011 –

In 2011, the following payments were made and settled to shareholders:

 

   

A third interim dividend on 2010 earnings was paid and settled on January 10, 2011 for a gross amount of 0.09 per share (0.0729 net).

 

   

To implement the “Dividend Option”, the first capital increase charged to voluntary reserves was carried out in April 2011. As a result, the Bank’s share capital increased by 29,740,199.65, through the issue and circulation of 60,694,285 shares with a par value of 0.49 each (see Note 27). The Bank also acquired 909,945,425 pre-emptive subscription rights, at the guaranteed fixed price of 0.149 gross each, for a total of 135,581,868.33.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
   

An interim dividend on 2011 earnings was paid and settled on July 8, 2011 for a gross amount of 0.10 per share (0.081 net).

 

   

The second capital increase charged to voluntary reserves under the “Dividend Option” program was carried out in October 2011. As a result, the Bank’s share capital increased by 38,422,617.94, through the issue and circulation of 78,413,506 shares with a par value of 0.49 each (see Note 27). The Bank also acquired 433,637,066 pre-emptive subscription rights, at the guaranteed fixed price of 0.10 gross each, for a total of 43,363,706.60.

On December 20, 2011, the Board of Directors agreed to pay a second interim dividend on 2011 earnings for a gross amount of 0.10 (0.079) per share. It was paid to the shareholders on January 10, 2012.

Dividends –

The aggregate amount of the interim dividends declared as of December 31, mentioned above, net of the amount collected by the BBVA Group companies, was 937 million and was recognized under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Dividends and remuneration” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The provisional financial statement prepared by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. for 2011 in accordance with legal requirements evidenced the existence of sufficient earnings for the distribution of the amounts to the interim dividend, as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Available amount for interim dividend payments

   May 31,
2011
    November 30,
2011
 

Profit at each of the dates indicated, after the provision for income tax

     976        1,969   

Less –

     –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated provision for Legal Reserve

     (6     (40

Acquisition by the bank of the free allotment rights in 2011 capital increase

     (136     (179

Interim dividends for 2011 already paid

     –          (455
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum amount distributable

     834        1,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount of proposed interim dividend

     455        490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

BBVA cash balance available to the date

     1,540        1,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below shows the allocation of the Bank’s earnings for 2011 that the Board of Directors will submit to approval by the General Shareholders’ Meeting:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Allocation of Earnings

   2011  

Net income for year of 2011 (*)

     1,428   
  

 

 

 

Distribution:

  

Interim dividends

     945   

Acquisition by the bank of the free allotment rights(**)

     179   

Legal reserve

     41   

Voluntary reserves

     263   
  

 

 

 

 

(*)

Net income of BBVA, S.A. (Appendix I).

(**)

Concerning to the remuneration to shareholders who choose to be pay in cash at the “Dividend Option”.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

5. Earnings per share

According to the criteria established by IAS 33:

 

   

Basic earnings per share are determined by dividing the “Net income attributed to Parent Company” by the weighted average number of shares outstanding throughout the year, excluding the average number of treasury sales held over the year.

 

   

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by using a method similar to that used to calculate basic earnings per share; the weighted average number of shares outstanding, and the net income attributed to the parent company if appropriate, is adjusted to take into account the potential dilutive effect of certain financial instruments that could generate the issue of new Bank shares (share option commitments with employees, warrants on parent company shares, convertible debt instruments) or for discontinued operations.

The following transactions were carried out in 2011, 2010 and 2009 with an impact in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

   

In 2011 and 2010 the Bank has carried out capital increases with pre-emptive subscription rights for former shareholders (see Note 27). According to IAS 33, when calculating the basic and diluted earnings per share all the years prior to the exercise of the rights must be taken into account, and a corrective factor applied to the denominator (the weighted average number of shares outstanding) only in the case of capital increases other than those for conversion of securities into shares. This corrective factor is the result of dividing the fair value per share immediately before the exercise of rights by the theoretical ex-rights fair value per share. For these purposes the basic and diluted earnings per share have been recalculated for 2010 and 2009 as in the following table.

 

   

In 2009 and 2011 the Bank issued subordinated securities that were mandatory convertible into ordinary newly issued BBVA shares.

 

   

In 2009 the Bank issued subordinated securities that were mandatory convertible into ordinary newly issued BBVA shares amounting to 2,000 million. At its meeting on June 22, 2011, the Board of Directors of BBVA agreed to convert all these bonds dated July 15, 2011 (see Note 27).

 

   

On December 30, 2011, the Bank issued subordinate securities that were mandatory convertible into ordinary newly issued BBVA shares amounting to 3,430 million (see Note 23.4).

Since the conversion of both bond issues is mandatory on the date of their final maturity, in accordance with the IAS 33 criteria the following adjustments must be applied to both the calculation of the diluted earnings per share as well as the basic earnings per share:

 

   

In the numerator, the net income attributed to the parent company is increased by the amount of the annual coupon of the subordinated convertible bond.

 

   

In the denominator, the weighted average number of shares outstanding is increased by the estimated number of shares after the conversion.

Thus, as can be seen in the following table, for 2011, 2010 and 2009 the figures for basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are the same, as the dilution effect of the mandatory conversion must also be applied to the calculation of the basic earnings per share.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The calculation of earnings per share in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share

   2011      2010 (*)      2009 (*)  

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share (millions of euros)

        

Net income attributed to parent company

     3,004         4,606         4,210   

Adjustment: Mandatory convertible bonds interest expenses

     38         70         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income adjusted (millions of euros) (A)

     3,042         4,676         4,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share (number of shares outstanding)

        

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (1)

     4,635         3,762         3,719   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding x corrective factor (2)

     –           3,876         3,925   

Adjustment: Average number of estimated shares to be converted

     134         221         39   

Adjusted number of shares (B)

     4,769         4,097         3,964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (Euros per share)A/B

     0.64         1.14         1.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share (Euros per share)A/B

     0.64         1.14         1.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

‘Weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions of euros), excluded weighted average of treasury shares during the period

(2)

Corrective factor, due to the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription right, applied for the previous years.

(*)

Data recalculated due to the mentioned corrective factor.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, except for the aforementioned convertible bonds, there were no other financial instruments, share option commitments with employees or discontinued transactions that could potentially affect the calculation of the diluted earnings per share for the years presented.

6. Bases and methodology for business segment reporting

Business segment reporting represents a basic tool in the oversight and management of the BBVA Group’s various activities. The Group compiles reporting information on as disaggregated a level as possible, and all data relating to the businesses these units manage is recognized in full. These disaggregated units are then amalgamated in accordance with the organizational structure preordained by the Group management into higher level units and, ultimately, the business segments themselves. Similarly, all the incorporated entities making up the BBVA Group are also assigned to the different business segments according to the geographical areas where they carry out their activity.

Once the composition of each of the business areas in the BBVA Group has been defined, certain management criteria are applied, noteworthy among which are the following:

 

   

Capital base: Capital is allocated to each business based on capital at risk (CaR) criteria, in turn predicated on unexpected loss at a specific confidence level, determined as a function of the Group’s target capital ratio.

This target solvency level is set on two different scales: strict capital (which conditions the capital provision that is the basis for calculating the return on equity in each business) the second level is total capital (which determines the additional allocation in terms of subordinated debt and preferred securities). The calculation of the CaR combines credit risk, market risk, structural risk associated with the balance sheet, equity positions, operational risk, fixed assets risks and technical risks in the case of insurance companies. Internal models were used that have been defined following the guidelines and requirements established under the Basel II Capital Accord, with economic criteria prevailing over regulatory ones.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Due to its sensitivity to risk, CaR is an element linked to management policies of the different Group businesses. It makes the capital allocation between them objective and standard, in accordance with the risks incurred, and makes it easier to compare the profitability of the different businesses. In addition, as the CaR is calculated in a way that is standard and integrated for all kinds of risks and for each operation, balance or risk position, the risk-adjusted return can be determined for each business and an aggregate calculated for the return by customer, product, segment, unit or business area.

 

   

Internal transfer prices: The calculation of the net interest income of each business is performed by applying the internal transfer rates to both the asset and liability entries. These rates are made up by a market rate (based on the review period for the transaction) and a liquidity premium.

In 2010, the liquidity squeeze in domestic and international financial markets made access to financing by Spanish credit institutions more expensive. BBVA was no exception to the rising cost. As a result, since January 2011 and retroactively for 2010 data, the liquidity premium allocated to the business areas through the reference internal rate system has been modified upwards so that it better reflects the situation of the financial markets. The allocation of profits across business generation and distribution units (e.g., in asset management products) is performed at market prices.

 

   

Allocation of operating expenses: Both direct and indirect expenses are allocated to the business areas, except for those items for which there is no clearly defined or close link with the businesses, as they represent corporate or institutional expenses incurred on behalf of the overall Group.

 

   

Cross-selling: On certain occasions, adjustments are made to eliminate overlap accounted for in the results of two or more units as result of cross-selling focus.

Description of the BBVA Group’s business segments

Following the acquisition of the stake in the Turkish bank Garanti and its consolidation, started on March 2011, into the accompanying financial statements of the Group, BBVA is beginning to have a relevant presence, in terms of both the balance sheet and income, in Europe and Asia. Furthermore, since the start of the international financial crisis, the importance of geographical location of businesses in order to obtain a better perception of the risks and a better estimate for future growth capacity has been made evident. Finally, new regulations recommend local management of structural risks as a way of avoiding possible contagion between the financial systems of different countries. As a result of the above, in 2011 the Group’s businesses have been restructured into the following business areas:

 

   

Spain: This includes:

 

   

Retail Network, including the segments of individual customers, private banking, small companies and businesses in the domestic market.

 

   

Corporate and Business Banking (CBB), which manages the SME, companies and corporations, public institutions and developer segments.

 

   

Corporate and Investment Banking (C&IB), responsible for business with large corporations and multinationals.

 

   

Global Markets (GM), which covers treasury and distribution activities on the Spanish market.

 

   

Other units, including BBVA Seguros and Asset Management (AM), which manages Spanish mutual fund and pension funds.

 

   

Eurasia: This groups together the activity carried out in the rest of Europe and Asia and that in 2010 reported under Spain and Portugal (BBVA Portugal, Consumer Finance Italy and Portugal

 

F-50


Table of Contents
 

and the retail business of the branches in Paris, London and Brussels), or under Wholesale Banking & Asset Management (WB&AM). Corporate and Investment Banking, Markets, CNCB and CIFH. It also includes the holding in Garanti.

 

   

Mexico: Includes the banking, pensions and insurance businesses in the country.

 

   

United States: Includes the BBVA Group’s business in the United States and in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

   

South America: Includes the banking, pensions and insurance businesses in South America.

Finally, the Corporate Activities segment covers all those that are not imputed to the business segments. Basically, it records costs from head offices with a strictly corporate function and makes allocations to corporate and miscellaneous provisions, such as early retirement. It also includes the Financial Management unit, which performs management functions for the Group as a whole, essentially management of asset and liability positions in euro-denominated interest rates and in exchange rates, as well as liquidity and capital management functions, the Industrial and Financial Holdings unit and the Group’s non-international real-estate businesses. The management of structural interest-rate risks in currencies other than the euro is located in the corresponding business areas.

The breakdown of the BBVA Group’s total assets by business segments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Total Assets by Business Areas

   2011      2010      2009  

Spain

     309,912         297,642         294,843   

Eurasia

     53,398         45,975         48,402   

Mexico

     74,283         75,152         62,855   

South America

     63,444         51,671         44,378   

The United States

     55,413         57,575         77,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal Assets by Business areas

     556,450         528,015         528,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate Activities

     41,238         24,723         6,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets BBVA Group

     597,688         552,738         535,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The net income and main data in the consolidated income statements for 2011, 2010 and 2009 by business segment is as follows.

 

            Millions of Euros        
            Business Areas        

Main Results by Business Segments

   BBVA Group      Spain      Eurasia      Mexico      South
America
     United
States
    Corporate
Activities
 

2011

                   

Net interest income

     13,160         4,399         801         3,827         3,164         1,590        (621

Gross income

     20,566         6,357         1,952         5,550         4,457         2,277        (27

Net operating income (*)

     10,615         3,556         1,307         3,539         2,415         786        (987

Income before tax

     3,770         1,914         1,170         2,299         1,877         (1,061     (2,430
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,004         1,363         1,027         1,741         1,007         (722     (1,413
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010

                   

Net interest income

     13,320         4,878         345         3,688         2,495         1,794        121   

Gross income

     20,910         7,055         1,080         5,496         3,797         2,551        932   

Net operating income (*)

     11,942         4,240         785         3,597         2,129         1,034        158   

Income before tax

     6,422         3,160         675         2,281         1,670         309        (1,673
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     4,606         2,255         588         1,707         889         239        (1,072
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2009

                   

Net interest income

     13,882         5,571         387         3,307         2,566         1,679        372   

Gross income

     20,666         7,875         953         4,870         3,637         2,412        919   

Net operating income (*)

     12,307         5,031         675         3,316         2,058         1,047        180   

Income before tax

     5,735         3,890         611         1,770         1,575         (1,428     (683
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     4,210         2,801         473         1,357         780         (950     (251
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(*)    Gross Income less Administrative Cost and Amortization

       

7. Risk management

Financial institutions that deal in financial instruments must assume or transfer one or more types of risk in their transactions. The main risks associated with financial instruments are:

 

   

Credit risk: This arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party.

 

   

Market risk: This is originated by the likelihood of losses in the value of the positions held as a result of changes in the market prices of financial instruments. It includes three types of risks:

 

   

Interest-rate risk: This arises from variations in market interest rates.

 

   

Currency risk: This is the risk resulting from variations in foreign-currency exchange rates.

 

   

Price risk: This is the risk resulting from variations in market prices, either due to factors specific to the instrument itself, or alternatively to factors which affect all the instruments traded on a specific market.

 

   

Liquidity risk: This arises from the possibility that a company cannot meet its payment commitments, or to do so must resort to borrowing funds under onerous conditions, or risking its image and the reputation of the entity.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Principles and policies –

The aim of the Global Risk Management (GRM) function is to preserve the BBVA Group’s solvency, help define its strategy with respect to risk and assume and facilitate the development of its businesses. Its activity is governed by the following principles:

 

   

The risk management function is single, independent and global.

 

   

The risks assumed by the Group must be compatible with the capital adequacy target and must be identified, measured and assessed. Risk monitoring and management procedures and sound mechanisms of control and mitigation systems must likewise be in place.

 

   

All risks must be managed integrally during their life cycle, and be treated differently depending on their nature and with active portfolio management based on a common measure (economic capital).

 

   

It is each business area’s responsibility to propose and maintain its own risk profile, within its autonomy in the corporate action framework (defined as the set of risk control policies and procedures defined by the Group), using an appropriate risk infrastructure to control their risks.

 

   

The infrastructures created for risk control must be equipped with means (in terms of people, tools, databases, information systems and procedures) that are sufficient for their purpose, so that there is a clear definition of roles and responsibilities, thus ensuring efficient assignment of resources among the corporate area and the risk units in business areas.

In the light of these principles, the BBVA Group has developed an integrated risk management system that is structured around three main components: a corporate risk governance scheme (with suitable segregation of duties and responsibilities); a set of tools, circuits and procedures that constitute the various risk management regimes; and an internal control system that is appropriate to the nature and size of the risks assumed.

Corporate governance system –

The BBVA Group has developed a system of corporate governance that is in line with the best international practices and adapted it to the requirements of the regulators in the country in which its different units operate.

With respect to the risks assumed by the Group, the Board of Directors of the Bank is responsible for establishing the general principles that define the risk objectives profile of the entities, approving the management policies for control and management of these risks and ensuring regular monitoring of the internal systems of risk information and control. The Board is supported in this function by the Standing Committee and the Risk Committee. The main mission of the latter is to assist the Board in carrying out its functions associated with risk control and management.

According to Article 36 of the Board Regulations, the Risk Committee is assigned the following duties for these purposes:

 

   

To analyze and evaluate proposals related to the Group’s risk management and oversight policies and strategies.

 

   

To monitor the extent to which the risks actually assumed match the established risk profiles.

 

   

To assess and approve, where applicable, any transactions whose size could compromise the Group’s capital adequacy or recurrent earnings, or that present significant potential operational or reputational risks.

 

   

To ensure that the Group possesses the means, systems, structures and resources in accordance with best practices to develop its risk management strategy.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The risk management and control function is distributed among the risk units within the business areas and the Corporate Risk Area, which defines global policy and strategies. The risk units in the business areas propose and manage the risk profiles within their area of autonomy, though they always respect the corporate framework for action.

The Corporate Risk Area combines a vision by risk type with a global vision. It is divided into five units, as follows:

 

   

Corporate Risk Management: Responsible for the management and control of credit, market, technical, structural, real estate and non-banking risks.

 

   

Validation & Control: Manages the internal control and operational risk systems, the internal validation of the measurement models and the acceptance of new risks.

 

   

Technology & Methodologies: Responsible for the management of the technological and methodological developments required for risk management in the Group.

 

   

Technical Secretariat: Undertakes technical tests of the proposals made to the Risk Management Committee and the Risk Committee; prepares and promotes the regulations applicable to social and environmental risk management.

This structure gives the Corporate Risk Area reasonable security with respect to:

 

   

integration, control and management of all the Group’s risks;

 

   

the application throughout the Group of standard principles, policies and metrics; and

 

   

the necessary knowledge of each geographical area and each business.

This organizational scheme is complemented by various committees, which include the following:

 

   

The Internal Control and Operational Risk Global Committee: Its task is to undertake a review at both Group and business unit level of the control environment and the effectiveness of the operational risk internal control and management systems; as well as to monitor and analyze the main operational risks the Group is subject to, including those that are cross-cutting in nature. This committee is therefore the highest operational risk management body in the Group.

 

   

The Global Risk Management Committee: This committee is made up of the risk managers from the risk units located in the business areas and the managers of the Corporate Risk Area units. Among its responsibilities are the following: establishing the Group’s risk strategy (especially as regards policies and structure of this function in the Group), presenting its proposal to the appropriate governing bodies for their approval, monitoring the management and control of risks in the Group and adopting any actions necessary.

 

   

The GRM Risk Management Committee: Made up of the corporate directors of the Group’s risk unit and those responsible for risks in the different countries and business areas. It reviews the Group’s risk strategy and the general implementation of the main risk projects and initiatives in the business areas.

 

   

The Risk Management Committee: Its permanent members are the Global Risk Management director, the Corporate Risk Management director and the Technical Secretariat. The other committee members propose the operations that are analyzed in its working sessions. The committee analyzes and, if appropriate, authorizes, financial programs and operations within its scope and submits the proposals whose amounts exceed the set limits to the Risks Committee, when its opinion on them is favorable.

 

   

The Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO): The committee is responsible for actively managing structural interest rate and foreign exchange risk positions, global liquidity and the Group’s capital resources.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
   

The Technology and Methodologies Committee: The committee decides on the effectiveness of the models and infrastructures developed to manage and control risks that are integrated in the business areas, within the framework of the operational model of Global Risk Management.

 

   

The New Products Committee: The committee’s functions are to assess and, if appropriate, to approve the characteristics of new products before they are put on the market; to undertake subsequent control and monitoring for newly authorized products; and to foster business in an orderly way to enable it to develop in a controlled environment.

Tools, circuits and procedures –

The BBVA Group has an established integrated risk management system that meets the needs derived from different types of risk to which it is subject. It is set out in a number of manuals. These manuals provide the measuring tools for the acceptance, assessment and monitoring of risks, define the circuits and procedures applicable to operations by entities and the criteria for their management.

The BBVA Group’s main activities with respect to the management and control of its risks are as follows:

 

   

Calculation of exposure to risks of the different portfolios, taking into account any possible mitigating factors (guarantees, balance netting, collaterals, etc.).

 

   

Calculation of the probabilities of default (hereinafter, “PD”).

 

   

Estimation of the foreseeable losses in each portfolio, assigning a PD to new operations (rating and scoring).

 

   

Measurement of the risk values of the portfolios in different scenarios through historical simulations.

 

   

Establishment of limits to potential losses according to the different risks incurred.

 

   

Determination of the possible impacts of structural risks on the Group’s consolidated income statement.

 

   

Determination of limits and alerts to guarantee the Group’s liquidity.

 

   

Identification and quantification of operational risks by business lines to make their mitigation easier through the appropriate corrective actions.

 

   

Definition of the effective circuits and procedures to achieve established objectives, etc.

Internal control system –

The BBVA Group’s internal control system is based on the best practices developed in “Enterprise Risk Management – Integrated Framework” by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) as well as in “Framework for Internal Control Systems in Banking Organizations” by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS).

The Group’s system for internal control is therefore part of the Integral Risk Management Framework. This is the system within the Group that involves its Board of Directors, management and its entire staff. It is designed to identify and manage risks facing the Group entities in such a way as to ensure that the business targets established by the Group’s management are met. The Integrated Risk Management Framework is made up of specialized units (Risks, Compliance, Global Accounting and Management Information, and Legal Services), and the Internal Control, Operational Risk and Internal Audit functions.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Among the principles underpinning the Internal Control system are the following:

 

   

Its core element is the “process.”

 

   

The form in which the risks are identified, assessed and mitigated must be unique for each process; and the systems, tools and information flows that support the internal control and operational risk activities must be unique, or at least be administered fully by a single unit.

 

   

The responsibility for internal control lies with the Group’s business units, and at a lower level, with each of the entities that make them up. Each business unit’s Internal Control and Operational Risk Management is responsible for implementing the system of control within its scope of responsibility and managing the existing risk by proposing any improvements to processes it considers appropriate.

 

   

Given that some business units have a global scope of responsibility, there are cross-cutting control functions which supplement the control mechanisms mentioned earlier.

 

   

The Internal Control and Operational Risk Committee in each business unit is responsible for approving suitable mitigation plans for each existing risk or weakness. This committee structure culminates at the Group’s Global Internal Control and Operational Risk Committee.

 

   

The specialized units promote policies and draw up internal regulations. It is the responsibility of the Corporate Risk Area to develop them further and apply them.

Risk concentrations –

In the trading area, limits are approved each year by the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee on exposures to trading, structural interest rate, structural exchange rate, equity and liquidity; this applies both to the banking entities and to the asset management, pension and insurance businesses. These limits factor in many variables, including economic capital and earnings volatility criteria, and are reinforced with alert triggers and a stop-loss scheme.

In relation to credit risk, maximum exposure limits are set by customer and country; generic limits are also set for maximum exposure to specific operations or products. Limits are allocated based on iso-risk curves, determined as the sum of maximum foreseeable losses and economic capital, and its ratings-based equivalence in terms of gross nominal exposure.

There is a threshold in terms of a maximum risk concentration level of 10% of Group equity: up to this level the authorization of new risks requires in-depth knowledge of the client, and the markets and sectors in which it operates.

For retail portfolios, potential concentrations of risk in geographical areas or certain risk profiles are analyzed in relation to overall risk and earnings volatility; where appropriate, the mitigating measures considered most appropriate are established.

7.1 Credit risk

7.1.1 Maximum credit risk exposure

The BBVA Group’s maximum credit risk exposure by headings in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, is given below. It does not recognize the availability of collateral or other credit enhancements to guarantee compliance with payment obligations. The details are broken down by financial instrument and counterparties.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

In the case of financial assets recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, exposure to credit risk is considered equal to its gross accounting value, not including valuation adjustments (impairment losses, uncollected interest payments, derivatives and others), with the sole exception of trading and hedging derivatives.

The maximum exposure to credit risk on financial guarantees granted is the maximum that the Group would be liable for if these guarantees were called in, and that is their carrying amount.

The information on trading and hedging derivatives set out in the next table is a better reflection of the maximum credit risk exposure than the amounts shown on the consolidated balance sheet because it does not only include the market value on the date of the transactions (the carrying amount only shows this figure); it also estimates the potential risk of these transactions on their due date.

However, credit risk originating from the derivatives in which the Group operates is mitigated through the contractual rights existing for offsetting accounts at the time of their settlement. This has reduced the Group’s exposure to credit risk to 37,817 million as of December 31, 2011 (27,933 million and 27,026 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively).

 

F-57


Table of Contents
            Millions of Euros  

Maximum Credit Risk Exposure

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Financial assets held for trading

        20,975         24,358         34,672   

Debt securities

     10         20,975         24,358         34,672   

Government

        17,989         20,397         31,290   

Credit institutions

        1,882         2,274         1,384   

Other sectors

        1,104         1,687         1,998   
Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss         708         691         639   

Debt securities

     11         708         691         639   

Government

        129         70         60   

Credit institutions

        44         87         83   

Other sectors

        535         535         496   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        52,008         50,602         57,067   

Debt securities

     12         52,008         50,602         57,067   

Government

        35,801         33,074         38,345   

Credit institutions

        7,137         11,235         12,646   

Other sectors

        9,070         6,293         6,076   

Loans and receivables

        388,949         373,037         353,741   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     13.1         26,013         23,604         22,200   

Loans and advances to customers

     13.2         359,855         347,210         331,087   

Government

        35,090         31,224         26,219   

Agriculture

        4,841         3,977         3,924   

Industry

        37,217         36,578         42,799   

Real estate and construction

        50,989         55,854         55,766   

Trade and finance

        55,748         53,830         48,936   

Loans to individuals

        139,063         135,868         126,488   

Other

        36,907         29,879         26,955   

Debt securities

     13.3         3,081         2,223         454   

Government

        2,128         2,040         342   

Credit institutions

        631         6         4   

Other sectors

        322         177         108   

Held-to-maturity investments

     14         10,955         9,946         5,438   

Government

        9,896         8,792         4,064   

Credit institutions

        451         552         754   

Other sectors

        608         602         620   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

        58,683         44,762         42,836   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

        532,278         503,396         494,393   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

        594         299         436   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Financial Assets Risk

        532,872         503,695         494,829   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial guarantees

        39,904         36,441         33,185   

Drawable by third parties

        88,978         86,790         84,925   

Government

        3,143         4,135         4,567   

Credit institutions

        2,417         2,303         2,257   

Other sectors

        83,419         80,352         78,101   

Other contingent risks

        4,787         3,784         7,398   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contingent Risks and Commitments

     34         133,670         127,015         125,508   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Maximum Credit Exposure

        666,542         630,710         620,337   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of financial assets that would be irregular if their conditions had not been renegotiated is not significant with respect to the BBVA Group’s total loans and receivables as of December 31, 2011.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

7.1.2 Mitigation of credit risk, collateralized credit risk and other credit enhancements

In most cases, maximum exposure to credit risk is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions which mitigate the Group’s exposure. The BBVA Group applies a credit risk hedging and mitigation policy deriving from a banking approach focused on relationship banking. The existence of guarantees could be a necessary but not sufficient instrument for accepting risks, as the assumption of risks by the Group requires the prior verification of the debtor’s capacity for repayment, or that the debtor can generate sufficient resources to allow the amortization of the risk incurred under the agreed terms.

The policy of accepting risks is therefore organized into three different levels in the BBVA Group:

 

   

Analysis of the financial risk of the operation, based on the debtor’s capacity for repayment or generation of funds;

 

   

The constitution of guarantees that are adequate, or at any rate generally accepted, for the risk assumed; monetary, secured, personal or hedge guarantees; and finally,

 

   

Assessment of the repayment risk (asset liquidity) of the guarantees received.

The procedures for the management and valuation of collaterals are set out in the Internal Manuals on Credit Risk Management Policies (retail and wholesale), which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collateral assigned in transactions with customers.

The methods used to value the collateral are in line with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real-estate collateral, the market price in market securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All collaterals assigned must be properly drawn up and entered in the corresponding register. They must also have the approval of the Group’s legal units.

The following is a description of the main types of collateral for each financial instrument class:

 

   

Financial instruments held for trading: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument.

 

   

Trading and hedging derivatives: In derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees, depending on counterparty solvency and the nature of the transaction.

The Group trades a wide range of credit derivatives. Through these contracts, the Group either purchases or sells protection on either a single-name or index basis. The Group uses credit derivatives to mitigate credit risk in its loan portfolio and other cash positions and to hedge risks assumed in other market transactions with clients and counterparties.

Credit derivatives can follow different settlement and payment conventions, all of which are in accordance with ISDA standards. The most common types of settlement triggers include bankruptcy of the reference credit entity, acceleration of indebtedness, failure to pay, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the entity.

 

   

Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and Available-for-sale financial assets: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

 

   

Loans and receivables:

 

   

Loans and advances to credit institutions: These usually only have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

 

F-59


Table of Contents
   

Loans and advances to customers: Most of these operations are backed by personal guarantees extended by the counterparty. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash guarantees, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds, hedging, etc.).

 

   

Debt securities: Guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

 

   

Held-to-maturity investments: Guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.

 

   

Financial guarantees, other contingent risks and drawable by third parties: These have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

The Group’s collateralized credit risk as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, excluding balances deemed impaired, is broken down in the table below:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Collateralized Credit Risk

   2011      2010      2009  

Mortgage loans

     130,703         132,628         127,957   

Operating assets mortgage loans

     3,732         3,638         4,050   

Home mortgages

     109,199         108,224         99,493   

Rest of mortgages (1)

     17,772         20,766         24,414   

Secured loans, except mortgage

     29,353         18,154         20,917   

Cash guarantees

     332         281         231   

Secured loan (pledged securities)

     590         563         692   

Rest of secured loans (2)

     28,431         17,310         19,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     160,056         150,782         148,874   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Refers to loans which are secured with real estate properties (other than residential properties) in respect of which we provide financing to the borrower to buy or to construct such properties.

  (2)

Includes loans which collateral is cash, other financial assets or partial guarantees.

As of December 31, 2011, in relation to mortgages, the average weighted amount pending loan amortization was 52% of the collateral pledged (53% as of December 31, 2010 and 54% as of December 31, 2009).

7.1.3 Credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

The BBVA Group has tools (“scoring” and “rating”) that enable it to rank the credit quality of its operations and customers based on an assessment and its correspondence with the probability of default (“PD”) scales. To analyze the performance of PD, the Group has a series of tracking tools and historical databases that collect the pertinent information generated internally, which can basically be grouped together in scoring and rating models.

 

   

Scoring

Scoring is a decision-making model that contributes to both the arrangement and management of retail loans: consumer loans, mortgages, credit cards for individuals, etc. Scoring is the tool used to decide to whom a loan should be assigned, what amount should be assigned and what strategies can help establish the price, because it is an algorithm that sorts transactions by their credit quality. This algorithm enables the BBVA Group to assign a score to each transaction requested by a customer, on the basis of a series of objective characteristics that have statistically been shown to discriminate between the quality and risk of this type of transactions. The advantage of scoring lies in its simplicity and homogeneity: all that is needed is a series of objective data for each customer, and this data is analyzed automatically using an algorithm.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

There are three types of scoring, based on the information used and on its purpose:

 

   

Reactive scoring: measures the risk of a transaction requested by an individual using variables relating to the requested transaction and to the customer’s socio-economic data available at the time of the request. The new transaction is approved or rejected depending on the score given.

 

   

Behavioral scoring: scores transactions for a given product in an outstanding risk portfolio of the entity, enabling the credit rating to be tracked and the customer’s needs to be anticipated. It uses transaction and customer variables available internally. Specifically, variables that refer to the behavior of both the product and the customer.

 

   

Proactive scoring: gives a score at customer level using variables related to the individual’s general behavior with the entity, and to his/her payment behavior in all the contracted products. The purpose is to track the customer’s credit quality and it is used to pre-grant new transactions.

 

   

Rating

Rating tools, as opposed to scoring tools, do not assess transactions but focus on the rating of customers instead: companies, corporations, SMEs, public authorities, etc. A rating tool is an instrument that, based on a detailed financial study, helps determine a customer’s ability to meet his/her financial obligations. The final rating is usually a combination of various factors: on the one hand, quantitative factors, and on the other hand, qualitative factors. It is a middle road between an individual analysis and a statistical analysis.

The main difference between ratings and scorings is that the latter are used to assess retail products, while ratings use a wholesale banking customer approach. Moreover, scorings only include objective variables, while ratings add qualitative information. And although both are based on statistical studies, adding a business view, rating tools give more weight to the business criterion compared to scoring tools.

For portfolios where the number of defaults is very low (sovereign risk, corporates, financial entities, etc.) the internal information is supplemented by “benchmarking” of the external rating agencies (Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch). To this end, each year the PDs compiled by the rating agencies at each level of risk rating are compared, and the measurements compiled by the various agencies are mapped against those of the BBVA master rating scale.

Once the default probability of a transaction or customer has been calculated, a “business cycle adjustment” is carried out. This is a means of establishing a measure of risk that goes beyond the time of its calculation. The aim is to capture representative information of the behavior of portfolios over a complete economic cycle. This probability is linked to the Master Rating Scale prepared by the BBVA Group to enable uniform classification of the Group’s various asset risk portfolios.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The table below shows the abridged scale used to classify the BBVA Group’s outstanding risk as of December 31, 2011:

 

Internal rating

   Probability of default
(basic points)
 

Reduced List (17 groups)

   Average      Minimum
from >=
     Maximum  

AAA

     1         –           2   

AA+

     2         2         3   

AA

     3         3         4   

AA-

     4         4         5   

A+

     5         5         6   

A

     8         6         9   

A-

     10         9         11   

BBB+

     14         11         17   

BBB

     20         17         24   

BBB-

     31         24         39   

BB+

     51         39         67   

BB

     88         67         116   

BB-

     150         116         194   

B+

     255         194         335   

B

     441         335         581   

B-

     785         581         1,061   

C

     2,122         1,061         4,243   

The table below outlines the distribution of exposure, including derivatives, by internal ratings, to corporates, financial entities and institutions (excluding sovereign risk), of the BBVA Group’s main entities as of December 31, 2011:

 

     2011  

Credit Risk Distribution by Internal Rating

   Amount
(Millions of Euros)
     %  

AAA/AA+/AA/AA-

     47,047         18.42

A+/A/A-

     94,192         36.88

BBB+

     23,685         9.27

BBB

     10,328         4.04

BBB-

     10,128         3.97

BB+

     12,595         4.93

BB

     11,361         4.45

BB-

     14,695         5.75

B+

     10,554         4.13

B

     11,126         4.36

B-

     6,437         2.52

CCC/CC

     3,266         1.28
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     255,414         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

From all the possible range of transactions/customers with a credit rating, and therefore with a probability of default, homogeneous probability levels are established to classify the portfolio. The concentration of levels will be higher when more discrimination is needed and lower when discrimination is not so important. These levels represent the ratings needed to ensure proper classification of the portfolio.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

These different values and their probability of default (PD) limits have been determined using as a reference the rating scales and default rates applied by the external agencies Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. Thus, the PD levels for the BBVA Group’s Master Rating Scale are established. Although this scale is common to the entire Group, the calibrations (mapping scores to PD sections/Master Rating Scale levels) are carried out at tool level for each country in which the Group has tools available.

7.1.4 Policies for preventing excessive risk concentration

In order to prevent the build-up of excessive concentrations of credit risk at the individual, country and sector levels, the BBVA Group maintains maximum permitted risk concentration indices updated at individual and portfolio sector levels tied to the various observable variables within the field of credit risk management. The limit on the Group’s exposure or financial commitment to a specific customer therefore depends on the customer’s credit rating, the nature of the risks involved, and the Group’s presence in a given market, based on the following guidelines:

 

   

The aim is, as far as possible, to combine the customer’s credit needs (commercial/financial, short-term/long-term, etc.) with the interests of the Group.

 

   

Any legal limits that may exist concerning risk concentration are taken into account (relationship between risks with a customer and the capital of the entity that assumes them), the markets, the macroeconomic situation, etc.

 

   

To undertake a proper management of risk concentration, and if necessary generate actions on such risks, a number of different levels of monitoring have been established according to the amount of global risks maintained with the same customer. Any risk concentrations with the same customer or group may generate losses of more than 18 million are authorized and monitored by the Risk Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. In terms of exposure, this amount is equivalent to 10% of the BBVA Group’s eligible capital for a customer with an AAA credit rating and 1% for a customer with a BB credit rating.

7.1.5 Sovereign risk exposure

Sovereign risk management

The risk associated with the transactions involving sovereign risk is identified, measured, controlled and tracked by a centralized unit integrated in the Group’s Risk Area. Its basic functions involve the preparation of individual reports on the countries where sovereign risk exists (called “financial programs”), tracking such risks, assigning ratings to these countries and, in general, supporting the Group in terms of providing information related to transactions involving sovereign risk. The risk policies established in the financial programs are approved by the relevant risk committees.

The country risk unit tracks the evolution of the risks associated with the various countries to which we are exposed (including sovereign risk) on an ongoing basis in order to adapt its risk and mitigation policies to any macroeconomic and political changes that may occur. Moreover, it regularly updates its internal ratings and forecasts for these countries. The internal rating assignment methodology is based on the assessment of quantitative and qualitative parameters which are in line with those used by certain multilateral organizations (such as the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank), rating agencies and export credit organizations.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

The table below provides a breakdown of our financial instruments, as of December 31, 2011, by type of counterparty and the country of residence of such counterparty. The below figures do not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan loss provisions (see Note 7.1.7).

 

     As of December 31, 2011  

Risk Exposure by Country

   Sovereign
Risk (1)
    Financial
Institutions
     Other
Sectors
     Total      %  
     (in millions of euros, except percentages)  

Spain

     56,473        6,883         178,068         241,424         51.1 %

Turkey

     3,414        220         8,822         12,456         2.6 %

United Kingdom

     120        7,381         3,566         11,067         2.3 %

Italy

     4,301        492         4,704         9,497         2.0 %

Portugal

     279        829         6,715         7,824         1.7 %

France

     619        1,903         3,038         5,561         1.2 %

Germany

     592        1,048         911         2,551         0.5 %

Ireland

     7        183         212         401         0.1 %

Greece

     109        5         32         146         0.0 %

Rest of Europe

     739        4,419         6,072         11,230         2.4 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Europe

     66,654        23,363         212,141         302,157         63.9 %  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mexico

     22,875        5,508         31,110         59,493         12.6 %

The United States

     3,501        3,485         42,589         49,576         10.5 %

Rest of countries

     7,281        3,803         50,563         61,647         13.0 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Rest of countries

     33,657        12,796         124,262         170,716         36.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Exposure to Financial Instruments

     100,311  (2)      36,159         336,403         472,873         100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

In addition, there were undrawn lines of credit, granted mainly to Spanish public authorities, amounting to 3,525 million. For more information about drawable lines of credit see Note 34.

(2)

Relates mainly to government debt securities held by the Group in countries where we operate. These securities are used by the Group’s Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) to manage the interest-rate risk concerning the balance sheet of our subsidiaries located in such countries and by our insurance subsidiaries for managing risks related to pension and insurance commitments.

Sovereign risk exposure in Europe

The European sovereign debt crisis deepened in 2011. Contagion of the financial tension during the year extended, first, to countries in the European periphery that were not subject to bailout programs, such as Italy and Spain; and subsequently, as doubts increased about the capacity of governments in the euro zone to resolve the crisis, to certain core countries in Europe with sounder finances.

As for the sovereign risk of European countries, despite the agreements reached at the European summit held at the end of July 2011, sovereign debt markets, including those in Spain, and especially those in Italy, continue to be subject to intense pressure.

As part of the exercise carried out by the European Banking Authority (EBA) to assess the minimum capital levels of European banking groups, as defined in the European Union’s Capital Requirement Directive (CRD), certain information on the exposure of the Group’s credit institutions to European sovereign risk as of September 30, 2011 was published on December 8, 2011. The table below provides a breakdown of the exposure of the Group’s credit institutions to European sovereign risk as of December 31, 2011, by type of financial instrument and the country of residence of the counterparty. The below figures do not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan loss provisions (see “Valuation and impairment methods” below).

 

F-64


Table of Contents
    As of December 31, 2011  
    Debt securities     Loans and
Receivables
    Derivatives (2)     Total     %  

Exposure to
Sovereign Risk by
European Union
Country (1)

  Financial
Assets Held-for-
Trading
    Available-for-
Sale Financial
Assets
    Held-to-
Maturity
Investments
      Direct
Exposure
    Indirect
Exposure
     
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  

Spain

    4,366        15,225        6,520        26,637        96        –          52,844        89.1 %

Italy

    350        634        2,956        184        –          (23     4,101        6.9 %

France

    338        12        254        –          –          (3     601        1.0 %

Germany

    513        6        69        –          (3 )     (2     583        1.0 %

Portugal

    39        11        13        216        –          (1     278        0.5 %

United Kingdom

    –          120        –          –          (3 )     –          117        0.2 %

Greece

    –          10        84        15        –          (8     101        0.2 %

Hungary

    –          53        –          –          –          –          53        0.1 %

Ireland

    –          7        –          –          –          1        8        0.0 %

Rest of Europe

    155        351        –          130        –          2        638        1.1 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Exposure to Sovereign Counterparties (European Union) (1)

    5,761        16,429        9,896        27,182        89        (34 )       59,323        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

This table shows the exposure to sovereign risk pursuant to EBA criteria. Therefore, exposure to Turkey (3,414 million) and exposure of the Group insurance companies (3,972 million) are not included.

(2)

Includes Credit Derivative Swaps (CDS), which are reflected at their fair value.

The table below provides a breakdown of the notional value of the CDS in which the Group’s credit institutions acted as sellers or buyers of protection against sovereign risks in European countries, based on the country whose risk is covered by the CDS. The main counterparties of these CDS are credit institutions with a high credit quality. The CDS contracts we enter contain market standards clauses, including with respect to the events that would trigger payouts under the contracts.

 

    As of December 31, 2011  
     Credit derivatives (CDS) and other contracts in
which the Group acts as a protection seller
    Credit derivatives (CDS) and other contracts in
which the Group acts as a protection buyer
 

Exposure to
Sovereign Risk by
European Union Country

  Notional Value     Fair Value     Notional Value     Fair Value  
    (in millions of euros)  

Spain

    20        2        20        (2 )

Italy

    283        38        465        (61 )

Germany

    182        4        184        (6 )

France

    102        3        123        (6 )

Portugal

    85        21        93        (22 )

United Kingdom

    20        2        20        (2 )

Greece

    53        25        66        (33 )

Hungary

    –          –          2        (0 )

Ireland

    82        10        82        (9 )

Rest of Europe

    294        31        329        (29 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Exposure to Sovereign Counterparties (European Union)

    1,119        136        1,382        (170 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

As reflected in the tables reproduced above, our exposure to sovereign risk in Europe relates mainly to Spain and Italy. The table below provides a breakdown of the total exposure faced by the Group’s credit institutions to these two countries as of December 31, 2011, by type of financial instrument and the country of residence of the counterparty, based on the maturity of the financial instruments.

 

    As of December 31, 2011  
    Debt securities     Loans and
Receivables
    Derivatives     Total     %  

Maturities

  Financial
Assets
Held-for-
Trading
    Available-
for- Sale
Financial
Assets
    Held-to-
Maturity
Investments
      Direct
Exposure
    Indirect
Exposure
     
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  

Spain

               

Up to 1 Year

    2,737        779        36        9,168        1        –          12,721        21.4

1 to 5 Years

    1,025        11,630        1,078        4,265        67        –          18,065        30.5

Over 5 Years

    604        2,816        5,406        13,204        27        –          22,057        37.2

Italy

               

Up to 1 Year

    172        22        3        89        –          –          286        0.5

1 to 5 Years

    73        34        2,378        20        –          (18     2,487        4.2

Over 5 Years

    105        578        575        75        –          (4     1,329        2.2

Rest of Europe

               

Up to 1 Year

    512        197        69        281        3        (1     1,061        1.8

1 to 5 Years

    224        233        61        18        (1 )     1        536        0.9

Over 5 Years

    309        140        290        62        (8 )     (11     782        1.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Exposure to Sovereign Counterparties (European Union)

    5,761        16,429        9,896        27,182        89        (34     59,323        100.0 %  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation and impairment methods

The valuation methods used to assess the instruments that are subject to sovereign risks are the same ones used for other instruments included in the relevant portfolios and are detailed in Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We take into account the exceptional circumstances that have taken place over the last two years in connection with the sovereign debt crisis in Europe. Specifically, the fair value of sovereign debt securities of European countries has been considered equivalent to their listed price in active markets, except for Greek sovereign debt securities. With regard to sovereign debt securities issued by Greece, owing to its economic situation and considering the various agreements reached at the summits of European leaders on the plan for restructuring Greek sovereign debt, the Group has recognized impairment losses on these assets for a total amount of €81 million, applying an expected loss of 50% of the nominal value of the Greek sovereign debt, irrespective of its maturity. This impairment has been estimated by considering the recommendations issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA). These impairment losses were charged to our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Reclassification of securities between portfolios

Note 14 describes the reclassification carried out in the third quarter of 2011, in accordance with IFRS-7, amounting to 1,817 million in sovereign debt securities issued by Italy, Greece and Portugal from the heading “Available-for-sale financial assets” to the heading “Held-to-maturity investments” of the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

7.1.6 Financial assets past due but not impaired

The table below provides details of financial assets past due as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, but not considered to be impaired, listed by their first past-due date:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Financial Assets Past Due but Not Impaired 2011

   Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
     1 to 2 Months
Past-Due
     2 to 3 Months
Past-Due
 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     –           –           –     

Loans and advances to customers

     1,998         392         366   

Government

     186         47         23   

Other sectors

     1,812         345         343   

Debt securities

     –           –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,998         392         366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

Financial Assets Past Due but Not Impaired 2010

   Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
     1 to 2 Months
Past-Due
     2 to 3 Months
Past-Due
 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     –           –           –     

Loans and advances to customers

     1,082         311         277   

Government

     122         27         27   

Other sectors

     960         284         250   

Debt securities

     –           –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,082         311         277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

Financial Assets Past Due but Not Impaired 2009

   Less than
1 Months
Past-Due
     1 to 2 Months
Past-Due
     2 to 3 Months
Past-Due
 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     –           –           –     

Loans and advances to customers

     2,653         336         311   

Government

     45         32         19   

Other sectors

     2,608         304         292   

Debt securities

     –           –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,653         336         311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

7.1.7 Impaired assets and impairment losses

The table below shows the composition of the impaired financial assets and risks as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, broken down by heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

 

Impaired Risks.

Breakdown by Type of Asset and by Sector

   Millions of Euros  
   2011      2010      2009  

Asset Instruments Impaired

        

Available-for-sale financial assets

     125         140         212   

Debt securities

     125         140         212   

Loans and receivables

     15,685         15,472         15,311   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     28         101         100   

Loans and advances to customers

     15,647         15,361         15,197   

Debt securities

     10         10         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ‘Asset Instruments Impaired (1)

     15,810         15,612         15,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contingent Risks Impaired

        

Contingent Risks Impaired (2)

     219         324         405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired risks (1) + (2)

     16,029         15,936         15,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

        

Government

     135         124         87   

Credit institutions

     84         129         172   

Other sectors

     15,590         15,360         15,264   

Mortgage

     9,639         8,627         7,932   

With partial secured loans

     83         159         37   

Rest

     5,868         6,574         7,295   

Contingent Risks Impaired

     219         324         405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired risks (1) + (2)

     16,029         15,936         15,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 in the impaired financial assets and contingent risks are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Changes in Impaired Financial Assets and Contingent Risks

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the beginning

     15,936        15,928        8,859   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions (1)

     13,045        13,207        17,298   

Recoveries (2)

     (9,079     (9,138     (6,524

Net additions (1)+(2)

     3,966        4,069        10,774   

Transfers to write-off

     (4,093     (4,307     (3,737

Exchange differences and other

     221        246        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     16,029        15,936        15,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries on entries (%)

     70        69        38   

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Below are details of the impaired financial assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified by geographical area and by the time since their oldest past-due amount or the period since they were deemed impaired:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Impaired Assets by Geographic Area and Time Since
Oldest Past-Due Amount 2011

   Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
     6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
     9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
     More than 12
Months
Past-Due
     Total  

Spain

     4,640         1,198         1,187         4,482         11,507   

Rest of Europe

     217         38         41         235         531   

Mexico

     809         141         130         199         1,280   

South América

     767         66         38         109         980   

The United States

     634         211         117         549         1,511   

Rest of the world

     –           –           –           1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,068         1,653         1,513         5,572         15,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

Impaired Assets by Geographic Area and Time Since
Oldest Past-Due Amount 2010

   Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
     6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
     9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
     More than 12
Months
Past-Due
     Total  

Spain

     5,279         1,064         798         4,544         11,685   

Rest of Europe

     106         24         24         55         209   

Mexico

     753         60         69         324         1,206   

South América

     720         51         31         74         876   

The United States

     1,110         84         111         331         1,636   

Rest of the world

     –           –           1         –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,968         1,284         1,034         5,327         15,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below are details of the impaired financial assets as on December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified by type of loan in accordance with its associated guarantee, and by the time since their oldest past-due amount or the period since they were deemed impaired:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Impaired Assets by Type of Guarantees and Time Since
Oldest Past-Due Amount 2011

   Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
     6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
     9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
     More than 12
Months
Past-Due
     Total  

Unsecured loans

     3,414         598         534         1,541         6,087   

Mortgage

     3,570         1,055         979         4,033         9,639   

Residential mortgage

     1,080         390         357         1,373         3,200   

Commercial mortgage (rural properties in operation and offices, and industrial buildings)

     630         210         160         795         1,795   

Other than those currently use as a family residential property of the borrower

     490         138         167         659         1,454   

Plots and other real state assets

     1,370         317         295         1,206         3,188   

Other partially secured loans

     83         –           –           –           83   

Others

     –           –           –           –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,067         1,653         1,513         5,574         15,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Impaired Assets by Type of Guarantees and Time Since
Oldest Past-Due Amount 2010

   Less than 6
Months
Past-Due
     6 to 9
Months
Past-Due
     9 to 12
Months
Past-Due
     More than 12
Months
Past-Due
     Total  

Unsecured loans

     4,309         338         271         1,710         6,628   

Mortgage

     3,301         946         763         3,617         8,627   

Residential mortgage

     629         304         271         1,472         2,676   

Commercial mortgage (rural properties in operation and offices, and industrial buildings)

     561         128         100         602         1,391   

Rest of residential mortgage

     701         132         99         593         1,525   

Plots and other real state assets

     1,410         382         293         950         3,035   

Other partially secured loans

     159         –           –           –           159   

Others

     198         –           –           –           198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,967         1,284         1,034         5,327         15,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below is the accumulated financial income accrued as of 31 December 2011, 2010 and 2009 with origin in the impaired assets that, as mentioned above in Note 2.2.1, are not recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements as there are doubts as to the possibility of collection:

 

     Millions of Euros  
     2011      2010      2009  

Financial Income from Impaired Assets

     1,908         1,717         1,485   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the non-performing loan and coverage ratios (see Glossary) of the transactions registered under the “Loans and advances to customers” and “Contingent risk” headings of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets were:

 

     Percentage (%)  

BBVA Group Ratios

   2011      2010      2009  

NPA ratio

     4.0         4.1         4.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NPA coverage ratio

     61         62         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

7.1.8 Impairment losses

Below is a breakdown of the provisions recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets to cover estimated impairment losses as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 in financial assets and contingent risks, according to the different headings under which they are classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Impairment losses and provisions for contingent risks

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Available-for-sale portfolio

     12         569         619         449   

Loans and receivables

     13         9,469         9,473         8,805   

Loans and advances to customers

     13.2         9,410         9,396         8,720   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     13.1         47         67         68   

Debt securities

     13.3         12         10         17   

Held to maturity investment

     14         1         1         1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment losses

        10,039         10,093         9,255   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions for Contingent Risks and Commitments

     25         291         264         243   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        10,330         10,357         9,498   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

           

For impaired portfolio

        7,058         7,507         6,549   

For currently non-impaired portfolio

        3,272         2,850         2,949   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below are the changes in 2011 and 2010 in the estimated impairment losses, broken down by the headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet:

 

            Millions of Euros  

2011

   Notes      Available-for-
sale portfolio
    Held to
maturity
investment
     Loans and
receivables
    Contingent
Risks and
Commitments
    Total  

Balance at the beginning

        619        1         9,473        264        10,356   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in impairment losses charged to income

        62        –           6,041        17        6,121   

Decrease in impairment losses credited to income

        (37     –           (1,513     (24     (1,574
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment losses (net)

     48-49         25        –           4,528        (6     4,547   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Entities incorporated in the year

        –          –           305        12        318   

Transfers to written-off loans

        (75     –           (4,039     –          (4,114

Exchange differences and other

        –          –           (798     22        (776
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

        569        1         9,469        291        10,330   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Including the impairment losses on financial assets (Note 49) and the provisions for contingent risks (Note 48)

 

F-71


Table of Contents
            Millions of Euros  

2010

   Notes      Available-for-
sale porfolio
    Held to
maturity
investment
     Loans and
receivables
    Contingent
Risks and
Commitments
    Total  

Balance at the beginning

        449        1         8,805        243        9,498   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in impairment losses charged to income

        187        –           7,020        62        7,268   

Decrease in impairment losses credited to income

        (32     –           (2,204     (40     (2,276
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment losses (net)

     48-49         155        –           4,816        22        4,993   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfers to written-off loans

        (57     –           (4,431     –          (4,488

Exchange differences and other

        72        –           283        (1     354   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

        619        1         9,473        264        10,357   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Including the impairment losses on financial assets (Note 49) and the provisions for contingent risks (Note 48)

The changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 in financial assets derecognized from the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as their recovery is considered unlikely (hereinafter “write-offs”) is shown below:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Changes in Impaired Financial Assets Written-Off from the Balance Sheet

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the beginning

     13,367        9,834        6,872   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase:

     4,284        4,788        3,880   

Decrease:

     (1,895     (1,447     (1,172

Re-financing or restructuring

     (4     (1     –     

Cash recovery

     (327     (253     (188

Foreclosed assets

     (29     (5     (48

Sales of written-off

     (840     (342     (590

Debt forgiveness

     (604     (217     (114

Expiry and other causes

     (91     (629     (231

Net exchange differences

     115        193        253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     15,871        13,367        9,834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As indicated in Note 2.2.1, although they have been derecognized from the balance sheet, the BBVA Group continues to attempt to collect on these write-offs, until the rights to receive them are fully extinguished, either because it is time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

7.2 Market risk

As well as the most common market risks (mentioned earlier), other market risks have to be considered for the administration of certain positions: credit spread risk, basis risk, volatility and correlation risk.

Value at Risk (VaR) is the basic measure to manage and control the BBVA Group’s market risks. It estimates the maximum loss, with a given confidence level, that can be produced in market positions of a portfolio within a given time horizon. VaR is calculated in the Group at a 99% confidence level and a 1-day time horizon.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

BBVA and BBVA Bancomer have received approval from the Bank of Spain to use a model developed by the BBVA Group to calculate bank capital requirements for market risk. This model estimates VaR in accordance with the “historical simulation” methodology, which consists of estimating the losses or gains that would have been produced in the current portfolio if the changes in market conditions occurring over a specific period of time were repeated. Using this information, it infers the maximum foreseeable loss in the current portfolio with a determined level of confidence. It presents the advantage of precisely reflecting the historical distribution of the market variables and not requiring any assumption of specific probability distribution. The historical period used in this model is two years.

In addition, the Bank follows the guidelines set out by Spanish and European authorities regarding other metrics to meet the Bank of Spain’s regulatory requirements. The new measurements of market risk for the trading portfolio include the calculation of stressed VaR (which quantifies the level of risk in extreme historical situations) and the quantification of default risks and downgrading of credit ratings of bonds and credit portfolio derivatives.

The limit structure of the BBVA Group’s market risk determines a system of VaR and economic capital limits by market risk for each business unit, with specific ad-hoc sub-limits by type of risk, activity and trading desk.

Validity tests are performed periodically on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the positions assessed with a certain level of probability (backtesting), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on risk positions (stress testing). In addition, BBVA Research (the BBVA Group’s Research Department) carries out stress analysis by simulating historical crisis scenarios and evaluating the impacts resulting from profound market alterations.

Trends in market risk in 2011 –

The changes in the BBVA Group’s market risk in 2011, measured as VaR without smoothing (see Glossary) with a 99% confidence level and a 1-day horizon are as follows:

 

LOGO

This represents a daily average VaR of 24 million in 2011, compared with 33 million in 2010 and 26 million in 2009. The number of risk factors currently used to measure portfolio risk is around 2,200. This number varies according to the possibility of doing business with other underlying assets and in other markets.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, VaR amounted to 18 million, 28 million and 31 million, respectively. These figures can be broken down as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

VaR by Risk Factor

   2011     2010     2009  

Interest/Spread risk

     27        29        38   

Currency risk

     3        3        2   

Stock-market risk

     7        4        9   

Vega/Correlation risk

     4        12        15   

Diversification effect (*)

     (23     (21     (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     18        28        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

VaR medium in the period

     24        33        26   

VaR max in the period

     36        41        33   

VaR min in the period

     16        25        18   

 

(*)

The diversification effect is the difference between the sum of the average individual risk factors and the total VaR figure that includes the implied correlation between all the variables and scenarios used in the measurement.

The stress testing is carried out using historical crisis scenarios and economic scenarios supplied by BBVA Research as a base:

 

   

Historical scenarios: The base historical scenario is the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008.

 

   

Economic crisis scenarios: Unlike the historical scenarios, economic stress scenarios are updated monthly. The decision about which of the scenarios should be used is taken by the Market Stress Committee, in which BBVA Research takes an active part through the construction of ad hoc scenarios. The fundamental aim of this committee is to identify the most significant market risk positions in each of the BBVA Group’s treasuries and assess the impact of changes in their risk drivers. To do so, the Stress Committee must identify and quantify unlikely but plausible crisis scenarios in the financial markets. This is achieved thanks to the participation of BBVA Research as a key member of the Committee. In addition, the economic stress scenarios are designed individually and are coherent with the positions of each of the treasuries. As a result, there may be no coherence at Group level and thus the impacts cannot be aggregated.

By type of market risk assumed by the Group’s trading portfolio, as of December 31, the main risks were interest rate and credit spread risks, which fell by 3 million on the figure for December 31, 2010. Equity risk increased by 3 million, while currency risk and volatility and correlation risk fell by 0.1 million and 8 million respectively.

The changes in the average daily VaR ratio in 2011 with respect to 2010 is basically the result of Global Market Europe reducing its average risk by 24% in 2011 (with a daily average VaR of 16 million) and, to a lesser extent, because Global Market Bancomer cut its risk by 39% (with a daily average VaR in 2011 of 5 million).

The internal market risk model is validated periodically by back testing. In 2011, portfolio losses in BBVA SA were higher than daily VaR on 3 occasions (2 in the case of BBVA Bancomer). This number of exceptions is within the bands set in the tests used in the Basel model. This is why no significant changes have been made either to the methodology of measurement, nor to the parametrics of the current measurement model.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Structural interest-rate risk –

The aim of on-balance-sheet interest rate risk management is to maintain the BBVA Group’s exposure to market interest-rate fluctuations at levels in keeping with its risk strategy and profile. In pursuance of this, the Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) undertakes active balance sheet management through operations intended to optimize the levels of risk borne according to expected earnings and respect the maximum levels of accepted risk.

ALCO uses the interest-rate risk measurements performed by the Risk Area. Acting as an independent unit, the Risk Area periodically quantifies the impact that a variation of 100 basis points in market interest rates would have on the BBVA Group’s net interest income and economic value.

In addition, the Group performs probability calculations that determine the economic capital (maximum loss of economic value) and risk margin (maximum estimated loss of operating income) originating from structural interest rate risk in banking activity (excluding the Treasury area), based on interest rate curve simulation models. The Group regularly performs stress tests and sensitivity analyses to complement its assessment of its interest-rate risk profile.

All these risk measurements are subsequently analyzed and monitored. The levels of risk assumed and the degree of compliance with the limits authorized by the Executive Committee are reported to the various managing bodies of the BBVA Group.

Below are the average interest-rate risk exposure levels in terms of sensitivity of the main financial institutions in the BBVA Group in 2011:

 

     Impact on Net Interest Income (*)     Impact on Economic Value (**)  

Sensitivity to interest-rate analysis 2011

   100 Basis-Point
Increase
    100 Basis-Point
Decrease
    100 Basis-Point
Increase
    100 Basis-Point
Decrease
 

Europe

     0.50     3.34     0.78     -1.07

BBVA Bancomer

     3.33     -3.33     2.06     -3.06

BBVA Compass

     3.85     -3.32     3.06     -7.42

BBVA Puerto Rico

     2.83     -2.75     -2.45     3.95

BBVA Chile

     -3.01     2.98     -11.57     10.45

BBVA Colombia

     1.24     -1.26     0.17     -0.50

BBVA Banco Continental

     1.78     -1.74     -9.22     9.91

BBVA Banco Provincial

     1.95     -1.85     -1.47     1.52

BBVA Banco Francés

     0.69     -0.70     -1.35     1.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BBVA Group

     1.98     -0.82     0.91     -1.96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Percentage relating to “1 year” net Interest margin forecast in each unit.

(**)

Percentage relating to each unit’s Equity

As part of the measurement process, the BBVA Group has established the assumptions regarding the movement and behavior of certain items, such as those relating to products with no explicit or contractual maturity. These assumptions are based on studies that estimate the relationship between the interest rates on these products and market rates. They enable specific balances to be classified into trend-based balances (long-term) and seasonal or volatile balances (short-term residual maturity).

Structural currency risk –

Structural currency risk is basically caused by exposure to variations in currency exchange rates that arise in the BBVA Group’s foreign subsidiaries and the provision of funds to foreign branches financed in a different currency to that of the investment.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

ALCO is the body responsible for arranging hedging transactions to limit the capital impact of fluctuations in exchange rates, based on their projected trend, and to guarantee the equivalent euro value of the foreign currency earnings expected to be obtained from these investments.

Structural currency risk management is based on the measurements performed by the Risk Area. These measurements use an exchange-rate scenario simulation model which quantifies possible changes in value for a given confidence interval and a pre-established time horizon. The Standing Committee authorizes the system of limits and alerts for these risk measurements, which include a sub-limit on the economic capital (an unexpected loss arising from the currency risk of investments financed in foreign currency).

In 2011, the average asset exposure sensitivity to a 1% depreciation in exchange rates stood at 154 million, with 37% in the Mexican peso, 23% in South American currencies, 20% in Asian and Turkish currencies, and 18% in the US dollar.

Structural equity risk –

The BBVA Group’s exposure to structural equity risk is basically derived from investments in industrial and financial companies with medium- and long-term investment horizons. This exposure is mitigated through net short positions held in derivatives of their underlying assets, used to limit portfolio sensitivity to potential falls in prices.

The aggregate sensitivity of the BBVA Group’s consolidated equity to a 1% fall in the price of shares stood at -39.4 million as of December 31, 2011, and its impact on consolidated earnings for the year is estimated at 1.8 million. These figures are estimated taking into account the exposure in shares valued at market prices, or if not applicable, at fair value (except for the positions in the Treasury Area portfolios) and the net delta-equivalent positions in options on their underlyings.

The Risk Area is responsible for measuring and effectively monitoring structural risk in the equity portfolio. To do so, it estimates the sensitivity figures and the capital necessary to cover possible unexpected losses due to the variations in the value of the companies making up the Group’s equity portfolio, at a confidence level that corresponds to the institution’s target rating, and taking into account the liquidity of the positions and the statistical performance of the assets under consideration. These figures are supplemented by periodic stress tests, back-testing and scenario analyses.

7.3 Liquidity risk

The aim of liquidity risk management, tracking and control is to ensure, in the short term, that the payment commitments of the BBVA Group entities can be duly met without having to resort to borrowing funds under burdensome terms, or damaging the image and reputation of the entities. In the medium term the aim is to ensure that the Group’s financing structure is ideal and that it is moving in the right direction with respect to the economic situation, the markets and regulatory changes.

Management of liquidity and structural finance within the BBVA Group is based on the principle of financial autonomy of the entities that make it up. This approach helps prevent and limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability in periods of high risk.

The management and monitoring of liquidity risk is carried out comprehensively in each of the BBVA Group’s business units using a double (short and long-term) approach. The short-term liquidity approach has a time horizon of up to 366 days. It is focused on the management of payments and collections from the Treasury and market activity, and includes operations specific to the area and the Bank’s possible liquidity requirements. The medium-term approach is focused on financial management of the whole consolidated balance sheet, with a time horizon of one year or more.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

The ALCO within each management unit is responsible for the comprehensive management of liquidity. The Financial Management unit, as part of the Financial Division, analyzes the implications of the Bank’s various projects in terms of finance and liquidity and its compatibility with the target financing structure and the situation of the financial markets. The Financial Management unit executes the resolutions agreed by ALCO in accordance with the agreed budgets and manages liquidity risk using a broad scheme of limits, sub-limits and alerts approved by the Standing Committee. The Risk Area measures and controls these limits independently and provides the managers with support tools and metrics needed for decision-making.

Each of the local risk areas, which are independent from the local manager, complies with the corporative principles of liquidity risk control established by GRM, the Global Unit in charge of Structural Risks for the entire BBVA Group.

At the level of each BBVA Group entity, the managing areas request and propose a scheme of quantitative and qualitative limits and alerts related to short and medium term liquidity risks. Once agreed with GRM, controls and limits are proposed to the Bank’s Board of Directors (through its delegate bodies), for approval at least once a year. The proposals submitted by GRM are adapted to the situation of the markets according to the risk tolerance level aimed for by the Group.

The development of a new Liquidity and Finance Manual demanded strict adjustment of liquidity risk management in terms of limits, sub-limits and alerts, as well as in procedures. In accordance with the manual, GRM carries out regular measurements of risk incurred and monitors the consumption of limits. It develops management tools and adapts valuation models, carries out regular stress tests and reports on the liquidity risk levels to ALCO and the Group’s Management Committee on a monthly basis. Its reports to the management areas and GRM Management Committee are more frequent.

Under the current Contingency Plan, the frequency of communication and the nature of information provided is decided by the Liquidity Committee at the proposal of the Technical Liquidity Group (TLG). In the event of any alert or possible crisis, the TLG carries out an initial analysis of the liquidity situation (short or long term) of the entity affected.

The TLG is made up of specialized staff from the Short-Term Cash Desk, the Global Accounting & Information Management (GA&IM), the Financial Management and the Structural Risk areas. If the alert signals established make clear that a critical situation has arisen, the TLG informs the Liquidity Committee (made up of managers of the corresponding areas). The Liquidity Committee is responsible for calling the Financing Committee, if appropriate, which is made up of the Group’s President and COO and the managers from the Financial Area, the Risk Area, Global Business and the Business Area of the country affected.

One of the most significant aspects that have affected the BBVA Group in 2011 was the continuation of the sovereign debt crisis, which started in 2010. The role played by official bodies in the euro zone and the ECB have been key in calming the markets and ensuring liquidity in the European banking system. However, the Group has not had to make use of the extraordinary measures established by the Spanish authorities to mitigate the liquidity tension affecting many Spanish banks.

Given this situation, the regulators have established new regulatory requirements with the aim of strengthening the balance sheets of banks and making them more resistant to potential short-term liquidity shocks. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) is the metric proposed by the Bank Supervisory Committee of the Bank for International Settlements in Basel to achieve this objective. It aims to ensure that financial institutions have a sufficient stock of liquid assets to allow them to survive a 30-day liquidity stress scenario. According to the most recent document published by the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision in December 2010, this ratio will remain subject to revision by the regulating bodies until mid-2013, and it will be incorporated as a regulatory requirement on January 1, 2015, though it must be reported to supervisory bodies as of January 2012.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

In order to increase the weight of medium and long-term funding on the banks’ balance sheets, the regulators have defined a new long-term funding ratio (over 12 months) called the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). It will be under review until mid-2016 and become a regulatory requirement starting on January 1, 2018.

Although the precise definition of these new ratios has still not been decided, the BBVA Group has outlined a plan to adapt to them. This will allow it to adopt best practices and the most effective and strict criteria for their implementation sufficiently in advance.

7.4 Risk concentrations

Below is a breakdown of the balances of financial instruments registered in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets by their concentration in geographical areas and according to the residence of the customer or counterparty. It does not take into account valuation adjustments, impairment losses or loan-loss provisions:

 

    Millions of Euros  

Risks by Geographical Areas 2011

  Spain     Europe,
Excluding
Spain
    México     USA     South
América
    Rest     Total  

Financial assets –

             

Financial assets held for trading

    12,958        33,305        11,675        4,672        5,452        2,539        70,603   

Debt securities

    5,075        2,068        10,933        565        2,030        305        20,975   

Equity instruments

    662        363        741        69        125        238        2,198   

Derivatives

    7,221        30,874        2        4,039        3,297        1,996        47,430   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    234        311        1,470        509        454        –          2,977   

Debt securities

    117        77        6        508        1        –          708   

Equity instruments

    117        234        1,464        1        453        –          2,269   

Available-for-sale portfolio

    26,546        8,895        7,825        8,151        5,164        656        57,237   

Debt securities

    22,371        8,685        7,764        7,518        5,068        602        52,008   

Equity instruments

    4,175        210        61        633        96        54        5,229   

Loans and receivables

    203,348        44,305        42,489        44,625        46,479        7,704        388,949   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    3,034        11,531        4,877        2,712        2,197        1,663        26,013   

Loans and advances to customers

    198,948        32,445        37,612        41,222        43,592        6,035        359,855   

Debt securities

    1,365        328        –          692        690        6        3,081   

Held-to-maturity investments

    7,373        3,582        –          –          –          –          10,955   

Hedging derivatives

    395        3,493        485        253        16        56        4,698   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Risk in Financial Assets

    250,854        93,890        63,943        58,210        57,565        10,955        535,419   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contingent risks and commitments

             

Contingent risks

    16,175        12,289        1,098        4,056        4,733        1,554        39,904   

Contingent commitments

    30,848        21,506        11,929        22,002        6,192        1,288        93,767   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Contingent Risk

    47,023        33,795        13,027        26,058        10,925        2,842        133,669   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Risks in Financial Instruments

    297,877        127,685        76,970        84,268        68,490        13,797        669,088   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Risks by Geographical Areas 2010

   Spain      Europe,
Excluding
Spain
     México      EE.UU.      South
América
     Rest      Total  

Financial assets –

                    

Financial assets held for trading

     18,903         22,899         9,578         3,951         5,549         2,404         63,284   

Debt securities

     9,522         2,839         8,853         654         2,086         405         24,359   

Equity instruments

     3,041         888         725         148         136         322         5,260   

Derivatives

     6,340         19,172         –           3,149         3,327         1,677         33,665   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     284         98         1,437         481         476         1         2,777   

Debt securities

     138         66         7         480         –           –           691   

Equity instruments

     146         32         1,430         1         476         1         2,086   

Available-for-sale portfolio

     25,230         7,689         10,158         7,581         4,291         1,234         56,183   

Debt securities

     20,725         7,470         10,106         6,903         4,211         1,187         50,602   

Equity instruments

     4,505         219         52         678         80         47         5,581   

Loans and receivables

     218,399         30,985         40,540         39,944         37,320         5,847         373,035   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     6,786         7,846         5,042         864         2,047         1,018         23,603   

Loans and advances to customers

     210,102         23,139         35,498         38,649         34,999         4,822         347,209   

Debt securities

     1,511         –           –           431         274         7         2,223   

Held-to-maturity investments

     7,504         2,443         –           –           –           –           9,947   

Hedging derivatives

     234         2,922         281         131         –           35         3,603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Risk in Financial Assets

     270,554         67,036         61,994         52,088         47,636         9,521         508,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contingent risks and commitments

                    

Contingent risks

     20,175         6,773         1,006         3,069         3,953         1,465         36,441   

Contingent commitments

     35,784         19,144         11,421         17,604         5,711         910         90,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contingent Risk

     55,959         25,917         12,427         20,673         9,664         2,375         127,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Risks in Financial Instruments

     326,513         92,953         74,421         72,761         57,300         11,896         635,844   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Risks by Geographical Areas 2009

   Spain      Europe,
Excluding
Spain
     México      EE.UU.      South
América
     Rest      Total  

Financial assets –

                    

Financial assets held for trading

     22,893         25,583         11,612         3,076         4,329         2,240         69,733   

Debt securities

     14,487         7,434         10,157         652         1,646         296         34,672   

Equity instruments

     3,268         624         1,455         35         207         194         5,783   

Derivatives

     5,138         17,525         –           2,389         2,476         1,750         29,278   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     330         73         1,153         436         344         –           2,337   

Debt securities

     157         42         3         435         1         –           639   

Equity instruments

     173         31         1,150         1         343         –           1,698   

Available-for-sale portfolio

     30,177         11,660         7,709         7,828         4,876         1,266         63,516   

Debt securities

     24,838         11,429         7,688         7,082         4,806         1,223         57,066   

Equity instruments

     5,339         231         21         746         70         43         6,450   

Loans and receivables

     206,097         34,613         31,469         40,469         34,926         6,167         353,741   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     2,568         11,280         3,269         2,441         1,724         918         22,200   

Loans and advances to customers

     203,529         23,333         28,200         37,688         33,098         5,239         331,087   

Debt securities

     –           –           –           340         104         10         454   

Held-to-maturity investments

     2,625         2,812         –           –           –           –           5,437   

Hedging derivatives

     218         2,965         266         117         3         25         3,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Risk in Financial Assets

     262,340         77,706         52,210         51,926         44,478         9,698         498,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contingent risks and commitments

                    

Contingent risks

     15,739         7,826         897         3,330         3,704         1,689         33,185   

Contingent commitments

     37,804         24,119         9,421         15,990         3,743         1,246         92,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contingent Risk

     53,543         31,945         10,318         19,320         7,447         2,935         125,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Risks in Financial Instruments

     315,883         109,651         62,528         71,246         51,925         12,633         623,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The breakdown of the main figures in the most significant foreign currencies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is set forth in Appendix IX.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

7.5 Residual maturity

Below is a breakdown by contractual maturity of the balances of certain headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, disregarding any valuation adjustments or impairment losses:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Contractual Maturities

2011

   Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
years
     Total  

Asset –

                    

Cash and balances with central banks

     28,066         1,444         660         330         426         –           30,927   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     2,771         7,551         1,393         3,723         7,608         2,967         26,013   

Loans and advances to customers

     18,021         38,741         22,887         45,818         93,138         141,251         359,855   

Debt securities

     842         2,297         2,761         8,025         39,603         34,199         87,727   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     –           1,798         1,877         4,704         16,234         27,368         51,981   

Liabilities –

                    

Deposits from central banks

     3         19,463         2,629         –           11,040         1         33,136   

Deposits from credit institutions

     2,202         27,266         4,374         5,571         15,964         3,669         59,047   

Deposits from customers

     116,924         69,738         17,114         41,397         28,960         6,861         280,994   

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     –           2,032         1,880         11,361         45,904         17,144         78,321   

Subordinated liabilities

     –           –           110         38         4,893         9,500         14,541   

Other financial liabilities

     5,015         1,283         355         490         1,254         1,307         9,704   

Short positions

     –           1,446         2         –           –           3,163         4,611   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     –           1,687         1,636         5,232         15,533         25,313         49,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Contractual Maturities
2010

   Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  

Asset –

                    

Cash and balances with central banks

     17,275         1,497         693         220         282         –           19,967   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     2,471         10,590         1,988         1,658         4,568         2,329         23,604   

Loans and advances to customers

     16,543         33,397         21,127         49,004         85,800         141,338         347,209   

Debt securities

     497         3,471         12,423         8,123         35,036         28,271         87,821   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     –           636         1,515         3,503         13,748         17,827         37,229   

Liabilities –

                    

Deposits from central banks

     50         5,102         3,130         2,704         –           1         10,987   

Deposits from credit institutions

     4,483         30,031         4,184         3,049         9,590         5,608         56,945   

Deposits from customers

     111,090         69,625         21,040         45,110         21,158         6,818         274,841   

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     96         5,243         10,964         7,159         42,907         15,843         82,212   

Subordinated liabilities

     –           537         3         248         2,732         13,251         16,771   

Other financial liabilities

     4,177         1,207         175         433         647         1,564         8,203   

Short positions

     –           651         –           10         –           3,385         4,046   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     –           826         1,473         3,682         12,813         16,037         34,831   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-82


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Contractual Maturities
2009

   Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 12
Months
     1 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  

Asset –

                    

Cash and balances with central banks

     14,650         535         248         735         163         –           16,331   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     3,119         8,484         1,549         1,914         4,508         2,626         22,200   

Loans and advances to customers

     4,313         31,155         19,939         40,816         94,686         140,178         331,087   

Debt securities

     1,053         4,764         15,611         10,495         37,267         29,080         98,270   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     –           637         2,072         3,863         13,693         12,608         32,873   

Liabilities –

                    

Deposits from central banks

     213         4,807         3,783         12,293         –           –           21,096   

Deposits from credit institutions

     1,836         24,249         5,119         5,145         6,143         6,453         48,945   

Deposits from customers

     106,942         55,482         34,329         32,012         18,325         6,293         253,383   

Debt certificates (including bonds)

     –           10,226         16,453         15,458         40,435         14,614         97,186   

Subordinated liabilities

     –           500         689         2         1,529         14,585         17,305   

Other financial liabilities

     3,825         822         141         337         480         20         5,625   

Short positions

     –           448         –           16         –           3,366         3,830   

Derivatives (trading and hedging)

     –           735         1,669         3,802         13,585         10,517         30,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of a financial asset or a liability on a given date is the amount for which it could be exchanged or settled, respectively, on that date between two knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction under market conditions. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of a financial asset or a liability is the price that would be paid for it on an organized, transparent and deep market (“quoted price” or “market price”).

If there is no market price for a given financial asset or liability, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments; or, in the absence thereof, by using mathematical measurement models that are sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. The estimates used in such models take into consideration the specific features of the asset or liability to be measured and, in particular, the various types of risk associated with the asset or liability. However, the limitations inherent in the measurement models and possible inaccuracies in the assumptions and parameters required by these models may mean that the estimated fair value of an asset or liability does not coincide exactly with the price for which the asset or liability could be exchanged or settled on the date of its measurement.

The fair value of the financial derivatives included in the held for trading portfolios is assimilated to their daily quoted price if there is an active market for these financial instruments. If for any reason their quoted price cannot be established on a given date, these derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets.

The fair value of OTC derivatives (“present value” or “theoretical price”) is equal to the sum of future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted at the measurement date; these derivatives are valued using methods recognized by international financial markets: the “net present value” (NPV) method, option price calculation models, etc.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Determining the fair value of financial instruments –

Below is a comparison of the carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and their respective fair values:

 

            Millions of Euros  
            2011      2010     2009  

Fair Value and Carrying Amount

   Notes      Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  

ASSETS –

                  

Cash and balances with central banks

     9         30,939         30,939         19,981        19,981        16,344         16,344   

Financial assets held for trading

     10         70,602         70,602         63,283        63,283        69,733         69,733   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     11         2,977         2,977         2,774        2,774        2,337         2,337   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     12         58,144         58,144         56,456        56,456        63,521         63,521   

Loans and receivables

     13         381,076         389,204         364,707        371,359        346,117         354,933   

Held-to-maturity investments

     14         10,955         10,190         9,946        9,189        5,437         5,493   

Fair value changes of the hedges items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

     15         146         146         40        40        –           –     

Hedging derivatives

     15         4,552         4,552         3,563        3,563        3,595         3,595   

LIABILITIES –

                  

Financial assets held for trading

     10         51,303         51,303         37,212        37,212        32,830         32,830   

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     11         1,825         1,825         1,607        1,607        1,367         1,367   

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

     23         479,904         473,886         453,164        453,504        447,936         448,537   

Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk.

     15         –           –           (2     (2     –           –     

Hedging derivatives

     15         2,710         2,710         1,664        1,664        1,308         1,308   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the case of financial instruments whose carrying amount is not the same as their theoretical fair value, the fair value has been calculated in the following manner:

 

   

The fair value of “Cash and balances with central banks” has been considered equivalent to its carrying amount, because they are mainly short-term balances.

 

   

The fair value of “Held-to-maturity investments” is equivalent to their quoted price in active markets.

 

   

The fair values of “Loans and receivables” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost” have been estimated by discounting estimated future cash flows using the market interest rates prevailing at each year-end.

 

F-84


Table of Contents
   

The “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk” item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets registers the difference between the carrying amount of the hedged deposits lent, registered under “Loans and Receivables,” and the fair value calculated using internal models and observable variables of market data (see Note 15).

For financial instruments whose carrying amount is equivalent to their fair value, the measurement processes used are set forth below:

 

   

Level 1: Measurement using market observable quoted prices for the financial instrument in question, secured from independent sources and linked to active markets. This level includes listed debt securities, listed equity instruments, some derivatives and mutual funds.

 

   

Level 2: Measurement that applies techniques using inputs drawn from observable market data.

 

   

Level 3: Measurement using techniques, where some of the inputs are not taken from market observable data. As of December 31, 2011, the affected instruments accounted for approximately 0.31% of financial assets and 0.004% of the Group’s financial liabilities. Model selection and validation was undertaken by control areas outside the market units.

The following table shows the main financial instruments carried at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, broken down by the measurement technique used to determine their fair value:

 

          Millions of Euros  
          2011     2010     2009  

Fair Value by Levels

  Notes     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

ASSETS –

                   

Financial assets held for trading

    10        22,986        46,915        700        28,914        33,568        802        39,608        29,236        889   

Debt securities

      19,731        793        451        22,930        921        508        33,043        1,157        471   

Equity instruments

      2,033        97        68        5,034        92        134        5,504        94        185   

Trading derivatives

      1,222        46,025        182        950        32,555        160        1,060        27,985        233   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    11        2,358        619        –          2,326        448        –          1,960        377        –     

Debt securities

      647        61        –          624        64        –          584        54        –     

Equity instruments

      1,711        558        –          1,702        384        –          1,376        323        –     

Available-for-sale financial assets

    12        41,286        15,249        1,067        41,500        13,789        668        49,747        12,367        818   

Debt securities

      37,286        15,025        602        37,024        13,352        499        44,387        12,146        538   

Equity instruments

      4,000        224        465        4,476        437        169        5,360        221        280   

Hedging derivatives

    15        289        4,263        –          265        3,298        –          302        3,293        –     

LIABILITIES –

                   

Financial liabilities held for trading

    10        5,813        45,467        23        4,961        32,225        25        4,936        27,797        96   

Trading derivatives

      1,202        45,467        23        916        32,225        25        1,107        27,797        96   

Short positions

      4,611        –          –          4,046        –          –          3,830        –          –     

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    11        –          1,825        –          –          1,607        –          –          1,367        –     

Hedging derivatives

    15        –          2,710        –          96        1,568        –          319        989        –     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The heading “Available-for-sale-financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, additionally includes 541 million, 499 million and 589 million, respectively, accounted for at cost, as indicated in the section of this Note entitled “Financial instruments at cost”.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the main measurement techniques, hypotheses and inputs used in the estimation of fair value of the financial instruments classified under Levels 2 and 3, based on the type of financial asset and liability and the corresponding balances as of December 31, 2011:

 

Financial
Instruments Level 2

 

Measurement techniques

 

Main assumptions

 

Main inputs used

 

2011

Fair value (millions of euros)

 
           

Trading portfolio

Debt securities

    793   
            Equity instruments     97   
   

¡ Debt securities

  Present-value method.  

Calculation of the present value of financial instruments as the current value of future cash flows (discounted at market interest rates), taking into account:

•   the estimate of prepayment rates;

•   the issuer credit risk; and

•   current market interest rates.

•   Net Asset Value (NAV) published recurrently, but not more frequently than every quarter.

 

•   Risk premiums.

•   Observable market interest rates

  Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss  
        Debt securities     61   
        Equity instruments     558   
          Available-for-sale financial assets  
            Debt securities     15,025   
            Equity instruments     224   
            Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss     1,825   

¡ Equity instruments

                       
     

For share, currency, inflation or commodity
derivatives:

  For share, currency, or commodity derivatives:    
     

•   The Black-Scholes assumptions take into account

possible convexity adjustments

 

•   Forward structure of the underlying asset.

  Assets  
  Analytic/semi-analytic formulae         Trading derivatives     46,025   
      For interest rate derivatives:  

•   Volatility of options.

   
      

•   Black-Scholes assumptions apply a lognormal process for forward rates and consider possible convexity adjustments.

 

•   Observable correlations between underlying assets.

  Hedging Derivatives     4,263   
 

For share, currency,

or commodity derivatives:

•   Monte Carlo simulations.

 

Local volatility model: assumes a constant diffusion of the underlying asset with the volatility depending on the value of the underlying asset and the term.

       

¡ Derivatives

      For interest-rate derivatives:   Liabilities  
  For interest-rate derivatives:    

•   The term structure of interest rates.

   
 

•   Black-Derman-Toy Model, Libor Market Model and SABR.

•   HW 1 factor

 

This model assumes that:

•   The forward rates in the term structure of the interest rate curve are perfectly correlated

 

•   Volatility of underlying asset.

  Trading derivatives     45,467   
        For credit derivatives:    
 

For credit derivatives:

•   Diffusion models.

 

These models assume a constant diffusion of default intensity.

 

•   Credit default swap (CDS) prices.

  Hedging Derivatives     2,710   
           

•   Historical CDS volatility.

           
     

Determining the current value of financial instruments as the current value of future cash flows (discounted at market interest rates), taking into account:

      Trading portfolio  
     

•   estimate of prepayment rates;

      Debt securities     451   
     

•   issuer credit risk; and

       
 

•   Present-value method.

 

•   current market interest rates.

       
   

¡ Debt securities

 

•   “Time default” model for financial instruments in the collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) family.

 

In the case of measurement of asset-backed securities (ABSs), future prepayments are calculated on the conditional prepayment rates that the issuers themselves provide.

 

•   Prepayment rates

•   Default correlation

•   Credit spread (1)

  Equity instruments     68   
            Available-for-sale financial assets  
       

The “time-to-default” model is used to measure default probability. One of the main variables used is the correlation of defaults extrapolated from several index tranches (ITRA00 and CDX) with the underlying portfolio of our CDOs.

     

Debt securities

    602   
       

•   Credit spread (1)

   

¡ Equity instruments

 

•   Present-value method.

 

Net asset value (NAV) for hedge fund and for equity

instruments listed in thin or less active markets.

 

•   NAV supplied by the fund manager or issuer of the securities.

  Equity instruments     465   
   
 

Trading derivatives for interest-rate futures and forwards:

•   Present-value method.

•   “Libor Market” model.

 

The “Libor Market” model models the complete term structure of the interest-rate curve, assuming a constant elasticity of variance (CEV) lognormal process. The CEV lognormal process is used to measure the presence of a volatility shift.

 

•   Correlation decay.(2)

  Assets  
           

¡ Trading derivatives

  For variable income and foreign exchange options:        

Trading derivatives

    182   
 

•   Monte Carlo simulations

•   Numerical integration

•   Heston

 

The options are measured through generally accepted valuation models, to which the observed implied volatility is added.

 

•   Vol-of-Vol (3)

•   Reversion factor (4)

•   Volatility Spot Correlation (5)

   
            Liabilities  
   

•   Credit baskets

 

These models assume a constant diffusion of default intensity.

 

•   Default correlation.

•   Historical CDS volatility

 

Trading derivatives

    23   

 

F-86


Table of Contents
(1)

Credit spread: The spread between the interest rate of a risk-free asset (e.g. Treasury securities) and the interest rate of any other security that is identical in every respect except for asset quality. Spreads are considered as Level 3 inputs when referring to illiquid securities, based on spreads of similar issuers.

(2)

Correlation decay: This is the factor that allows us to calculate changes in correlation between the different pairs of forward rates.

(3)

Vol-of-Vol: Volatility of implied volatility. This is a statistical measure of the changes of the spot volatility.

(4)

Reversion Factor: The speed with which volatility reverts to its natural value.

(5)

Volatility- Spot Correlation: A statistical measure of the linear relationship (correlation) between the spot price of a security and its volatility.

The changes in the balance of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

Financial Assets Level 3
Changes in the Period

   Millions of Euros  
   2011     2010     2009  
   Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  

Balance at the beginning

     1,469        25        1,707        96        3,853        84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments recognized in the income statement (*)

     (1     (12     (123     12        (146     6   

Valuation adjustments not recognized in the income statement

     –          –          (18     –          33        –     

Acquisitions, disposals and liquidations

     268        9        (334     (100     (634     (1

Net transfers to Level 3

     33        –          236        –          (1,375     7   

Exchange differences

     (2     1        1        17        (24     –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exchange differences

     1,767        23        1,469        25        1,707        96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Profit or loss that are attributable to gains or losses relating to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period

The financial instruments transferred between the different levels of measurement in 2011 are at the following amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011:

 

          Millions of Euros  
      From:    Level I      Level 2      Level 3  

Transfer between levels

   To:    Level 2      Level 3      Level 1      Level 3      Level 1      Level 2  

ASSETS

                    

Financial assets held for trading

        12         –           32         16         –           36   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        432         23         49         39         –           –     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES –

                    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, the effect on the consolidated income and consolidated equity of changing the main hypotheses used for the measurement of Level 3 financial instruments for other reasonably possible models, taking the highest (most favorable hypotheses) or lowest (least favorable) value of the range deemed probable, would be as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  
     Potential Impact on
Consolidated Income
Statement
    Potential Impact on Total
Equity
 

Financial Assets Level 3

Sensitivity Analysis

   Most
Favorable
Hypotheses
     Least
Favorable
Hypotheses
    Most
Favorable
Hypotheses
     Least
Favorable
Hypotheses
 

ASSETS

          

Financial assets held for trading

     21         (71     –           –     

Available-for-sale financial assets

     –           –          14         (87

LIABILITIES –

          

Financial liabilities held for trading

     1         (1     –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22         (72     14         (87
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss –

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no loans or financial liabilities at fair value other than those recognized under the headings “Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss” and “Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Financial instruments at cost –

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, equity instruments, derivatives with these equity instruments as underlyings, and certain discretionary profit-sharing arrangements in some companies, were recognized at cost in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets because their fair value could not be reliably determined, as they are not traded in organized markets and thus their unobservable inputs are significant. On the above dates, the balance of these financial instruments recognized in the portfolio of available-for-sale financial assets amounted to 541 million, 499 million and 589 million, respectively.

The table below outlines the financial assets and liabilities carried at cost that were sold in 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Sales of financial instruments at cost

   2011      2010      2009  

Amount of Sale

     19         51         73   

Carrying Amount at Sale Date

     8         36         64   

Gains/Losses

     11         15         9   

 

F-88


Table of Contents

9. Cash and balances with central banks

The breakdown of the balance under the headings “Cash and balances with central banks” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Deposits from central banks” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Cash and Balances with Central Banks

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Cash

        4,611         4,284         4,218   

Balances at the Central Banks

        25,821         15,349         11,534   

Reverse repurchase agreements

     37         495         334         579   

Accrued interests

        12         14         13   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        30,939         19,981         16,344   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            Millions of Euros  

Deposits from Central Banks

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Deposits from Central Banks

        23,937         10,904         19,939   

Repurchase agreements

     37         9,199         82         1,156   

Accrued interest until expiration

        11         24         71   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23         33,147         11,010         21,166   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

10.1 Breakdown of the balance

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Financial Assets and Liabilities Held-for-Trading

   2011      2010      2009  

ASSETS –

        

Debt securities

     20,975         24,358         34,672   

Equity instruments

     2,198         5,260         5,783   

Trading derivatives

     47,429         33,665         29,278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     70,602         63,283         69,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES –

        

Trading derivatives

     46,692         33,166         29,000   

Short positions

     4,611         4,046         3,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     51,303         37,212         32,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

10.2 Debt securities

The breakdown by type of instrument of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Debt Securities Held-for-Trading

Breakdown by type of instrument

   2011      2010      2009  

Issued by Central Banks

     402         699         326   

Spanish government bonds

     4,324         7,954         13,463   

Foreign government bonds

     13,263         11,744         17,500   

Issued by Spanish financial institutions

     566         722         431   

Issued by foreign financial institutions

     1,316         1,552         954   

Other debt securities

     1,104         1,687         1,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     20,975         24,358         34,672   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10.3 Equity instruments

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Equity Instruments Held-for-Trading

Breakdown by Issuer

   2011      2010      2009  

Shares of spanish companies

        

Credit institutions

     62         304         666   

Other sectors

     600         2,738         2,602   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     662         3,042         3,268   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares of foreign companies

        

Credit institutions

     128         167         156   

Other sectors

     1,408         2,051         2,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     1,536         2,218         2,515   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,198         5,260         5,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10.4 Trading derivatives

The trading derivatives portfolio arises from the Group’s need to manage the risks incurred by it in the course of normal business activity. As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, trading derivatives were principally contracted in over-the-counter (OTC) markets, with credit entities not resident in Spain as the main counterparties, and related to foreign-exchange, interest-rate and equity risk.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Below is a breakdown by transaction type of the fair value of outstanding financial trading derivatives recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, divided into organized and OTC markets:

 

    Millions of Euros  

Outstanding Financial Trading
Derivatives 2011

  Currency
Risk
    Interest
Rate
Risk
    Equity
Price
Risk
    Precious
Metals

Risk
    Commodities
Risk
    Credit
Risk
    Other
Risks
    Total  

Organized markets

               

Financial futures

    1        2        7        –          –          –          –          10   

Options

    (11     –          (147     5        (9     –          –          (162

Other products

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    (10     2        (140     5        (9     –          –          (152
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTC markets

               

Credit institutions

               

Forward transactions

    (178     –          –          –          –          –          –          (178

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          (220     –          –          –          –          –          (220

Swaps

    (333     (3,988     67        1        40        –          –          (4,213

Options

    105        605        (747     –          –          –          1        (36

Other products

    –          11        –          –          –          (432     –          (421
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    (406     (3,592     (680     1        40        (432     1        (5,068
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial institutions

               

Forward transactions

    (7     –          –          –          –          –          –          (7

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          (21     –          –          –          –          –          (21

Swaps

    –          1,460        12        –          (2     –          –          1,470   

Options

    9        (177     (64     –          –          –          –          (232

Other products

    –          –          –          –          –          577        –          577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    2        1,262        (52     –          (2     577        –          1,787   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other sectors

               

Forward transactions

    392        –          –          –          –          –          –          392   

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          311        –          –          –          –          –          311   

Swaps

    41        2,553        409        –          40        –          –          3,043   

Options

    (69     164        330        –          –          –          9        434   

Other products

    –          8        –          –          –          (18     –          (10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    364        3,036        739        –          40        (18     9        4,170   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    (40     706        7        1        78        127        10        889   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    (50     708        (133     6        69        127        10        737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which:

               

Asset Trading Derivatives

    8,966        32,858        3,178        45        284        2,064        34        47,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability Trading Derivatives

    (9,016     (32,150     (3,311     (39     (215     (1,937     (24     (46,692
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-91


Table of Contents
    Millions of Euros  

Outstanding Financial Trading
Derivatives 2010

  Currency
Risk
    Interest
Rate
Risk
    Equity
Price
Risk
    Precious
Metals Risk
    Commodities
Risk
    Credit
Risk
    Other
Risks
    Total  

Organized markets

               

Financial futures

    –          2        6        –          –          –          –          8   

Options

    (3     –          (348     (11     (7     –          –          (369

Other products

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    (3     2        (342     (11     (7     –          –          (361
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTC markets

               

Credit institutions

               

Forward transactions

    (96     –          –          –          –          –          –          (96

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          15        –          –          –          –          –          15   

Swaps

    (541     (1,534     (4     2        28        –          –          (2,049

Options

    (97     (786     45        –          –          –          1        (837

Other products

    (1     11        –          –          –          (175     –          (165
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    (735     (2,294     41        2        28        (175     1        (3,132
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial institutions

               

Forward transactions

    54        –          –          –          –          –          –          54   

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          4        –          –          –          –          –          4   

Swaps

    –          1,174        31        –          (5     –          –          1,200   

Options

    (12     (56     (144     –          –          –          –          (212

Other products

    –          –          –          –          –          319        –          319   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    42        1,122        (113     –          (5     319        –          1,365   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other sectors

               

Forward transactions

    385        –          –          –          –          –          –          385   

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          22        –          –          –          –          –          22   

Swaps

    18        1,628        145        –          (15     –          –          1,776   

Options

    (41     81        395        –          –          –          –          435   

Other products

    –          14        –          –          –          (5     –          9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    362        1,745        540        –          (15     (5     –          2,627   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    (331     573        468        2        8        139        1        860   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    (334     575        126        (9     1        139        1        499   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which:

               

Asset Trading Derivatives

    6,007        22,978        3,343        14        186        1,125        12        33,665   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability Trading Derivatives

    (6,341     (22,404     (3,216     (23     (185     (986     (11     (33,166
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-92


Table of Contents
    Millions of Euros  

Outstanding Financial Trading
Derivatives 2009

  Currency
Risk
    Interest
Rate
Risk
    Equity
Price
Risk
    Precious
Metals Risk
    Commodities
Risk
    Credit
Risk
    Other
Risks
    Total  

Organized markets

               

Financial futures

    –          2        7        –          –          –          –          9   

Options

    –          –          (143     –          –          –          –          (143

Other products

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    –          2        (136     –          –          –          –          (134
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTC markets

               

Credit institutions

               

Forward transactions

    251        –          –          –          –          –          –          251   

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          30        –          –          –          –          –          30   

Swaps

    (568     (1,559     (126     2        18        –          –          (2,233

Options

    (3     (243     (536     –          (6     –          3        (785

Other products

    –          –          –          –          –          (66     –          (66
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    (320     (1,772     (662     2        12        (66     3        (2,803
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial institutions

               

Forward transactions

    28        –          –          –          –          –          –          28   

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          (2     –          –          –          –          –          (2

Swaps

    –          932        29        –          1        –          –          962   

Options

    (1     (55     (341     –          –          –          –          (397

Other products

    –          –          –          –          –          345        –          345   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    27        875        (312     –          1        345        –          936   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other sectors

               

Forward transactions

    351        –          –          –          –          –          –          351   

Future rate agreements (FRAs)

    –          (1     –          –          –          –          –          (1

Swaps

    7        1,383        44        –          (9     –          –          1,425   

Options

    45        155        336        –          3        –          1        540   

Other products

    –          18        (3     –          –          (51     –          (36
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    403        1,555        377        –          (6     (51     1        2,279   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    110        658        (597     2        7        228        4        412   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    110        660        (733     2        7        228        4        278   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which:

               

Asset Trading Derivatives

    5,953        19,398        2,836        2        59        1,018        12        29,278   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability Trading Derivatives

    (5,843     (18,738     (3,569     –          (52     (790     (8     (29,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-93


Table of Contents

11. Other financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Other Financial Assets Designated at Fair Value through

Profit or Loss. Breakdown by Type of Instruments

   2011      2010      2009  

ASSETS –

        

Debt securities

     708         688         639   

Unit-linked products

     113         103         95   

Other securities

     595         585         544   

Equity instruments

     2,269         2,086         1,698   

Unit-linked products

     1,677         1,467         1,242   

Other securities

     592         619         456   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,977         2,774         2,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES –

        

Other financial liabilities

     1,825         1,607         1,367   

Unit-linked products

     1,825         1,607         1,367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,825         1,607         1,367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Available-for-sale financial assets

12.1 Breakdown of the balance

The breakdown of the balance by the main financial instruments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Available-for-Sale Financial Assets

   2011     2010     2009  

Debt securities

     53,050        51,064        57,293   

Impairment losses

     (136     (189     (222
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     52,914        50,875        57,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity instruments

     5,663        6,010        6,676   

Impairment losses

     (433     (429     (226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     5,230        5,581        6,450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     58,144        56,456        63,521   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-94


Table of Contents

12.2 Debt securities

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Debt securities”, broken down by the nature of the financial instruments, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale 2011

   Amortized Cost      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Domestic Debt Securities

          

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     20,597         58         (1,384     19,271   

Other debt securities

     4,426         125         (300     4,251   

Issue by Central Banks

     –           –           –          –     

Issue by credit institutions

     3,307         80         (247     3,140   

Issue by other issuers

     1,119         45         (53     1,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     25,023         183         (1,684     23,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign Debt Securities

          

Mexico

     4,815         176         –          4,991   

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

     4,742         164         –          4,906   

Other debt securities

     73         12         –          85   

Issue by Central Banks

     –           –           –          –     

Issue by credit institutions

     59         11         –          70   

Issue by other issuers

     14         1         –          15   

The United States

     7,355         243         (235     7,363   

Government securities

     996         36         (12     1,020   

US Treasury and other US Government agencies

     487         8         (12     483   

States and political subdivisions

     509         28         –          537   

Other debt securities

     6,359         207         (223     6,343   

Issue by Central Banks

     –           –           –          –     

Issue by credit institutions

     631         22         (36     617   

Issue by other issuers

     5,728         185         (187     5,726   

Other countries

     17,403         619         (984     17,038   

Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities

     11,617         345         (666     11,296   

Other debt securities

     5,786         274         (318     5,742   

Issue by Central Banks

     849         6         –          855   

Issue by credit institutions

     3,080         184         (266     2,998   

Issue by other issuers

     1,857         84         (52     1,889   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     29,573         1,038         (1,219     29,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     54,596         1,221         (2,903     52,914   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-95


Table of Contents

A significant part of the increase in “Other countries” is due primarily to the incorporation of the Garanti group into the consolidated BBVA Group.

 

     Millions of Euros  

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale 2010

   Amortized Cost      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Domestic Debt Securities

          

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     16,543         58         (1,264     15,337   

Other debt securities

     5,386         49         (206     5,229   

Issue by Central Banks

     –           –           –          –     

Issue by credit institutions

     4,222         24         (156     4,090   

Issue by other issuers

     1,164         25         (50     1,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     21,929         107         (1,470     20,566   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign Debt Securities

          

Mexico

     9,653         470         (17     10,106   

Mexican Government and other government agency debt securities

     8,990         441         (14     9,417   

Other debt securities

     663         29         (3     689   

Issue by Central Banks

     –           –           –          –     

Issue by credit institutions

     553         28         (2     579   

Issue by other issuers

     110         1         (1     110   

The United States

     6,850         216         (234     6,832   

Government securities

     767         13         (9     771   

US Treasury and other US Government agencies

     580         6         (8     578   

States and political subdivisions

     187         7         (1     193   

Other debt securities

     6,083         203         (225     6,061   

Issue by Central Banks

     –           –           –          –     

Issue by credit institutions

     2,981         83         (191     2,873   

Issue by other issuers

     3,102         120         (34     3,188   

Other countries

     13,606         394         (629     13,371   

Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities

     6,743         169         (371     6,541   

Other debt securities

     6,863         225         (258     6,830   

Issue by Central Banks

     944         1         –          945   

Issue by credit institutions

     4,431         177         (188     4,420   

Issue by other issuers

     1,488         47         (70     1,465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     30,109         1,080         (880     30,309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     52,038         1,187         (2,350     50,875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-96


Table of Contents

The decrease in the balance under the heading “Debt securities” in 2010 is mainly due to the sale of securities and changes in the valuations of these portfolios.

 

     Millions of Euros  

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale 2009

   Amortized Cost      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Domestic Debt Securities

          

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     18,312         309         (70     18,551   

Other debt securities

     6,265         178         (125     6,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     24,577         487         (195     24,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign Debt Securities

          

The United States

     6,804         174         (173     6,805   

Government securities

     628         11         (2     637   

US Treasury and other US Government agencies

     414         4         (2     416   

States and political subdivisions

     214         7         –          221   

Other debt securities

     6,176         163         (171     6,168   

Other countries

     25,064         893         (560     25,397   

Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities

     17,058         697         (392     17,363   

Other debt securities

     8,006         196         (168     8,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     31,868         1,067         (733     32,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     56,445         1,554         (928     57,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the credit ratings of the issuers of debt securities in the available-for-sale portfolio are as follows:

 

Available for Sale financial assets

Debt Securities by Rating

   Fair Value
(Millions of Euros)
     %  

AAA

     3,022         5.7

AA+

     5,742         10.9

AA

     1,242         2.3

AA-

     18,711         35.4

A+

     735         1.4

A

     2,320         4.4

A-

     949         1.8

With rating BBB+ or below

     14,212         26.9

Without rating

     5,981         11.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     52,914         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-97


Table of Contents

12.3 Equity instruments

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Equity instruments” as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Equity Instruments Available-for-Sale 2011

   Amortized Cost      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Equity instruments listed

          

Listed Spanish company shares

     3,802         468         (2     4,268   

Credit institutions

     2         –           –          2   

Other entities

     3,800         468         (2     4,266   

Listed foreign company shares

     361         5         (91     275   

United States

     41         –           (12     29   

Mexico

     –           –           –          –     

Other countries

     320         5         (79     246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     4,163         473         (93     4,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unlisted equity instruments

     –           –           –          –     

Unlisted Spanish company shares

     36         –           –          36   

Credit institutions

     1         –           –          1   

Other entities

     35         –           –          35   

Unlisted foreign companies shares

     638         13         –          651   

United States

     560         2         –          562   

Mexico

     1         –           –          1   

Other countries

     77         11         –          88   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     674         13         –          687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,837         486         (93     5,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

Equity Instruments Available-for-Sale 2010

   Amortized Cost      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Equity instruments listed

          

Listed Spanish company shares

     3,378         1,212         (7     4,583   

Credit institutions

     3         –           –          3   

Other entities

     3,375         1,212         (7     4,580   

Listed foreign company shares

     270         8         (25     253   

United States

     12         1         –          13   

Other countries

     258         7         (25     240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,648         1,220         (32     4,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unlisted equity instruments

          

Unlisted Spanish company shares

     25         –           –          25   

Credit institutions

     1         –           –          1   

Other entities

     24         –           –          24   

Unlisted foreign companies shares

     657         63         –          720   

United States

     594         55         –          649   

Other countries

     63         8         –          71   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     682         63         –          745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,330         1,283         (32     5,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Equity Instruments Available-for-Sale 2009

   Amortized Cost      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Equity instruments listed

          

Listed Spanish company shares

     3,657         1,738         (12     5,383   

Credit institutions

     –           –           –          –     

Other entities

     3,657         1,738         (12     5,383   

Listed foreign company shares

     266         12         (28     250   

United States

     16         –           (8     8   

Other countries

     250         12         (20     242   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,923         1,750         (40     5,633   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unlisted equity instruments

          

Unlisted Spanish company shares

     26         –           –          26   

Credit institutions

     1         –           –          1   

Other entities

     25         –           –          25   

Unlisted foreign companies shares

     682         109         –          791   

United States

     625         104         –          729   

Other countries

     57         5         –          62   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     708         109         –          817   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,631         1,859         (40     6,450   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

12.4 Gains/losses

The changes in the gains/losses, net of taxes, recognized under the equity heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Changes in Valuation Adjustments – Available-for-Sale

Financial Assets

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the beginning

     333        1,951        931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation gains and losses

     (1,349     (1,952     1,520   

Income tax

     264        540        (483

Amounts transferred to income

     70        (206     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     (682     333        1,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which:

      
      

Debt securities

     (1,027     (746     456   

Equity instruments

     345        1,079        1,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The losses recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the consolidated income statement for 2011 correspond mainly to Spanish government debt securities.

Of the losses recognized under the heading “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” and originating in debt securities, some 38.9% were generated over more than twelve months. However, no impairment has been estimated, as following an analysis of these unrealized losses it can be concluded that they were temporary, because: the interest payment dates of all the fixed-income securities have been satisfied; and because there is no evidence that the issuer will not continue to comply with his payment obligations, nor that future payments of both principal and interests will not be sufficient to recover the cost of the debt securities.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

The losses recognized under the heading “Impairment losses on financial assets (net) – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statement amounted to 25, 155 and 277 million for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively (see Note 49).

13. Loans and receivables

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Loans and Receivables

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     13.1         26,107         23,637         22,239   

Loans and advances to customers

     13.2         351,900         338,857         323,442   

Debt securities

     13.3         3,069         2,213         436   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        381,076         364,707         346,117   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

13.1 Loans and advances to credit institutions

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Loans and Advances to Credit Institutions

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

Reciprocal accounts

        78        168        226   

Deposits with agreed maturity

        8,389        7,307        8,301   

Demand deposits

        2,731        2,008        2,091   

Other accounts

        9,026        6,299        6,125   

Reverse repurchase agreements

     37         5,788        7,822        5,457   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross

     7.1.1         26,012        23,604        22,200   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

        95        34        39   

Impairment losses

     7.1.8         (47     (67     (68

Accrued interests and fees

        143        101        110   

Hedging derivatives and others

        (1     (1     (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net

        26,107        23,637        22,239   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-100


Table of Contents

13.2 Loans and advances to customers

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Loans and Advances to Customers

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

Mortage secured loans

        130,703        132,630        127,957   

Other secured loans

        29,353        18,155        20,917   

Other loans (*)

        118,650        102,001        98,238   

Credit accounts

        14,980        23,705        19,683   

Commercial credit

        13,152        21,229        24,031   

Receivable on demand and other

        13,070        11,172        8,155   

Credit cards

        10,179        8,074        7,098   

Finance leases

        8,127        8,141        8,222   

Reverse repurchase agreements

     37         4,827        4,760        987   

Financial paper

        1,166        1,982        602   

Impaired assets

     7.1.7         15,647        15,361        15,198   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross

     7.1.         359,855        347,210        331,087   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

        (7,954     (8,353     (7,634

Impairment losses

     7.1.8         (9,410     (9,396     (8,720

Accrued interests and fees

        453        195        320   

Hedging derivatives and others

        1,003        848        756   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net

        351,901        338,857        323,442   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Includes principally our customers’ commercial and consumer loans

As of December 31, 2011, 31% of “Loans and advances to customers” with a maturity greater than one year were concluded with fixed-interest rates and 69% with variable interest.

“Loans and advances to customers” includes finance lease arrangements provided by various entities in the Group for their customers to finance the purchase of assets, including movable and immovable property. The breakdown of the finance leases as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Financial Lease Arrangements

   2011     2010     2009  

Movable property

     4,876        4,748        4,963   

Real Estate

     3,251        3,393        3,259   

Fixed rate

     58     42     38

Floating rate

     42     58     62

The heading “Loans and receivables – Loans and advances to customers” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets also includes certain mortgage loans that, as mentioned in Note 35 and pursuant to the Mortgage Market Act, are considered a suitable guarantee for the issue of long-term mortgage covered bonds. This heading also includes some loans that have been securitized and not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 2.2.2).

 

F-101


Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets corresponding to these securitized loans are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Securitized Loans

   2011      2010      2009  

Securitized mortgage assets

     33,163         31,884         33,786   

Other securitized assets

     7,004         10,563         10,597   

Commercial and industrial loans

     3,344         6,263         4,356   

Finance leases

     594         771         1,380   

Loans to individuals

     2,942         3,403         4,536   

Rest

     124         126         325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     40,168         42,447         44,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

        

Liabilities associated to assets retained on the balance sheet (*)

     7,510         8,846         9,012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

These liabilities are recognized under “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Debt securities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (Note 3.2 and 23).

Other securitized loans were derecognized from the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as the Group did not retain any attendant risks or benefits, as specified below:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Derecognized Securitized Loans

   2011      2010      2009  

Securitized mortgage assets

     7         24         116   

Other securitized assets

     128         176         276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     135         200         392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

13.3 Debt securities

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Debt securities

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

Government

        2,128        2,040        342   

Credit institutions

        631        6        4   

Other sectors

        322        177        108   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross

     7.1         3,081        2,223        453   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

     7.1.8         (12     (10     (17
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net

        3,069        2,213        436   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-102


Table of Contents

14. Held-to-maturity investments

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Held-to-Maturity Investments 2011

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Domestic Debt Securities

          

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     6,520         1         (461     6,060   

Other domestic debt securities

     853         –           (65     788   

Issue by credit institutions

     255         –           (11     244   

Issue by other issuers

     598         –           (54     544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     7,373         1         (526     6,848   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign Debt Securities

          
          

Government and other government agency debt securities

     3,376         9         (236     3,149   
          

Other debt securities

     206         3         (16     193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,582         12         (252     3,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     10,955         13         (778     10,190   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Millions of Euros  

Held-to-Maturity Investments 2010

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Domestic Debt Securities

          

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     6,611         2         (671     5,942   

Other domestic debt securities

     892         –           (63     829   

Issue by credit institutions

     290         –           (13     277   

Issue by other issuers

     602         –           (50     552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     7,503         2         (734     6,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign Debt Securities

          
          

Government and other government agency debt securities

     2,181         10         (20     2,171   
          

Issue by credit institutions

     262         6         (21     247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     2,443         16         (41     2,418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     9,946         18         (775     9,189   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-103


Table of Contents
      Millions of Euros  

Held-to-Maturity Investments 2009

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Domestic Debt Securities

          

Spanish Government and other government agency debt securities

     1,674         21         (13     1,682   

Other domestic debt securities

     952         8         (18     942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     2,626         29         (31     2,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign Debt Securities

          
          

Government and other government agency debt securities

     2,399         64         (7     2,456   
          

Other debt securities

     412         7         (6     413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     2,811         71         (13     2,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     5,437         100         (44     5,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The foreign securities held by the Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 as held-to-maturity investments portfolio correspond basically to European issuers.

After analyzing the unrealized losses, it was decided that, with the exception of those recognized for Greece’s sovereign debt, the rest were temporary, as the interest payment dates of all the securities have been satisfied; and because there is no evidence that the issuer will not continue to comply with the payment obligations, nor that future payments of both principal and interests will not be sufficient to recover the cost of the debt securities.

The following is a summary of the gross changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Held-to-Maturity Investments
Changes on the Period

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the beginning

        9,947        5,438        5,285   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions

        –          4,969        426   

Reclassifications

        1,817        –          –     

Redemptions and others

        (808     (460     (273
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

        10,956        9,947        5,438   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment

     7.1.8         (1     (1     (1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        10,955        9,946        5,437   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In the third quarter of 2011, some debt securities amounting to 1,817 million were reclassified from “Available-for-sale financial assets” to “Held-to-maturity investments”, as the intention of the Group had changed with respect to some of the sovereign debt securities due to the current market situation (see Note 7.1.5.).

 

F-104


Table of Contents

Information about the fair value and carrying amounts of these reclassified financial assets is given here:

 

     Millions of Euros  
     As of Reclassification date      As of December 31, 2011  

Debt Securities reclassified to “Held to
Maturity Investments”

           Carrying        
Amount
     Fair Value              Carrying        
Amount
     Fair Value  

Italy sovereign debt

     1,739         1,739         1,749         1,645   

Greece sovereign debt

     56         56         63         28   

Portugal sovereign debt

     22         22         23         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,817         1,817         1,835         1,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The changes in fair value recognized in “Total Equity – Valuation adjustments”, for the reclassified financial assets are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Change in Fair Value Recognised

   From
January 01, 2011
to reclassification
    2010  

Italy sovereign debt

     (11     (69

Greece sovereign debt

     (13     (30

Portugal sovereign debt

     (1     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (25     (101
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the amount recognized in the 2011 income statement from the valuation at amortized cost of the reclassified financial assets, as well as the impact recognized on the income statement and under the heading “Total Equity – Valuation adjustments”, as of December 31, 2011, if the reclassification was not performed.

 

     Millions of Euros  
     Recognized in     Effect of not Reclassifying  

Effect on Income Statement and Other
Comprehensive Income

   Income
Statement
    Income Statement     Equity
“Valuation
Adjustments”
 

Greece sovereign debt

     (6     –          (92

Greece sovereign debt (*)

     (64     (63     (29

Portugal sovereign debt

     (1     –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (71     (63     (121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Includes the impact on income statement for the impairment recognized after the reclassification

With respect to these reclassified values, the undiscounted future cash flows that, at the date of reclassification, were expected to be recovered, are indicated below:

 

            Millions of Euros  
    

 

     Estimated Cash Flows
(Millions of Euros)
 

Debt Securities reclassified to “Held to Maturity Investments”

   Effective
Interest Rate
%
     Reclassified
Amount
     Amortised Cost
Valuation
 

Italy sovereign debt

     3.79         1,739         61   

Greece sovereign debt

     2.12         56         69   

Portugal sovereign debt

     3.34         22         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2.91         1,817         133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-105


Table of Contents

15. Hedging derivatives (receivable and payable) and Fair-value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk

The balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Hedging derivatives and Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of
interest rate risk

   2011      2010     2009  

ASSETS –

       

Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

     146         40        –     

Hedging derivatives

     4,552         3,563        3,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES –

       

Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

     –           (2     –     

Hedging derivatives

     2,710         1,664        1,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the main positions hedged by the Group and the derivatives assigned to hedge those positions were:

 

   

Fair value hedge:

 

   

Available-for-sale fixed-interest debt securities: This risk is hedged using interest-rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps).

 

   

Long-term fixed-interest debt securities issued by the Group: This risk is hedged using interest-rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps).

 

   

Available-for-sale equity instruments: This risk is hedged using equity swaps.

 

   

Fixed-interest loans: This risk is hedged using interest-rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps).

 

   

Fixed-interest deposit portfolio hedges: This risk is hedged using fixed-variable swaps and interest-rate options. The valuation of the deposit hedges corresponding to interest-rate risk is recognized under the heading “Changes in the fair value of the hedged items in the portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk.”

 

   

Cash-flow hedges: Most of the hedged items are floating interest-rate loans. This risk is hedged using foreign-exchange and interest-rate swaps.

 

   

Net foreign-currency investment hedges: The risks hedged are foreign-currency investments in the Group’s subsidiaries based abroad. This risk is hedged mainly with foreign-exchange options and forward currency purchases.

Note 7 analyzes the Group’s main risks that are hedged using these financial instruments.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

The details by hedged risk of the fair value of the hedging derivatives recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Hedging Derivatives by Markets and Transaction
Type 2011

   Currency
Risk
    Interest Rate
Risk
    Equity Price
Risk
    Other Risks      Total  

OTC markets

           

Credit institutions

           

Fair value hedge

     –          1,679        27        3         1,709   

Of which: Macro hedge

     –          (331     –          –           (331

Cash flow hedge

     (45     89        –          –           44   

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

     (2     –          –          –           (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     (47     1,767        27        3         1,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial Institutions

           

Fair value hedge

     –          93        –          –           93   

Of which: Macro hedge

     –          (41     –          –           (41

Cash flow hedge

     (2     –          –          –           (2

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

     –          –          –          –           –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     (2     93        –          –           91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other sectors

           

Fair value hedge

     –          17        (1     –           16   

Of which: Macro hedge

     –          (6     –          –           (6

Cash flow hedge

     –          (16     –          –           (16

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

     –          –          –          –           –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     –          1        (1     –           –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     (49     1,861        26        3         1,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

           

Asset Hedging Derivatives

     34        4,474        41        3         4,552   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability Hedging Derivatives

     (83     (2,612     (15     –           (2,710
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-107


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Hedging Derivatives by Markets and Transaction Type
2010

   Currency
Risk
    Interest
Rate Risk
    Equity
Price Risk
    Other Risks      Total  

OTC markets

           

Credit institutions

           

Fair value hedge

     –          1,645        7        3         1,655   

Of which: Macro hedge

     –          (282     –          –           (282

Cash flow hedge

     (4     160        –          –           156   

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

     3        (6     –          –           (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     (1     1,799        7        3         1,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial Institutions

           

Fair value hedge

     –          109        5        –           114   

Of which: Macro hedge

     –          (20     –          –           (20

Cash flow hedge

     –          (1     –          –           (1

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

     –          –          –          –           –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     –          108        5        –           113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other sectors

           

Fair value hedge

     –          (12     –          –           (12

Of which: Macro hedge

     –          (2     –          –           (2

Cash flow hedge

     –          (10     –          –           (10

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

     –          –          –          –           –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     –          (22     –          –           (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     (1     1,885        12        3         1,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

           

Asset Hedging Derivatives

     14        3,486        60        3         3,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability Hedging Derivatives

     (15     (1,601     (48     –           (1,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-108


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Hedging Derivatives by Markets and Transaction Type
2009

   Currency
Risk
    Interest
Rate Risk
    Equity
Price Risk
    Other Risks     Total  

OTC markets

          

Credit institutions

          

Fair value hedge

     –          1,985        (32     –          1,953   

Cash flow hedge

     17        258        (4     (4     267   

Net investment in a foreign operation hedge

     1        (27     –          –          (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     18        2,216        (36     (4     2,194   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial Institutions

          

Fair value hedge

     –          123        (21     –          102   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     –          123        (21     –          102   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other sectors

          

Fair value hedge

     –          (9     –          –          (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     –          (9     –          –          (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     18        2,330        (57     (4     2,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which:

          

Asset Hedging Derivatives

     22        3,492        81        –          3,595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability Hedging Derivatives

     (4     (1,162     (138     (4     (1,308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The cash flows forecasts for the coming years for cash flow hedging recognized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 are:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Cash Flows of Hedging Instruments

   3 Months or
Less
     From 3
Months to 1
Year
     From 1 to 5
Years
     More than 5
Years
     Total  

Receivable cash inflows

     54         157         591         1,304         2,106   

Payable cash outflows

     54         144         556         1,733         2,487   

The cash flows indicated above will impact the consolidated income statements until 2055. The amounts previously recognized in equity from cash flow hedge that were removed from equity and included in consolidated income statement in the heading “Gains or losses of financial assets and liabilities (net)” or in the heading “Exchange differences (net)” during the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 reached 32 million, 34 million and 11 million, respectively.

The amount for derivatives designated as accounting hedges that did not pass the effectiveness test in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was not significant.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

16. Non-current assets held for sale and liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

The composition of the balance under the heading “Non-current assets held for sale” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, broken down by the origin of the assets, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Non-Current Assets Held-for-Sale Breakdown by type of Asset

   2011     2010     2009  

From:

      

Property, plants and equipment

     195        252        397   

Buildings for own use

     130        188        313   

Operating leases

     65        64        84   

Foreclosures and recoveries

     2,191        1,513        861   

Foreclosures

     2,048        1,427        795   

Recoveries from financial leases

     143        86        66   

Accrued amortization (*)

     (60     (79     (41

Impairment losses

     (236     (157     (167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2,090        1,529        1,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Until classified as non-current assets held for sale

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale.

The changes in the balances under this heading in 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

2011

   Foreclosed     Recovered Assets
from Operating
Lease
    From Own Use
Assets (*)
    Total  

Cost –

        

Balance at the beginning

     1,427        86        173        1,686   

Additions

     1,326        91        99        1,516   

Contributions from merger transactions

     17        3        –          19   

Retirements

     (670     (31     (140     (841

Transfers

     (53     29        (32     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     2,048        178        100        2,325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment –

        

Balance at the beginning

     122        16        20        157   

Additions

     384        21        4        408   

Retirements

     (90     (5     (1     (97

Transfers

     (229     –          (5     (233
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     187        32        17        236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,861        146        83        2,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Until classified as non-current assets held for sale

 

F-110


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

2010

   Foreclosed     Recovered Assets
from Operating
Lease
    From Own Use
Assets (*)
    Total  

Cost –

        

Balance at the beginning

     748        64        406        1,217   

Additions

     1,407        106        –          1,513   

Contributions from merger transactions

     –          –          –          –     

Retirements

     (671     (64     (282     (1,017

Transfers

     (56     (19     49        (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     1,427        86        173        1,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment –

        

Balance at the beginning

     124        10        33        167   

Additions

     198        11        12        221   

Retirements

     (32     (3     (9     (44

Transfers

     (169     (2     (16     (188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     122        16        20        157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,306        70        153        1,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Until classified as non-current assets held for sale

 

     Millions of Euros  

2009

   Foreclosed     Recovered Assets
from Operating
Lease
    From Own Use
Assets (*)
    Total  

Cost –

        

Balance at the beginning

     364        27        116        506   

Additions

     701        100        117        919   

Contributions from merger transactions

     –          –          –          –     

Retirements

     (245     (79     (456     (780

Transfers

     (74     15        629        572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     746        63        406        1,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment –

        

Balance at the beginning

     49        7        6        62   

Additions

     105        12        17        134   

Retirements

     (3     (2     (2     (7

Transfers

     (8     –          (14     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     143        17        7        167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     603        47        399        1,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Until classified as non-current assets held for sale

16.1 From tangible assets for own use

The most significant changes in the balance under the heading “Non-current assets held for sale – From tangible assets for own use”, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, were a result of the following operations:

In 2009, 1,150 properties (offices and other singular buildings) belonging to the Group in Spain were reclassified to this heading at a carrying amount of 426 million; as of December 31, 2008, they were recorded under the heading “Tangible assets – Property, plants and equipment – For own use” of the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 19). A sales plan has been established for these properties.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Bank sold 4, 164 and 971, properties in Spain, to investors not related to the BBVA Group for a total price of 79, 404 and 1,263 million, respectively; at market prices and without making funds available to the buyers to pay the price of these transactions.

At the same time, the Bank signed long-term operating leases with the buyers of the properties, 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30 years, which were renewable under certain conditions. The amount of the annual initial income from the properties under these operating leases reached 122 million, though this income is updated annually based on the conditions established in said contracts.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the amounts registered under this item in the accompanying consolidated income statements under this heading were 138, 113 and 31 million, respectively (see Note 46.2).

In the sales agreements for said properties, purchase options on behalf of the Bank were included upon the termination of the respective operating lease contracts; the exercise price of the option will be determined by an independent expert on a case-by-case basis. As a result, the Bank considered these sales as firm sales and registered the profits for this item under market conditions of 67, 273 and 914 million, under the headings “Gains (losses) in non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued operations” in the accompanying consolidated income statements for 2011, 2010 and 2009 (see Note 52).

The current value of the future minimum payments the Bank will incur in the effective period of the operating lease contracts, as of December 31, 2011, is 112 million in 1 year, 364 million between 2 and 5 years and 652 million in more than 5 years.

16.2 From foreclosures or recoveries

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the balance under the heading “Non-current assets held for sale – Foreclosures or recoveries” was made up of 1,703, 1,105 and 441 million of assets for residential use, 290, 214 and 209 million of assets for tertiary use (industrial, commercial or offices) and 14, 10 and 27 million of assets for agricultural use, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, mean maturity of the assets through foreclosures or recoveries was less than 2 years.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, some of the sales operations of these assets were financed by Group entities. The amount of the loans granted to the buyers of these assets over 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 163, 193 and 40 million, respectively, with a mean percentage financed of 93%, 90% and 90%, respectively, of the price of sale.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the amount of gains from the sale of assets financed by Group entities (and, therefore, are not recognized consolidated income statements), reached 30, 32 and 32 million, respectively.

17. Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

The breakdown of the balances of “Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Investments in Entities Accounted for Using the Equity Method

   2011      2010      2009  

Associate entities

     5,567         4,247         2,614   

Jointly controlled entities

     276         300         308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,843         4,547         2,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-112


Table of Contents

17.1 Associates

The following table shows the carrying amount of the most significant of the Group’s investments in associates:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Investments in Entities Accounted for Using the Equity Method

   2011      2010      2009  

Grupo CITIC (*)

     5,387         4,022         2,296   

Tubos Reunidos, S.A. (**)

     51         51         52   

BBVA Elcano Empresarial II, S.C.R.R.S., S.A.

     23         37         49   

BBVA Elcano Empresarial, S.C.R.R.S., S.A.

     23         37         49   

Occidental Hoteles Management, S.L. (***)

     –           –           84   

Rest of associate

     83         100         84   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,567         4,247         2,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

The goodwil amounted to 1,696 million as of December 31 2011

(**)

Company that quoted in Madrid’s stock exchange market.

(***)

Since November 2010 the company had been accounted from associated to jointly controlled entities.

Appendix IV shows the details of the associates as of December 31, 2011.

The following is a summary of the gross changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Associates Entities. Changes in the Year Breakdown of Goodwill

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the beginning

     4,247        2,614        894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and capital increases (*)

     425        1,210        53   

Disposals

     (20     (9     (2

Transfers and others (**)

     915        432        1,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     5,567        4,247        2,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which:

      

Goodwill

     1,700        1,574        844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CITIC Group

     1,696        1,570        841   

Rest

     4        4        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

The change of 2011 correspond basically to the capital increase on CNCB at which the Group attended to maintain their percentage of participation, with a payment of 425 million. The change of 2010 correspond basically to the acquisition of 4.93% of CNCB formalized in April 2010.

(**)

The changes of 2011 and 2010 correspond principally to the good and recurrent results in CNCB together with the positive evolution of the exchange rates. The change of 2009 correspond to the reclassification from the heading “Available-for-sale financial assets” of CNCB.

Agreement with the CITIC Group –

The BBVA Group’s investment in the CITIC Group includes the investment in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (“CIFH”) and China National Citic Bank (“CNCB”). As of December 31, 2011, BBVA had a 29.68% holding in CIFH and 15% in CNCB.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, the BBVA Group maintained several agreements with the CITIC Group that were strategic for both: for BBVA, as financial activity could be developed in continental China through this alliance and, for CNCB, as it allows CITIC to develop its international business. The BBVA Group has the status of “sole strategic investor” in CNCB.

17.2 Investments in jointly-controlled entities

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Jointly Controlled Entities

   2011      2010      2009  

Corporación IBV Participaciones Empresariales S.A.

     78         71         157   

Occidental Hoteles Management, S.L.

     68         88         –     

Fideicomiso F/403853-5 BBVA Bancomer SºS ZIBAT

     20         22         20   

I+D Mexico, S.A.

     16         22         15   

Fideicomiso Hares BBVA Bancomer F/47997-2 (*)

     –           –           15   

Fideicomiso F/70413 Mirasierra

     12         14         12   

Fideicomiso F/402770-2 Alamar

     10         11         10   

Fideicomiso F/403112-6 Dos lagos

     10         11         9   

Altitude Software SGPS, S.A.

     10         10         9   

Las Pedrazas Golf, S.L.

     7         10         –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rest

     45         41         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     276         300         308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which

        

Goodwill

     9         9         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Since august 2010 the company had been accounted from jointly controlled entities to fully consolidated subsidiary.

If the jointly-controlled entities accounted for using equity method had been accounted for by the proportionate method, the effect on the Group’s main consolidated figures as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 would have been as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Jointly Controlled Entities. Effect on the Group’s main figures

   2011      2010      2009  

Assets

     1,025         1,062         863   

Liabilities

     703         313         469   

Net operating income

     28         15         (12

Details of the jointly-controlled entities consolidated using the equity method as of December 31, 2011 are shown in Appendix IV.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

17.3 Associates and jointly-controlled entities accounted for by the equity method

The following table provides relevant information of the balance sheet and income statement of associates and jointly-controlled entities accounted for using the equity method as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively (see Appendix IV).

 

     Millions of Euros  

Associates and Jointly Controlles
Entities

   2011 (*)     2010 (*)      2009 (*)  

Financial Main figures

   Associates      Jointly
Controlled
Entities
    Associates      Jointly
Controlled
Entities
     Associates      Jointly
Controlled
Entities
 

Current Assets

     28,789         249        19,979         279         10,611         347   

Non-current Assets

     18,598         694        17,911         780         8,463         514   

Current Liabilities

     39,326         152        32,314         179         10,356         108   

Non-current Liabilities

     8,061         790        5,576         879         8,719         754   

Net sales

     1,121         158        855         168         605         84   

Operating Income

     575         28        450         15         244         (12

Net Income

     424         (5     339         1         166         (14

 

(*)

Dates of the company’s financial statements updated at the most recent available information.

    

Information applying the corresponding ownership and without the corresponding standardization and consolidation adjustments.

17.4 Notifications about acquisition of holdings

Appendix V provides notifications on acquisitions and disposals of holdings in associates or jointly-controlled entities, in compliance with Article 155 of the Corporations Act and Article 53 of the Securities Market Act 24/1988.

17.5 Impairment

No impairment losses on the goodwill of jointly-controlled entities and associated were recognized in 2011 or 2010.

In 2009, 3 million in impairment losses on the goodwill of jointly-controlled entities were recognized, of which most are related to Econta Gestión Integral, S.L.

18. Reinsurance assets

This heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets reflects the amounts receivable by consolidated entities from reinsurance contracts with third parties.

 

     Millions of Euros  

Reinsurance Asset

   2011      2010      2009  

Reinsurance assets

     26         28         29   

 

F-115


Table of Contents

19. Tangible assets

The breakdown of the balance and changes of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the related items, is as follows:

 

    Millions of Euros  
    For Own Use     Total Tangible
Asset of Own
Use
    Investment
Properties
    Assets Leased
out under an
Operating Lease
    Total  

Tangible Assets. Breakdown by
Type of Assets and Changes in the
year 2011

  Land and
Buildings
    Work in
Progress
    Furniture,
Fixtures and
Vehicles
         

Cost –

             

Balance at the beginning

    3,406        215        5,455        9,075        1,841        1,015        11,931   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    134        247        533        914        98        301        1,314   

Retirements

    (38     (36     (157     (231     (15     (72     (318

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    187        3        176        367        14        97        477   

Disposal of entities in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Transfers

    59        (73     (17     (31     –          (206     (237

Exchange difference and other

    (8     (3     162        150        (26     64        188   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    3,740        353        6,152        10,244        1,911        1,199        13,355   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued depreciation –

             

Balance at the beginning

    889        –          3,747        4,636        66        272        4,974   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions (Note 47)

    96        –          399        495        10        8        512   

Retirements

    (13     –          (126     (139     (1     (40     (180

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    31        –          128        159        –          13        172   

Disposal of entities in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Transfers

    3        –          (18     (15     –          (105     (121

Exchange difference and other

    31        –          119        150        (27     206        329   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    1,037        –          4,248        5,285        49        353        5,687   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment –

             

Balance at the beginning

    31        –          –          31        206        19        256   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    5        –          3        8        73        –          80   

Retirements

    (1     –          (4     (5     (1     (8     (13

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    8        –          –          8        1        –          9   

Exchange difference and other

    –          –          12        12        (7     –          6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    43        –          12        54        272        11        338   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net tangible assets –

             

Balance at the beginning

    2,486        215        1,708        4,408        1,569        724        6,701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    2,660        353        1,892        4,905        1,590        835        7,330   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-116


Table of Contents
    Millions of Euros  
    For Own Use     Total Tangible
Asset of Own
Use
    Investment
Properties
    Assets Leased
out under an
Operating Lease
    Total  

Tangible Assets. Breakdown by
Type of Assets and Changes in the
year 2010

  Land and
Buildings
    Work in
Progress
    Furniture,
Fixtures and
Vehicles
         

Cost –

             

Balance at the beginning

    2,734        435        5,599        8,768        1,803        989        11,560   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    194        179        357        730        66        245        1,041   

Retirements

    (49     (45     (156     (250     (8     (2     (260

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Disposal of entities in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Transfers

    387        (335     (81     (29     32        (221     (218

Exchange difference and other

    140        (19     (264     (144     (52     4        (192
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    3,406        215        5,455        9,075        1,841        1,015        11,931   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued depreciation –

             

Balance at the beginning

    750        –          3,818        4,568        53        265        4,886   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions (Note 47)

    86        –          362        448        15        7        470   

Retirements

    (6     –          (142     (148     (1     (1     (150

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Disposal of entities in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Transfers

    27        –          (47     (20     (1     (110     (131

Exchange difference and other

    32        –          (244     (212     –          111        (101
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    889        –          3,747        4,636        66        272        4,974   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment –

             

Balance at the beginning

    15        –          4        19        116        32        167   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    8        –          1        9        83        –          92   

Retirements

    (2     –          (5     (7     –          (14     (21

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Exchange difference and other

    10        –          –          10        7        1        18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    31        –          –          31        206        19        256   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net tangible assets –

             

Balance at the beginning

    1,969        435        1,777        4,182        1,634        691        6,507   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    2,486        215        1,708        4,408        1,569        724        6,701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-117


Table of Contents
    Millions of Euros  
    For Own Use     Total tangible
asset of Own
Use
    Investment
Properties
    Assets Leased
out under an
Operating Lease
    Total  

Tangible Assets. Breakdown by
Type of Assets and Changes in
the year 2009

  Land and
Buildings
    Work in
Progress
    Furniture,
Fixtures and
Vehicles
         

Cost –

             

Balance at the beginning

    3,030        422        4,866        8,318        1,786        996        11,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    120        102        437        659        74        210        943   

Retirements

    (22     (73     (661     (756     (35     (2     (793

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Disposal of entities in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Transfers

    (747     (16     (23     (786     (11     (212     (1,009

Exchange difference and other

    353        –          980        1,333        (11     (3     1,319   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    2,734        435        5,599        8,768        1,803        989        11,560   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued depreciation –

             

Balance at the beginning

    729        –          3,128        3,857        45        259        4,161   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions (Note 47)

    66        –          349        415        11        8        434   

Retirements

    (15     –          (511     (526     –          (1     (527

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Disposal of entities in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Transfers

    (253     –          (15     (268     (2     (103     (373

Exchange difference and other

    223        –          867        1,090        (1     102        1,191   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    750        –          3,818        4,568        53        265        4,886   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment –

             

Balance at the beginning

    16        –          3        19        8        5        32   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    7        –          17        24        93        38        155   

Retirements

    (2     –          (17     (19     (1     –          (20

Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Exchange difference and other

    (6     –          1        (5     16        (11     –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    15        –          4        19        116        32        167   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net tangible assets –

             

Balance at the beginning

    2,285        422        1,735        4,442        1,734        732        6,908   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    1,969        435        1,777        4,182        1,634        691        6,507   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-118


Table of Contents

The reduction in the balance under the heading “Tangible assets – For own use – Land and buildings” in 2009 is mainly the result of the transfer of some properties owned by the Bank in Spain to the heading “Non-current assets held for sale”, as mentioned in Note 16.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the totally amortized intangible assets still in use amounted to 1,572, 480 and 1,583 million, respectively.

The main activity of the Group is carried out through a network of bank branches located geographically as shown in the following table:

 

     Number of Branches  

Bank Branches by Geographical Location

   2011      2010      2009  

Spain

     3,016         3,024         3,055   

Mexico

     1,999         1,985         1,987   

South America

     1,567         1,456         1,495   

The United States

     746         752         785   

Rest of the world (*)

     129         144         144   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,457         7,361         7,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Garanti branches are not included

The following table shows the detail of the net carrying amount of the tangible assets corresponding to Spanish or foreign entities as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Tangible Assets by Spanish and Foreign Subsidiaries Net Assets
Values

   2011      2010      2009  

Foreign subsidiaries

     3,301         2,741         2,473   

BBVA and Spanish subsidiaries

     4,029         3,960         4,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,330         6,701         6,507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of tangible assets under financial lease schemes on which it is expected to exercise the purchase option was insignificant as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

F-119


Table of Contents

20. Intangible assets

20.1 Goodwill

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the cash-generating units (“CGU”) that originated them, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

‘Goodwill. Breakdown by CGU and
Changes of the year 2011

   Balance at the
Beginning
     Additions      Exchange
Difference
    Impairment     Rest      Balance at the
End
 

The United States

     5,773         –           79        (1,444     1         4,409   

Turkey

     –           1,384         (122     –          –           1,262   

Mexico

     678         11         (57     –          –           632   

Colombia

     236         –           4        –          –           240   

Chile

     202         –           (14     –          –           188   

Rest

     60         7         –          –          –           67   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,949         1,402         (110     (1,444     1         6,798   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

‘Goodwill. Breakdown by CGU and
Changes of the year 2010

   Balance at the
Beginning
     Additions      Exchange
Difference
     Impairment     Rest     Balance at the
End
 

The United States

     5,357         –           418         –          (2     5,773   

Mexico

     593         –           85         –          –          678   

Colombia

     205         –           31         –          –          236   

Chile

     173         –           29         –          –          202   

Rest

     68         1         1         (13     3        60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     6,396         1         564         (13     1        6,949   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

‘Goodwill. Breakdown by CGU and
Changes of the year 2009

   Balance at the
Beginning
     Additions      Exchange
Difference
    Impairment     Rest     Balance at the
End
 

The United States

     6,676         –           (226     (1,097     4        5,357   

Mexico

     588         –           9        –          (4     593   

Colombia

     193         –           12        –          –          205   

Chile

     143         –           30        –          –          173   

Rest

     59         –           –          –          9        68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     7,659         –           (175     (1,097     9        6,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

United States –

The most significant goodwill of the Group corresponds to the CGU of the United States (including Puerto Rico) and is equal to its value in use. This is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections that the Group’s Management estimates based on the latest budgets available for the next five years.

As of December 31, 2011, the Group used a sustainable growth rate of 4.0%, (4.2% and 4.3% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively) to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity which was based on the US real GDP growth rate. The rate used to discount the cash flows is the cost of capital assigned to the CGU, and stood at 11.4% as of December 31, 2011 (11.4% and 11.2% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively), which consists of the free risk rate plus a risk premium.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

Turkey –

As stated in Note 3, in 2011 the Group acquired 25.01% of the share capital of the Turkish bank Garanti. This acquisition has involved the provisional recognition at the time of the purchase of 1,384 million in goodwill on the acquisition date. The calculation of this goodwill is subject to change, since the fair values are being calculated according to the purchase method set out in IFRS-3, and they may be modified during a period of up to one year from the acquisition date (March 2011).

The detail of the carrying amount of the consolidated assets and liabilities of the Garanti Group previous to its acquisition and the corresponding fair values, gross of tax, which according to the acquisition method have been estimated provisionally at the moment of purchase, is as follows:

 

     Millions of euros  

Valuation and calculation of goodwill for the acquisition of 25.01% stake in Garanti

   Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value  

Acquisition cost (A)(*)

       3,650   
    

 

 

 

Value of the 25.01% of Garanti at the moment of the acquisition

    

Cash

     536        536   

Loans and receivables

     9,640        9,479   

Financial assets

     4,051        4,103   

Tangible assets

     176        243   

Intangibles assets obtained from previous business combinations

     4        –     

Intangible assets identify at the date of the business combination (**)

     –          589   

Other assets

     837        836   

Financial liabilities

     (12,466     (12,475

Other liabilities

     (967     (967

Non-recognised contingent liabilities

     –          –     

Deferred tax

     28        (78
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (b)

     1,840        2,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill (A) – (B)

       1,384   
    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Cost of acquisition is the price paid net of the amount of hedges, dividends declared and the value of the control premium that is included in the purchase agreement (see Note 3).

(**)

The amount of intangible assets identified at the time of purchase, mainly corresponds to the goodwill allocated to the mark and the “core deposits.”

The valuations are being reviewed by independent experts (other than the Group’s accounts auditor), applying different valuation methods on the basis of each asset and liability. The valuation methods used are: based on the present value of the cash flows that business or asset is expected to generate in the future, the Market Transaction Method and the Cost Method.

Impairment tests –

As described in Note 2.2.8, the cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are periodically tested for impairment by including the allocated goodwill in their carrying amount. This analysis is performed at least annually and always if there is any indication of impairment. These estimates have been verified by independent experts, not by the Group’s accounts auditor.

The Group performed the necessary goodwill impairment tests with the following results:

 

   

As of December 31, 2011: Impairment losses of 1,444 million have been estimated in the United States cash-generating unit which have been recognized under “Impairment losses on other

 

F-121


Table of Contents
 

assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for 2011 (see Note 50). This loss has been attributed to a lower forecast of the benefits expected from this CGU in relation to those anticipated initially due to the fact that:

 

   

the economic recovery is slower than expected and demand for loans is lower than forecasted; this, together with the low interest rate prediction all imply a slowdown in net interest income growth below the initial expectations; and

 

   

growing regulatory pressure, with the implementation of new regulations, will imply lower-than-expected fee income, basically for cards, while operating costs will rise with respect to the expectations.

Both the US CGU’s fair values and the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities are based on the estimates and assumptions that the Group’s Management has deemed most likely given the circumstances. However, some changes to the valuation assumptions used could result in differences in the impairment test result.

If the discount rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by up to 585 million and 671 million, respectively. If the growth rate had increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the difference between the carrying amount and its recoverable amount would have increased or decreased by 517 million and 452 million, respectively.

 

   

As of December 31, 2010: There were no indications of impairment in the goodwill recognized by the Group as of that date, except for the insignificant impairment estimated on the goodwill of investments in Rentrucks, Alquiler y Servicios de Transportes, S.A. and in BBVA Finanzia SpA (for 9 and 4 million, respectively).

 

   

As of December 31, 2009: Impairment losses of 1,097 million have been estimated in the United States cash-generating unit which have been recognized under “Impairment losses on other assets (net) – Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for 2009 (see Note 50). This loss was attributed to the significant decline in economic and credit conditions in the states in which the Group operates in the United States.

20.2 Other intangible assets

The breakdown of the balance and changes of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the related items, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Other Intangible Assets

   2011     2010     2009  

Computer software acquisition expenses

     1,138        749        464   

Other deferred charges

     34        28        29   

Other intangible assets

     708        282        360   

Impairment

     (1     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,879        1,058        852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

            Millions of Euros  

Other Intangible Assets. Changes Over the Period

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the beginning

        1,058        852        780   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

        1,201        458        362   

Amortization in the year

     47         (334     (291     (262

Exchange differences and other

        (46     39        (28

Impairment

     50         –          –          –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

        1,879        1,058        852   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-122


Table of Contents

The increase of the additions to the table above in 2011 with respect to previous years is due, primarily, to the intangible assets recognized for the Garanti purchase transaction.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the totally amortized intangible assets still in use amounted to 224, 294 and 1,061 million, respectively.

21. Tax assets and liabilities

21.1 Consolidated tax group

Pursuant to current legislation, the BBVA Consolidated Tax Group includes the Bank as the Parent company, and, as subsidiaries, the Spanish subsidiaries that meet the requirements provided for under Spanish legislation regulating the taxation regime for the consolidated net income of corporate groups.

The Group’s other banks and subsidiaries file tax returns in accordance with the tax legislation in force in each country.

21.2 Years open for review by the tax authorities

The years open to review in the BBVA Consolidated Tax Group as of December 31, 2011 are 2007 and following for the main taxes applicable.

The rest of the Spanish consolidated entities in general have the last four years open for inspection by the tax authorities for the main taxes applicable, except for those in which there has been an interruption of the limitation period due to the start of an inspection.

In 2011, as a result of action by the tax authorities, tax inspections proceedings were instituted for the years since (and including) 2006, some of which were contested. After considering the temporary nature of certain of the items assessed in the proceedings, provisions were set aside for the liabilities, if any, that might arise from these assessments according to our best estimates.

In view of the varying interpretations that can be made of the applicable tax legislation, the outcome of the tax inspections of the open years that could be conducted by the tax authorities in the future could give rise to contingent tax liabilities which cannot be objectively quantified at the present time. However, the Banks’ Board of Directors and its tax advisers consider that the possibility of these contingent liabilities becoming actual liabilities is remote and, in any case, the tax charge which might arise therefore would not materially affect the Group’s accompanying consolidated financial statements for 2011.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

21.3 Reconciliation

The reconciliation of the Group’s corporate tax expense resulting from the application of the standard tax rate and the expense registered by this tax in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Reconciliation of the Corporate Tax Expense Resulting from the Application of the Standard
Rate and the Expense Registered by this Tax

   2011     2010     2009  

Corporation tax (30%)

     1,131        1,927        1,721   

Decreases due to permanent differences:

     (914     (559     (633

Tax credits and tax relief at consolidated Companies

     (169     (180     (223

Other items (net)

     (745     (379     (410

Net increases (decreases) due to temporary differences

     262        (19     96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge for income tax and other taxes

     479        1,349        1,184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded (utilized)

     (262     19        (96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax and other taxes accrued in the period

     217        1,368        1,088   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to prior years’ income tax and other taxes

     68        59        53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax and other taxes

     285        1,427        1,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rate for the Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Effective Tax Rate

   2011     2010     2009  

Income from:

      

Consolidated Tax Group

     487        2,398        4,066   

Other Spanish Entities

     2        (70     (77

Foreign Entities

     3,281        4,094        1,747   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3,770        6,422        5,736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax and other taxes

     285        1,427        1,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective Tax Rate

     7.55     22.22     19.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2011, it presented an effective tax rate that was lower than in previous years due, primarily, to the greater contribution in comparable terms of the income with low or zero tax rate (especially dividends and earnings from entities by the equity method) and of the earnings of foreign entities (especially in the Americas and Garanti) where tax rates are low.

 

F-124


Table of Contents

21.4 Tax recognized in equity

In addition to the income tax recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements, the Group has recognized the following tax charges for these items in the consolidated equity:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Tax Recognized in Total Equity

   2011     2010     2009  

Charges to total equity

      

Debt securities

     –          –          (276

Equity instruments

     (75     (354     (441
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     (75     (354     (717
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credits to total equity (*)

      

Debt securities and others

     234        192        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     234        192        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     159        (162     (716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Tax asset credit to total equity as of December 31, 2010, due primarily to debt instruments unrealized losses.

21.5 Deferred taxes

The balance under the heading “Tax assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the tax receivables relating to deferred tax assets; the balance under the heading “Tax liabilities” includes the liabilities relating to the Group’s various deferred tax liabilities.

The details of the most important tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Tax Assets and Liabilities

   2011      2010      2009  

Tax assets –

        

Current

     1,509         1,113         1,187   

Deferred

     6,332         5,536         5,086   

Pensions

     1,317         1,392         1,483   

Portfolio

     2,143         1,546         987   

Other assets

     257         234         221   

Impairment losses

     1,673         1,648         1,632   

Other

     636         699         737   

Tax losses

     306         17         26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,841         6,649         6,273   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax Liabilities –

        

Current

     772         604         539   

Deferred

     1,558         1,591         1,669   

Portfolio

     1,008         1,280         1,265   

Charge for income tax and other taxes

     549         311         404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,330         2,195         2,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the estimated balance of temporary differences in connection with investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and investments in jointly controlled entities was 527, 503 and 432 million, respectively.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

22. Other assets and liabilities

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Other Assets and Liabilities

   2011      2010      2009  

ASSETS –

        

Inventories

     3,994         2,788         1,933   

Of which:

        

Real estate companies

     3,813         2,729         1,930   

Transactions in transit

     86         26         55   

Accrued interest

     609         538         581   

Unaccrued prepaid expenses

     443         402         421   

Other prepayments and accrued income

     166         136         160   

Other items

     1,801         1,175         1,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,490         4,527         3,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES –

        

Transactions in transit

     44         58         49   

Accrued interest

     2,252         2,162         2,079   

Unpaid accrued expenses

     1,529         1,516         1,412   

Other accrued expenses and deferred income

     723         646         667   

Other items

     1,964         847         780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,260         3,067         2,908   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The heading “Inventories” includes the net carrying amount of the purchases of land and property that the Group’s real estate companies hold for sale or for their business. The amounts reflected under this heading include real estate assets purchased by those companies from distressed customers (mainly in Spain). As of December 31, 2011, the carrying amount of these properties amounted approximately 3.2 billion net of an accumulated valuation adjustment due to impairment losses amounted to 1.8 billion.

The principal companies in the Group that engage in real estate business activity and make up nearly the entire amount in the “Inventories” heading of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows: Anida Operaciones Singulares, S.L.; Anida Desarrollos Inmobiliarios, S.A. and Desarrollo Urbanístico Chamartín, S.A.

23. Financial liabilities at amortized cost

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Financial Liabilities at Amortized Cost

   Notes    2011      2010      2009  

Deposits from central banks

   9      33,147         11,010         21,166   

Deposits from credit institutions

   23.1      59,356         57,170         49,146   

Customer deposits

   23.2      282,173         275,789         254,183   

Debt certificates

   23.3      81,930         85,179         99,939   

Subordinated liabilities

   23.4      15,419         17,420         17,878   

Other financial liabilities

   23.5      7,879         6,596         5,624   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        479,904         453,164         447,936   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-126


Table of Contents

23.1 Deposits from credit institutions

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instruments, is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Deposits from Credit Institutions

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Reciprocal accounts

        298         140         68   

Deposits with agreed maturity

        32,859         38,265         30,608   

Demand deposits

        2,095         1,530         1,273   

Other accounts

        343         696         733   

Repurchase agreements

     37         23,452         16,314         16,263   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

        59,047         56,945         48,945   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued interest until expiration

        309         225         201   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23         59,356         57,170         49,146   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The breakdown by geographical area and the nature of the related instruments of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, disregarding interest accrued pending maturity, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Deposits from Credit Institutions 2011

   Demand Deposits      Deposits with
Agreed Maturity
     Repos      Total  

Spain

     472         8,364         394         9,230   

Rest of Europe

     399         14,652         12,496         27,547   

Mexico

     359         1,430         9,531         11,320   

South América

     251         2,863         478         3,593   

The United States

     799         4,965         553         6,318   

Rest of the world

     112         928         –           1,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,393         33,202         23,453         59,047   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Millions of Euros  

Deposits from Credit Institutions 2010

   Demand Deposits      Deposits with
Agreed Maturity
     Repos      Total  

Spain

     961         7,566         340         8,867   

Rest of Europe

     151         16,160         6,315         22,626   

Mexico

     161         3,060         8,645         11,866   

South América

     195         2,349         349         2,892   

The United States

     147         6,028         665         6,840   

Rest of the world

     56         3,799         –           3,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,671         38,961         16,314         56,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

Deposits from Credit Institutions 2009

   Demand Deposits      Deposits with
Agreed Maturity
     Repos      Total  

Spain

     456         6,414         822         7,692   

Rest of Europe

     382         15,404         4,686         20,472   

Mexico

     158         854         9,581         10,593   

South América

     179         722         364         1,265   

The United States

     150         5,611         811         6,572   

Rest of the world

     16         2,336         –           2,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,341         31,341         16,263         48,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-127


Table of Contents

23.2 Customer deposits

The breakdown of this heading of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, by type of financial instruments, is as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Customer Deposits

   Notes    2011      2010      2009  

Government and other government agencies

        40,602         30,983         15,297   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Spanish

        4,269         4,484         3,904   

Foreign

        12,289         13,563         10,995   

Repurchase agreements

   37      24,016         12,920         389   

Accrued interests

        28         16         9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other resident sectors

        108,217         116,218         93,190   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current accounts

        28,212         18,705         20,243   

Savings accounts

        16,003         24,521         27,137   

Fixed-term deposits

        49,105         49,160         35,135   

Repurchase agreements

   37      14,154         23,197         10,186   

Other accounts

        35         46         31   

Accrued interests

        708         589         458   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-resident sectors

        133,355         128,590         145,696   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current accounts

        45,742         39,567         33,697   

Savings accounts

        30,860         26,435         23,394   

Fixed-term deposits

        49,770         56,752         83,754   

Repurchase agreements

   37      6,317         5,370         4,415   

Other accounts

        210         122         103   

Accrued interests

        456         344         333   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   23      282,173         275,789         254,183   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

           

In euros

        152,375         151,806         114,066   

In foreign currency

        129,799         123,983         140,117   

Of which:

           

Deposits from other creditors without valuation adjustment

        281,364         275,055         253,566   

Accrued interests

        809         734         617   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The breakdown by geographical area of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, by type of instrument and geographical area, disregarding valuation adjustments, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Customer Deposits 2011

   Demand
Deposits
     Savings
Deposits
     Deposits with
Agreed
Maturity
     Repos      Total  

Spain

     31,249         16,160         51,012         26,509         124,929   

Rest of Europe

     4,600         1,310         29,571         1,656         37,136   

Mexico

     16,987         6,804         8,123         4,479         36,393   

South America

     16,118         11,429         15,670         182         43,399   

The United States

     14,791         12,768         9,640         –           37,199   

Rest of the world

     245         234         1,446         –           1,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     83,990         48,705         115,462         32,826         280,981   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-128


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Customer Deposits 2010

   Demand
Deposits
     Savings
Deposits
     Deposits with
Agreed
Maturity
     Repos      Total  

Spain

     21,848         24,707         67,838         18,639         133,032   

Rest of Europe

     3,784         482         18,245         1,609         24,120   

Mexico

     16,646         7,079         9,582         3,630         36,937   

South America

     12,039         8,765         14,142         132         35,078   

The United States

     13,985         11,363         17,147         –           42,495   

Rest of the world

     357         201         2,621         –           3,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     68,659         52,597         129,575         24,009         274,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

Customer Deposits 2009

   Demand
Deposits
     Savings
Deposits
     Deposits with
Agreed
Maturity
     Repos      Total  

Spain

     23,835         27,245         38,370         7,572         97,022   

Rest of Europe

     2,975         457         18,764         3         22,199   

Mexico

     12,697         5,809         9,224         4,205         31,935   

South America

     11,693         7,784         11,407         209         31,093   

The United States

     11,548         10,146         46,292         –           67,986   

Rest of the world

     440         181         2,527         –           3,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     63,188         51,622         126,584         11,988         253,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

23.3 Debt certificates (including bonds)

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Debt Certificates

   2011      2010      2009  

Promissory notes and bills

     7,501         13,215         29,582   

Bonds and debentures

     74,429         71,964         70,357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     81,930         85,180         99,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The breakdown of the most significant outstanding issuances, repurchases or refunds of debt instruments issued by the consolidated companies as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is shown on Appendix VIII.

The changes in the balances under this heading, together with the Subordinated Liabilities for 2011, 2010 and 2009 are included in Note 58.4.

23.3.1 Promissory notes and bills

The breakdown of the balance under this heading, by currency, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Promissory notes and bills

   2011      2010      2009  

In euros

     6,672         7,672         11,024   

In other currencies

     829         5,543         18,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,501         13,215         29,582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

These promissory notes were issued mainly by BBVA, S.A. and BBVA Banco de Financiación, S.A.

 

F-129


Table of Contents

23.3.2 Bonds and debentures issued

The breakdown of the balance under this heading, by financial instrument and currency, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Bonds and debentures issued

   2011      2010      2009  

In Euros –

     64,181         62,811         60,760   

Non-convertible bonds and debentures at floating interest rates

     4,648         6,776         8,593   

Non-convertible bonds and debentures at fixed interest rates

     9,381         7,493         5,932   

Covered bonds

     33,842         30,864         30,369   

Hybrid financial instruments

     288         373         389   

Securitization bonds realized by the Group

     6,755         8,047         8,407   

Other securities (**)

     5,709         6,306         4,339   

Accrued interest and others (*)

     3,557         2,952         2,731   

In Foreign Currency –

     10,248         9,153         9,597   

Non-convertible bonds and debentures at floating interest rates

     2,225         3,767         4,808   

Non-convertible bonds and debentures at fixed interest rates

     5,058         2,681         2,089   

Covered bonds

     289         316         306   

Hybrid financial instruments

     1,397         1,119         1,342   

Securitization bonds realized by the Group

     755         799         605   

Other securities (**)

     473         456         425   

Accrued interest and others (*)

     51         15         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     74,428         71,964         70,357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Hedging operations and issuance costs.

(**)

Mainly territorial covered bonds

The following table shows the weighted average interest rates of fixed and floating rate bonds and debentures issued in euros and foreign currencies in effect as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Interests Rates of Promissory Notes and Bills Issued

   Euros     Foreign
Currency
    Euros     Foreign
Currency
    Euros     Foreign
Currency
 

Fixed rate

     3.81     5.13     3.75     5.31     3.86     5.00

Floating rate

     2.38     4.88     1.30     3.00     0.90     2.56

Most of the foreign-currency issuances are denominated in U.S. dollars.

23.4 Subordinated liabilities

The breakdown of this heading of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, by type of financial instruments, is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Subordinated Liabilities

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Subordinated debt

        12,781         11,569         12,117   

Preferred securities

        1,760         5,202         5,188   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

        14,541         16,771         17,305   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

        878         649         573   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23         15,419         17,420         17,878   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-130


Table of Contents

Of the above, the issuances of BBVA International, Ltd., BBVA Capital Finance, S.A.U. and BBVA International Preferred, S.A.U, BBVA Subordinated Capital, S.A.U. and BBVA Global Finance, Ltd, are subordinately guaranteed by the Bank.

Subordinated debt

These issuances are non-convertible subordinated debt and, accordingly, for debt seniority purposes, they rank behind ordinary debt. The breakdown of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, disregarding valuation adjustments, by currency of issuance and interest rate, is disclosed in Appendix VIII. The variations of the balance in 2011 are mainly the result of the following transactions:

 

 

Conversion of subordinated bond issues

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, subordinated debt included an issue of convertible subordinated obligations into Bank shares amounting to 2,000 million, carried out by BBVA in September 2009 (hereinafter, “Convertible bonds”). These obligations have a 5% annual coupon, payable quarterly, and can be converted into Bank shares after the first year, at the Bank’s discretion, at each of the coupon payment dates, and by obligation on the date of their final maturity date (October 15, 2014). These obligations were recognized as financial liabilities since the number of Bank shares to be delivered can vary.

The Board of Directors of BBVA, at its meeting on June 22, 2011, agreed to the mandatory conversion of all convertible bonds. The conversion took place on July 15, 2011, an interest payment date, according to the procedure established to that effect under the terms and conditions of the issue. As a result, an increase of the Bank’s common stock was carried out (approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting on July 27, 2009, in using the power delegated by the Annual General Meeting held on March 14, 2008 in Point Six of the Agenda) through the issue of ordinary BBVA shares needed to address the conversion of the Convertible Bonds (see Note 27).

 

 

Mandatory convertible subordinated bond issue

The BBVA Board of Directors, at its meeting on November 22, 2011, agreed, in virtue of the authorization conferred by the AGM of March 14, 2008, to proceed to the issue of mandatory convertible subordinated obligations into new ordinary BBVA shares (hereinafter, the “Issue” or “Mandatory Convertible Subordinated Obligations” or “Bonds”) for a maximum amount of 3,475 million.

This issue excluded the right to preemptive subscription since it was exclusively designed for holders of preferred securities held by BBVA Capital Finance, S.A. Unipersonal (series A, B, C and D) and BBVA International Limited (series F), all secured by BBVA, S.A., who accept the purchase offer for those preferred securities on behalf of BBVA.

Thus, those who accepted the purchase offer would subscribe a nominal amount of “Mandatory Convertible Subordinated Obligations” equivalent to 100% of the nominal amount or cash for the preferred securities they owned and that would be acquired by BBVA.

As of December 30, 2011, the purchase offer for preferred securities and the subscription of “Bonds” amounted to 3,430 million, which represented 98.71% of the total preferred securities to be repurchased. The “Issue” was carried out at 100% of the nominal value of the “Convertible Bonds”, which was 100. Thus, the Bank issued 34,300,002 “Bonds” for a total amount of 3,430 million. These “Bonds” were recognized as financial liabilities since the number of Bank shares to be delivered can vary. The remuneration of the “Bonds” was 6.5% annual over nominal, payable on a quarterly basis.

 

F-131


Table of Contents

Without prejudice to the issuer’s authority to convert the “Bonds” at any date of remuneration, on June 30, 2012, it is expected that 50% of the nominal value of the “Bonds” in circulation at said date shall be mandatorily converted into new ordinary BBVA, S.A. shares, and that the total conversion of the “Issue” take place on June 30, 2013. The conversion will be in terms of the market price of the BBVA share, according to the terms and conditions established in the “Issue” brochure.

Preferred securities

The breakdown by issuer of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Preferred Securities by Issuer

   2011      2010      2009  

BBVA International, Ltd. (1) (2)

     9         500         500   

BBVA Capital Finance, S.A.U. (1) (2)

     36         2,975         2,975   

Banco Provincial, S.A

     –           37         67   

BBVA International Preferred, S.A.U. (3)

     1,696         1,671         1,628   

Phoenix Loan Holdings, Inc.

     19         19         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,760         5,202         5,188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Traded on the Spanish AIAF market,

(2)

The increase is due to the purchase offer and redemption of the preferred shares mentioned above

(3)

Traded on the London Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange

These issues were fully subscribed by third parties outside the Group and are wholly or partially redeemable at the issuer company’s option after five or ten years from the issue date, depending on the terms of each issue.

The variation in the balance under this heading in 2011 is due primarily to the purchase transaction and early amortization of preferred securities of 3,430 million indicated in the section above.

The breakdown of the issues of preferred securities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, disregarding valuation adjustments, by currency of issuance and interest rate of the issues, is disclosed in Appendix VIII.

23.5 Other financial liabilities

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Other financial liabilities

   2011      2010      2009  

Creditors for other financial liabilities

     2,223         2,295         1,776   

Collection accounts

     2,239         2,068         2,049   

Creditors for other payment obligations

     2,927         1,829         1,799   

Dividend payable but pending payment (Note 4)

     490         404         –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,879         6,596         5,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the “Dividend payable but pending payment” corresponds to the third interim dividend against the 2011 and 2010 results, paid in January of the following years, (see Note 4). As of December 31, 2009, this heading did not include the third interim dividend, as it was paid in December 2009.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

24. Liabilities under insurance contracts

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

Liabilities under Insurance Contracts Technical Reserve and
Provisions

   Millions of Euros  
   2011      2010      2009  

Mathematical reserves

     6,514         6,766         5,994   

Provision for unpaid claims reported

     741         759         712   

Provisions for unexpired risks and other provisions

     482         509         480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,737         8,034         7,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

25. Provisions

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, based on type of provisions, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Provisions. Breakdown by concepts

   2011      2010      2009  

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

     5,577         5,980         6,246   

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

     350         304         299   

Provisions for contingent risks and commitments

     291         264         243   

Other provisions

     1,343         1,774         1,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,561         8,322         8,559   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Provisions or contingencies that individually are not significant.

The changes in the heading “Provisions for contingent risks and commitments” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are presented in Note 7.1.8, together with the changes of impairment losses.

The changes in 2011, 2010 and 2009 in the balances under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Provisions for Pensions and Similar Obligations. Changes Over the Period

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the beginning

        5,980        6,246        6,359   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Add –

         

Charges to income for the year

        613        606        747   

Interest expenses and similar charges

     39.2         259        259        274   

Personnel expenses

     46.1         51        37        44   

Provision expenses

        303        310        429   

Charges to equity (*)

     26.2         9        64        149   

Transfers and other changes

        (8     16        26   

Less –

         

Payments

        (794     (815     (980

Amount used and other changes

        (223     (137     (55
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

        5,577        5,980        6,246   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Correspond to actuarial losses (gains) arising from certain defined-benefit post-employment pension commitments and welfare benefits recognized in “Equity” (See Note 2.2.12).

 

F-133


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Provisions for Taxes, Legal Contingents and Other Provisions. Changes Over the Period

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at beginning

     2,078        2,070        1,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Add –

      

Charge to income for the year

     235        145        152   

Acquisition of subsidiaries

     61        –          –     

Transfers and other changes

     –          41        360   

Less –

      

Available funds

     (84     (90     (103

Amount used and other variations

     (597     (88     (237
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

     1,693        2,078        2,070   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ongoing legal proceedings and litigation –

The Group is party to certain legal actions in a number of jurisdictions, including, among others, Spain, Mexico and the United States, arising in the ordinary course of business. BBVA considers that none of such actions is material, individually or in the aggregate, and none of such actions is expected to result in a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity, either individually or in the aggregate. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made in respect of the actions arising in the ordinary course of business. BBVA has not disclosed to the markets any contingent liability that could arise from such actions as it does not consider them material.

26. Pensions and other post-employment commitments

As stated in Note 2.2.12, the Group has both defined-benefit and defined-contribution post-employment commitments with employees; the latter is gradually increasing mainly because it is the scheme applying to new hires and because pre-existing defined-benefit commitments have been mostly closed.

26.1 Defined-contribution commitments

The defined-contribution plans are settled through contributions made by the Group annually on behalf of its beneficiaries, who are, almost exclusively, active employees in the Group. These contributions are accrued and charged to the consolidated income statement in the corresponding financial year (see Note 2.2.12). No liability is therefore recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for this purpose.

The amounts registered under this item in the accompanying consolidated income statements for contributions to these plans in 2011, 2010 and 2009 were 80, 84 and 68 million, respectively (see Note 46.1).

26.2 Defined-benefit plans and other long-term commitments

Pension commitments in defined-benefit plans correspond mainly to employees who have retired or taken early retirement from the Group and to certain groups of employees still active in the Group in the case of pension benefits, and to the majority of active employees in the case of permanent disability and death benefits.

A breakdown of the Group’s total amounts for pension commitments in defined-benefit plans and other post-employment commitments (such as early retirement and welfare benefits) for the last five years can be found in the table below. The commitments are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the corresponding accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25).

 

F-134


Table of Contents

Commitments and Plan Assets in Defined-Benefit Plans and Other Post-
Employment Commitments

   Millions of Euros  
   2011     2010      2009      2008      2007  

Pension and post-employment benefits

     7,680        8,082         7,996         7,987         7,816   

Assets and insurance contracts coverage

     2,122        2,102         1,750         1,628         1,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets

     (19     –           –           –           (34

Net liabilities (*)

     5,577        5,980         6,246         6,359         5,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Registered under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

This information is presented below in greater detail, broken down by beneficiaries from Group companies in Spain and other beneficiaries, as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Pensions and Early-Retirement
Commitments and Welfare Benefits:
Spain and Abroad

   Millions of Euros  
   Commitments in Spain      Commitments Abroad      Total BBVA Group  
   2011      2010      2009      2011     2010      2009      2011     2010      2009  

Post-employment benefits

                        

Pension commitments

     2,773         2,857         2,946         1,026        1,122         998         3,799        3,979         3,944   

Early retirements

     2,904         3,106         3,309         –          –           –           2,904        3,106         3,309   

Post-employment welfare benefits

     204         220         222         773        777         521         977        997         743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total post-employment benefits (1)

     5,881         6,183         6,477         1,799        1,899         1,519         7,680        8,082         7,996   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Insurance contracts coverage

                        

Pension commitments

     379         430         455         –          –           –           379        430         455   

Other plan assets

                        

Pension commitments

     –           –           –           1,010        1,052         953         1,010        1,052         953   

Post-employment welfare benefits

     –           –           –           733        620         342         733        620         342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total plan assets and insurance contracts coverage (2)

     379         430         455         1,743        1,672         1,295         2,122        2,102         1,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net commitments (1) – (2)

     5,502         5,753         6,022         56        227         224         5,558        5,980         6,246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

of which:

                        

Net assets

     –           –           –           (19     –           –           (19     –           –     

Net liabilities (*)

     5,502         5,753         6,022         75        227         224         5,577        5,980         6,246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Registered under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

The balance under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 included 206 million, for commitments for post-employment benefits maintained with previous members of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Management Committee. No charges for those concepts were recognized in the consolidated income statements in 2011.

In addition to the commitments to employees indicated above, the Group has other less relevant commitments. These include long-service awards, consisting in a cash payment of a certain amount or in the allotment of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. shares. These awards are granted to certain groups of employees when they complete a given number of years of effective service

 

F-135


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the actuarial liabilities for the outstanding awards amounted to 36, 39 and 39 million, respectively. Of that sum, 11, 11 and 13 million corresponded to Spanish companies and 25, 28 and 26 million corresponded to companies and branches abroad, respectively. The commitments above are recognized under the heading “Other provisions” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25).

The net charges registered in the accompanying consolidated income statements and under the heading “Equity” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 2.2.12) for the commitments in post-employment benefits in entities in Spain and abroad, are as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Total Post-employments Benefits BBVA Group: Income Statements and Equity Effects.

   Notes    2011     2010     2009  

Interest and similar expenses

   39.2      259        259        274   

Interest cost

        376        375        364   

Expected return on plan assets

        (118     (116     (90

Personnel expenses

        131        121        112   

Defined-contribution plan expense

   46.1      80        84        68   

Defined-benefit plan expense

   46.1      51        37        44   

Other personnel expenses – Welfare benefits

        –          –          –     

Provision – Pension funds and similar obligations

   48      365        405        552   

Pension funds

        13        9        (5

Early retirements

        290        301        434   

Other provisions

        62        95        123   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Effects in Income Statements: Debit (Credit)

        755        785        938   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Effects in equity: Debit (Credit) (*)

        9        64        149   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Correspond to actuarial losses (gains) arising from pension commitments and certain welfare benefits recognized in “Valuation Adjustments”. For Early retirements are recognized in the Income Statements (see Note 2.2.12.).

26.2.1 Commitments in Spain

The most significant actuarial assumptions used as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, to quantify these commitments with employees in Spain are as follows:

 

Actuarial Assumptions Commitments with
employees in Spain

   2011    2010    2009

Mortality tables

   PERM/F 2000P.    PERM/F 2000P.    PERM/F 2000P.

Discount rate (cumulative annual)

   4.5% / AA
Corporate
Bond Yield Curve
   4.5% / AA
Corporate
Bond Yield Curve
   4.5% / AA
Corporate
Bond Yield Curve

Consumer price index (cumulative annual)

   2%    2%    2%

Salary growth rate (cumulative annual)

   At least 3%    At least 3%    At least 3%

Retirement age

   First date at which the employees are entitled to retire or contractually agreed at the individual level in the case of early retirements

 

F-136


Table of Contents

The breakdown of the various commitments to employees in Spain is as follows:

Pension commitments

The breakdown of pension commitments in defined-benefit plans as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Pension Commitments Spain

   2011      2010      2009  

Pension commitments to retired employees

     2,669         2,765         2,847   

Vested contingencies in respect of current employees

     104         92         99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (*)

     2,773         2,857         2,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Recognized under the heading “Provisions-Provisions for pension and similar obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

To fund some pension commitments in Spain, insurance contracts have been written with insurance companies not related to the Group. These commitments are funded by plan assets and therefore are presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for the net amount of the commitment less plan assets As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the plan assets related to the aforementioned insurance contracts (for 379, 430 and 455 million, respectively) equaled the amount of the commitments covered; therefore, no amount for this item was included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The rest of commitments for pensions in Spain include defined-benefit commitments for which insurance has been contracted with BBVA Seguros, S.A. de Seguros y Reaseguros, which is 99.95% owned by the Group. As it is an entity consolidated within the BBVA Group, the assets in which the insurance company has invested the amount of the policies cannot be considered plan assets under IAS 19 and are presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under different headings of “assets”, depending on the classification of their corresponding financial instruments. The commitments are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 25).

Early retirements

In 2011, the Spanish companies in the Group offered certain employees the possibility of taking early retirement before the age stipulated in the collective labor agreement in force. This offer was accepted by 669 employees (683 and 857 in 2010 and 2009, respectively).

The early retirements commitments in Spain as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” (see Note 25) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and amounted to 2,904 million, 3,106 million and 3,309 million, respectively.

The cost of early retirements for the year was recognized under the heading “Provision Expense (Net) – Transfers to funds for pensions and similar obligations – Early retirements” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 48).

 

F-137


Table of Contents

Post-employment welfare benefits

The details of these commitments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Post-Employment Welfare Benefits Commitments in Spain

   2011      2010      2009  

Post-employment welfare benefit commitments to retired employees

     162         180         183   

Vested post-employment welfare benefit contingencies in respect of current employees

     42         40         39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commitments (*)

     204         220         222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Recognized under the heading “Provisions-Provisions for pension and similar obligations” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets

Changes in commitments with employees

The changes in the net commitments with employees in Spain in 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Net Commitments in Spain : Changes in the year 2011

   Pensions     Early
Retirements
    Welfare
Benefits
    Total
Spain
 

Balance at the Beginning

     2,427        3,106        220        5,753   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest cost

     106        121        10        237   

Expected return on plan assets

     –          –          –          –     

Current service cost

     10        –          2        12   

Cost for early retirements

     –          297        –          297   

Past service cost or changes in the plan

     –          –          –          –     

Benefits paid in the period

     (161     (611     (18     (790

Acquisitions and divestitures

     –          –          –          –     

Effect of curtailments and settlements

     –          –          –          –     

Contributions in the period

     –          –          –          –     

Actuarial gains and losses

     10        (3     (4     3   

Exchange differences

     –          –          –          –     

Other changes

     2        (6     (6     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the End

     2,394        2,904        204        5,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Millions of Euros  

Net Commitments in Spain : Changes in the year 2010

   Pensions     Early
Retirements
    Welfare
Benefits
    Total
Spain
 

Balance at the Beginning

     2,491        3,309        222        6,022   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest cost

     107        127        10        244   

Expected return on plan assets

     –          –          –          –     

Current service cost

     4        –          2        6   

Cost for early retirements

     –          296        –          296   

Past service cost or changes in the plan

     –          –          –          –     

Benefits paid in the period

     (170     (627     (18     (815

Effect of curtailments and settlements

     –          –          –          –     

Contributions in the period

     –          –          –          –     

Actuarial gains and losses

     (9     6        (1     (4

Other changes

     4        (5     5        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the End

     2,427        3,106        220        5,753   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-138


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Net Commitments in Spain : Changes in the year 2009

   Pensions     Early
Retirements
    Welfare
Benefits
    Total
Spain
 

Balance at the Beginning

     2,624        3,437        221        6,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest cost

     114        135        10        259   

Expected return on plan assets

     –          –          –          –     

Current service cost

     18        –          2        20   

Cost for early retirements

     –          430        –          430   

Past service cost or changes in the plan

     31        –          5        36   

Benefits paid in the period

     (249     (712     (19     (980

Acquisitions and divestitures

     –          –          –          –     

Effect of curtailments and settlements

     –          –          –          –     

Contributions in the period

     –          –          –          –     

Actuarial gains and losses

     2        4        (3     3   

Other changes

     (49     15        6        (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the End

     2,491        3,309        222        6,022   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

26.2.2 Commitments abroad

The main defined-benefit plans with employees abroad correspond to those in Mexico, Portugal and the United States, which jointly represent 94% of the total commitments with employees abroad as of December 31, 2011, and 22% of the total commitments with employees in the Group as a whole (95% and 22%, and 94% and 18%, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009). Those commitments are not available for new employees.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the breakdown by country of the various commitments with employees of the BBVA Group abroad is as follows:

 

    Millions of Euros  
    Commitments     Plan Assets     Net Commitments  

Post-Employment Commitments Abroad

  2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Pension Commitments

                 

Mexico

    491        508        398        520        519        424        (29     (11     (26

Portugal

    154        288        321        154        290        320        (0     (2     1   

The United States

    285        236        195        283        191        163        2        45        32   

Rest of countries

    97        90        84        53        52        46        44        38        38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    1,027        1,122        998        1,010        1,052        953        16        70        45   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Post-Employment Welfare Benefits

                 

Mexico

    761        766        511        732        620        342        29        146        169   

Portugal

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

The United States

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Rest of countries

    12        11        10        1        –          –          11        11        10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    773        777        521        733        620        342        40        157        179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    1,800        1,899        1,519        1,743        1,672        1,295        56        227        224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The plan assets related to these commitments are to be used directly to settle the vested obligations and meet the following conditions: they are not owned by the Group entities; they are available only to pay post-employment benefits; and they cannot be returned to the Group entities.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

The vested obligations related to these commitments are presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets net of the plan assets recognized under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” (see Note 25).

Commitments with employees in Mexico –

In Mexico, the main actuarial assumptions used in quantifying the commitments with employees as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

 

Post-Employment Actuarial Assumptions in Mexico

   2011     2010     2009  

Mortality tables

     EMSSA 97        EMSSA 97        EMSSA 97   

Discount rate (cumulative annual)

     8.75     8.75     9.25

Consumer price index (cumulative annual)

     3.75     3.75     3.75

Medical cost trend rate

     6.75     6.75     6.75

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     8.25     9.00     9.40

 

 

Pension commitments in Mexico: The changes in these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all of the Group’s companies in Mexico are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Pension Commitments and Plan Assets in Mexico:
Changes in the period

   Commitments     Plan Assets     Net Commitments  
   2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the Beginning

     508        398        387        519        424        436        (11     (26     (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest cost

     41        40        35        –          –          –          41        40        35   

Expected return on plan assets

     –          –          –          40        42        37        (40     (42     (37

Current service cost

     7        7        4        –          –          –          7        7        4   

Past service cost or changes in the plan

     –          8        1        –          –          –          –          8        1   

Benefits paid in the period

     (34     (36     (31     (34     (36     (31     –          (0     –     

Effect of curtailments and settlements

     –          –          (1     –          –          –          –          –          (1

Contributions in the period

     –          –          –          30        45        3        (30     (45     (3

Actuarial gains and losses

     7        33        30        5        66        6        2        (33     24   

Exchange differences

     (40     57        6        (41     61        6        1        (4     –     

Other changes

     2        –          (33     1        (83     (33     1        83        –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the End

     491        508        398        520        519        424        (29     (11     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the plan assets covering these obligations correspond entirely to fixed-income securities. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the return on these assets amounted to 45 million, 108 million and 43 million, respectively.

 

F-140


Table of Contents
 

Post-employment welfare benefits in Mexico: The changes in these calculations reflecting these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all the Group’s companies in Mexico are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Welfare Benefits Commitments and Plan Assets in
Mexico: Changes in the period

   Commitments     Plan Assets     Net Commitments  
   2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the Beginning

     766        511        360        620        342        301        146        169        59   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest cost

     63        54        37        –          –          –          63        54        37   

Expected return on plan assets

     –          –          –          50        45        28        (50     (45     (28

Current service cost

     24        19        11        –          –          –          24        19        11   

Past service cost or changes in the plan

     –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Benefits paid in the period

     (23     (18     (18     (23     (18     (18     –          –          –     

Effect of curtailments and settlements

     (10     –          (4     –          –          –          (10     –          (4

Contributions in the period

     –          –          –          124        69        9        (124     (69     (9

Actuarial gains and losses

     8        127        119        15        49        16        (7     78        103   

Exchange differences

     (67     73        6        (54     49        6        (13     24        –     

Other changes

     –          –          –          –          84        –          –          (84     –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the End

     761        766        511        732        620        342        29        146        169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the plan assets covering these obligations corresponded entirely to fixed-income securities, which produced a return amounting to 65, 94 and 44 million, respectively.

The sensitivity analysis to changes in medical cost trend rates for 2011 is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Welfare Benefits in Mexico. Sensitivity Analysis

   1%
Increase
     1%
Decrease
 

Increase/Decrease in current service cost and interest cost

     21         (16

Increase/Decrease in commitments

     152         (119

Pension Commitments in Portugal –

In Portugal, the main actuarial assumptions used in quantifying the commitments with employees as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

 

Post-Employment Actuarial Assumptions in Portugal

   2011     2011     2010  

Mortality tables

     TV 88/90        TV 88/90        TV 88/90   

Discount rate (cumulative annual)

     5.75     5.35     5.35

Consumer price index (cumulative annual)

     1.75     1.75     2.00

Salary growth rate (cumulative annual)

     2.75     2.75     3.00

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     3.80     4.40     4.50

 

F-141


Table of Contents

The changes in these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all of the Group’s companies in Portugal are as follows:

 

    Millions of Euros  

Pensions Net Commitments in Portugal: Changes in the
period

  Commitments     Plan Assets     Net Commitments  
  2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the Beginning

    288        321        283        290        320        283        (2     1        –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest cost

    15        17        16        –          –          –          15        17        16   

Expected return on plan assets

    –          –          –          12        13        13        (12     (13     (13

Current service cost

    3        5        4        –          –          –          3        5        4   

Cost for early retirements

    13        9        –          –          –          –          13        9        –     

Past service cost or changes in the plan

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Benefits paid in the period

    (186     (16     (16     (186     (16     (16     –          –          –     

Effect of curtailments and settlements

    –          –          10        –          –          –          –          –          10   

Contributions in the period

    –          –          –          34        17        29        (34     (17     (29

Actuarial gains and losses

    (2     (25     24        (15     (44     11        13        19        13   

Exchange differences

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Other changes

    22        (22     –          20        –          –          3        (22     –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the End

    154        288        321        154        290        320        –          (2     1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2011, in compliance with the new regulations, part of the pensions in payment (170 million) have been transferred to the Portugues Social Security

The distribution of the main categories of plan assets related to these commitments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all of the Group’s companies in Portugal is as follows:

 

     Percentage  

Plan Assets Categories in Portugal

   2011      2010      2009  

Equity instruments

     –           –           –     

Debt securities

     81.3         91.5         93.2   

Property, Land and Buildings

     0.7         0.5         –     

Cash

     18.0         8.0         5.2   

Other investments

     –           –           1.6   

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the return on plan assets related to these pension commitments reached -3, -31, and 24 million, respectively.

Pension commitments in the United States –

In the United States, the main actuarial assumptions used in quantifying the commitments with employees as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

 

Post-Employment Actuarial Assumptions in the
United States

   2011     2010     2009  

Mortality tables

   RP 2000 Projected &
adjusted
    RP 2000 Projected     RP 2000 Projected  

Discount rate (cumulative annual)

     4.28     5.44     5.93

Consumer price index (cumulative annual)

     2.50     2.50     2.50

Salary growth rate (cumulative annual)

     3.50     3.50     3.50

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     6.41     7.50     7.50

 

F-142


Table of Contents

The changes of these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009, for all of the Group’s companies in the United States, are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Pensions Net Commitments in the United States
Changes in the period

   Commitments     Plan Assets     Net Commitments  
   2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the Beginning

     236        195        168        191        163        135        45        32        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest cost

     11        12        11        –          –          –          11        12        11   

Expected return on plan assets

     –          –          –          14        13        10        (14     (13     (10

Current service cost

     4        5        4        –          –          –          4        5        4   

Cost for early retirements

     –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Past service cost or changes in the plan

     –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Benefits paid in the period

     (9     (7     (6     (8     (7     (6     (1     –          –     

Acquisitions and divestitures

     (8     –          –          (8     –          –          –          –          –     

Effect of curtailments and settlements

     (3     –          –          –          –          –          (3     –          –     

Contributions in the period

     –          –          –          33        2        12        (33     (2     (12

Actuarial gains and losses

     46        16        24        53        7        17        (7     9        7   

Exchange differences

     7        14        (6     6        12        (5     1        2        (1

Other changes

     –          1        –          2        –          –          (2     1        –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the End

     285        236        195        283        191        163        2        45        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The distribution of the main category of plan assets related to these commitments as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all the companies in the United States is as follows:

 

     Percentage  

Plan Assets Categories for Pension Commitments in the United States

   2011      2010      2009  

Equity instruments

     –           62.4         63.6   

Debt securities

     93.0         35.7         35.1   

Property, Land and Buildings

     –           –           –     

Cash

     7.0         1.9         1.3   

Other investments

     –           –           –     

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the return on plan assets related to these pension commitments reached 67, 20, and 27 million, respectively.

 

F-143


Table of Contents

Post-employment and welfare benefits in other countries –

The changes in these commitments and plan assets in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for all of the Group’s remaining companies abroad are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Pensions Net Commitments ans Welfare Benefits in
Other Countries. Changes in the period

   Commitments     Plan Assets     Net Commitments  
   2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at the Beginning

     100        93        77        51        45        43        49        48        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest cost

     9        8        6        –          –          –          9        8        6   

Expected return on plan assets

     –          (2     (1     2        1        1        (2     (3     (2

Current service cost

     1        (4     –          –          –          –          1        (4     –     

Cost for early retirements

     –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Past service cost or changes in the plan

     –          (1     4        –          (2     (2     –          1        6   

Benefits paid in the period

     (3     –          –          –          –          –          (3     –          –     

Acquisitions and divestitures

     (1     –          –          (1     –          –          –          –          –     

Effect of curtailments and settlements

     –          –          1        –          –          –          –          –          1   

Contributions in the period

     (1     (1     –          1        2        2        (2     (3     (2

Actuarial gains and losses

     (1     (1     (1     1        –          –          (2     (1     (1

Exchange differences

     –          4        3        –          –          –          –          4        3   

Other changes

     5        4        4        –          5        1        5        (1     3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the End

     109        100        93        54        51        45        55        49        48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

26.2.3 Estimated future payments for commitments with employees in the BBVA Group

The estimated benefit payments over the next ten years for all the companies in Spain, Mexico, Portugal and the United States are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Expected Future Benefits for Post-Employment Commitments

   2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017-2021  

Commitments Spain

     788         726         674         616         551         1,769   

Of which early retirement Spain

     593         534         484         427         366         885   

Commitments Mexico

     58         57         60         64         69         417   

Commitments Portugal

     4         4         5         5         5         32   

Commitments The United States

     9         10         11         12         13         77   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     859         797         750         697         638         2,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

27. Common stock

As of December 31, 2011, BBVA’s share capital amounted to 2,402,571,431.47, divided into 4,903,207,003 fully subscribed and paid-up registered shares, all of the same class and series, at 0.49 par value each, represented through book-entry accounts. All of the Bank shares carry the same voting and dividend rights, and no single stockholder enjoys special voting rights. There are no shares that do not represent an interest in the Bank’s common stock.

The Bank’s shares are traded on the continuous market in Spain, as well as on the London and Mexico stock markets. BBVA American Depositary Shares (ADSs) traded on the New York Stock Exchange are also traded on the Lima Stock Exchange (Peru), under an exchange agreement between these two markets.

 

F-144


Table of Contents

Also, as of December 31, 2011, the shares of BBVA Banco Continental, S.A.; Banco Provincial S.A.; BBVA Colombia, S.A.; BBVA Chile, S.A.; BBVA Banco Francés, S.A. and AFP Provida were listed on their respective local stock markets, the last two also being listed on the New York Stock Exchange. BBVA Banco Francés, S.A. is also listed on the Latin American market of the Madrid Stock Exchange.

As of December 31, 2011, Manuel Jove Capellán owned 5.046% of BBVA common stock through the company Inveravante Inversiones Universales, S.L. At that date, State Street Bank and Trust Co., Chase Nominees Ltd. and The Bank of New York Mellon, SA NV, in their capacity as international custodian/depositary banks, held 7.49%, 7.13% and 3.73% of BBVA common stock, respectively. Of said positions held by the custodian banks, BBVA is not aware of any individual shareholders with direct or indirect holdings greater than or equal to 3% of the BBVA common stock.

On February 4, 2010, the Blackrock, Inc. company reported to the Spanish Securities and Exchange Commission (CNMV) that, as a result of the acquisition (on December 1, 2009) of the Barclays Global Investors (BGI) company, it now has an indirect holding of BBVA common stock totaling 4.45% through the Blackrock Investment Management Company.

BBVA is not aware of any direct or indirect interests through which control of the Bank may be exercised. BBVA has not received any information on stockholder agreements including the regulation of the exercise of voting rights at its annual general meetings or restricting or placing conditions on the free transferability of BBVA shares. No agreement is known that could give rise to changes in the control of the Bank.

The changes in the heading “Common Stock” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets were due to the following common stock increases:

2011 –

 

   

“Dividend Option” Program: The AGM held on March 11, 2011, under Point Five of the Agenda, resolved to perform two common stock increases, charged to voluntary reserves to implement the program called the “Dividend Option”. This confers authority on the Board of Directors, pursuant to article 297.1 a) of the Corporations Act, to indicate the date on which said common stock increases must be carried out, within one year of the date on which the agreements are made.

The BBVA Board of Directors, at its meeting on March 29, 2011 agreed to carry out the first of the common stock increases charged to reserves, mentioned above, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the “Dividend Option” program. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s common stock increased by 29,740,199.65, through the issue and circulation of 60,694,285 shares with a 0.49 par value each.

Likewise, BBVA’s Board of Directors, at its meeting on September 27, 2011, agreed to carry out the second common stock increase under the heading of reserves, in accordance with the terms and conditions agreed upon by the AGM of March 11, 2011. As a result of this increase, the Bank’s common stock increased by 38,422,617.94 through the issue and circulation of 78,413,506 shares with a 0.49 par value each.

 

   

Convertible bonds: The Board of Directors of BBVA, at its meeting on June 22, 2011, agreed to the mandatory conversion of all convertible bonds issued in September 2009 (see Note 23.4). The conversion took place on July 15, 2011, an interest payment date, according to the procedure established to that effect under the terms and conditions of the issue.

As a result of the conversion, an increase of the Bank’s common stock was carried out (previously approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting on July 27, 2009, in using the power delegated by the Annual General Meeting held on March 14, 2008 in point 6 of the Agenda) through the issue and circulation of 273,190,927 ordinary BBVA shares with a 0.49 par value each.

 

F-145


Table of Contents

The price of the conversion was established, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the issue, as the arithmetic mean of the closing prices of the BBVA share in the Spanish stock market in the five days of trading prior to July 15, 2011, which was 7.3206 per share.

As a result, and in accordance with the conversion agreed upon by the Bank’s Board of Directors at its meeting on June 22, 2011, the common stock increase due to the conversion of those bonds totaled a nominal amount of 133,863,554.23; the total share premium stood at 1,866,057,945.96 (see Note 28).

2010 –

The BBVA Board of Directors, at a meeting held on November 1, 2010, agreed, under the delegation conferred by the AGM on March 13, 2009, under Point Five of the Agenda, carried out an increase of the Bank’s common stock with a preemptive subscription right for shareholders. This common stock increase was 364,040,190.36, through the issue and circulation of 742,939,164 new ordinary shares with a 0.49 par value each and represented through book-entry accounts. The subscription price of the shares was 6.75 per share, of which 0.49 corresponded to the par value and 6.26 corresponded to the share premium (see Note 28); therefore, the total effective amount of the common stock increase was 5,014,839,357.

Other resolutions of General Shareholders Meeting on the issue of shares and other securities –

 

   

Common stock Increases: The Bank’s AGM held on March 11, 2011 agreed, in Point Six of the Agenda, to confer authority on the Board of Directors to increase common stock in accordance with that stipulated in Article 297.1b) of the Corporations Act, on one or several occasions, within the legal deadline of five years from the date the Agreement takes effect, up to the maximum nominal amount of 50% of the subscribed and paid common stock on the date on which the resolution is adopted; that is 1,100,272,529.82. Likewise, an agreement was made to enable the Board of Directors to exclude the preemptive subscription right on those common stock increases in line with the terms of Article 506 of the Corporations Act. This authority is limited to 20% of the common stock of the Bank on the date the agreement is adopted.

 

   

Convertible securities: At the AGM held on March 14, 2008 the shareholders resolved to delegate to the Board of Directors for a five-year period the right to issue bonds, convertible and/or exchangeable into BBVA shares for a maximum total of 9,000 million. The powers include the right to establish the different aspects and conditions of each issue, including the power to exclude pre-emptive subscription right of shareholders in accordance with the Corporations Act, to determine the basis and methods of conversion and/or to exchange the Bank’s common stock to address the commitments acquired as a result of those issues.

 

   

Under this authorization, the Board of Directors of the Bank agreed at its meeting on July 27, 2009 to issue 2,000 million euros of convertible bonds, excluding the preemptive subscription right. The issue took place in September 2009 (see Note 23.4), and the conversion of all of the bonds in newly issued BBVA shares was completed on July 15, 2011.

 

   

Under this authorization, the Board of Directors of the Bank agreed at its meeting on November 22, 2011 to issue 3,475 million euros of convertible bonds. The issue of these convertible bonds is exclusively designed for the holders of retail preferred securities issued by BBVA Capital Finance, S.A.U. and BBVA International Limited, all secured by BBVA within the framework of the purchase offer for those preferred securities presented by the Company, and consequently excluding the shareholders’ preemptive subscription rights.

Finally, on December 30, 2011, mandatory convertible bonds were issued, by virtue of the subscription orders received, for a total amount of three billion four-hundred thirty million two-hundred euros (3,430,000,200).

 

F-146


Table of Contents
   

Other securities: The Bank’s AGM held on March 11, 2011 agreed to delegate to the Board of Directors, the authority to issue, within the five-year maximum period stipulated by law, on one or several occasions, directly or through subsidiaries, with the full guarantee of the Bank, any type of debt instruments, documented in obligations, bonds of any kind, promissory notes, all type of covered bonds, warrants, mortgage participation, mortgage transfers certificates and preferred securities (that are totally or partially exchangeable for shares already issued by the company itself, in the market or which can be settled in cash), or any other fixed-income securities, in euros or any other currency, that can be subscribed in cash or in kind, registered or bearer, unsecured or secured by any kind of collateral, including a mortgage guarantee, with or without incorporation of rights to the securities (warrants), subordinate or otherwise, for a limited or indefinite period of time, up to a maximum nominal amount of 250,000 million.

28. Share premium

The changes in the balances under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are due to the common stock increases carried out in 2011 and 2010 (see Note 27).

The amended Spanish Corporation Act expressly permits the use of the share premium balance to increase capital and establishes no specific restrictions as to its use.

29. Reserves

The breakdown of the balance for the main headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Reserves. Breakdown by concepts

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Legal reserve

     29.1         440         367         367   

Restricted reserve for retired capital

     29.2         495         546         560   

Reserves for balance revaluations

        28         32         48   

Voluntary reserves

        5,854         4,169         2,918   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reserves holding company (*)

        6,817         5,114         3,893   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidation reserves attributed to the Bank and dependents consolidated companies.

        11,123         9,246         8,181   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Reserves

        17,940         14,360         12,074   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Total reserves of BBVA, S.A. (See Apendix I).

29.1 Legal reserve

The legal reserve can be used to increase the common stock provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased capital. While it does not exceed 20% of the common stock, it can only be allocated to offset losses exclusively in the case that there are not sufficient available reserves available.

Under the amended Corporations Act, 10% of any profit made each year must be transferred to the legal reserve until the balance of this reserve reaches 20% of the share capital. This limit of 20% of legal reserve will be reached by the Bank once the proposal for the allocation of the 2011 earnings is approved (see Note 4).

 

F-147


Table of Contents

29.2 Restricted reserves

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Bank’s restricted reserves are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Restricted Reserves

   2011      2010      2009  

Restricted reserve for retired capital

     88         88         88   

Restricted reserve for Parent Company shares and loans for those shares

     405         456         470   

Restricted reserve for redenomination of capital in euros

     2         2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     495         546         560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The restricted reserve for retired capital originated in the reduction of the nominal par value of the BBVA shares made in April 2000.

The most significant heading corresponds to restricted reserves related to the amount of shares issued by the Bank in its possession at each date as well as by the amount of customer loans outstanding at those dates that were granted for the purchase of, or are secured by, the Bank’s shares.

Finally, pursuant to Law 46/1998 on the introduction of the euro, a restricted reserve is recognized as a result of the rounding effect of the redenomination of the Bank’s common stock in euros.

Furthermore, in the individual financial statements for subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, restricted reserves for a total of 2,940, 2,612 and 2,140 million, respectively, were taken into consideration.

 

F-148


Table of Contents

29.3 Reserves (losses) by entity

The breakdown, by company or corporate group, under the heading “Reserves” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

For the purpose of allocating the reserves and accumulated losses to the consolidated companies and to the holding, the transfers of reserves arising from the dividends paid and transactions between these companies are taken into account in the period in which they took place.

 

     Millions of Euros  

Reserves Assigned to the Consolidation Process

   2011     2010     2009  

Accumulated reserves (losses)

      

Holding Company (*)

     7,711        4,760        1,676   

Grupo BBVA Bancomer

     5,070        4,306        4,022   

BBVA Seguros, S.A.

     1,422        1,275        1,052   

BBVA Luxinvest, S.A.

     1,231        1,231        1,239   

Grupo BBVA Banco Provincial

     711        593        413   

Corporacion General Financiera, S.A.

     677        1,356        1,334   

Grupo Chile

     670        540        419   

Compañía de Cartera e Inversiones, S.A.

     540        141        123   

Cidessa Uno, S.L.

     432        1,016        746   

Anida Grupo Inmobiliario, S.L.

     369        377        401   

BBVA Suiza, S.A.

     269        249        233   

Grupo BBVA Continental

     217        183        127   

BBVA Panamá, S.A.

     178        147        118   

BBVA Ireland Public Limited Company

     173        144        103   

Bilbao Vizcaya Holding, S.A.

     157        150        166   

Grupo BBVA Puerto Rico

     10        5        72   

Finanzia, Banco de Crédito, S.A. (**)

     –          (49     146   

Grupo Colombia

     (38     (173     (243

Compañía Chilena de Inversiones, S.L.

     (84     (87     (135

Grupo BBVA Banco Francés

     (92     (113     (139

Participaciones Arenal, S.L.

     (181     (181     (181

Grupo BBVA Portugal

     (188     (207     (207

BBVA Propiedad S.A, (formerly BBVA Propiedad, F.I.I.)

     (194     (116     (12

Anida Operaciones Singulares, S.L.

     (816     (424     (22

Grupo BBVA USA Bancshares

     (852     (960     71   

Rest

     188        143        245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     17,580        14,305        11,766   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserves (losses) of entities accounted for using the equity method:

      

Grupo CITIC

     431        93        31   

Tubos Reunidos, S.A.

     51        52        51   

Servired Sociedad Española de Medios de Pago, S.A

     4        12        24   

Corporación IBV Participaciones Empresariales, S.A.

     1        4        249   

Hestenar, S.L.

     (15     (15     (2

Occidental Hoteles Management, S.L.

     (72     (44     (13

Rest

     (40     (47     (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     360        55        309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Reserves

     17,940        14,361        12,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Correspond to the Reserve of the Bank after adjustments made by the consolidation process.

(**)

Entity absorbed by BBVA, S.A. for accounting purposes as of January 1, 2011

 

F-149


Table of Contents

30. Treasury stock

In 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Group companies performed the following transactions with shares issued by the Bank:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Treasury Stock

  Number of
Shares
    Millions of
Euros
    Number of
Shares
    Millions of
Euros
    Number of
Shares
    Millions of
Euros
 

Balance at beginning

    58,046,967        552        16,642,054        224        61,539,883        720   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

+ Purchases

    652,994,773        4,825        821,828,799        7,828        688,601,601        6,431   

- Sales and other changes

    (664,643,557     (5,027     (780,423,886     (7,545     (733,499,430     (6,835

+/- Derivatives over BBVA shares

    –          (50     –          45        –          (92
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end

    46,398,183        300        58,046,967        552        16,642,054        224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which:

           

Held by BBVA, S.A.

    1,431,838        19        2,838,798        84        8,900,623        128   

Held by Corporación General Financiera, S.A.

    44,938,538        281        55,207,640        468        7,740,902        96   

Held by other subsidiaries

    27,807          529          529     

Average purchase price in euros

    7.39          9.53          9.34     

Average selling price in euros

    7.53          9.48          8.95     

Net gain or losses on transactions (Srockholders’ funds-Reserves)

      (14       (106       (238

The percentages of treasury stock held by the Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Treasury Stock

   Min     Max     Min     Max     Min     Max  

% treasury stock

     0.649     1.855     0.352     2.396     0.020     2.850

The number of BBVA shares accepted by the Group in pledge as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

Shares of BBVA Accepted in Pledge

   2011     2010     2009  

Number of shares in pledge

     119,003,592        107,180,992        92,503,914   

Nominal value

     0.49        0.49        0.49   

% of share capital

     2.43     2.39     2.47

The number of BBVA shares owned by third parties but managed by a company in the Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

Shares of BBVA Owned by Third Parties but Managed by the Group

   2011     2010     2009  

Number of shares property of third parties

     104,069,727        96,107,765        82,319,422   

Nominal value

     0.49        0.49        0.49   

% of share capital

     2.12     2.14     2.20

 

F-150


Table of Contents

31. Valuation adjustments

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

            Millions of Euros  

Valuation Adjustments

   Notes      2011     2010     2009  

Available-for-sale financial assets

     12.4         (682     333        1,951   

Cash flow hedging

        30        49        188   

Hedging of net investments in foreign transactions

        (158     (158     219   

Exchange differences

        (1,937     (978     (2,236

Non-current assets held for sale

        –          –          –     

Entities accounted for using the equity method

        188        (16     (184

Other valuation adjustments (*)

        (228     –          –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        (2,787     (770     (62
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Actuarial gains and losses (see note 2.2.12)

The balances recognized under these headings are presented net of tax.

32. Non-controlling interests

The breakdown by groups of consolidated companies of the balance under the heading “Non-controlling interests” of total equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

      Millions of Euros  

Non-Controlling Interest

   2011      2010      2009  

BBVA Colombia Group

     42         36         30   

BBVA Chile Group

     409         375         280   

BBVA Banco Continental Group

     580         501         391   

BBVA Banco Provincial Group

     655         431         590   

BBVA Banco Francés Group

     162         161         127   

Other companies

     45         52         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,893         1,556         1,463   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

These amounts are broken down by groups of consolidated companies under the heading “Net income attributed to non-controlling interests” in the accompanying consolidated income statements:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Net Income attributed to Non-Controlling Interests

   2011      2010      2009  

BBVA Colombia Group

     9         8         6   

BBVA Chile Group

     95         89         64   

BBVA Banco Continental Group

     165         150         126   

BBVA Banco Provincial Group

     163         98         148   

BBVA Banco Francés Group

     44         37         33   

Other companies

     5         7         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     481         389         385   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-151


Table of Contents

33. Capital base and capital management

 

 

Capital base

Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008, of 22 May 2008, and its subsequent amendments (the most recent by Bank of Spain Circulars 4/2001, of 30 November 2011, and 9/2010 of 22 December 2010), on the calculation and control of minimum capital base requirements, regulate the minimum capital base requirements for Spanish credit institutions – both as individual entities and as consolidated groups – and how to calculate them, as well as the various internal capital adequacy assessment processes they should have in place and the information they should disclose to the market.

The minimum capital base requirements established by Circular 3/2008 are calculated according to the Group’s exposure to credit and dilution risk, counterparty and liquidity risk relating to the trading portfolio, exchange rate risk and operational risk. In addition, the Group must fulfill the risk concentration limits established in said Circular and the internal Corporate Governance obligations.

Circular 3/2008 implements Spanish regulations on capital base and consolidated supervision of financial institutions, as well as adapting Spanish law to the relevant European Union Capital Requirements Directives, in compliance with the accords by the Committee on Banking Supervision of the Bank for International Settlements in Basel.

Specifically, within the framework of the new accords reached by this Committee, and its implementation by the European Commission, the transfer process to the Spanish solvency regulations under CRD2 (Directives 2009/111, 2009/27 and 2009/83) and CRD3 (Directive 2010/76) was completed. Thus, modifications affecting the definition of eligible capital, transactions related to securitizations, the monitoring of remuneration policies, management of liquidity risks and the requirements for financial instruments held for trading were incorporated into the Spanish regulatory framework.

The BBVA Group is adapting the ongoing regulatory changes and, in addition, is preparing for the significant modifications that will take place in the regulatory framework for solvency of financial entities in 2013, as regards the capital framework for banks (known as “Basel III”) and insurance entities (“Solvency II”):

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Group’s capital exceeded the minimum capital base level required by Bank of Spain regulations in force on each date as shown below:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Capital Base

   2011 (*)     2010     2009  

Basic equity

     35,491        34,343        27,114   

Common Stock

     2,403        2,201        1,837   

Parent company reserves

     33,656        28,738        20,892   

Reserves in consolidated companies

     1,552        1,720        1,600   

Non-controlling interests

     1,662        1,325        1,245   

Other equity instruments

     5,189        7,164        7,130   

Deductions (Goodwill and others)

     (10,839     (10,331     (8,177

Attributed net income (less dividends)

     1,868        3,526        2,587   

Additional equity

     5,944        7,472        12,116   

Other deductions

     (5,303     (4,477     (2,133

Additional equity due to mixed group (**)

     1,070        1,291        1,305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

     37,202        38,629        38,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum equity required

     26,462        25,066        23,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Provisional data.

(**)

Mainly insurance companies in the Group.

 

F-152


Table of Contents

The main changes in 2011 in the amounts of capital resources shown in the above table have been:

 

   

The capital increases under the “Dividend Option” program mentioned in Notes 4 and 27.

 

   

The goodwill recognized for the acquisition of Garanti mentioned in Note 20.1, which increases the deduction in Capital Base.

 

   

The impairment of goodwill of the CGU of the United States mentioned in Note 20.1, which reduces the deduction in Capital Base.

 

   

The operation involving the repurchase of preferred securities and subsequent issue of convertible bonds, mentioned in Note 23.4.

 

   

However, the conversion of the Convertible Bonds mentioned in Notes 23.4 and 27 has had no impact on the total calculation of the Group’s capital base, given that said bonds were already considered eligible for the purposes of the Group’s basic funds from the date on which they were subscribed and paid since they were obligatorily convertible upon maturity.

In addition to that established in Circular 3/2008, Spanish financial groups and entities must comply with the capital requirements set forth by Royal Decree-Law 2/2011 of 18 February 2011 reinforcing the Spanish financial system. This standard was issued for the purpose of reinforcing the solvency of the Spanish financial entities. It thus established a new minimum requirement in terms of core capital on risk-weighted assets which is more restrictive than the one set out in the aforementioned Circular, and that must be greater than 8% or 10%, as appropriate. This new ratio, which had a temporary purpose, had to be satisfied prior to March 10, 2011, without the BBVA Group having to take any extraordinary actions to adapt to it.

As of December 31, 2011, the Group’s capital exceeded the minimum capital base level required by Royal Decree-Law 2/2011, together with the last issue of mandatory convertible bonds into shares (at the discretion of the issuer on any date of the payment of the remuneration), that comply with the eligibility requirements of the European Banking Authority (EBA), totaled approximately 5,700 million.

 

 

Stress test and new recommendations on minimum capital levels

In the first half of 2011, 91 of the main European financial institutions underwent stress tests coordinated by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in cooperation with the European Central Bank (ECB), the European Commission and the European Systemic Risk Board (ESRB).

The results of these stress tests, released on July 15, 2011, showed that the BBVA Group was one of the European institutions that best maintained its solvency levels, even in the most adverse scenario anticipated at the time, which incorporated the impact of a possible sovereign risk crisis and a substantial reduction in the valuation of the real estate assets.

On October 26, 2011, the EBA, in cooperation with the competent national authorities, announced the conducting of a study on the capital levels of 71 financial institutions throughout Europe based on data available as of September 30, 2011.

As a result of this study and in order to restore market confidence in the European financial system, the EBA issued the recommendation of reaching, as of June 30, 2012, a new minimum capital level in the ratio known as Core Tier 1 (“CT1”), on an exceptional and temporary basis, in order to address, among other issues, the current situati0n of the sovereign risk crisis in Europe. This new recommended level is temporary in nature; as such, the EBA has announced its intention to lift it once confidence in the European financial markets is restored.

 

F-153


Table of Contents

Based on the information released on December 8, 2011, the BBVA Group would need to increase its capital base by 6,329 million in order to reach this minimum level set for the CT1 ratio as of June 30, 2012. Of this amount, 2,313 million correspond to the temporary increase in the capital base for exposure to the aforementioned sovereign risk.

On January 20, 2012, the BBVA Group submitted to the Bank of Spain a specific action plan following the recommendations of the EBA that will enable it to reach the minimum level set for the CT1 ratio at the end of June 2012. This plan is being examined by the Bank of Spain jointly with the EBA.

The measures already taken under this plan include the issue of convertible subordinated debentures completed on December 30, 2011 (see Note 23.4). This action, together with organic generation of capital and other additional measures envisaged in the plan will enable the BBVA Group to comply with the recommendations issued by the EBA without having to apply for government aid. As of December 31, 2011, 84% of the recommended capital base increase had been reached.

 

   

Capital management

Capital management in the BBVA Group has a twofold aim:

 

   

Maintain a level of capitalization according to the business objectives in all countries in which it operates and, simultaneously,

 

   

Maximize the return on shareholders’ funds through the efficient allocation of capital to the different units, a good management of the balance sheet and appropriate use of the various instruments forming the basis of the Group’s equity: shares, preferred securities and subordinate debt.

This capital management is carried out in accordance with the criteria of the Bank of Spain Circular 3/2008 and subsequent amendments both in terms of determining the capital base and the solvency ratios.

This regulation allows each entity to apply its own internal ratings based (IRB) approach to risk and capital management. The BBVA Group carries out an integrated management of these risks in accordance with its internal policies (see Note 7) and its internal capital estimation model has received the Bank of Spain’s approval for certain portfolios.

Capital is allocated to each business area of the BBVA Group (see Note 6) according to economic risk capital (ERC) criteria, which are based on the concept of unexpected loss with a specific confidence level, as a function of a solvency target determined by the Group, at two levels:

 

   

Core capital, which determines the allocated capital and is used as a reference to calculate the return on equity (ROE) generated by each business; and

 

   

Total capital, which determines the additional allocation in terms of subordinate debt and preferred securities.

Due to its sensitivity to risk, CaR is an element linked to management policies of the BBVA Group businesses themselves. It standardizes capital allocation between them in accordance with the risks incurred and makes it easier to compare profitability. The calculation of the CaR combines credit risk, market risk, structural risk associated with the balance sheet, equity positions, operational risk, fixed assets risks and technical risks in the case of insurance companies. Internal models were used that have been defined following the guidelines and requirements established under the Basel II Capital Accord, with economic criteria prevailing over regulatory ones.

 

F-154


Table of Contents

34. Contingent risks and commitments

The breakdown of the balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

     Millions of Euros  

Financial Guarantees and Drawable by Third Parties

   2011      2010      2009  

Contingent Risks

        

Collateral, bank guarantees and indemnities

     31,103         28,092         26,266   

Rediscounts, endorsements and acceptances

     88         49         45   

Rest

     8,713         8,300         6,874   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contingent Risks

     39,904         36,441         33,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contingent Commitments

        

Drawable by third parties:

     88,978         86,790         84,925   

Credit institutions

     2,417         2,303         2,257   

Government and other government agency

     3,143         4,135         4,567   

Other resident sectors

     24,119         27,201         29,604   

Non-resident sector

     59,299         53,151         48,497   

Other commitments

     4,788         3,784         7,398   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contingent Commitments

     93,766         90,574         92,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contingent Risks and Commitments

     133,670         127,015         125,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Since a significant portion of the amounts above will reach maturity without any payment obligation materializing for the consolidated companies, the aggregate balance of these commitments cannot be considered as an actual future requirement for financing or liquidity to be provided by the BBVA Group to third parties.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009 no issuances of debt securities carried out by associate entities of the BBVA Group, jointly controlled entities (accounted for using the equity method) or non-Group entities have been guaranteed.

35. Assets assigned to other own and third-party obligations

In addition to those mentioned in other notes in these annual financial statements (see Notes 13 and 26) as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the assets of consolidated entities that guaranteed their own obligations amounted to 101,108 million, 81,631 million and 81,231 million, respectively. These amounts mainly correspond to the issue of long-term covered bonds (see Note 23.3) which, pursuant to the Mortgage Market Act, are admitted as third-party collateral (62,908 million as of December 31, 2011) and to assets allocated as collateral for certain lines of short-term finance assigned to the BBVA Group by central banks (35,916 million as of December 31, 2011).

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no other BBVA Group assets linked to any third-party obligations.

36. Other contingent assets and liabilities

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no contingent assets or liabilities for significant amounts other than those registered in the financial statements attached.

 

F-155


Table of Contents

37. Purchase and sale commitments and future payment obligations

The breakdown of sale and purchase commitments of the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Purchase and Sale Commitments

   Notes    2011      2010      2009  

Financial instruments sold with repurchase commitments

        77,138         57,883         32,409   

Central Banks

   9      9,199         82         1,156   

Credit Institutions

   23.1      23,452         16,314         16,263   

Government and other government agencies

   23.2      24,016         12,920         389   

Other resident sectors

   23.2      14,154         23,197         10,186   

Non-resident sectors

   23.2      6,317         5,370         4,415   

Financial instruments purchased with resale commitments

        11,110         12,916         7,023   

Central Banks

   9      495         334         579   

Credit Institutions

   13.1      5,788         7,822         5,457   

Government and other government agencies

   13.2      –           9         –     

Other resident sectors

   13.2      4,621         4,624         178   

Non-resident sectors

   13.2      206         127         809   

Below is a breakdown of the maturity of other future payment obligations, not registered in previous Notes, due later than December 31, 2011:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Maturity of Future Payment Obligations

   Up to 1 Year      1 to 3 Years      3 to 5 Years      Over 5 Years      Total  

Finance leases

     –           –           –           –           –     

Operating leases

     130         38         35         104         307   

Purchase commitments

     40         –           –           –           40   

Technology and systems projects

     19         –           –           –           19   

Other projects

     21         –           –           –           21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     170         38         35         104         347   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

38. Transactions for the account of third parties

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the details of the most significant items under this heading are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Transactions on Behalf of Third Parties

   2011      2010      2009  

Financial instruments entrusted by third parties

     540,519         534,243         530,109   

Conditional bills and other securities received for collection

     6,681         4,256         4,428   

Securities received in credit

     2,303         999         489   

 

F-156


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the off-balance sheet customer funds managed by the BBVA Group are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Off-Balance Sheet Customer Funds by Type

   2011      2010      2009  

Commercialized by the Group

        

Investment companies and mutual funds

     43,134         41,006         39,849   

Pension funds

     73,783         72,598         57,264   

Customer portfolios managed on a discretionary basis

     26,349         25,435         26,501   

Of which:

        

Portfolios managed on a discretionary

     11,179         10,494         10,757   

Commercialized by the Group managed by third parties outside the Group

        

Investment companies and mutual funds

     50         76         85   

Pension funds

     17         21         24   

Saving insurance contracts

     –           –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     143,333         139,136         123,723   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

39. Interest Income and Expense and Similar Items

39.1. Interest and similar income

The breakdown of the interest and similar income recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement is as follows:

 

    Millions of Euros  

Interest and Similar Income. Breakdown by Origin.

  2011     2010     2009  

Central Banks

    250        239        254   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    535        402        631   

Loans and advances to customers

    18,729        16,002        18,119   

Government and other government agency

    767        485        485   

Resident sector

    6,135        5,887        7,884   

Non resident sector

    11,827        9,630        9,750   

Debt securities

    3,413        3,080        3,342   

Held for trading

    1,090        956        1,570   

Available-for-sale financial assets and held-to-maturity investments

    2,323        2,124        1,772   

Rectification of income as a result of hedging transactions

    (198     63        177   

Insurance activity

    992        975        940   

Other income

    467        373        312   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    24,188        21,134        23,775   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amounts recognized in consolidated equity during the year in connection with hedging derivatives and the amounts derecognized from consolidated equity in 2011, 2010 and 2009 and taken to the consolidated income statement during the year are disclosed in the accompanying consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses.

The following table shows the adjustments in income resulting from hedge accounting, broken down by type of hedge:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Adjustments in Income Resulting from Hedge Accounting

   2011     2010     2009  

Cash flow hedging

     62        213        295   

Fair value hedging

     (260     (150     (118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (198     63        177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-157


Table of Contents

39.2. Interest and similar expenses

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Interest and Similar Expenses. Breakdown by Origin

   2011     2010     2009  

Bank of Spain and other central banks

     164        184        202   

Deposits from credit institutions

     1,512        1,081        1,511   

Customers deposits

     5,471        3,570        4,312   

Debt certificates

     2,854        2,627        2,681   

Subordinated liabilities

     693        829        1,397   

Rectification of expenses as a result of hedging transactions

     (1,025     (1,587     (1,215

Cost attributable to pension funds (Note 26)

     259        259        274   

Insurance activity

     694        707        679   

Other charges

     406        144        52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     11,028        7,814        9,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the adjustments in expenses resulting from hedge accounting, broken down by type of hedge:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Adjustments in Expenses Resulting from Hedge Accounting

   2011     2010     2009  

Cash flow hedging

     –          –          (35

Fair value hedging

     (1,025     (1,587     (1,180
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (1,025     (1,587     (1,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

39.3. Average return on investments and average borrowing cost

The detail of the average return on investments in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

    Millions of Euros  
    2011     2010     2009  

Asset

  Average
Balances
    Interest and
Similar
Income
    Interest
Rates (%)
    Average
Balances
    Interest and
Similar
Income
    Interest
Rates (%)
    Average
Balances
    Interest and
Similar
Income
    Interest
Rates (%)
 

Cash and balances with central banks

    21,245        250        1.18        21,342        239        1.12        18,638        253        1.36   

Securities portfolio and derivatives

    141,780        4,238        2.99        145,990        3,939        2.70        138,030        4,207        3.05   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    26,390        639        2.42        25,561        501        1.96        26,152        697        2.66   

Loans and advances to customers

    341,922        18,846        5.51        333,021        16,296        4.89        328,969        18,498        5.62   

Euros

    219,887        7,479        3.40        219,857        7,023        3.19        222,254        9,262        4.17   

Foreign currency

    122,034        11,367        9.31        113,164        9,273        8.19        106,715        9,236        8.65   

Other finance income

    –          215        –          –          159        –          –          120        –     

Other assets

    37,241        –          –          32,894        –          –          31,180        –          –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

    568,579        24,188        4.25        558,808        21,134        3.78        542,969        23,775        4.38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-158


Table of Contents

The average borrowing cost in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

    Millions of Euros  
    2011     2010     2009  

Liabilities

  Average
Balances
    Interest and
Similar
Expenses
    Interest
Rates (%)
    Average
Balances
    Interest and
Similar
Expenses
    Interest
Rates (%)
    Average
Balances
    Interest and
Similar
Expenses
    Interest
Rates (%)
 

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

    77,382        2,037        2.63        80,177        1,515        1.89        74,017        2,143        2.89   

Customer deposits

    276,683        5,644        2.04        259,330        3,550        1.37        249,106        4,056        1.63   

Euros

    153,514        2,419        1.58        121,956        1,246        1.02        116,422        1,326        1.14   

Foreign currency

    123,169        3,225        2.62        137,374        2,304        1.68        132,684        2,730        2.06   

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

    109,860        2,613        2.38        119,684        2,334        1.95        120,228        3,098        2.58   

Other finance expenses

    –          734        –          –          415        –          –          596        –     

Other liabilities

    65,980        –          –          66,541        –          –          70,020        –          –     

Equity

    38,674        –          –          33,076        –          –          29,598        –          –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

    568,579        11,028        1.94        558,808        7,814        1.40        542,969        9,893        1.82   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The change in the balance under the headings “Interest and similar income” and “Interest and similar expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is the result of changing prices (price effect) and changing volume of activity (volume effect), as can be seen below:

 

    Millions of Euros  
    2011 / 2010     2010 / 2009  

Interest Income and Expense and
Similar Items. Change in the Balance

  Volume Effect
(1)
    Price Effect
(2)
    Total Effect     Volume Effect
(1)
    Price Effect
(2)
    Total Effect  

Cash and balances with central banks

    (1     12        11        37        (51     (14

Securities portfolio and derivatives

    (114     413        299        243        (511     (268

Loans and advances to credit institutions

    16        122        138        (16     (179     (195

Loans and advances to customers

    436        2,114        2,550        228        (2,429     (2,201

Euros

    1        455        456        (100     (2,139     (2,239

Foreign currency

    727        1,367        2,094        558        (521     37   

Other assets

    –          56        56        –          39        39   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and similar incomes

    370        2,684        3,054        693        (3,333     (2,641
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks and credit institutions

    (53     575        522        178        (806     (628

Customer deposits

    238        1,855        2,093        166        (672     (505

Euros

    323        850        1,173        63        (143     (80

Foreign currency

    (238     1,159        920        96        (522     (425

Debt certificates and subordinated liabilities

    (192     471        279        (14     (750     (764

Other liabilities

    –          320        320        –          (181     (181
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and similar expenses

    137        3,077        3,214        288        (2,367     (2,079
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

        (160         (562
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-159


Table of Contents
(1)

The volume effect is calculated as the result of the interest rate of the initial period multiplied by the difference between the average balances of both periods.

(2)

The price effect is calculated as the result of the average balance of the last period multiplied by the difference between the interest rates of both periods.

40. Dividend income

The balances for this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements correspond to dividends on shares and equity instruments other than those from shares in entities accounted for using the equity method (see Note 41), as can be seen in the breakdown below:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Dividend Income

     2011          2010          2009    

Dividends from:

        

Financial assets held for trading

         119             157             131   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     443         372         312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     562         529         443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

41. Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

The breakdown of the share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Investments in Entities Accounted for Using the Equity Method

     2011         2010         2009    

CITIC Group

         602            337            164   

Corporación IBV Participaciones Empresariales, S.A.

     6        16        18   

Occidental Hoteles Management, S.L.

     (19     (29     (31

Hestenar, S.L.

     –          –          (13

Rest

     11        11        (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     600        335        120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-160


Table of Contents

42. Fee and commission income

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Fee and Commission Income

   2011      2010      2009  

Commitment fees

     157         133         97   

Contingent risks

     318         282         260   

Letters of credit

     54         45         42   

Bank and other guarantees

     264         237         218   

Arising from exchange of foreign currencies and banknotes

     25         19         14   

Collection and payment services income

     2,694         2,500         2,573   

Bills receivables

     66         60         77   

Current accounts

     360         402         229   

Credit and debt cards

     1,619         1,384         1,386   

Checks

     229         263         453   

Transfers and others payment orders

     294         274         274   

Rest

     125         117         154   

Securities services income

     1,645         1,651         1,636   

Securities underwriting

     70         64         73   

Securities dealing

     200         181         188   

Custody securities

     330         357         304   

Investment and pension funds

     904         898         916   

Rest assets management

     140         151         155   

Counselling on and management of one-off transactions

     13         11         7   

Financial and similar counselling services

     56         60         43   

Factoring transactions

     33         29         27   

Non-banking financial products sales

     97         102         83   

Other fees and commissions

     581         595         565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         5,618             5,382             5,305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

43. Fee and commission expenses

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Fee and Commission Expenses

   2011      2010      2009  

Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions

     4         5         7   

Fees and commissions assigned to third parties

     748         578         610   

Credit and debt cards

     609         449         410   

Transfers and others payment orders

     35         28         31   

Securities dealing

     16         16         21   

Rest

     88         85         148   

Other fees and commissions

     306         262         258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         1,058             845             875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-161


Table of Contents

44. Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)

The breakdown of the balance under this heading, by source of the related items, in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets and Liabilities
Breakdown by Heading of the Balance Sheet

   2011     2010      2009  

Financial assets held for trading

     1,054        643         321   

Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     4        83         79   

Other financial instruments not designated at fair value through profit or loss

     56        715         492   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     82        653         504   

Loans and receivables

     33        25         20   

Rest

     (59     37         (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         1,114            1,441             892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying income statements by the nature of financial instruments is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets and Liabilities
Breakdown by Nature of the Financial Instrument

   2011     2010     2009  

Debt instruments

     450        782        875   

Equity instruments

     (322     (318     1,271   

Loans and advances to customers

     37        34        38   

Derivatives

     876        847        (1,318

Customer deposits

     4        –          (2

Rest

     69        96        29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

         1,114            1,441            892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The breakdown of the balance of the impact of the derivatives (trading and hedging) under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Derivatives Trading and Hedging

   2011     2010     2009  

Trading derivatives

      

Interest rate agreements

     (208     133        (213

Security agreements

     831        712        (993

Commodity agreements

     46        (5     (2

Credit derivative agreements

     (11     (63     (130

Foreign-exchange agreements

     297        79        64   

Other agreements

     2        (1     10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     957        855        (1,264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Hedging Derivatives Ineffectiveness

      

Fair value hedging

     (31     (8     (55

Hedging derivative

     (112     (127     58   

Hedged item

     81        119        (113

Cash flow hedging

     (50     –          1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     (81     (8     (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     876        847        (1,318
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-162


Table of Contents

In addition, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, under the heading “Exchange differences (net)” of the income statement, net amounts of positive 5 million, negative 287 million and positive 52 million, respectively, were registered for transactions with foreign exchange trading derivatives.

45. Other operating income and expenses

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Other operating income” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Other Operating Income

   2011      2010      2009  

Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     3,317         2,597         2,567   

Financial income from non-financial services

     656         647         493   

Of Which: Real estate companies

     177         202         42   

Rest of other operating income

     275         299         340   

Of Which: Net operating income from rented buildings

     54         60         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,247         3,543         3,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Other operating expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Other Operating Expenses

   2011      2010      2009  

Expenses on insurance and reinsurance contracts

     2,436         1,815         1,847   

Change in inventories

     298         554         417   

Of Which: Real estate companies

     161         171         29   

Rest of other operating expenses

     1,308         879         889   

Of Which: Contributions to guaranted banks deposits funds

     467         386         323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         4,042             3,248             3,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

46. Administration costs

46.1 Personnel expenses

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

             Millions of Euros  

Personnel Expenses

   Notes      2011      2010      2009  

Wages and salaries

        4,122         3,740         3,607   

Social security costs

        627         567         531   

Defined-benefit plan expense

     26.2         51         37         44   

Defined-contribution plan expense

     26.1         80         84         68   

Other personnel expenses

        431         386         401   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            5,311             4,814             4,651   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-163


Table of Contents

The breakdown of the average number of employees in the BBVA Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009, by professional categories and geographical areas, is as follows:

 

     Average number of employees  

Average Number of Employees by Geographical Areas (*)

   2011      2010      2009  

Spanish banks

        

Executive managers

     1,115         1,084         1,043   

Other line personnel

     21,103         20,901         20,700   

Clerical staff

     4,364         4,644         5,296   

Branches abroad

     846         666         653   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     27,428         27,295         27,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Companies abroad

        

Mexico

     27,108         26,693         26,675   

Venezuela

     5,418         5,592         5,935   

Argentina

     4,844         4,247         4,156   

Colombia

     4,439         4,317         4,289   

Peru

     4,675         4,379         4,222   

United States

     11,361         11,033         10,705   

Other

     5,620         4,796         4,839   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     63,465         61,057         60,821   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pension fund managers

     6,721         6,229         5,642   

Other non-banking companies

     12,080         10,174         10,261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     109,694         104,755         104,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Turkey is not included.

The breakdown of the average number of employees in the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, by categories and gender, is as follows:

 

Number of Employees at the end of year

Professional Category and Gender

   2011      2010      2009  
   Male      Female      Male      Female      Male      Female  

Executive managers

     1,723         361         1,659         338         1,646         328   

Other line personnel

     24,891         21,920         23,779         20,066         21,960         18,687   

Clerical staff

     26,346         35,404         26,034         35,100         26,913         34,187   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     52,960         57,685         51,472         55,504         50,519         53,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

46.1.1 BBVA Group general remuneration policy

The BBVA Group considers its remuneration policy to be a key element in value creation. Therefore, the Group has developed an advanced remuneration scheme based on the reciprocal generation of value for employees and for the Group that is in line with the interests of the shareholders and that hinges on prudent risk management.

The Group’s remuneration policy includes, amongst others, the following elements:

 

   

Fixed remuneration based on the level of responsibility, which constitutes a significant part of the total compensation.

 

   

Variable remuneration that is linked to the realization of previously-defined objectives and prudent management of risks, and also takes current and future risks into consideration.

 

F-164


Table of Contents

In the general framework of its remuneration policy, BBVA has introduced several principles to be applied specifically to the group of individuals who, within the BBVA Group, carry out professional activities that could significantly affect the entity’s risk profile or who exercise supervisory functions. These individuals include the executive directors and members of the Management Committee, who are listed below.

 

   

In the total remuneration, the fixed and variable components are duly balanced, and the fixed component is sufficient to allow the variable remuneration elements to be designed in a flexible manner.

 

   

In the case of employees who carry out supervisory functions, the variable remuneration will depend more heavily on the objectives related to their functions, by favoring their independence in terms of the business areas they supervise.

 

   

The variable remuneration scheme seeks a balance between the amounts to receive in cash and in shares or financial instruments.

 

   

The payments of a part of the total variable remuneration are deferred.

 

   

Clauses have been established that may limit or impede, in certain cases, the receipt of part of the outstanding deferred variable remuneration.

Based on these principles, a specific settlement and payment system for Annual Variable Remuneration was developed. It is made up of an ordinary variable remuneration, applicable to all employees, and a specific incentive in shares for the management team, the group indicated above. It has been adapted to the requirements established in Directive 76/2010, which was transposed to Spanish law by means of Royal Decree 771/2011, and is as follows:

 

   

For each one of the Annual Variable Remuneration payments, at least 50 percent of the total will be paid in BBVA shares.

 

   

The payment of 40 percent of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both from the part in cash and the part paid in shares, will be deferred. The deferred amount will be paid out in thirds over the next three years.

 

   

The percent deferred increases in the case of executive directors and members of the Management Committee up to 50 percent of their Annual Variable Remuneration.

 

   

The shares that are paid will be unavailable for a period of one year starting from the date of their provision. This retention is applied on the net amount of the shares, after discounting the part necessary to make the tax payment for the shares received.

 

   

No hedging transactions can be carried out on the shares received as Annual Variable Remuneration.

46.1.2 Equity-instrument-based employee remuneration

BBVA understands that to better align the interests of its shareholders and to promote the generation of long-term value, it must maintain a specific variable share-based remuneration system for the Bank’s executives, considering their special influence on the Group’s strategy and earnings.

 

   

Multi-year Variable Remuneration Plan 2010/2011

The Bank’s Annual General Meeting held on March 12, 2010 approved a Multi-Year Variable Share-Based Remuneration Program for 2010/2011 designed for the members of BBVA’s executive team. The result is obtained by multiplying the number of units assigned at the start of the Program to each beneficiary by a coefficient, between 0 and 2, established based on the evolution of the Bank’s total shareholders return (TSR) in 2010/2011 as compared to the evolution of this same indicator in a group of 18 international reference banks.

 

F-165


Table of Contents

Once the Program’s duration is finalized, on December 31, 2011, a multiplier coefficient of 2 is applied to the units assigned to each beneficiary. These units reached 3,215,909 as of December 31, 2011.

This Program incorporated some restrictions to granting shares to the beneficiaries after the settlement. These shares are available as follows:

 

   

40 percent of the shares received shall be freely transferable by the beneficiaries at the time of their delivery;

 

   

30 percent of the shares are transferable one year after the settlement date of the Program; and

 

   

The remaining 30 percent are transferable starting two years after the settlement date of the Program.

After this Program was established by the AGM, Royal Decree 771/2011 was published demanding the application of certain deferment, unavailability and limitation regulations to the remuneration granted and still unpaid prior to it taking effect, referring to services rendered since 2010.

Thus, this standard and the requirements established in the aforementioned Royal Decree 771/2011 must be applied to the 2010/2011 Program. Therefore, the AGM of the Bank set for March 16, 2012 will address the modification of the settlement and payment system of the 2010/2011 Program previously approved by the AGM to adapt it to the terms established in Royal Decree 771/2011. These specific standards will only apply to those executives, including executive directors and members of the Management Committee, who are beneficiaries of this Program and whose professional activity may significantly influence the entity’s risk profile. The settlement and payments of the shares corresponding to this Program will be made in line with the scheme defined for that effect, as explained in Note 56.

 

   

BBVA Compass Long-Term Incentive Plan –

The Remuneration Committee of BBVA Compass has approved various long-term remuneration plans with BBVA shares for members of the management team and key employees of the entity and its affiliates. Currently, the following programs are in effect:

 

   

2009-2011 Plan: On November 27, 2009, the Remuneration Committee of BBVA Compass agreed to increase the number of ADS in the existing plan and set up a new plan for the 2009-2011 period, with a completion date of December 31, 2011.

This plan consists of granting “units” or theoretical shares to management staff (similar to those described above) and the granting of “restricted share units” to the rest of the beneficiaries of the Plan.

 

   

2010-2012 Plan: In May 2010, the Remuneration Committee of BBVA Compass approved a new long-term share-based remuneration plan solely for members of the executive team of BBVA Compass and its affiliates, for the period 2010-2012, with the completion date on December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2011, the maximum number of “units” and “restricted share units” for covering the payment from both plans was 1,727,384. During the period of operation of each of these plans, the sum of the commitment to be accounted for at year-end is obtained by multiplying the number of “units” assigned by the expected share price and the expected value of the multiplier coefficient, both estimated at the date of the entry into force of each of the plans.

 

F-166


Table of Contents
   

Variable Share-based Remuneration System

BBVA’s Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders held on March 11, 2011 approved a new variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team (hereinafter, “the System”).

This new system is based on a specific incentive for the members of the Executive Team (the “Incentive”). It consists of the annual allocation, to each beneficiary, of a number of units that serve as the basis for determining the number of shares that, if applicable, will correspond to them in the settlement of the Incentive based on the level of compliance with three indicators: Total Shareholder Return (TSR), the Group’s attributed net income and the Group’s recurrent Economic Profit (EP). Each of these indicators is scored from 0 to 2, based on the level achieved.

Once the Incentive terminated, on December 31, 2011, a multiplier coefficient of 1.3175 was applied to the units assigned to the beneficiaries. These units reached 6,604,768 as of December 31, 2011.

The resulting shares are subject to the following retention criteria:

 

   

40 percent of the shares received shall be freely transferable by the beneficiaries at the time of their delivery;

 

   

30 percent of the shares are transferable one year after the settlement date of the incentive; and

 

   

The remaining 30 percent are transferable starting two years after the settlement date of the incentive.

However, for those executives, including executive directors and members of the Management Committee, who are beneficiaries of this Incentive and whose professional activity may significantly influence the entity’s risk profile, special regulations for settlement and payments are applied to their Annual Variable Remuneration System. This is in line with the scheme defined for that effect, as explained in Note 56.

The cost of said plans is accrued throughout their life. The expense associated in 2011, 2010 and 2009 for those plans reached 51 million, 33 million and 18 million, respectively. It is recognized under the heading “Personnel expenses – Other personnel expenses” in the accompanying consolidated income statements, and a balancing entry has been made under the heading “Stockholders’ funds – Other equity instruments” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, net of tax effect.

46.2 General and administrative expenses

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

General and Administrative Expenses

       2011              2010              2009      

Technology and systems

     662         563         577   

Communications

     299         284         254   

Advertising

     378         345         262   

Property, fixtures and materials

     849         750         643   

Of which: Rent expenses (*)

     475         397         304   

Taxes

     359         322         266   

Other administration expenses

     1,246         1,129         1,009   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         3,793             3,393             3,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

The consolidated companies do not expect to terminate the lease contracts early.

 

F-167


Table of Contents

47. Depreciation and amortization

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Depreciation and Amortization

   Notes    2011      2010      2009  

Tangible assets

   19      513         470         435   

For own use

        495         448         416   

Investment properties

        10         15         11   

Operating lease

        8         7         8   

Other Intangible assets

   20.2      334         291         262   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            847             761             697   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

48. Provisions (net)

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the net allowances charged to the income statement under the headings “Provisions for pensions and similar obligations”, “Provisions for contingent risks and commitments”, “Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies” and “Other provisions” in the accompanying consolidated income statements are as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Provisions (Net)

   Notes    2011     2010      2009  

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

   26      365        405         552   

Provisions for contingent risks and commitments

   7.1.8      (6     22         (170

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

   25      41        6         5   

Other Provisions

   25      110        49         71   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            510            482             458   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

49. Impairment losses on financial assets (net)

The breakdown of impairment losses on financial assets by the nature of those assets in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Impairment Losses on Financial Assets (Net)

   Notes    2011      2010      2009  

Available-for-sale financial assets

   12      25         155         277   

Debt securities

        10         4         167   

Other equity instruments

        15         151         110   

Held-to-maturity investments

   14      –           –           (3

Loans and receivables

   7.1.8      4,201         4,563         5,196   

Of which:

           

Recovery of written-off assets

        327         253         187   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            4,226             4,718             5,470   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-168


Table of Contents

50. Impairment losses on other assets (net)

The impairment losses on non-financial assets broken down by the nature of those assets in the accompanying consolidated income statements are as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Impairment Losses on Other Assets (Net)

   Notes        2011              2010              2009      

Goodwill

   20.1 – 17      1,444         13         1,100   

Other intangible assets

   20.2      –           –           –     

Tangible assets

   19      80         92         155   

For own use

        7         9         62   

Investment properties

        73         83         93   

Inventories

   22      358         370         334   

Rest

        3         14         29   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            1,885             489             1,618   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

51. Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale

The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Gains and Losses on Derecognized Assets Not

Classified as Non-current Assets Held for Sale

       2011             2010             2009      

Gains

      

Disposal of investments in entities

     56        40        6   

Disposal of tangible assets and other

     34        17        28   

Losses:

      

Disposal of investments in entities

     (38     (11     (2

Disposal of tangible assets and other

     (6     (5     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

         46            41            20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

52. Gains (losses) on non-current assets held for sale not classified as discontinued transactions

The main headings included in the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements are as follows:

 

          Millions of Euros  

Gains (Losses) in Non-current Assets Held for Sale

   Notes        2011             2010             2009      

Gains for real estate

        127        374        986   

Of which:

         

Foreclosed

        (9     17        5   

Sale of buildings for own use (Note 16.1)

   16      95        285        925   

Impairment of non-current assets held for sale

   16      (397     (247     (127

Gains on sale of available-for-sale financial assets

        –          –          –     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

            (270         127            859   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

“Gains for real estate” for 2011, 2010 and 2009 correspond, fundamentally, to the sale of real estate in Spain with subsequent leaseback by the Group. Profits on sales of 67, 273 and 914 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were generated (Note 16.1).

 

F-169


Table of Contents

53. Consolidated statements of cash flows

Cash flows from operating activities increased in 2011 by 19,811 million (8,503 million in 2010). The most significant causes of the change in 2011 occurred under the headings of “Loans and receivables”, “Financial liabilities at amortized cost”, “Available-for-Sale Financial Assets” and “Financial instruments held for trading”.

The most significant variations in cash flows in investing activities in 2011 correspond to the headings “Subsidiaries and other business units” for the purchase of a 25.01% holding in the share capital of Turkiye Garanti Bankasi, AS (Note 3); “Tangible assets” for new property, plants and equipment for own use and finance leases granted (Note 19); “Non-current assets held for sale” for net entries in foreclosed assets (Note 16) and “Held-to-maturity” for amortizations of the portfolio (Note 14).

Cash flows from financing activities decreased in 2011 1,269 million (1,148 million up in 2010), corresponding to the most significant changes in 2011 in the acquisition and amortization of own equity instruments.

The table below breaks down the main cash flows related to investing activities in 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

Main Cash Flows in Investing Activities
2011

   Millions of Euros  
   Cash Flows in Investment Activities  
       Investments (-)              Divestments (+)      

Tangible assets

     1,313         175   

Intangible assets

     612         1   

Investments

     430         –     

Subsidiaries and other business units

     4,653         18   

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

     1,516         870   

Held-to-maturity investments

     –           838   

Other settlements related to investment activities

     –           –     

 

     Millions of Euros  

Main Cash Flows in Investing Activities

2010

   Cash Flows in Investment Activities  
       Investments (-)              Divestments (+)      

Tangible assets

     1,040         261   

Intangible assets

     464         6   

Investments

     1,209         1   

Subsidiaries and other business units

     77         69   

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

     1,464         1,347   

Held-to-maturity investments

     4,508         –     

Other settlements related to investment activities

     –           –     

 

     Millions of Euros  

Main Cash Flows in Investing Activities

2009

   Cash Flows in Investment Activities  
       Investments (-)              Divestments (+)      

Tangible assets

     931         793   

Intangible assets

     380         147   

Investments

     2         1   

Subsidiaries and other business units

     7         32   

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

     920         780   

Held-to-maturity investments

     156         –     

Other settlements related to investment activities

     –           –     

 

 

F-170


Table of Contents

54. Accountant fees and services

The details of the fees for the services contracted by the companies of the BBVA Group in 2011 with their respective auditors and other audit companies are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Fees for Audits Conducted

   2011  

Audits of the companies audited by firms belonging to the Deloitte worldwide organization and other reports related with the audit

     17.6   

Other reports required pursuant to applicable legislation and tax regulations issued by the national supervisory bodies of the countries in which the Group operates, reviewed by firms belonging to the Deloitte worldwide organization

     3.5   

Fees for audits conducted by other firms

     –     

In 2011, other companies in the BBVA Group contracted other services (other than audits) as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Other Services Contracted

   2011  

Firms belonging to the Deloitte worldwide organization

     3.4   

Other firms

     18.5   

 

(*)

Including 908 thousand related to fees for tax services.

The services provided by our auditors meet the independence requirements established under Law 44/2002, of 22 November 2002, on Measures Reforming the Financial System and by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); accordingly they did not include the performance of any work that is incompatible with the auditing function.

55. Related party transactions

As financial institutions, BBVA and other companies in the Group engage in transactions with related parties in the normal course of their business. All of these transactions are of little relevance and are carried out in normal market conditions.

55.1 Significant transactions with shareholders

As of December 31, 2011, the balances of transactions with significant shareholders (see Note 27) correspond to “Customer deposits”, at 32 million, “Loans and advances to customers”, at 191 million and “Contingent Risk”, at 29 million, all of them in normal market conditions.

55.2 Transactions with BBVA Group entities

The balances of the main aggregates in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets arising from the transactions carried out by the BBVA Group with associates and jointly controlled companies accounted for using the equity method (see Note 2.1), are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Balances arising from transactions with Entities of the Group

       2011              2010              2009      

Assets:

        

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     520         87         45   

Loans and advances to customers

     372         457         613   

Liabilities:

        

Deposits from credit institutions

     5         –           3   

Customer deposits

     94         89         76   

Debt certificates

     –           8         142   

Memorandum accounts:

        

Contingent risks

     68         55         36   

Contingent commitments

     236         327         340   

 

F-171


Table of Contents

The balances of the main aggregates in the accompanying consolidated income statements resulting from transactions with associated and jointly controlled entities that are consolidated by the equity method, are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Balances of Income Statement arising from transactions with Entities
of the Group

       2011              2010              2009      

Income statement:

        

Financial incomes

     14         14         18   

Financial costs

     2         2         6   

There were no other material effects in the consolidated financial statements arising from dealings with these companies, other than the effects from using the equity method (see Note 2.1), and from the insurance policies to cover pension or similar commitments, as described in Note 26. As of December 31, 2011, the notional amount of the futures transactions arranged by the BBVA Group with those companies amounted to 827 million (of which, 737 million correspond to futures transactions with the CITIC Group.

In addition, as part of its normal activity, the BBVA Group has entered into agreements and commitments of various types with shareholders of subsidiaries and associates, which have no material effects on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

55.3 Transactions with members of the Board of Directors and the Management Committee

The information on the remuneration of the members of the BBVA Board of Directors and the Management Committee is included in Note 56.

As of December 31, 2011, there was no amount disposed of the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and, at that date, the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to the members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors), amounted to 6,540 thousand.

The loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 to the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank amounted to 531 and 806 thousand, respectively, and, for the same periods, the loans granted by the Group’s credit institutions to members of the Management Committee (excluding the executive directors), amounted to 4,924 and 3,912 thousand, respectively.

The amount disposed of the loans granted as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 to parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Management Committee amounted to 20,593, 28,493 and 51,882 thousand, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, no guarantees were granted to any member of the Board of Directors, and the amount of guarantees granted to members of the Bank’s Management Committee reached 9 thousand. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, no guarantees, financial leases or commercial loans were granted to members of the Board of Directors or to the Bank’s Management Committee.

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the amount granted for guarantee, financial lease and commercial loan transactions arranged with parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Management Committee reached 10,825, 4,424 and 24,514 thousand, respectively.

 

F-172


Table of Contents

55.4 Transactions with other related parties

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Group did not perform any transactions with other related parties that did not belong to the normal course of their business, that were not under market conditions or that were relevant for the consolidated equity, income or the entity and financial situation of the BBVA Group.

56. Remuneration and other benefits of the Board of Directors and Members of the Bank’s Management Committee

 

   

Remuneration of non-executive directors

The remuneration paid to non-executive directors who are members of the Board of Directors during 2011 is indicated below, broken down by type of remuneration:

 

    Thousands of Euros  

Year 2011 Remuneration of
Non-Executive Directors

  Board of
Directors
    Standing-
Executive
Committee
    Audit
Committee
    Risk
Committee
    Appointments
Committee
    Compensation
Committee
    Total  

Tomás Alfaro Drake

    129        –          71        –          102        –          302   

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

    129        167        –          –          7        36        338   

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

    129        –          71        107        –          –          307   

José Antonio Fernández Rivero (1)

    129        –          –          214        41        –          383   

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

    129        167        –          –          –          43        338   

Carlos Loring Martinez de Irujo

    129        –          71        –          –          107        307   

José Maldonado Ramos

    129        111        –          44        41        43        368   

Enrique Medina Fernández

    129        167        –          107        –          –          402   

Jose Luis Palao García-Suelto (2)

    118        –          134        62        –          –          314   

Juan Pi Llorens (3)

    54        –          –          27        –          11        91   

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

    129        –          71        –          41        43        284   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (4)

        1,330            611            419            561            231            282            3,435   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Mr. José Antonio Fernández Rivero, apart from the amounts detailed in the table above, also received a total of 652 thousand in early retirement benefit as a former director of BBVA.

(2)

Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto was appointed as director of BBVA on February 1st, 2011.

(3)

Mr. Juan Pi LLorens was appointed as director of BBVA on July 27, 2011.

(4)

Mr. Rafael Bermejo Blanco, who resigned as director on March 29, 2011, has received in the year 2011 the total amount of 104 thousand as compensation for his membership to the Board of Directors, to the Risks Committee and as President of the Audit Committee.

 

F-173


Table of Contents
   

Remuneration of executive directors

The remuneration paid to executive directors of the Bank in 2011 is indicated below, broken down by type of remuneration:

 

     Thousands of Euros  

Year 2011 Remuneration of Executive Directors

   Fixed
Remuneration
     Variable
Remuneration (1)
     Total  

Chairman and CEO

     1,966         3,011         4,977   

President and COO

     1,748         1,889         3,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,714         4,900         8,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The figures relate to variable remuneration for 2010 paid in 2011.

In addition, the executive directors were paid remunerations in kind and in other forms in 2011 for a total amount of 32.5 thousand, of which 10.8 thousand correspond to the Chairman and CEO and 21.7 thousand pertain to the President and COO.

 

   

Remuneration of the members of the Management Committee (*)

The remuneration paid in 2011 to the members of BBVA’s Management Committee amounted to 9,359 thousand in fixed remuneration and 14,296 thousand in variable remuneration accrued in 2010 and paid in 2011.

In addition, the members of the Management Committee received remuneration in kind and other items totaling 814 thousand in 2011.

 

(*)

This section includes relevant information on the members of the Management Committee who held this position on December 31, 2011, excluding executive directors.

 

   

New Annual Variable Remuneration System

BBVA’s Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders held on March 11, 2011 approved a new variable share-based remuneration system for BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors.

This new system is based on a specific incentive for the members of the Executive Team (the “Incentive”). It consists of the annual allocation, to each beneficiary, of a number of units that serve as the basis for determining the number of shares that, if applicable, will correspond to them in the settlement of the Incentive based on the level of compliance with three indicators established by the AGM: the course of Total Shareholder Return (TSR); the Group’s recurrent Economic Profit (EP); and the Group’s attributed net income.

The total number of units assigned in the Incentive for 2011 was 155,000 for the Chairman and CEO and 117,000 for the President and COO; and a total of 620,500 units were assigned to all remaining members of the Management Committee who held that position on December 31, 2011.

This number of units will be divided in three parts associated to each one of the indicators based on the weights established at all times, and each one of these parts will be multiplied by a coefficient ranging from 0 and 2 based on the scale defined each year for each of the indicators.

This Incentive, together with the ordinary variable remuneration in cash that corresponds to each executive, constitutes its annual variable remuneration (the “Annual Variable Remuneration”).

 

F-174


Table of Contents

The General Meeting held on March 11, 2011 likewise established a new settlement and payment system for the Annual Variable Remuneration applicable to the categories of employees whose professional activities may significantly affect the Bank’s risk profile or who perform control functions. This includes executive directors and the rest of the members of the Management Committee, and was adapted to the requirements established in Directive 76/2010, which was transposed to Spanish law by means of Royal Decree 771/2011 of 3 June 2011 (“Royal Decree 771/2011”).

The new Annual Variable Remuneration settlement system applicable to the executive directors and the rest of the members of the Management Committee established that they will receive at least 50% of the total of said remuneration in shares.

To this effect, if the economic value of the shares resulting from the Incentive corresponding to each executive director or to each member of the Management Committee in its settlement does not equal at least 50% of the amount of their Annual Variable Remuneration, they will be provided, in shares, the proportion of their ordinary variable remuneration that, added to the value of the shares from the Incentive, is needed to satisfy the percentage indicated. For this calculation, the value of the shares is considered to be the average closing price of the BBVA shares corresponding to the trading sessions between December 15, 2011 and January 15, 2012.

Once the amount of cash and shares corresponding to the executive directors and remaining members of the Management Committee in the settlement of their Annual Variable Remuneration has been determined, the payment will be subject to the conditions set forth in the AGM’s agreement in 2011 such that:

 

   

The payment of 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both from the part in cash and the part paid in shares, will be deferred. The deferred amount will, when applicable, be paid out in thirds over the next three years.

 

   

The shares that are provided each year from the settlement of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be unavailable for one additional year from the date they are provided; however, the sale of the number of shares needed to pay the taxes arising from the provision of the shares will be permitted.

 

   

The payment of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to the non-occurrence of any of the situations established by the Board of Directors that limit or impede their provision.

Once 2011 was closed, the Annual Variable Remuneration of the executive directors for 2011 was determined, applying the aforementioned conditions agreed upon by the AGM in March 2011. It includes their ordinary variable remuneration and the Incentive for the Executive Team. Thus, in the first quarter of 2012, they will perceive the settlement of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to 2011: 999,731 and 155,479 BBVA shares for the Chairman and CEO; and 635,865 euros and 98,890 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO. In both cases, the shares will be unavailable for one year from the date they are provided, in line with the aforementioned terms.

Furthermore, in the first quarter of the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, the executive directors will receive the amount of 333,244 and 51,826 BBVA shares in the case of the Chairman and CEO, and 211,955 and 32,963 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO, corresponding to the deferred portion of the Annual Variable Remuneration of 2011.

The payment of the deferred portions of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to the non-occurrence of any of the situations established by the Board of Directors that limit or impede their payment, and will be subject to the updating of the terms set out by the Board of Directors. In addition, the shares provided each year will be unavailable for one year from the date they are provided, in line with the aforementioned terms.

 

F-175


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, these amounts were recognized under the heading “Other liabilities – Accruals” of the consolidated balance sheet.

 

   

Multi-year variable share-based remuneration programs for executive directors and members of the Management Committee

 

   

Settlement of the multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2009-2010

In the first quarter of 2011, the Multi-year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2009-2010 was settled for the members of BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and other members of the Management Team. This had been approved by the AGM of March 13, 2009 and resulted in, after applying the conditions established initially, a multiplier coefficient of 0 for the units allocated. Thus, the Program was settled with no shares being awarded to its beneficiaries.

 

   

Multi-year variable share-based remuneration program for 2010-2011

The Bank’s Annual General Meeting held on March 12, 2010 approved a Multi-Year Variable Share-based Remuneration Program for 2010/2011 designed for the members of BBVA’s executive team, including the executive directors and members of the Management Committee (hereinafter, the “2010-2011 Program”). The result is obtained by multiplying the number of units assigned at the start of the Program to each beneficiary by a coefficient, between 0 and 2, established based on the evolution of the Bank’s total shareholders return (TSR) in 2010-2011 as compared to the evolution of this same indicator in a group of 18 international reference banks.

The number of units allocated to the executive directors, in accordance with the agreement of the AGM, was 105,000 for the Chairman and CEO and 90,000 for the President and COO; and a total of 385,000 units were allocated for all remaining members of the Management Committee who held that position on December 31, 2011.

The aforementioned AGM established that the shares, if applicable, arising from the settlement of the Program be awarded to the beneficiaries, who could have those shares available to them as follows: (i) 40 percent of the shares received will be freely transferable by the beneficiaries at the moment they are received; (ii) 30 percent of the shares received will be transferable one year after the settlement date of the Program; and (iii) the remaining 30 percent will be transferable starting two years after the settlement date of the Program.

Once the 2010/2011 Program finalized on December 31, 2011, according to the conditions established initially, the determination of the TSR or BBVA and the 18 reference banks was made. BBVA held fourth place in the comparison table. Therefore, under the terms established by the AGM, a multiplier coefficient of 2 was applied to the units allocated to each beneficiary. Thus, in the settlement of the Program, 210,000 BBVA shares were awarded to the Chairman and CEO; 180,000 BBVA shares were awarded to the President and COO; and 770,000 BBVA shares were awarded to all other members of the Bank’s Management Committee.

After this Program was established by the Board, Royal Decree 771/2011 was published demanding the application of the aforementioned deferment, unavailability and limitation regulations to the remuneration granted and still unpaid prior to it taking effect, referring to services rendered since 2010.

Thus, this standard and the requirements established in the aforementioned Royal Decree 771/2011 must be applied to the 2010/2011 Program. Therefore, the AGM of the Bank set for March 16, 2012 will address the modification of the settlement and payment system of the 2010/2011 Program previously approved by the AGM to adapt it to the terms established to that effect in Royal Decree 771/2011.

 

F-176


Table of Contents

This change in the settlement and payment system will affect those Bank employees who, as beneficiaries of the 2010-2011 Program are considered to carry out professional activities that may significantly influence the Bank’s risk profile or who perform control functions. This includes, in all cases, all executive directors and other members of the Management Committee.

The new system indicates that executive directors and the remaining members of the Management Committee will only receive 50% of the shares prior to April 15, 2012 corresponding to them as a result of the settlement of the Program. They will receive the remaining 50% deferred in thirds over the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Those shares will also be subject to, according to the requirements of Royal Decree 771/2011, the unavailability criteria indicated in the section regarding the New Annual Variable Remuneration System; as such, they will be unavailable for a period of one year from the date on which they were awarded. Furthermore, the awarding of the deferred shares will be subject to the non-occurrence of any situation that impedes or limits the provision of the Annual Variable Remuneration, which is subject to being updated. The above is in accordance with that set out by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Thus, in the application of this new settlement and payment system for the 2010-2011 Program, the executive directors will, as a result, receive 105,000 BBVA shares (in the case of the Chairman and CEO) and 90,000 shares (in the case of the President and COO) prior to April 15, 2012. Furthermore, on the same dates in the years 2013, 2014 and 2015, the executive directors will receive the amount of 35,000 BBVA shares in the case of the Chairman and CEO, and 30,000 BBVA shares in the case of the President and COO, corresponding to the deferred portion of this Program.

 

   

Scheme for remuneration for non-executive directors with deferred distribution of shares

BBVA has a remuneration system with deferred distribution of shares in place for its non-executive directors that was approved by the AGM held on March 18, 2006 and renewed for an additional 5-year period through an agreement by the AGM held on March 11, 2011.

This system consists in the annual allocation of a number of “theoretical shares” to the non-executive directors equivalent to 20% of the total remuneration received by each in the previous year. This is based on the average closing prices of the BBVA shares during the sixty trading sessions prior to the dates of the ordinary general meetings approving the annual financial statements for each year.

The shares will be subject to being awarded, if applicable, to each beneficiary on the date he or she leaves the position of director for any reason except serious breach of duties.

The number of “theoretical shares” allocated to non-executive director deferred share distribution system beneficiaries in 2011, corresponding to 20% of the total remuneration received by each in 2010, is as follows:

 

Scheme for Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors with Deferred
Distribution of Shares

   Theorical
Shares
assigned
in 2011
     Accumulated
Theorical
Shares
 

Tomás Alfaro Drake

     6,144         19,372   

Juan Carlos Álvarez Mezquíriz

     8,010         47,473   

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

     7,270         45,319   

José Antonio Fernández Rivero

     8,673         38,814   

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

     8,010         48,045   

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

     7,275         33,098   

José Maldonado Ramos

     6,733         6,733   

Enrique Medina Fernández

     9,527         61,314   

Susana Rodríguez Vidarte

     6,315         31,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (*)

     67,957         331,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-177


Table of Contents

(*) Additionally, were also assigned to Don Rafael Bermejo Blanco, who resigned as director as of March 29, 2011, 9,806 theoretical shares

 

   

Pension commitments

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2011 for pension commitments to the President and COO are 16,831 thousand, of which 2,417 thousand were charged against 2011 earnings. As of this date, there are no other pension obligations to executive directors.

Also, 99 thousand in insurance premiums were paid on behalf of non-executive directors who are members of the Board of Directors.

The provisions registered as of December 31, 2011 for pension commitments for the Management Committee members, excluding executive directors, amounted to 60,312 thousand. Of these, 8,832 thousand were charged against 2011 earnings.

 

   

Termination of the contractual relationship

There were no commitments as of December 31, 2011 for the payment of compensation to executive directors.

In the case of the President and COO, the contract lays down that in the event that he lose this status due to a reason other than his own will, retirement, disability or dereliction of duty, he shall take early retirement with a pension, which can be received as life income or common stock, equal to 75% of their pensionable salary if this occurs before he reaches the age of 55, or 85% after that age.

57. Detail of the Directors’ holdings in companies with similar business activities

Pursuant to Article 229.2 of the Spanish Corporations Act, as of December 31, 2011, no member of BBVA’s Board of Directors had a direct or indirect ownership interest in companies engaging in an activity that is identical, similar or complementary to the corporate purpose of BBVA, except for Mr. José Luis Palao García-Suelto, who at that date, held a direct holding of 3,977 shares in Banco Santander, S.A. and 5,147 shares in Caixabank, S.A. In addition, no member of the Bank’s Board of Directors holds positions or functions in those companies.

Furthermore, it indicates that, as of December 31, 2011, individuals associated to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors were holders of 54,008 shares of Banco Santander, S.A. and of 414 shares of Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (Banesto) and 3 shares of Bankinter, S.A.

58. Other information

58.1. Environmental impact

Given the activities in which the BBVA Group companies engage, the Group has no environmental liabilities, expenses, assets, provisions or contingencies that could have a significant effect on its consolidated equity, financial situation and profits. Consequently, as of December 31, 2011, there is no item in the Group’s consolidated financial statements that requires disclosure in an environmental information report pursuant to the Ministry of Economy Order of October 8, 2001, and no specific disclosure of information on environmental matters is included in these statements.

58.2. Breakdown of agents of credit institutions

The list of BBVA agents as required by Article 22 of Royal Decree 1245/1995 of 14 July 1995, of the Ministry of Economy and Finance, is included in the Bank’s individual financial statements for 2011.

 

F-178


Table of Contents

58.3. Report on the activity of the Customer Care Service and the Customer Ombudsman

The report on the activity of the Customer Care Service and the Customer Ombudsman required pursuant to Article 17 of Ministry of Economy Order ECO/734/2004 of 11  March 2004 is included in the Management Report accompanying these accompanying consolidated annual financial statements.

58.4 CNMV information requirements

 

   

Dividends paid in the year

The table below presents the dividends per share paid in cash in 2011, 2010 and 2009 (cash basis accounting, regardless of the year in which they were accrued), but without including other shareholder remuneration, like the “Dividend Option”. See Note 4 for a complete analysis of all remuneration awarded to shareholders during 2011.

 

     2011      2010  

Dividends Paid (*) (“Dividend Option” not
included)

   % Over
Nominal
    Euros per
Share
     Amount
(Millions of
Euros)
     % Over
Nominal
    Euros per
Share
     Amount
(Millions of
Euros)
 

Ordinary shares

     39     0.19         859         67     0.33         1,237   

Rest of shares

     –          –           –           –          –           –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total dividends paid in cash (*)

     39     0.19         859         67     0.33         1,237   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends with charge to income

     39     0.19         859         67     0.33         1,237   

Dividends with charge to reserve or share premium

     –          –           –           –          –           –     

Dividends in kind

     –          –           –           –          –           –     

 

(*)

Only included dividends paid in cash each year (cash-flows criteria), regardless of the year there were accrued.

 

   

Earnings and ordinary income by business segment

The detail of the consolidated net income for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 for each business segment is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Net Income attributed by Business Areas

   2011     2010     2009  

Spain

     1,363        2,255        2,801   

Eurasia

     1,027        588        473   

Mexico

     1,741        1,707        1,357   

South America

     1,007        889        780   

The United States

     (722     239        (950
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Business areas

     4,416        5,678        4,461   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate Activities

     (1,413     (1,072     (251
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income attributed to parent company

     3,003        4,606        4,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-assigned income

     –          –          –     

Elimination of interim income (between segments)

     –          –          –     

Other gains (losses) (*)

     481        389        385   

Income tax and/or income from discontinued operations

     285        1,427        1,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before tax

     3,769        6,422        5,736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Net income attributed to non-controlling interests

 

F-179


Table of Contents

For the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 the detail of the BBVA Group’s ordinary income for each operating segment, which is made up of the “Interest and similar income”, “Dividend income”, “Fee and commission income”, “Net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities” and “Other operating income”, is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Ordinary Income by Business Areas

   2011     2010      2009  

Spain

     6,357        7,055         7,875   

Eurasia

     1,952        1,080         953   

Mexico

     5,550        5,496         4,870   

South America

     4,457        3,797         3,637   

The United States

     2,277        2,551         2,412   

Corporate Activities

     (27     932         919   

Adjustments and eliminations of ordinary income between segments

     –          –           –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Ordinary Income BBVA Group

     20,566        20,911         20,666   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

   

Issuances by market type

Changes in debt certificates (including bonds) and subordinated liabilities (see Note 23.3) in 2011, 2010 and 2009 by the type of market in which they were issued are as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Debt Certificates and Subordinated
Liabilities 2011

   Balance at the
Beginning
     Issuances      Repurchase or
Redemption
    Exchange
Differences
and Other
    Balance at the
End
 

Debt certificates issued in the European Union

     93,166         104,734         (97,115     (14,861     85,924   

With information brochure

     93,110         104,721         (97,115     (14,861     85,855   

Without information brochure

     56         13         –          –          69   

Other debt certificates issued outside the European Union

     9,433         2,375         (527     144        11,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     102,599         107,109         (97,642     (14,717     97,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

Debt Certificates and Subordinated
Liabilities 2010

   Balance at the
Beginning
     Issuances      Repurchase or
Redemption
    Exchange
Differences
and Other
     Balance at the
End
 

Debt certificates issued in the European Union

     107,068         129,697         (149,965     3,768         90,568   

With information brochure

     107,034         129,697         (149,962     3,768         90,537   

Without information brochure

     34         –           (3     –           31   

Other debt certificates issued outside the European Union

     10,748         2,622         (2,097     758         12,031   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     117,816         132,319         (152,062     4,526         102,599   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-180


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  

Debt Certificates and Subordinated
Liabilities 2009

   Balance at the
Beginning
     Issuances      Repurchase or
Redemption
    Exchange
Differences
and Other
    Balance at the
End
 

Debt certificates issued in the European Union

     111,159         129,107         (126,713     (6,484     107,069   

With information brochure

     111,126         129,107         (126,713     (6,485     107,035   

Without information brochure

     33         –           –          1        34   

Other debt certificates issued outside the European Union

     9,986         4,894         (4,343     211        10,748   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     121,145         134,001         (131,056     (6,273     117,817   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

Interest and income by geographical area

The breakdown of the balance of “Interest and Similar Income” in the accompanying consolidated income statements by geographical area is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Interest and Similar Income. Breakdown by Geographical Area

   2011      2010      2009  

Domestic market

     9,584         8,906         11,224   

Foreign

     14,604         12,228         12,551   

European Union

     843         744         1,089   

Rest of OECD

     8,377         7,417         7,153   

Rest of countries

     5,384         4,067         4,309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     24,188         21,134         23,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

   

Average number of employees by gender

The breakdown of the average number of employees in the BBVA Group in 2011, 2010 and 2009, by gender, is as follows:

 

Average Number of Employees

Breakdown by Gender

   2011      2010      2009  
   Male      Female      Male      Female      Male      Female  

Average Number of Employees BBVA Group

     52,664         57,030         50,804         53,951         50,755         53,661   

Of which:

                 

BBVA, S.A.

     15,687         11,531         15,616         11,218         15,947         11,213   

59. Subsequent events

 

   

Spanish financial system reform: 02/2012 Royal Decree-law

After December 31, 2011, the Spanish’s Government has implemented a group of extraordinary measures that will affect the Spanish financial system. Among these measures, 2/2012 Royal Decree-law of 3 February, on the banking sector reform (the “Royal Decree”), was published in Spain’s State Official Gazette and entered into force on February 4, 2012. Among other requirements, the Royal Decree increases the coverage requirements for certain real estate assets on the balance sheets of credit institutions as at December 31, 2011. The BBVA Group consider that credit institutions will attempt to accelerate sales of real estate assets in Spain during 2012 in light of the Royal Decree, rather than comply with such increased coverage requirements, by reducing prices, which it is expected will result in a decline in overall real estate prices.

 

F-181


Table of Contents

The Group has estimated the possible impact, based on the portfolios as of December 31, 2011, which would have on the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, assuming the full extent of the expected decline in real estate prices occurs during 2012.

However, the actual impact on the consolidated financial statements of any decline in real estate prices resulting from the Royal Decree will be determined based on the Group’s internal model estimations, which are based on the most recent available estimates by independent appraisals, and which, among other criteria, take into account actual outcomes of similar property sales and conditions.

 

   

Mandatory convertible subordinated bond issue

Regarding the issue of mandatory convertible subordinated bonds detailed in Note 23.4 (“Convertible Bonds”), the Bank has reported the opening of a voluntary conversion period at the option of holders of these Convertible Bonds.

The voluntary conversion period began on 23rd March 2012 and ended on 29th March 2012, both dates included. Holders of Convertible Bonds have been able to request conversion of their entire Convertible Bond holding, as partial conversion was not possible. The conversion price for voluntary conversion was 6.0470 euro. Likewise the conversion ratio was 16.537126.

During the voluntary conversion period orders have been received to convert 9,547,559 BBVA Subordinated Mandatory Convertible Bonds – December 2011 (the “Convertible Bonds”) for a total amount of 954,755,900, i.e. 27.84% of the total amount of the Convertible Bond issued. Consequently, 157,875,375 new ordinary BBVA shares have been issued, each with a nominal value of forty-nine euro-cents (0.49), in order to attend this voluntary conversion of the Convertible Bonds.

 

   

Acquisition of UNNIM BANC

On March 7, 2012, the Management Commission of the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (“Fondo de Restruturación Ordenada Bancaria” or “FROB” accepted BBVA’s offer to acquire Unnim Banc, S.A. (“Unnim”).The FROB, the Deposit Guarantee Fund of Credit Institutions (“Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos” or “FGD”) and BBVA have entered into a purchase agreement, by virtue of which BBVA will acquire 100% of the shares of Unnim for a purchase price of 1.

In addition, BBVA, the FDG, the FROB and Unnim have signed a “Protocol of Financial Measures” for the restructuring of Unnim, which regulates the Asset Protection Scheme through which the FGD will be responsible for 80% of the losses undergone by a predetermined asset portfolio of Unnim, calculated once the existing provisions on the related assets are applied, for a period of 10 years following the transaction.

The closing of the purchase agreement and the “Protocol of Financial Measures” is subject to obtaining the relevant administrative authorizations and approvals, including the approval of the Bank of Spain, the Finance Secretary of State, the European Commission and the relevant competition authorities. Unimm’s assets as of December, 31, 2011 were 29 billion.

 

F-182


Table of Contents
   

Announcement 2012 “Dividend Option”

In execution of the 2012 “Dividend Option” scheme described under Note 4, on April 11, 2012, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors executed the first free-of-charge capital increase in accordance with the terms approved by the ordinary General Shareholders Meeting held on March 16, 2002. This free of charge capital increase gives BBVA shareholders the option to receive one (1) newly-issued share of the Bank for each 47 shares of BBVA held by them or to receive a cash remuneration of 0.118 per share.

The closing for this free-of-charge capital increase is expected to take place on May 5, 2012. Therefore, as of the date of the preparation of these annual consolidated financial statements, there has been no change to the capital stock other than the increase resulting from the conversion of the mandatory convertible subordinated bonds referred to above.

Since January 1, 2012 until the preparation of these annual consolidated financial statements, no other events not mentioned in these financial statements have taken place.

 

F-183


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Appendices

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents
APPENDIX I. Financial Statements of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

 

     Millions of Euros  

ASSETS

   December
2011
     December
2010 (*)
 

CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS

     13,629         4,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING

     56,538         51,348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     –           –     

Loans and advances to customers

     –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities

     7,898         13,016   

Other equity instruments

     997         4,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading derivatives

     47,643         33,724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

     –           –     

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     –           –     

Loans and advances to customers

     –           –     

Debt securities

     –           –     

Other equity instruments

     –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

     25,407         26,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities

     21,108         22,131   

Other equity instruments

     4,299         4,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

     262,923         264,278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     22,967         28,882   

Loans and advances to customers

     238,463         234,031   

Debt securities

     1,493         1,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS

     10,955         9,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

     146         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

     3,681         2,988   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

     1,462         958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS

     27,954         24,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Associates

     4,159         3,612   

Jointly controlled entities

     3,933         14   

Group entities

     19,862         20,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INSURANCE CONTRACTS LINKED TO PENSIONS

     1,832         1,847   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

     1,504         1,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plants and equipment

     1,503         1,458   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For own use

     1,503         1,458   

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

     –           –     

Investment properties

     1         1   

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     567         410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill

     –           –     

Other intangible assets

     567         410   

TAX ASSETS

     3,647         3,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

     282         324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

     3,365         2,837   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

     921         431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     411,166         392,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

 

      Millions of Euros  

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   December
2011
     December
2010 (*)
 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING

     48,966         35,680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks

     –           –     

Deposits from credit institutions

     –           –     

Customer deposits

     –           –     

Debt certificates

     –           –     

Trading derivatives

     45,803         32,294   

Short positions

     3,163         3,386   

Other financial liabilities

     –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

     –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks

     –           –     

Deposits from credit institutions

     –           –     

Customer deposits

     –           –     

Debt certificates

     –           –     

Subordinated liabilities

     –           –     

Other financial liabilities

     –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTIZED COST

     323,518         320,592   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits from central banks

     32,649         10,867   

Deposits from credit institutions

     44,676         42,015   

Customer deposits

     184,966         194,079   

Debt certificates

     46,559         56,007   

Subordinated liabilities

     9,895         13,099   

Other financial liabilities

     4,773         4,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

FAIR VALUE CHANGES OF THE HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK

     –           (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

HEDGING DERIVATIVES

     2,475         1,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

     –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROVISIONS

     6,397         6,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

     4,966         5,177   

Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies

     –           –     

Provisions for contingent exposures and commitments

     159         177   

Other provisions

     1,272         1,259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TAX LIABILITIES

     373         488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

     –           –     

Deferred

     373         488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER LIABILITIES

     1,786         1,192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     383,515         365,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

 

     Millions of Euros  

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   December
2011
    December
2010 (*)
 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     28,504        26,183   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stock

     2,403        2,201   

Issued

     2,403        2,201   

Less: Unpaid and uncalled (-)

     –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share premium

     18,970        17,104   

Reserves

     6,817        5,114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other equity instruments

     29        23   

Equity component of compound financial instruments

     –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other equity instruments

     29        23   

Less: Treasury stock (-)

     (19     (84

Net Income

     1,428        2,904   

Less: Dividends and remuneration (-)

     (1,124     (1,079
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS

     (853     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

     (782     39   

Cash flow hedging

     (30     (62

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

     –          –     

Exchange differences

     (32     (3

Non-current assets held-for-sale

     –          –     

Other valuation adjustments

     (9     –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY

     27,651        26,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     411,166        392,111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Millions of Euros  

MEMORANDUM ITEM

   December
2011
     December
2009 (*)
 

CONTINGENT EXPOSURES

     60,760         57,764   

CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS

     55,450         58,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Income Statements for the years ended

December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA,S.A.

 

     Millions of Euros  
      December
2011
    December
2010 (*)
 

INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME

     9,668        8,759   

INTEREST AND SIMILAR EXPENSES

     (5,653     (3,718
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

     4,015        5,041   

DIVIDEND INCOME

     3,576        2,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME

     1,723        1,806   

FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSES

     (297     (270
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET GAINS (LOSSES) ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

     490        738   

Financial instruments held for trading

     583        256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

     –          –     

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

     (93     482   

Rest

     –          –     

EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES (NET)

     72        112   

OTHER OPERATING INCOME

     103        102   

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

     (129     (106
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS INCOME

     9,553        9,552   

ADMINISTRATION COSTS

     (3,641     (3,409

Personnel expenses

     (2,278     (2,202

General and administrative expenses

     (1,363     (1,207

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

     (322     (276
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROVISION (NET)

     (792     (405

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS (NET)

     (2,088     (1,925

Loans and receivables

     (2,092     (1,794

Other financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss

     4        (131
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET OPERATING INCOME

     2,710        3,537   

IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON OTHER ASSETS (NET)

     (1,510     (258

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     –          –     

Other assets

     (1,510     (258

GAINS (LOSSES) ON DERECOGNIZED ASSETS NOT CLASSIFIED AS NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

     13        5   

NEGATIVE GOODWILL

     –          –     

GAINS (LOSSES) IN NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE NOT CLASSIFIED AS DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     (244     129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE TAX

     969        3,413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME TAX

     459        (509
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME FROM CONTINUING TRANSACTIONS

     1,428        2,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED TRANSACTIONS (NET)

     –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR

     1,428        2,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Statements of Recognized Income and Expenses for the years ended

December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

 

     Millions of Euros  
     December
2011
    December
2010 (*)
 

NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR

     1,428        2,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER RECOGNIZED INCOME (EXPENSES)

     (827     (1,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

     (990     (2,038

Valuation gains/(losses)

     (972     (1,756

Amounts removed to income statement

     (18     (282

Reclassifications

     –          –     

Cash flow hedging

     32        (190

Valuation gains/(losses)

     2        (159

Amounts removed to income statement

     30        (31

Amounts removed to the initial carrying amount of the hedged items

     –          –     

Reclassifications

     –          –     

Hedges of net investment in foreign operations

     –          –     

Valuation gains/(losses)

     –          –     

Amounts removed to income statement

     –          –     

Reclassifications

     –          –     

Exchange differences

     (44     –     

Valuation gains/(losses)

     (47     (4

Amounts removed to income statement

     3        4   

Reclassifications

     –          –     

Non-current assets held for sale

     –          –     

Valuation gains/(losses)

     –          –     

Amounts removed to income statement

     –          –     

Reclassifications

     –          –     

Actuarial gains and losses in post-employment plans

     (12     –     

Rest of recognized income and expenses

     –          –     

Income tax

     187        559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL RECOGNIZED INCOME/EXPENSES

     601        1,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

 

    Millions of Euros  
    Stockholder’s Equity              

2011

  Common
Stock
    Share
Premium
    Reserves     Other
Equity
Instruments
    Less:
Treasury
Stock
    Profit
for the
Period
    Less: Dividends
and Remunerations
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
    Valuation
Adjustments
    Total
Equity
 

Balances as of January 1, 2011

    2,201        17,104        5,114        23        (84     2,904        (1,079     26,183        (26     26,157   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in accounting policies

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Effect of correction of errors

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted initial balance

    2,201        17,104        5,114        23        (84     2,904        (1,079     26,183        (26     26,157   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income/expense recognized

    –          –          –          –          –          1,428        –          1,428        (827     601   

Other changes in equity

    202        1,866        1,703        6        65        (2,904     (45     893        –          893   

Common stock increase

    68        –          (68     –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Common stock reduction

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

    134        1,866        –          –          –          –          –          2,000        –          2,000   

Increase of other equity instruments

    –          –          –          18        –          –          –          18        –          18   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Dividend distribution

    –          –          –          –          –          –          (945     (945     –          (945

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

    –          –          10        –          65        –          –          75        –          75   

Transfers between total equity entries

    –          –          1,837        (12     –          (2,904     1,079        –          –          –     

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Payments with equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Rest of increase/reductions in total equity

    –          –          (76     –          –          –          (179     (255     –          (255

Of which:

                   

Acquisition of the free allotment rights

    –          –          –          –          –          –          (179     (179     –          (179
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2011

    2,403        18,970        6,817        29        (19     1,428        (1,124     28,504        (853     27,651   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

 

     Millions of Euros  
     Stockholder’s Equity              

2010

  Common
Stock
    Share
Premium
    Reserves     Other
Equity
Instruments
    Less:
Treasury
Stock
    Profit
for the
Period
    Less:
Dividends and
Remunerations
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
    Valuation
Adjustments
    Total
Equity (*)
 

Balances as of January 1, 2010

    1,837        12,453        3,893        10        (128     2,981        (1,012     20,034        1,643        21,677   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in accounting policies

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Effect of correction of errors

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted initial balance

    1,837        12,453        3,893        10        (128     2,981        (1,012     20,034        1,643        21,677   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income/expense recognized

    –          –          –          –          –          2,904        –          2,904        (1,669     1,235   

Other changes in equity

    364        4,651        1,221        13        44        (2,981     (67     3,245        –          3,245   

Common stock increase

    364        4,651        –          –          –          –          –          5,015        –          5,015   

Common stock reduction

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Conversion of financial liabilities into capital

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Increase of other equity instruments

    –          –          –          13        –          –          –          13        –          13   

Reclassification of financial liabilities to other equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Reclassification of other equity instruments to financial liabilities

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Dividend distribution

    –          –          –          –          –          (562     (1,079     (1,641     –          (1,641

Transactions including treasury stock and other equity instruments (net)

    –          –          (88     –          44        –          –          (44     –          (44

Transfers between total equity entries

    –          –          1,407        –          –          (2,419     1,012        –          –          –     

Increase/Reduction due to business combinations

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Payments with equity instruments

    –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –          –     

Rest of increase/reductions in total equity

    –          –          (98     –          –          –          –          (98     –          (98
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2010

    2,201        17,104        5,114        23        (84     2,904        (1,079     26,183        (26     26,157   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Cash Flows Statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of BBVA, S.A.

 

    Millions of Euros  
    December
2011
    December
2010 (*)
 

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES (1)

    18,867        5,867   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

    1,428        2,904   

Adjustments to obtain the cash flow from operating activities:

    2,060        (1,141

Amortization

    322        276   

Other adjustments

    1,738        (1,417

Net increase/decrease in operating assets

    4,547        (7,251

Financial assets held for trading

    5,190        (6,184

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    –          –     

Available-for-sale financial assets

    (1,305     (9,252

Loans and receivables

    (1,250     7,963   

Other operating assets

    1,912        222   

Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities

    20,385        (3,656

Financial liabilities held for trading

    13,286        3,737   

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    –          –     

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

    6,046        (6,821

Other operating liabilities

    1,053        (572

Collection/Payments for income tax

    (459     509   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES (2)

    (7,135     (7,108
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment

    8,588        8,329   

Tangible assets

    262        222   

Intangible assets

    290        260   

Investments

    5,034        1,864   

Subsidiaries and other business units

    –          –     

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

    1,185        1,014   

Held-to-maturity investments

    1,817        4,969   

Other settlements related to investing activities

    –          –     

Divestments

    1,453        1,221   

Tangible assets

    23        –     

Intangible assets

    –          –     

Investments

    238        12   

Subsidiaries and other business units

    –          –     

Non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities

    384        749   

Held-to-maturity investments

    808        232   

Other collections related to investing activities

    –          228   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3)

    (2,230     2,121   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

A-8


Table of Contents
     Millions of Euros  
     December
2011
    December
2010 (*)
 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3)

     (2,230     2,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment

     5,415        7,622   

Dividends

     1,038        1,237   

Subordinated liabilities

     1,626        1,524   

Treasury stock amortization

     –          –     

Treasury stock acquisition

     2,751        4,828   

Other items relating to financing activities

     –          33   

Divestments

     3,185        9,743   

Subordinated liabilities

     339        –     

Common stock increase

     –          4,914   

Treasury stock disposal

     2,776        4,829   

Other items relating to financing activities

     70        –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS (4)

     (38     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS (1+2+3+4)

     9,464        879   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

     4,165        3,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

     13,629        4,165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

 

     Millions of Euros  

COMPONENTS OF CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

   December
2011
     December
2010 (*)
 

Cash

     595         616   

Balance of cash equivalent in central banks

     13,034         3,549   

Other financial assets

     –           –     

Less: Bank overdraft refundable on demand

     –           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CASH OR CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

     13,629         4,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

Presented for comparison purposes only

 

A-9


Table of Contents
APPENDIX II. Additional information on consolidated subsidiaries composing the BBVA Group

 

             % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
    Thousands of Euros (*)  
                     Affiliate Entity Data  

Company

 

Location

 

Activity

  Direct     Indirect     Total     Net
Carrying
Amount
    Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS DE PENSIONES PROVIDA, S.A. (AFP PROVIDA)

  CHILE   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     12.70        51.62        64.32        294,327      576,887        114,652        345,782        116,453   

ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS PARA EL RETIRO-BANCOMER,S.A DE C.V.

  MEXICO   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     17.50        82.50        100.00        373,963      262,950        60,354        124,551        78,045   

AFP GENESIS ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS Y FIDEICOMISOS, S.A.

  ECUADOR   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     –          100.00        100.00        6,272      10,754        4,456        1,983        4,315   

AFP HORIZONTE, S.A.

  PERU   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     24.85        75.15        100.00        52,943      88,333        25,610        39,065        23,658   

AFP PREVISION BBV-ADM.DE FONDOS DE PENSIONES S.A.

  BOLIVIA   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     75.00        5.00        80.00        2,063      9,937        3,808        4,460        1,669   

AMERICAN FINANCE GROUP, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        16,141      17,120        978        16,112        30   

ANIDA DESARROLLOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.L.

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        264,143      573,302        382,003        220,276        (28,977

ANIDA GERMANIA IMMOBILIEN ONE, GMBH

  GERMANY   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        4,377      20,186        15,301        4,588        297   

ANIDA GRUPO INMOBILIARIO, S.L. (**)

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        –        (194,612)        617,252        (410,287     (401,577

ANIDA INMOBILIARIA, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        105,573      88,018        4        89,912        (1,898

ANIDA OPERACIONES SINGULARES, S.L. (***)

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        (1,339,944   6,034,090        7,373,296        (1,060,036     (279,170

ANIDA PROYECTOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        86,912      130,811        43,897        89,296        (2,382

ANIDA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        927      1,708        774        438        496   

ANIDAPORT INVESTIMENTOS IMOBILIARIOS, UNIPESSOAL, LTDA

  PORTUGAL   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        (3,603   20,679        24,282        (2,189     (1,414

APLICA SOLUCIONES ARGENTINAS, S.A.

  ARGENTINA   IN LIQUIDATION     –          100.00        100.00        853      980        103        1,440        (563

APLICA SOLUCIONES TECNOLOGICAS CHILE LIMITADA

  CHILE   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        178      848        669        (65     244   

APLICA TECNOLOGIA AVANZADA OPERADORA, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        182      9,420        9,236        (3     187   

APLICA TECNOLOGIA AVANZADA SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        16      1,349        1,341        2        6   

APLICA TECNOLOGIA AVANZADA, S.A. DE C.V.- ATA

  MEXICO   SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        30,369      147,295        102,308        42,333        2,654   

ARIZONA FINANCIAL PRODUCTS, INC

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        747,408      749,647        2,238        742,050        5,359   

AUTOMERCANTIL-COMERCIO E ALUGER DE VEICULOS AUTOM.,LDA

  PORTUGAL   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        8,476      39,361        31,445        8,786        (870

BAHIA SUR RESORT, S.C.

  SPAIN   INACTIVE     99.95        –          99.95        1,436      1,438        15        1,423        –     

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PANAMA), S.A.

  PANAMA   BANKING     54.11        44.81        98.92        19,464      1,670,329        1,429,801        215,028        25,500   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA (PORTUGAL), S.A.

  PORTUGAL   BANKING     41.09        58.91        100.00        343,492      7,139,601        6,800,126        357,240        (17,765

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA CHILE, S.A.

  CHILE   BANKING     –          68.18        68.18        570,382      12,488,604        11,650,550        727,432        110,622   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA PUERTO RICO

  PUERTO RICO   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        184,514      3,847,933        3,394,583        430,337        23,013   

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA URUGUAY, S.A.

  URUGUAY   BANKING     100.00        –          100.00        100,451      1,925,770        1,809,536        143,238        (27,004

BANCO CONTINENTAL, S.A. (1)

  PERU   BANKING     –          92.24        92.24        979,492      12,118,442        11,056,583        767,269        294,590   

BANCO DE PROMOCION DE NEGOCIOS, S.A.

  SPAIN   BANKING     –          99.86        99.86        15,173      33,228        200        32,578        450   

BANCO DEPOSITARIO BBVA, S.A.

  SPAIN   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        1,595      981,089        905,865        58,628        16,596   

BANCO INDUSTRIAL DE BILBAO, S.A.

  SPAIN   BANKING     –          99.93        99.93        97,220      225,069        2,517        217,825        4,727   

BANCO OCCIDENTAL, S.A.

  SPAIN   BANKING     49.43        50.57        100.00        16,511      18,020        50        17,741        229   

BANCO PROVINCIAL OVERSEAS N.V.(2)

  CURAÇAO   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        46,177      320,412        272,968        26,442        21,002   

BANCO PROVINCIAL S.A. – BANCO UNIVERSAL

  VENEZUELA   BANKING     1.85        53.75        55.60        494,702      12,906,067        11,497,031        1,095,391        313,645   

BANCOMER FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,034      2,267        233        1,996        38   

BANCOMER FOREIGN EXCHANGE INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        3,346      5,316        1,968        1,604        1,744   

BANCOMER PAYMENT SERVICES INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        32      36        3        35        (2

BANCOMER TRANSFER SERVICES, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        27,199      78,712        51,513        18,954        8,245   

BBV AMERICA, S.L.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        479,328          1,621,755        23,138        1,417,949        180,668   

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

(**)

This company has an equity loan from BBVA, S.A.

(***)

This company has an equity loan from ANIDA GRUPO INMOBILIARIO, S.L. In addition, the company has recognized impairment losses arising in its annual accounts due to property, real estate and stocks, which according to Royal Decree-Law 5/2010 of March 31, are not counted for purposes of Article 363 of the Companies Act Capital.

(1)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 46.1%.

(2)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 48.0%.

 

A-10


Table of Contents
            % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
    Thousands of Euros (*)  
                    Affiliate Entity Data  

Company

 

Location

 

Activity

  Direct     Indirect     Total     Net
Carrying
Amount
    Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

BBVA & PARTNERS ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT A.V., S.A.

  SPAIN   SECURITIES DEALER     100.00        –          100.00        5,831        7,715        47        7,641        27   

BBVA ASESORIAS FINANCIERAS, S.A.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        5,153        6,462        1,310        860        4,292   

BBVA ASSET MANAGEMENT (IRELAND) LIMITED

  IRELAND   IN LIQUIDATION     –          100.00        100.00        168        218        50        233        (65

BBVA ASSET MANAGEMENT ADMINISTRADORA GENERAL DE FONDOS S.A.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        15,170        17,215        2,044        8,911        6,260   

BBVA ASSET MANAGEMENT, S.A. SOCIEDAD FIDUCIARIA (BBVA FIDUCIARIA)

  COLOMBIA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        27,973        31,578        3,574        21,361        6,643   

BBVA ASSET MANAGEMENT, S.A., SGIIC

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     17.00        83.00        100.00        11,436        155,473        56,142        81,349        17,982   

BBVA AUTORENTING SPA

  ITALY   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        67,785        324,395        287,914        33,609        2,872   

BBVA BANCO DE FINANCIACION S.A.

  SPAIN   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        64,200        5,582,973        5,509,776        72,660        537   

BBVA BANCO FRANCES, S.A.

  ARGENTINA   BANKING     45.61        30.43        76.04        197,486        6,736,137        6,037,782        523,372        174,983   

BBVA BANCOMER GESTION, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        30,060        47,939        17,881        12,243        17,815   

BBVA BANCOMER OPERADORA, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        42,317        242,141        199,825        37,765        4,551   

BBVA BANCOMER SERVICIOS ADMINISTRATIVOS, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        516        37,957        37,443        486        28   

BBVA BANCOMER USA, INC.

  UNITED STATES   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        37,917        36,465        (1,461     27,910        10,016   

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A., INSTITUCION DE BANCA MÚLTIPLE, GRUPO FINANCIERO BBVA BANCOMER

  MEXICO   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        6,394,937        69,157,933        62,777,123        5,024,054        1,356,756   

BBVA BRASIL BANCO DE INVESTIMENTO, S.A.

  BRASIL   BANKING     100.00        –          100.00        16,166        46,553        5,918        37,496        3,139   

BBVA BROKER, CORREDURIA DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS, S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     99.94        0.06        100.00        297        42,103        5,411        31,044        5,648   

BBVA CAPITAL FINANCE, S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        60        55,750        55,339        358        53   

BBVA CARTERA DE INVERSIONES, SICAV, S.A.

  SPAIN   VARIABLE CAPITAL     100.00        –          100.00        118,459        123,985        148        119,962        3,875   

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.

  COLOMBIA   BANKING     76.20        19.23        95.43        399,008        10,391,071        9,370,592        832,236        188,243   

BBVA COMERCIALIZADORA LTDA.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        132        3,133        3,000        (1,073     1,206   

BBVA COMPASS BANCSHARES, INC.

  UNITED STATES   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        8,081,622        8,177,773        96,150        9,314,735        (1,233,112

BBVA COMPASS CONSULTING & BENEFITS, INC

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        13,886        14,131        246        13,888        (3

BBVA COMPASS INSURANCE AGENCY, INC

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        159,234        166,200        6,965        151,958        7,277   

BBVA COMPASS INVESTMENT SOLUTIONS, INC

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        65,092        76,274        11,182        53,691        11,401   

BBVA CONSOLIDAR SEGUROS, S.A.

  ARGENTINA   INSURANCES SERVICES     87.78        12.22        100.00        7,198        65,733        43,539        18,652        3,542   

BBVA CONSULTING (BEIJING) LIMITED

  CHINA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        477        1,003        311        574        118   

BBVA CONSULTORIA, S.A.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,227        5,210        619        3,550        1,041   

BBVA CORREDORA TECNICA DE SEGUROS LIMITADA

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        20,056        22,973        2,916        12,390        7,667   

BBVA CORREDORES DE BOLSA LIMITADA

  CHILE   SECURITIES DEALER     –          100.00        100.00        47,496        526,887        479,391        44,958        2,538   

BBVA DINERO EXPRESS, S.A.U

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        2,186        7,816        2,442        5,220        154   

BBVA DISTRIBUIDORA DE SEGUROS S.R.L.

  URUGUAY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        143        252        111        99        42   

BBVA FACTORING LIMITADA (CHILE)

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        6,290        55,138        48,848        6,270        20   

BBVA FINANCE (UK), LTD.

  UNITED KINGDOM   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        3,324        11,659        16        11,607        36   

BBVA FINANCE SPA.

  ITALY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        4,648        6,585        1,034        5,437        114   

BBVA FINANCIAMIENTO AUTOMOTRIZ, S.A.

  CHILE   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        139,004        247,461        108,455        112,551        26,455   

BBVA FINANZIA, S.p.A

  ITALY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        23,897        853,463        829,566        32,796        (8,899

BBVA FRANCES ASSET MANAGEMENT S.A. SOCIEDAD GERENTE DE FONDOS COMUNES DE INVERSIÓN.

  ARGENTINA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        8,709        12,491        3,781        7,066        1,644   

BBVA FRANCES VALORES SOCIEDAD DE BOLSA, S.A.

  ARGENTINA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,447        3,745        1,298        2,228        219   

BBVA FUNDOS, S.Gestora Fundos Pensoes, S.A.

  PORTUGAL   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        998        10,780        577        8,235        1,968   

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

 

A-11


Table of Contents
            % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
    Thousands of Euros (*)  
                    Affiliate Entity Data  

Company

 

Location

 

Activity

  Direct     Indirect     Total     Net
Carrying
Amount
    Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

BBVA GEST, S.G.DE FUNDOS DE INVESTIMENTO MOBILIARIO, S.A.

  PORTUGAL   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        998        7,491        132        7,085        274   

BBVA GLOBAL FINANCE LTD.

  CAYMAN ISLANDS   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        –          571,250        567,461        3,821        (32

BBVA GLOBAL MARKETS B.V.

  NETHERLANDS   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        37        306,974        306,960        23        (9

BBVA HORIZONTE PENSIONES Y CESANTIAS, S.A.

  COLOMBIA   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     78.52        21.44        99.96        62,061        184,016        39,391        121,877        22,748   

BBVA INMOBILIARIA E INVERSIONES, S.A.

  CHILE   REAL ESTATE     –          68.11        68.11        5,182        43,842        36,234        7,692        (84

BBVA INSTITUIÇAO FINANCEIRA DE CREDITO, S.A.

  PORTUGAL   FINANCIAL SERVICES     49.90        50.10        100.00        33,148        418,046        374,425        41,323        2,298   

BBVA INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

  CAYMAN ISLANDS   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        1        16,111        13,532        2,664        (85

BBVA INTERNATIONAL PREFERRED, S.A.U.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        60        1,723,047        1,722,329        769        (51

BBVA INVERSIONES CHILE, S.A.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     61.22        38.78        100.00        617,330        1,400,426        2,428        1,195,138        202,860   

BBVA IRELAND PLC

  IRELAND   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        180,381        1,499,148        1,120,980        365,957        12,211   

BBVA LEASIMO – SOCIEDADE DE LOCAÇAO FINANCEIRA, S.A.

  PORTUGAL   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        10,113        24,878        14,764        10,164        (50

BBVA LUXINVEST, S.A.

  LUXEMBOURG   INVESTMENT COMPANY     36.00        64.00        100.00        255,843        1,380,672        72,161        1,406,909        (98,398

BBVA MEDIACION OPERADOR DE BANCA-SEGUROS VINCULADO, S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        60        73,103        62,681        5,798        4,624   

BBVA NOMINEES LIMITED

  UNITED KINGDOM   SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        –          1        –          1        –     

BBVA PARAGUAY, S.A.

  PARAGUAY   BANKING     100.00        –          100.00        22,598        1,293,789        1,170,341        105,463        17,985   

BBVA PARTICIPACIONES MEJICANAS, S.L.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     99.00        1.00        100.00        57        146        –          61        85   

BBVA PATRIMONIOS GESTORA SGIIC, S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     99.98        0.02        100.00        3,907        27,825        3,097        20,177        4,551   

BBVA PENSIONES, SA, ENTIDAD GESTORA DE FONDOS DE PENSIONES

  SPAIN   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     100.00        –          100.00        12,922        71,044        33,302        25,941        11,801   

BBVA PLANIFICACION PATRIMONIAL, S.L.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     80.00        20.00        100.00        1        520        5        499        16   

BBVA PROPIEDAD, S.A.

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        1,322,422        1,406,279        50,235        1,394,242        (38,198

BBVA RE LIMITED

  IRELAND   INSURANCES SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        656        75,941        42,713        27,284        5,944   

BBVA RENTING, S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     5.94        94.06        100.00        21,018        848,550        743,071        92,024        13,455   

BBVA RENTING, SPA

  ITALY   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        8,453        102,457        99,411        5,525        (2,479

BBVA SECURITIES INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        78,363        105,828        31,212        90,943        (16,327

BBVA SECURITIES OF PUERTO RICO, INC.

  PUERTO RICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        4,726        7,526        787        6,434        305   

BBVA SEGUROS COLOMBIA, S.A.

  COLOMBIA   INSURANCES SERVICES     94.00        6.00        100.00        9,443        50,273        35,010        14,235        1,028   

BBVA SEGUROS DE VIDA COLOMBIA, S.A.

  COLOMBIA   INSURANCES SERVICES     94.00        6.00        100.00        13,885        390,249        323,584        53,407        13,258   

BBVA SEGUROS DE VIDA, S.A.

  CHILE   INSURANCES SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        79,524        345,626        265,678        54,263        25,685   

BBVA SEGUROS INC.

  PUERTO RICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        193        6,891        664        5,078        1,149   

BBVA SEGUROS, S.A., DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS

  SPAIN   INSURANCES SERVICES     94.30        5.65        99.95        411,099        13,807,365        13,277,899        262,525        266,941   

BBVA SENIOR FINANCE, S.A.U.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        60        16,349,503        16,348,362        728        413   

BBVA SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS LIMITADA

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        4,010        13,984        9,969        1,195        2,820   

BBVA SERVICIOS, S.A.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        354        11,607        2,819        7,031        1,757   

BBVA SOCIEDAD DE LEASING INMOBILIARIO, S.A.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          97.49        97.49        17,107        67,893        50,344        15,364        2,185   

BBVA SUBORDINATED CAPITAL S.A.U.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        130        2,212,310        2,211,687        510        113   

BBVA SUIZA, S.A. (BBVA SWITZERLAND)

  SWITZERLAND   BANKING     39.72        60.28        100.00        58,107        1,457,665        1,028,628        409,758        19,279   

BBVA TRADE, S.A.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        6,379        24,473        11,035        10,238        3,200   

BBVA U.S. SENIOR S.A.U.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        255        1,393,435        1,393,337        124        (26

BBVA USA BANCSHARES, INC

  UNITED STATES   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        7,804,414        8,108,679        387        9,341,918        (1,233,626

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

 

A-12


Table of Contents
            %of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
    Thousands of Euros (*)  
                    Affiliate Entity Data  

Company

 

Location

 

Activity

  Direct     Indirect     Total     Net
Carrying
Amount
    Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

BBVA VALORES COLOMBIA, S.A. COMISIONISTA DE BOLSA

  COLOMBIA   SECURITIES DEALER     –          100.00        100.00        4,406        5,079        660        3,786        633   

BBVA WEALTH SOLUTIONS, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        25,388        26,069        680        26,171        (782

BBVAPR HOLDING CORPORATION

  PUERTO RICO   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        322,837        184,807        7        184,888        (88

BILBAO VIZCAYA HOLDING, S.A.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     89.00        11.00        100.00        34,771        230,364        15,948        212,643        1,773   

BLUE INDICO INVESTMENTS, S.L.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        49,106        60,620        1,017        54,652        4,951   

C B TRANSPORT ,INC.

  UNITED STATES   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        13,004        13,545        540        12,846        159   

CAPITAL INVESTMENT COUNSEL, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        25,883        27,848        1,965        23,716        2,167   

CARTERA E INVERSIONES S.A., CIA DE

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        92,018        257,959        148,523        (396,086     505,522   

CASA DE BOLSA BBVA BANCOMER , S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        68,810        85,804        16,993        41,421        27,390   

CASA DE CAMBIO MULTIDIVISAS, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   IN LIQUIDATION     –          100.00        100.00        157        157        –          156        1   

CIA. GLOBAL DE MANDATOS Y REPRESENTACIONES, S.A.

  URUGUAY   IN LIQUIDATION     –          100.00        100.00        108        194        2        192        –     

CIDESSA DOS, S.L.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        17,156        24,219        118        12,067        12,034   

CIDESSA UNO, S.L.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        4,754        487,198        122        376,087        110,989   

CIERVANA, S.L.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        53,164        73,621        3,273        66,565        3,783   

COMERCIALIZADORA CORPORATIVA SAC (1)

  PERU   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          99.99        99.99        158        1,021        863        465        (307

COMERCIALIZADORA DE SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, S.A.

  COLOMBIA   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        1,113        2,194        1,078        928        188   

COMPASS ASSET ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        376,383        376,382        –          375,525        857   

COMPASS AUTO RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        3,226        3,227        1        3,227        (1

COMPASS BANK

  UNITED STATES   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        8,049,661        52,564,841        44,515,180        9,280,137        (1,230,476

COMPASS CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        5,918,757        5,918,757        –          5,842,516        76,241   

COMPASS CUSTODIAL SERVICES, INC.

  UNITED STATES   INACTIVE     –          100.00        100.00        1        1        –          1        –     

COMPASS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        9,134        55,931        46,797        7,253        1,881   

COMPASS GP, INC.

  UNITED STATES   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        36,431        45,704        9,273        35,975        456   

COMPASS INVESTMENTS, INC.

  UNITED STATES   INACTIVE     –          100.00        100.00        1        1        –          1        –     

COMPASS LIMITED PARTNER, INC.

  UNITED STATES   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        5,134,916        5,135,367        451        5,064,494        70,422   

COMPASS LOAN HOLDINGS TRS, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        62,110        62,114        4        60,209        1,901   

COMPASS MORTGAGE CORPORATION

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,019,328        2,019,518        189        2,002,835        16,494   

COMPASS MORTGAGE FINANCING, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        27        27        –          27        –     

COMPASS MULTISTATE SERVICES CORPORATION

  UNITED STATES   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,899        3,084        186        2,898        –     

COMPASS SOUTHWEST, LP

  UNITED STATES   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        4,224,601        4,224,894        294        4,170,369        54,231   

COMPASS TEXAS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

  UNITED STATES   INACTIVE     –          100.00        100.00        1,749        1,766        17        1,750        (1

COMPASS TEXAS MORTGAGE FINANCING, INC

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        27        27        –          27        –     

COMPASS TRUST II

  UNITED STATES   INACTIVE     –          100.00        100.00        –          1        –          1        –     

COMPASS WEALTH MANAGERS COMPANY

  UNITED STATES   INACTIVE     –          100.00        100.00        1        1        –          1        –     

COMPAÑIA CHILENA DE INVERSIONES, S.L.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        580,314        628,637        628        623,785        4,224   

CONSOLIDAR A.F.J.P., S.A.

  ARGENTINA   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     46.11        53.89        100.00        1,964        24,356        20,715        7,239        (3,598

CONSOLIDAR ASEGURADORA DE RIESGOS DEL TRABAJO, S.A.

  ARGENTINA   INSURANCES SERVICES     87.50        12.50        100.00        33,694        291,818        247,509        37,912        6,397   

CONTENTS AREA, S.L.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,528        5,469        2,309        5,411        (2,251

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

(1)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 50.0%.

 

A-13


Table of Contents
              Thousands of Euros (*)  
        %of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
          Affiliate Entity Data  

Company

  Location   Activity   Direct     Indirect     Total     Net
Carrying
Amount
    Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

CONTINENTAL BOLSA, SDAD. AGENTE DE BOLSA, S.A.(1)

  PERU   SECURITIES DEALER     –          100.00        100.00        8,507        14,679        6,174        6,082        2,423   

CONTINENTAL DPR FINANCE COMPANY (1)

  CAYMAN
ISLANDS
  FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        –          323,582        323,581        1        –     

CONTINENTAL S.A. SOCIEDAD ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS (1)

  PERU   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        11,227        14,667        3,441        8,774        2,452   

CONTINENTAL SOCIEDAD TITULIZADORA, S.A.(1)

  PERU   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        488        525        35        476        14   

CONTRATACION DE PERSONAL, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,897        10,218        7,319        2,395        504   

COPROMED S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        74        769        793        102        (126

CORPORACION GENERAL FINANCIERA, S.A.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        509,716        1,939,644        741,658        1,017,587        180,399   

DESARROLLADORA Y VENDEDORA DE CASAS, S.A

  MEXICO   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        7        8        1        12        (5

DESARROLLO URBANISTICO DE CHAMARTIN, S.A.

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          72.50        72.50        52,125        92,626        20,733        71,955        (62

DESITEL TECNOLOGIA Y SISTEMAS, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        1,521        1,524        3        1,480        41   

ECASA, S.A.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        5,724        7,421        1,696        55        5,670   

ECONTA GESTION INTEGRAL, S.L.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        522        2,170        1,523        1,333        (686

EL ENCINAR METROPOLITANO, S.A.

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          99.04        99.04        4,564        7,643        1,054        6,183        406   

EL MILANILLO, S.A.

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     100.00        –          100.00        16,508        15,658        17        18,343        (2,702

EL OASIS DE LAS RAMBLAS, S.L.

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          70.00        70.00        167        285        122        282        (119

EMPRENDIMIENTOS DE VALOR S.A.

  URUGUAY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,603        7,788        3,711        3,091        986   

ENTRE2 SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, E.F.C., S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        9,139        9,582        31        9,503        48   

ESPANHOLA COMERCIAL E SERVIÇOS, LTDA.

  BRASIL   FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        –          731        410        6,104        (5,783

ESTACION DE AUTOBUSES CHAMARTIN, S.A.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          51.00        51.00        31        30        –          30        –     

EUROPEA DE TITULIZACION, S.A., S.G.F.T.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     87.50        –          87.50        1,974        31,917        3,434        22,588        5,895   

FACILEASING EQUIPMENT, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        49,246        459,491        408,790        47,647        3,054   

FACILEASING S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        20,138        85,459        75,194        8,702        1,563   

FIDEICOMISO 28991-8 TRADING EN LOS MCADOS FINANCIEROS

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,051        2,051        93        1,740        218   

FIDEICOMISO F/29763-0 SOCIO LIQUIDADOR DE OPERACIONES FINANCIERAS DERIVADAS CUENTA PROPIA

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        19,928        20,087        159        18,650        1,278   

FIDEICOMISO F/29764-8 SOCIO LIQUIDADOR DE OPERACIONES FINANCIERAS DERIVADAS CUENTA TERCEROS

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        34,405        34,796        391        30,945        3,460   

FIDEICOMISO HARES BBVA BANCOMER F/ 47997-2

  MEXICO   REAL ESTATE     –          89.97        89.97        24,192        26,505        1,179        23,950        1,376   

FIDEICOMISO Nº 711, EN BANCO INVEX, S.A.,INSTITUCION DE BANCA MULTIPLE, INVEX GRUPO FINANCIERO, FIDUCIARIO (FIDEIC. INVEX 1ª EMISION)

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        –          86,819        84,677        3,208        (1,066

FIDEICOMISO Nº 752, EN BANCO INVEX, S.A.,INSTITUCION DE BANCA MULTIPLE, INVEX GRUPO FINANCIERO, FIDUCIARIO (FIDEIC. INVEX 2ª EMISION)

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        –          40,705        39,900        1,357        (552

FIDEICOMISO Nº 781, EN BANCO INVEX, S.A.,INSTITUCION DE BANCA MULTIPLE, INVEX GRUPO FINANCIERO, FIDUCIARIO (FIDEIC. INVEX 3ª EMISION)

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        –          243,795        215,869        18,137        9,789   

FIDEICOMISO Nº 847, EN BANCO INVEX, S.A.,INSTITUCION DE BANCA MULTIPLE, INVEX GRUPO FINANCIERO, FIDUCIARIO (FIDEIC. INVEX 4ª EMISION)

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        26        214,558        213,841        (2,179     2,896   

FIDEICOMISO Nº.402900-5 ADMINISTRACION DE INMUEBLES

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,611        2,823        208        2,615        –     

FINANCEIRA DO COMERCIO EXTERIOR S.A.R.

  PORTUGAL   INACTIVE     100.00        –          100.00        51        35        1        35        (1

FINANCIERA AYUDAMOS S.A. DE C.V., SOFOMER

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        5,027        20,770        15,743        10,416        (5,389

FINANZIA AUTORENTING, S.A.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        68,561        496,100        471,727        15,469        8,904   

FORUM COMERCIALIZADORA DEL PERU, S.A.

  PERU   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        9,837        10,529        688        10,276        (435

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA DEL PERU, S.A.

  PERU   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        6,251        6,276        21        6,302        (47

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA, S.A.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          75.52        75.52        11,463        114,658        102,920        8,478        3,260   

FORUM SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, S.A.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          75.50        75.50        98,520        849,039        740,878        64,507        43,654   

FUTURO FAMILIAR, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        515        1,752        1,236        399        117   

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

(1)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 46.1%.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Company

                  Thousands of Euros (*)  
  

Location

  

Activity

  % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
    Net
Carrying
Amount
    Affiliate Entity Data  
        Direct     Indirect     Total       Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

GESTION DE PREVISION Y PENSIONES, S.A.

   SPAIN    PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     60.00        –          60.00        8,830        25,550        1,798        20,870        2,882   

GESTION Y ADMINISTRACION DE RECIBOS, S.A.

   SPAIN    SERVICES     99.96        0.04        100.00        150        2,281        341        1,887        53   

GOBERNALIA GLOBAL NET, S.A.

   SPAIN    SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        948        2,723        358        1,598        767   

GRAN JORGE JUAN, S.A.

   SPAIN    REAL ESTATE     100.00        –          100.00        293,646        716,526        457,010        242,217        17,299   

GRANFIDUCIARIA

   COLOMBIA    IN LIQUIDATION     –          90.00        90.00        –          169        130        90        (51

GRUPO FINANCIERO BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    FINANCIAL SERVICES     99.97        –          99.97        6,677,151        7,390,699        949        5,787,052        1,602,698   

GRUPO PROFESIONAL PLANEACION Y PROYECTOS, S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    SERVICES     –          72.06        72.06        5,925        22,033        13,810        10,822        (2,599

GUARANTY BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION

   UNITED STATES    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        28,283        29,698        1,415        28,037        246   

GUARANTY PLUS HOLDING COMPANY

   UNITED STATES    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        (26,344     47,495        73,841        (24,825     (1,521

GUARANTY PLUS PROPERTIES LLC-2

   UNITED STATES    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        36,018        36,066        48        36,174        (156

GUARANTY PLUS PROPERTIES, INC-1

   UNITED STATES    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        9,649        9,654        5        9,654        (5

HIPOTECARIA NACIONAL MEXICANA INCORPORATED

   UNITED STATES    REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        233        324        92        316        (84

HIPOTECARIA NACIONAL, S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        31,975        55,887        8,077        44,950        2,860   

HOLDING CONTINENTAL, S.A.

   PERU    INVESTMENT COMPANY     50.00        –          50.00        123,678        1,035,228        1,201        750,007        284,020   

HOMEOWNERS LOAN CORPORATION

   UNITED STATES    INACTIVE     –          100.00        100.00        7,793        8,041        247        8,023        (229

HUMAN RESOURCES PROVIDER, INC

   UNITED STATES    SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        647,531        647,701        169        644,018        3,514   

HUMAN RESOURCES SUPPORT, INC

   UNITED STATES    SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        645,397        645,397        –          642,178        3,219   

IBERNEGOCIO DE TRADE, S.L.

   SPAIN    SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        5,115        11,705        –          3,688        8,017   

INGENIERIA EMPRESARIAL MULTIBA, S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    SERVICES     –          99.99        99.99        –          –          –          –          –     

INMUEBLES Y RECUPERACIONES CONTINENTAL S.A (1)

   PERU    REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        4,819        7,023        2,204        738        4,081   

INVERAHORRO, S.L. (**)

   SPAIN    INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        –          85,866        88,284        (1,580     (838

INVERSIONES ALDAMA, C.A.

   VENEZUELA    IN LIQUIDATION     –          100.00        100.00        –          –          –          –          –     

INVERSIONES BANPRO INTERNATIONAL INC. N.V.

   CURAÇAO    IN LIQUIDATION     48.00        –          48.00        11,390        49,013        1,358        26,650        21,005   

INVERSIONES BAPROBA, C.A.

   VENEZUELA    FINANCIAL SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        1,307        1,407        48        1,568        (209

INVERSIONES P.H.R.4, C.A.

   VENEZUELA    IN LIQUIDATION     –          60.46        60.46        –          27        –          27        –     

INVERSORA OTAR, S.A.

   ARGENTINA    INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          99.96        99.96        58,836        66,264        968        50,777        14,519   

INVESCO MANAGEMENT Nº 1, S.A.

   LUXEMBOURG    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        9,145        9,306        193        9,721        (608

INVESCO MANAGEMENT Nº 2, S.A.

   LUXEMBOURG    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        –          6,517        17,066        (9,302     (1,247

LIQUIDITY ADVISORS, L.P

   UNITED STATES    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        945,337        945,398        60        930,585        14,753   

MISAPRE, S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        14,379        14,295        6,655        9,047        (1,407

MULTIASISTENCIA OPERADORA S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    INSURANCES SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        124        947        824        109        14   

MULTIASISTENCIA SERVICIOS S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    INSURANCES SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        366        1,778        1,412        348        18   

MULTIASISTENCIA, S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    INSURANCES SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        19,505        24,467        4,959        16,480        3,028   

OPCION VOLCAN, S.A.

   MEXICO    REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        64,253        67,324        3,071        60,303        3,950   

OPPLUS OPERACIONES Y SERVICIOS, S.A.

   SPAIN    SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        1,067        22,594        11,706        7,812        3,076   

OPPLUS S.A.C

   PERU    SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        639        1,547        674        829        44   

PARTICIPACIONES ARENAL, S.L.

   SPAIN    INACTIVE     –          100.00        100.00        7,630        7,658        23        7,577        58   

PECRI INVERSION S.A

   SPAIN    OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES     100.00        –          100.00        89,132        93,952        4        92,026        1,922   

PENSIONES BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   MEXICO    INSURANCES SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        166,280        2,668,926        2,502,639        113,635        52,652   

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

(**)

This company has an equity loan from BBVA, S.A.

(1)

The percentage of voting rights is the result of the agreements entered into with shareholders that enable the control of the entity. The ownership percentage is 46.1%.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

Company

            Thousands of Euros (*)  
 

Location

 

Activity

  % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
   

Net
Carrying
Amount

    Affiliate Entity Data  
      Direct     Indirect     Total       Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

PHOENIX LOAN HOLDINGS, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        321,850        341,106        19,254        324,399        (2,547

PI HOLDINGS NO. 1, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        75,701        76,393        692        70,286        5,415   

PI HOLDINGS NO. 3, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        21,900        21,900        –          22,108        (208

PI HOLDINGS NO. 4, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        1        1        –          1        –     

PORT ARTHUR ABSTRACT & TITLE COMPANY

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        1,891        2,133        242        1,898        (7

PREMEXSA, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        519        1,018        468        438        112   

PREVENTIS, S.A.

  MEXICO   INSURANCES SERVICES     9.73        90.27        100.00        12,435        28,521        14,946        11,031        2,544   

PRO-SALUD, C.A.

  VENEZUELA   SERVICES     –          58.86        58.86        –          –          –          –          –     

PROMOCION EMPRESARIAL XX, S.A.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        1,213        12,879        11,280        1,528        71   

PROMOTORA DE RECURSOS AGRARIOS, S.A.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     100.00        –          100.00        139        129        –          122        7   

PROVIDA INTERNACIONAL, S.A.

  CHILE   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     –          100.00        100.00        47,000        47,155        155        34,298        12,702   

PROVINCIAL DE VALORES CASA DE BOLSA, C.A.

  VENEZUELA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          90.00        90.00        1,665        5,544        3,574        2,467        (497

PROVINCIAL SDAD.ADMIN.DE ENTIDADES DE INV.COLECTIVA, C.A.

  VENEZUELA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        1,829        1,890        119        1,535        236   

PROVIVIENDA ENTIDAD RECAUDADORA Y ADMIN.DE APORTES, S.A.

  BOLIVIA   PENSION FUNDS MANAGEMENT     –          100.00        100.00        912        4,992        4,025        878        89   

PROXIMA ALFA INVESTMENTS (UK) LLP

  UNITED KINGDOM   IN LIQUIDATION     –          51.00        51.00        –          87        2,368        (2,281     –     

PROXIMA ALFA INVESTMENTS (USA) LLC

  UNITED STATES   IN LIQUIDATION     –          100.00        100.00        7,448        1,353        208        1,128        17   

PROXIMA ALFA INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS (USA) II INC.

  UNITED STATES   IN LIQUIDATION     –          100.00        100.00        74        70        44        26        –     

PROXIMA ALFA INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS (USA) INC.

  UNITED STATES   IN LIQUIDATION     100.00        –          100.00        72        7,452        3,459        3,993        –     

PROXIMA ALFA SERVICES LTD.

  UNITED KINGDOM   IN LIQUIDATION     100.00        –          100.00        105        2,413        1        2,412        –     

RENTRUCKS, ALQUILER Y SERVICIOS DE TRANSPORTE, S.A.

  SPAIN   INACTIVE     99.23        –          99.23        9,729        16,399        10,600        10,700        (4,901

RESIDENCIAL CUMBRES DE SANTA FE, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        8,159        8,123        850        7,635        (362

RIVER OAKS BANK BUILDING, INC.

  UNITED STATES   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        25,189        29,855        4,666        25,322        (133

RIVER OAKS TRUST CORPORATION

  UNITED STATES   INACTIVE     –          100.00        100.00        1        1        –          1        –     

RIVERWAY HOLDINGS CAPITAL TRUST I

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        240        8,018        7,779        216        23   

RWHC, INC

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        564,328        565,443        1,115        560,328        4,000   

SCALDIS FINANCE, S.A.

  BELGIUM   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        3,507        3,650        148        3,507        (5

SEGUROS BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   INSURANCES SERVICES     24.99        75.01        100.00        444,396        2,543,867        2,152,552        212,270        179,045   

SEGUROS PROVINCIAL, C.A.

  VENEZUELA   INSURANCES SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        26,100        49,003        22,897        10,875        15,231   

SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        400        4,016        3,617        285        114   

SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS DE SEGUROS, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        1,375        6,542        5,167        993        382   

SERVICIOS EXTERNOS DE APOYO EMPRESARIAL, S.A DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        3,787        5,878        2,092        3,280        506   

SERVICIOS TECNOLOGICOS SINGULARES, S.A.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        1,897        11,668        9,818        (245     2,095   

SMARTSPREAD LIMITED (UK)

  UNITED KINGDOM   IN LIQUIDATION     100.00        –          100.00        1        141        –          141        –     

SOCIEDAD DE ESTUDIOS Y ANALISIS FINANCIERO.,S.A.

  SPAIN   COMERCIAL     100.00        –          100.00        114,518        194,407        72        193,554        781   

SOCIEDAD GESTORA DEL FONDO PUBLICO DE REGULACION DEL MERCADO HIPOTECARIO, S.A.

  SPAIN   INACTIVE     77.20        –          77.20        138        221        67        146        8   

SOCIETE INMOBILIERE BBV D’ILBARRIZ

  FRANCE   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        1,466        1,496        30        1,507        (41

SOUTHEAST TEXAS TITLE COMPANY

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        552        581        29        547        5   

SPORT CLUB 18, S.A.

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     100.00        –          100.00        33,090        62,514        28,746        31,053        2,715   

STATE NATIONAL CAPITAL TRUST I

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        363        11,958        11,595        352        11   

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

 

A-16


Table of Contents
             % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
    Thousands of Euros (*)  
                     Affiliate Entity Data  

Company

  Location   Activity   Direct     Indirect     Total     Net
Carrying
Amount
    Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

STATE NATIONAL STATUTORY TRUST II

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        240        7,976        7,737        233        6   

TEXAS LOAN SERVICES, LP.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        941,695        942,371        675        925,061        16,635   

TEXAS REGIONAL STATUTORY TRUST I

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        1,196        39,887        38,691        1,161        35   

TEXASBANC CAPITAL TRUST I

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        602        20,037        19,434        585        18   

TMF HOLDING INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        8,131        11,181        3,050        7,869        262   

TRAINER PRO GESTION DE ACTIVIDADES, S.A.

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        2,886        5,908        –          2,931        2,977   

TRANSITORY CO

  PANAMA   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        134        2,305        2,321        (30     14   

TUCSON LOAN HOLDINGS, INC.

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        287,090        287,176        86        280,131        6,959   

TWOENC, INC

  UNITED STATES   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        (1,203     1,153        2,357        (1,203     (1

UNICOM TELECOMUNICACIONES S.DE R.L. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          99.98        99.98        2        4        1        2        1   

UNIDAD DE AVALUOS MEXICO, S.A. DE CV

  MEXICO   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,079        3,255        1,500        1,420        335   

UNITARIA GESTION DE PATRIMONIOS INMOBILIARIOS

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00        100.00        2,410        2,657        7        2,632        18   

UNIVERSALIDAD “E5”

  COLOMBIA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        –          6,297        4,140        2,204        (47

UNIVERSALIDAD TIPS PESOS E-9

  COLOMBIA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        –          81,897        62,962        13,584        5,351   

UNO-E BANK, S.A.

  SPAIN   BANKING     100.00        –          100.00        174,752        1,367,556        1,226,967        105,987        34,602   

URBANIZADORA SANT LLORENC, S.A.

  SPAIN   INACTIVE     60.60        –          60.60        –          108        –          108        –     

VALANZA CAPITAL RIESGO S.G.E.C.R. S.A. UNIPERSONAL

  SPAIN   VENTURE CAPITAL     100.00        –          100.00        1,200        17,223        837        15,527        859   

VIRTUAL DOC, S.L.

  SPAIN   IN LIQUIDATION     –          70.00        70.00        –          133        700        (155     (412

VISACOM, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        2,282        2,282        1        1,033        1,248   

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

 

 

A-17


Table of Contents
APPENDIX III. Additional information on the jointly controlled companies accounted for under the proportionate consolidation method in the BBVA Group

 

             % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
    Thousands of Euros (*)  
               Net
Carrying
Amount
    Affiliate Entity Data  

Company

 

Location

 

Activity

  Direct     Indirect     Total       Assets
31.12.11
    Liabilities
31.12.11
    Equity
31.12.11
    Profit
(Loss)
31.12.11
 

ADMINISTRADORA DE SOLUCIONES INTEGRALES, S.A. (ASI,S.A.)

  URUGUAY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          34.00        34.00        1,869        7,855        2,358        3,377        2,120   

ALTURA MARKETS, SOCIEDAD DE VALORES, S.A.

  SPAIN   SECURITIES DEALER     50.00        –          50.00        12,600        1,278,158        1,239,179        30,381        8,598   

DOMENIA CREDIT IFN SA

  ROMANIA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        26,830        121,887        113,392        6,901        1,594   

G NETHERLANDS BV

  NETHERLANDS   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        303,300        333,786        52,783        282,793        (1,790

GARANTI BANK MOSCOW

  RUSSIA   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        61,874        295,082        236,586        55,397        3,099   

GARANTI BANK SA

  ROMANIA   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        218,958        1,441,168        1,270,122        180,357        (9,311

GARANTI BILISIM TEKNOLOJISI VE TIC. TAS

  TURKEY   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        41,959        15,714        5,978        6,713        3,023   

GARANTI EMEKLILIK VE HAYAT AS

  TURKEY   INSURANCES SERVICES     –          84.91        84.91        23,144        1,265,694        1,084,728        143,163        37,803   

GARANTI FACTORING HIZMETLERI AS

  TURKEY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          81.84        81.84        28,139        521,886        487,099        20,153        14,634   

GARANTI FINANSAL KIRALAMA A.S.

  TURKEY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          99.96        99.96        45,327        1,106,303        908,436        175,105        22,762   

GARANTI HIZMET YONETIMI A.S

  TURKEY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          96.40        96.40        30        366        238        407        (279

GARANTI HOLDING BV

  NETHERLANDS   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        301,416        304,532        –          304,598        (66

GARANTI KONUT FINANSMANI DANISMANLIK HIZMETLERI AS (GARANTI MORTGAGE)

  TURKEY   SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        307        635        58        198        379   

GARANTI ODEME SISTEMLERI A.S.(GOSAS)

  TURKEY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          99.96        99.96        171        9,941        4,165        4,947        829   

GARANTI PORTFOY YONETIMI AS

  TURKEY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        3,451        7,381        1,051        6,094        236   

GARANTI TEKNOLOJINET ILETISIM HIZ. VE TIC. A.S. (GARANTI TEKNOLOJINET)

  TURKEY   SERVICES     –          99.99        99.99        20        240        –          240        –     

GARANTI YATIRIM MENKUL KIYMETLER AS

  TURKEY   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        24,651        16,359        3,306        12,916        137   

GARANTIBANK INTERNATIONAL NV

  NETHERLANDS   BANKING     –          100.00        100.00        357,034        4,159,934        3,796,990        320,374        42,570   

GOLDEN CLOVER STICHTING CUSTODY

  NETHERLANDS   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        125        125        –          125        –     

INVERSIONES PLATCO, C.A.

  VENEZUELA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          50.00        50.00        13,372        37,229        10,483        31,029        (4,283

MOTORACTIVE IFN SA

  ROMANIA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        39,500        105,582        92,725        9,832        3,025   

PSA FINANCE ARGENTINA COMPAÑIA FINANCIERA, S.A.

  ARGENTINA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          50.00        50.00        12,922        239,405        213,561        19,611        6,233   

RALFI IFN SA

  ROMANIA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        41,864        70,760        64,362        4,329        2,069   

SAFEKEEPING CUSTODY COMPANY B.V.

  NETHERLANDS   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        18        18        –          18        –     

STICHTING SAFEKEEPING

  NETHERLANDS   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00        100.00        –          18        18        –          –     

STICHTING UNITED CUSTODIAN

  NETHERLANDS   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00        100.00        125        125        –          125        –     

TURKIYE GARANTI BANKASI A.S

  TURKEY   BANKING     25.01        –          25.01        3,919,527        59,694,402        52,500,246        6,240,859        953,297   

 

(*)

Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on December 31, 2011

 

A-18


Table of Contents
APPENDIX IV. Additional information on investments and jointly controlled companies accounted for under the equity method in the BBVA Group

(Including the most significant entities, jointly representing 98% of all investment in this collective)

 

             % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
    Thousands of Euros (**)  
               Net
Carrying
Amount
    Affiliate Entity Data  

Company

  Location   Activity   Direct     Indirect     Total       Assets     Liabilities     Equity     Profit
(Loss)
 

ADMINISTRADORA DE FONDOS DE CESANTIA DE CHILE, S.A.

  CHILE   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          37.80        37.80        5,377        14,806        4,784        5,797        4,225 (2) 

ADQUIRA ESPAÑA, S.A.

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          40.00        40.00        2,237        11,865        6,760        5,770        (666) (2) 

ALMAGRARIO, S.A.

  COLOMBIA   SERVICES     –          35.38        35.38        4,007        38,554        13,541        24,973        40 (2) 

ALTITUDE SOFTWARE SGPS, S.A.(*)

  PORTUGAL   SERVICES     –          31.00        31.00        10,215        21,739        13,891        6,593        1,255 (2) 

AUREA, S.A. (CUBA)

  CUBA   REAL ESTATE     –          49.00        49.00        3,800        8,398        714        7,556        128 (2) 

BBVA ELCANO EMPRESARIAL II, S.C.R., S.A.

  SPAIN   VENTURE CAPITAL     45.00        –          45.00        22,505        92,935        16,045        81,799        (4,908) (2) 

BBVA ELCANO EMPRESARIAL, S.C.R., S.A.

  SPAIN   VENTURE CAPITAL     45.00        –          45.00        22,510        92,936        16,045        81,872        (4,981)  (2) 

CAMARATE GOLF, S.A.(*)

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          26.00        26.00        2,485        18,881        3,501        16,516        (1,135) (2) 

CHINA CITIC BANK LIMITED CNCB

  CHINA   BANKING     15.00        –          15.00        4,840,101        235,923,186        221,806,430        11,689,116        2,427,640  (2) 

CITIC INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL HOLDINGS LIMITED CIFH

  HONG-KONG   FINANCIAL SERVICES     29.68        –          29.68        546,676        14,607,059        12,944,212        1,563,232        99,615  (1) (2) 

COMPAÑIA ESPAÑOLA DE FINANCIACION DEL DESARROLLO S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     21.82        –          21.82        15,359        72,039        6,611        54,841        10,587 (2) 

COMPAÑIA MEXICANA DE PROCESAMIENTO, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          50.00        50.00        5,163        13,392        3,562        8,360        1,470 (2) 

CORPORACION IBV PARTICIPACIONES EMPRESARIALES, S.A.(*)

  SPAIN   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          50.00        50.00        77,543        565,308        306,949        233,565        24,794  (1) (2) 

FERROMOVIL 3000, S.L.(*)

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          20.00        20.00        5,846        622,894        594,085        28,401        408 (2) 

FERROMOVIL 9000, S.L.(*)

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          20.00        20.00        4,349        393,921        372,505        20,927        488 (2) 

I+D MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.(*)

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          50.00        50.00        16,464        78,461        27,874        41,374        9,213  (1) (2) 

IMOBILIARIA DUQUE D’AVILA, S.A. (*)

  PORTUGAL   REAL ESTATE     –          50.00        50.00        5,464        24,149        13,713        10,058        377 (3) 

LAS PEDRAZAS GOLF, S.L.(*)

  SPAIN   REAL ESTATE     –          50.00        50.00        7,037        69,639        53,206        17,097        (664) (2) 

OCCIDENTAL HOTELES MANAGEMENT, S.L.(*)

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          38.53        38.53        68,063        727,741        493,613        320,836        (86,708)  (1) (2) 

ROMBO COMPAÑIA FINANCIERA, S.A.

  ARGENTINA   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          40.00        40.00        11,406        144,127        122,842        17,236        4,049 (2) 

SERVICIOS DE ADMINISTRACION PREVISIONAL, S.A.

  CHILE   PENSION FUNDS
MANAGEMENT
    –          37.87        37.87        3,915        23,104        10,208        5,913        6,983 (2) 

SERVICIOS ELECTRONICOS GLOBALES, S.A. DE C.V.

  MEXICO   SERVICES     –          46.14        46.14        4,843        17,534        7,257        10,211        66 (2) 

SERVICIOS ON LINE PARA USUARIOS MULTIPLES, S.A. (SOLIUM)(*)

  SPAIN   SERVICES     –          66.67        66.67        4,701        9,973        6,369        3,441        162 (2) 

SERVIRED SOCIEDAD ESPAÑOLA DE MEDIOS DE PAGO, S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     21.00        0.35        21.35        7,401        153,241        75,648        36,247        41,346  (1) (2) 

TELEFONICA FACTORING ESPAÑA, S.A.

  SPAIN   FINANCIAL SERVICES     30.00        –          30.00        3,736        91,139        78,453        6,849        5,837 (2) 

TUBOS REUNIDOS, S.A.

  SPAIN   INDUSTRY     –          22.77        22.77        50,590        685,741        473,869        226,055        (14,183)  (1) (2) 

VITAMEDICA S.A DE C.V.(*)

  MEXICO   INSURANCES SERVICES     –          50.99        50.99        2,654        12,846        6,422        6,207        217 (1) (2) 

OTHER COMPANIES

              88,398           
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
              5,842,845        254,535,609        237,479,110        14,530,843        2,525,655   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*)

Jointly controlled companies accounted for using the equity method

(**)

Data relating to the latest financial statements approved at the date of preparation BBVA Group consolidated financial statements. For purposes of preparing the Group consolidated financial statements, the most recent available financial statements of each company are used, regardless of whether such financial statements are audited. Information on foreign companies at exchange rate on reference date

(1)

Consolidated Data

(2)

The most recent audited financial statements are for the year ended December 31, 2010

(3)

The most recent audited financial statements are for the year ended December 31, 2009

 

A-19


Table of Contents
APPENDIX V. Changes and notification of investments and divestments in the BBVA Group in 2011

Acquisitions or Increases of Interest Ownership in Consolidated Subsidiaries and Jointly Controlled Companies Accounted for Under the Proportionate Method

 

            Thousands of Euros     % of Voting Rights     Effective Date
for the
Transaction
(or Notification
Date)
 

Company

  Type of
Transaction
  Activity   Price Paid in the
Transactions +
Expenses directly
attributable to the
Transactions
    Fair Value
of  Equity
Instruments

issued
for the
Transactions
    % Participation
(net) Acquired

in the Period
    Total Voting
Rights
Controlled
after the
Transactions
   

CREDIT URUGUAY BANCO, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   BANKING     75,595        –          100.00     100.00     18-1-2011   

BBVA DISTRIBUIDORA DE SEGUROS S.R.L.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     75        –          100.00     100.00     18-1-2011   

EMPRENDIMIENTOS DE VALOR S.A.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     2,603        –          100.00     100.00     18-1-2011   

ADMINISTRADORA DE SOLUCIONES INTEGRALES, S.A. (ASI,S.A.)

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     1,098        –          34.00     34.00     24-2-2011   

TURKIYE GARANTI BANKASI A.S

  ACQUISITION   BANKING     4,390,596        –          24.89     24.89     22-3-2011   

TURKIYE GARANTI BANKASI A.S

  ACQUISITION   BANKING     17,635        –          0.12     25.01     4-4-2011   

GARANTIBANK INTERNATIONAL NV

  ACQUISITION   BANKING     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI BANK SA

  ACQUISITION   BANKING     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

G NETHERLANDS BV

  ACQUISITION   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

RALFI IFN SA

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

DOMENIA CREDIT IFN SA

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

MOTORACTIVE IFN SA

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

LEASEMART HOLDING BV

  ACQUISITION   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI HOLDING BV

  ACQUISITION   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI BANK MOSCOW

  ACQUISITION   BANKING     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI FINANSAL KIRALAMA A.S.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          99.96     99.96     22-3-2011   

GARANTI FACTORING HIZMETLERI AS

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          81.84     81.84     22-3-2011   

GARANTI EMEKLILIK VE HAYAT AS

  ACQUISITION   INSURANCES SERVICES     –          –          84.91     84.91     22-3-2011   

GARANTI YATIRIM MENKUL KIYMETLER AS

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI PORTFOY YONETIMI AS

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI BILISIM TEKNOLOJISI VE TIC. TAS

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

SAFEKEEPING CUSTODY COMPANY B.V.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI ODEME SISTEMLERI A.S.(GÖSAS)

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          99.96     99.96     22-3-2011   

GARANTI TEKNOLOJINET ILETISIM HIZ. VE TIC. A.S. (GARANTI TEKNOLOJINET)

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     –          –          99.99     99.99     22-3-2011   

GARANTI HIZMET YONETIMI A.S

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          96.40     96.40     22-3-2011   

GARANTI KONUT FINANSMANI DANISMANLIK HIZMETLERI AS (GARANTI MORTGAGE)

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GOLDEN CLOVER STICHTING CUSTODY

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

STICHTING UNITED CUSTODIAN

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

STICHTING SAFEKEEPING

  ACQUISITION   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI BROKER DE ASIGURARE SRL

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GRUPO PROFESIONAL PLANEACION Y PROYECTOS, S.A. DE C.V.

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     1,507        –          7.65     66.06     31-3-2011   

RENTRUCKS, ALQUILER Y SERVICIOS DE TRANSPORTE, S.A.

  DILUTION EFFECT   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          48.93     98.93     30-4-2011   

BBVA & PARTNERS ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT AV SA

  ACQUISITION   SECURITIES DEALER     4,500        –          30.00     100.00     30-4-2011   

BBVA BANCO FRANCES S.A.

  ACQUISITION   BANKING     141        –          0.01     76.01     31-5-2011   

GRUPO FINANCIERO BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     25        –          0.00     99.97     31-5-2011   

FACILEASING S.A. DE C.V.

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     20,023        –          100.00     100.00     1-7-2011   

COPROMED S.A. DE C.V.

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     1-7-2011   

FORUM COMERCIALIZADORA DEL PERU, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     4,627        –          100.00     100.00     29-8-2011   

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA DEL PERU, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     2,827        –          100.00     100.00     29-8-2011   

EL MILANILLO, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   REAL ESTATE     27,179        –          100.00     100.00     30-9-2011   

BBVA BANCO FRANCES, S.A.

  MERGER   BANKING     –          –          0.02     76.04     30-9-2011   

FORUM SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     93,416        –          24.50     75.50     30-9-2011   

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     9,629        –          24.48     75.52     30-9-2011   

PREVENTIS, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   INSURANCES SERVICES     –          –          9.73     90.27     30-11-2011   

EL ENCINAR METROPOLITANO

  TREASURY STOCK   REAL ESTATE     –          –          0.03     99.04     30-11-2011   

BANCO DE PROMOCION DE NEGOCIOS, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   BANKING     8        –          0.01     99.86     31-12-2011   

RENTRUCKS, ALQUILER Y SERVICIOS DE TRANSPORTE, S.A.

  DILUTION EFFECT   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          –          0.30     99.23     31-12-2011   

GRUPO PROFESIONAL PLANEACION Y PROYECTOS, S.A. DE C.V.

  DILUTION EFFECT   SERVICES     1,245        –          6.00     72.06     31-12-2011   

 

A-20


Table of Contents

Disposals or Reduction of Interest Ownership in Consolidated Subsidiaries and Jointly Controlled Companies Accounted for Under the Proportionate Method

 

             Thousands of Euros     % of Voting Rights     Effective Date for the
Transaction (or
Notification Date)
 

Company

  Type of
Transaction
  Activity   Profit (Loss)
in the Transaction
    % Participation
Sold
in the Period
    Total Voting Rights
Controlled after
the Disposal
   

BCL INTERNATIONAL FINANCE. LTD.

  LIQUIDATION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00     –          30-04-11   

PROMOTORA RESIDENCIAL GRAN EUROPA, S.L.

  LIQUIDATION   REAL ESTATE     (5     58.50     –          30-04-11   

CREDIT URUGUAY BANCO, S.A.(1)

  MERGER   BANKING     –          100.00     –          30-04-11   

CONSOLIDAR CIA. DE SEGUROS DE RETIRO, S.A.

  DISPOSAL   INSURANCES SERVICES     17,421        100.00     –          30-06-11   

JARDINES DE SARRIENA, S.L.

  LIQUIDATION   REAL ESTATE     34        85.00     –          30-06-11   

FIDEICOMISO MIRASIERRA BBVA-BANCOMER Nº F/70413-0

  MERGER   REAL ESTATE     –          0.13     45.35     30-06-11   

FINANZIA, BANCO DE CREDITO, S.A.(2)

  MERGER   BANKING     –          100.00     –          01-07-11   

CONSOLIDAR COMERCIALIZADORA, S.A.(3)

  MERGER   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00     –          01-07-11   

INMOBILIARIA BILBAO, S.A.(4)

  MERGER   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00     –          30-09-11   

MEDITERRANIA DE PROMOCIONS I GESTIONS INMOBILIARIES, S.A.(4)

  MERGER   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00     –          30-09-11   

LEASEMART HOLDING BV(5)

  MERGER   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00     –          30-09-11   

GARANTI BROKER DE ASIGURARE SRL

  LIQUIDATION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          100.00     –          30-11-11   

PROMOTORA METROVACESA, S.L.(6)

  MERGER   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00     –          31-12-11   

ANIDA DESARROLLOS SINGULARES, S.L.(6)

  MERGER   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00     –          31-12-11   

ANIDA INMUEBLES ESPAÑA Y PORTUGAL, S.L.(6)

  MERGER   REAL ESTATE     –          100.00     –          31-12-11   

CORPORACION DE ALIMENTACION Y BEBIDAS, S.A.(7)

  MERGER   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00     –          31-12-11   

BILBAO VIZCAYA AMERICA B.V.(8)

  MERGER   INVESTMENT COMPANY     –          100.00     –          31-12-11   

DINERO EXPRESS SERVICIOS GLOBALES, S.A.

  LIQUIDATION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     (122     100.00     –          31-12-11   

FIDEICOMISO BBVA BANCOMER SERVICIOS Nº F/47433-8, S.A.

  LIQUIDATION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     1,454        100.00     –          31-12-11   

 

(1)

Merger company: BBVA URUGUAY,SA

(2)

Merger company: BBVA,SA

(3)

Merger company: BBVA BANCO FRANCES,SA

(4)

Merger company: CIDESSA DOS,SA

(5)

Merger company: GARANTI HOLDING BV

(6)

Merger company: ANIDA OPERACIONES SIGULARES, S.L.

(7)

Merger company: BANCO INDUSTRIAL DE BILBAO, S.A.

(8)

Merger company: BBV AMERICA, S.L.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

Business Combinations and Other Acquisitions or Increases of Interest Ownership in Associates and Jointly Controlled Companies Accounted for Under the Equity Method

 

            Thousands of Euros     % of Voting Rights     Effective Date for
the Transaction
(or Notification Date)
 

Company

  Type of
Transaction
  Activity   Price Paid in the
Transactions +
Expenses Directly
Attributable to the
Transactions
    Fair Value of
Equity
Instruments
Issued
for the
Transactions
    % Participation
(Net) Acquired
in the Period
    Total Voting Rights
Controlled After the
Transactions
   

CABAL URUGUAY, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     102        –          33.33     33.33     18-1-2011   

REDBANC, S.A.(URUGUAY)

  ACQUISITION   FINANCIAL SERVICES     22        –          28.57     28.57     18-1-2011   

ALTITUDE SOFTWARE SGPS, S.A.

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     164        –          0.53     31.00     31-3-2011   

SISTARBANC S.R.L.

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     22        –          20.00     20.00     18-1-2011   

REDSYS SERVICIOS DE PROCESAMIENTO, S.L.

  SPLIT   FINANCIAL SERVICES     1,344        –          16.19     16.19     30-4-2011   

MOTORACTIVE MULTISERVICES SRL

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI FILO YONETIM HIZMETLERI A.S.

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

GARANTI KULTUR AS

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

TRIFOI REAL ESTATE SRL

  ACQUISITION   REAL ESTATE     –          –          100.00     100.00     22-3-2011   

SOLIUM OPERADORA, S.A. DE C.V.

  ACQUISITION   SERVICES     2        –          100.00     100.00     30-9-2011   

PROMOTORA METROVACESA

  DILUTION EFFECT   REAL ESTATE     2,950        –          50.00     100.00     30-9-2011   

TUBOS REUNIDOS, S.A.

  TREASURY STOCK   INDUSTRY     –          –          0.26     24.38     31-10-2011   

Disposal or Reduction of Interest Ownership in Associates and Jointly Controlled Companies Accounted for Under the Equity Method

 

            Thousands of Euros     % of Voting Rights     Effective Date for
the Transaction
(or Notification Date)
 

Company

  Type of Transaction   Activity   Profit (Loss) in
the Transaction
    % Participation
Sold in the
Period
    Total Voting Rights
Controlled after the
Disposal
   

HESTENAR, S.L.

  LIQUIDATION   REAL ESTATE     (356     43.34     –          30-04-11   

HESTERALIA MALAGA, S.L.

  LIQUIDATION   REAL ESTATE     (16     50.00     –          31-05-11   

REDBANC, S.A.(URUGUAY)

  % ADJUSTMENT   FINANCIAL SERVICES     6        8.57     20.00     30-08-11   

BLUE VISTA PLATAFORMA DE EMISION EN NUEVOS MEDIOS, S.L.

  DISPOSAL   SERVICES     (12     51.00     –          31-12-11   

 

A-22


Table of Contents

Changes in other Companies quoted recognize as Available-for-sale

 

               % Voting Rights     Effective Date for the
Transaction
(or Notification Date)
 

Company

  

Type of Transaction

  

Activity

   % Participation
Acquired (Sold)
in the Period
    Totally Controlled
after Transaction
   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   DISPOSAL    SERVICES      -1.06     2.97     25-1-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   ADQUISITION    SERVICES      0.06     3.03     28-1-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   DISPOSAL    SERVICES      -0.15     2.93     1-2-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   ADQUISITION    SERVICES      0.04     3.02     4-2-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   DISPOSAL    SERVICES      -0.95     2.11     21-2-2011   

ACS ACTIVIDADES DE CONSTRUCCION Y SERVICIOS, S.A.(*)

   DISPOSAL    SERVICES      -0.23     2.87     14-1-2011   

ACS ACTIVIDADES DE CONSTRUCCION Y SERVICIOS, S.A.(*)

   ADQUISITION    SERVICES      0.32     3.10     27-1-2011   

SOL MELIA, S.A.(*)

   DISPOSAL    SERVICES      -2.86     1.25     23-2-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   ADQUISITION    SERVICES      0.75     3.41     6-4-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   DELEGATION VOTES    SERVICES      -3.25     0.21     15-4-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   DISPOSAL    SERVICES      -2.27     1.19     18-4-2011   

ACS ACTIVIDADES DE CONSTRUCCION Y SERVICIOS, S.A.(*)

   DISPOSAL    SERVICES      -1.17     1.99     2-5-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   ADQUISITION    SERVICES      2.07     3.92     5-7-2011   

METROVACESA, S.A (*)

   CAPITAL INCREASE    REAL ESTATE      16.53     17.34     2-8-2011   

REPSOL YPF, S.A.(*)

   DISPOSAL    SERVICES      -0.06     2.94     12-9-2011   

 

(*)

Notifications realized

 

A-23


Table of Contents
APPENDIX VI. Fully consolidated subsidiaries with more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders as of December 31, 2011

 

Company

 

Activity

  % of Voting Rights
Controlled by the Bank
 
    Direct     Indirect     Total  

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA
CHILE, S.A.

  BANKING     –          68.18        68.18   

BANCO PROVINCIAL S.A. – BANCO UNIVERSAL

  BANKING     1.85        53.75        55.60   

BBVA INMOBILIARIA E INVERSIONES, S.A.

  REAL ESTATE     –          68.11        68.11   

DESARROLLO URBANISTICO DE
CHAMARTIN, S.A.

  REAL ESTATE     –          72.50        72.50   

EL OASIS DE LAS RAMBLAS, S.L.

  REAL ESTATE     –          70.00        70.00   

ESTACION DE AUTOBUSES CHAMARTIN, S.A.

  SERVICES     –          51.00        51.00   

FIDEICOMISO HARES BBVA BANCOMER F/ 47997-2

  REAL ESTATE     –          89.97        89.97   

FORUM DISTRIBUIDORA, S.A.

  FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          75.52        75.52   

FORUM SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS, S.A.

  FINANCIAL SERVICES     –          75.50        75.50   

GESTION DE PREVISION Y PENSIONES, S.A.

  PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT     60.00        –          60.00   

GRUPO PROFESIONAL PLANEACION Y PROYECTOS, S.A. DE C.V.

  SERVICES     –          72.06        72.06   

HOLDING CONTINENTAL, S.A.

  INVESTMENT COMPANY     50.00        –          50.00   

INVERSIONES BANPRO INTERNATIONAL
INC. N.V.

  IN LIQUIDATION     48.00        –          48.00   

INVERSIONES P.H.R.4, C.A.

  IN LIQUIDATION     –          60.46        60.46   

PRO-SALUD, C.A.

  SERVICES     –          58.86        58.86   

VIRTUAL DOC, S.L.

  IN LIQUIDATION     –          70.00        70.00   

 

A-24


Table of Contents
APPENDIX VII. BBVA Group’s securitization funds

 

               Thousands of Euros  

Securitization Fund

 

Company

  Origination
Date
    Total Securitized
Exposures at the
Origination Date
    Total Securitized
Exposures as of
December 31, 2011
 

BBVA AUTOS I FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     10/2004        1,000,000        37,005   

BBVA-3 FTPYME FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     11/2004        1,000,023        69,198   

BBVA AUTOS 2 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     12/2005        1,000,000        183,673   

BBVA HIPOTECARIO 3 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     06/2005        1,450,013        250,213   

BBVA-4 PYME FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     09/2005        1,250,025        92,899   

BBVA CONSUMO 1 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     05/2006        1,499,999        245,266   

BBVA-5 FTPYME FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     10/2006        1,900,022        268,652   

BCL MUNICIPIOS I FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     06/2000        1,205,059        123,849   

2 PS RBS (ex ABN)

  BBVA SDAD DE LEASING INMOBILIARIO, S.A.     09/2002        8,325        5,554   

BBVA CONSUMO 2 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     11/2006        1,500,000        352,090   

BBVA CONSUMO 3 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     04/2008        975,000        328,333   

BBVA CONSUMO 4 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     12/2009        1,100,000        742,690   

BBVA CONSUMO 5 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     12/2010        899,999        862,019   

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E10

  BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.     03/2009        29,553        8,507   

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E11

  BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.     05/2009        19,509        6,054   

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E12

  BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.     08/2009        31,341        7,999   

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E5

  BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.     11/2004        138,769        1,870   

BBVA UNIVERSALIDAD E9

  BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.     12/2008        56,037        17,490   

BBVA EMPRESAS 1 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     11/2007        1,450,002        282,774   

BBVA EMPRESAS 2 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     03/2009        2,850,062        1,237,017   

BBVA EMPRESAS 3 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     12/2009        2,600,011        1,189,154   

BBVA EMPRESAS 4 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     07/2010        1,700,025        1,029,825   

BBVA EMPRESAS 5 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     03/2011        1,250,050        929,566   

BBVA EMPRESAS 6 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     12/2011        1,200,154        1,167,385   

BACOMCB 07

  BBVA BANCOMER, S.A.     12/2007        146,447        84,388   

BACOMCB 08

  BBVA BANCOMER, S.A.     03/2008        63,970        39,789   

BACOMCB 08U

  BBVA BANCOMER, S.A.     08/2008        315,526        242,810   

BACOMCB 08-2

  BBVA BANCOMER, S.A.     12/2008        322,609        213,367   

BACOMCB 09

  BBVA BANCOMER, S.A.     08/2009        362,578        284,113   

BBVA-FINANZIA AUTOS 1 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     04/2007        800,000        190,633   

GAT FTGENCAT 2005 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     12/2005        249,943        35,031   

BBVA RMBS 1 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     02/2007        2,500,000        1,681,555   

BBVA RMBS 2 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     03/2007        5,000,000        3,318,029   

BBVA RMBS 3 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     07/2007        3,000,000        2,215,718   

BBVA RMBS 4 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     11/2007        4,900,001        3,261,080   

BBVA RMBS 5 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     05/2008        5,000,001        3,807,310   

BBVA RMBS 6 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     11/2008        4,995,005        3,855,001   

BBVA RMBS 7 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     11/2008        8,500,005        5,970,303   

BBVA RMBS 9 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     04/2010        1,295,101        1,214,413   

BBVA RMBS 10 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     06/2011        1,600,065        1,577,645   

BBVA LEASING 1 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     06/2007        2,500,000        575,305   

PEP80040F110

  BANCO CONTINENTAL,S.A.     12/2007        7,165        6,983   

BBVA-6 FTPYME FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     06/2007        1,500,101        305,427   

BBVA-7 FTGENCAT FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     02/2008        250,010        69,941   

BBVA-8 FTPYME FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     07/2008        1,100,127        379,397   

BBVA RMBS 8 FTA

  BBVA, S.A.     07/2009        1,220,000        1,007,773   

2 PS INTERAMERICANA

  BBVA CHILE, S.A.     10/2004        12,120        4,876   

2 PS INTERAMERICANA

  BBVA SDAD DE LEASING INMOBILIARIO, S.A.     10/2004        19,726        7,937   

FannieMae- Lender No. 227300000

  COMPASS BANK     12/2001        157,774        17,639   

FannieMae- Lender No. 227300000

  COMPASS SOUTHWEST     12/2001        32,361        3,619   

FANNIE MAE – LENDER No. 227300027

  COMPASS BANK     12/2003        7,818        1,972   

FANNIE MAE – LENDER No. 227300027

  COMPASS SOUTHWEST     12/2003        280,670        70,804   

 

A-25


Table of Contents
APPENDIX VIII. Details of the outstanding subordinated debt and preferred securities issued by the Bank or entities in the Group consolidated as of December 31, 2011.

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011 of subordinated issues

 

     Millions of Euros  

Issuer Entity and Issued Date

   Currency      December
2011
     December
2010
     December
2009
     Prevailing
Interest Rate at
2011
    Maturity
Date
 

Issues in Euros

                

BBVA

                

July-96

     EUR         27         27         27         9.37     22-12-16   

November-03

     EUR         –           –           750         0.00     12-11-15   

October-04

     EUR         992         992         992         4.37     20-10-19   

February-07

     EUR         297         297         297         4.50     16-02-22   

March-08

     EUR         125         125         125         6.03     03-03-33   

July-08

     EUR         100         100         100         6.20     04-07-23   

September-09

     EUR         –           2,000         2,000         –          15-10-14   
     EUR         3,430               6.50     30-06-13   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal

     EUR         4,971         3,541         4,291        
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

BBVA GLOBAL FINANCE, LTD. (*)

                

July-99

     EUR         64         73         73         6.33     16-10-15   

February-00

     EUR         –           –           442         0.00     25-02-10   

October-01

     EUR         –           60         60         0.00     10-10-11   

October-01

     EUR         40         40         40         6.08     10-10-16   

October-01

     EUR         50         50         50         2.17     15-10-16   

November-01

     EUR         55         55         55         2.29     02-11-16   

December-01

     EUR         56         56         56         2.12     20-12-16   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal

     EUR         265         334         776        
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

BBVA SUBORDINATED CAPITAL, S.A.U. (*)

                

May-05

     EUR         389         423         456         1.77     23-05-17   

October-05

     EUR         126         126         130         1.87     13-10-20   

October-05

     EUR         199         205         231         1.83     20-10-17   

October-06

     EUR         –           822         900         0.00     24-10-16   

April-07

     EUR         594         623         700         1.77     03-04-17   

April-07

     EUR         100         100         100         3.65     04-05-22   

May-08

     EUR         50         50         50         0.00     19-05-23   

July-08

     EUR         20         20         20         6.11     22-07-18   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal

     EUR         1,478         2,369         2,587        
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. de C.V.

                

May-07

     EUR         469         601         560         7.00     17-07-17   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal

     EUR         469         601         560        
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

ALTURA MARKETS A.V., S.A.

                

November-07

     EUR         2         2         2         3.48     29-11-17   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal

     EUR         2         2         2        
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

TURKIYE GARANTIA BANKASI, A.S.

                

February-09

     EUR         12         –           –           3.50     31-03-21   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal

     EUR         12              
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

GARANTIBANK INTERNATIONAL NV

                

Different issues

     EUR         4         –           –           Various        Various   

Subtotal

     EUR         4              
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total issued in Euros

        7,201         6,847         8,216        
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(*)

As of March 23, 2010 issues of BBVA Capital Funding, Ltd. have been assumed by BBVA Global Finance Ltd.

The issues of BBVA Subordinated Capital, S.A.U. and BBVA Global Finance, LTD. are guaranteed (secondary liability) by the Bank.

 

A-26


Table of Contents

Outsanding as of December 31, 2011 of subordinated issues

 

    Millions of Euros  

Issuer Entity and Issued Date

  Currency     December
2011
    December
2010
    December
2009
    Prevailing
Interest Rate at
2011
    Maturity
Date
 

Issues in foreign currency

           

BBVA PUERTO RICO, S.A.

           

September-04

    USD        39        38        35        2.01     23-09-14   

September-06

    USD        28        28        26        2.13     29-09-16   

September-06

    USD        23        22        21        2.13     29-09-16   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    USD        90        88        82       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

BBVA GLOBAL FINANCE, LTD. (*)

           

December-95

    USD        155        96        139        7.00     01-12-25   

October-95

    JPY        100        92        75        6.00     26-10-15   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, CHILE

           

Various issues

    CLP        597        624        336        Various        Various   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    CLP        597        624        336       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. de C.V.

           

July-05

    USD        –          –          241        0.00     22-07-15   

May-07

    USD        386        373        345        6.00     17-05-22   

April-10

    USD        773        670        –          7.00     22-04-20   

March-11

    USD        966            7.00     10-03-21   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    USD        2,125        1,043        586       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

September-06

    MXN        138        151        132        5.00     18-09-14   

July-08

    MXN        66        73        63        5.00     16-07-18   

October-08

    MXN        166        181        156        6.00     24-09-18   

December-08

    MXN        165        172        152        6.00     26-11-20   

June-09

    MXN        151        164        144        6.00     07-06-19   

Subtotal

    MXN        686        741        647       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

BBVA SUBORDINATED CAPITAL, S.A.U.

           

October-05

    JPY        200        184        150        2.75     22-10-35   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    JPY        200        184        150       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

October-05

    GBP        –          –          277        0.00     21-10-15   

March-06

    GBP        –          326        325        0.00     31-03-16   

March-07

    GBP        258        284        282        5.75     11-03-18   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    GBP        258        610        884       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

RIVERWAY HOLDING CAPITAL TRUST I

           

March-01

    USD        8        7        7        10.18     08-06-31   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    USD        8        7        7       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

TEXAS REGIONAL STATUTORY TRUST I

           

February-04

    USD        39        37        35        3.41     17-03-34   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    USD        39        37        35       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

(*)

As of March 23, 2010 issues of BBVA Capital Funding, Ltd. have been assumed by BBVA Global Finance Ltd.

The issues of BBVA Subordinated Capital, S.A.U. and BBVA Global Finance, LTD. are guaranteed (secondary liability) by the Bank.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011 of subordinated issues

 

    Millions of Euros  

Issuer Entity and Issued Date

  Currency     December
2011
    December
2010
    December
2009
    Prevailing
Interest Rate at
2011
    Maturity
Date
 

STATE NATIONAL CAPITAL TRUST I

           

July-03

    USD        12        11        10        3.63     30-09-33   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    USD        12        11        10       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

STATE NATIONAL STATUTORY TRUST II

           

March-04

    USD        8        7        7        3.35     17-03-34   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    USD        8        7        7       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

TEXASBANC CAPITAL TRUST I

           

July-04

    USD        19        19        17        3.02     23-07-34   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    USD        19        19        17       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

COMPASS BANK

           

March-05

    USD        220        212        195        5.50     01-04-20   

March-06

    USD        202        195        180        5.90     01-04-26   

September-07

    USD        269        261        242        6.40     01-10-17   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    USD        691        668        617       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

BBVA COLOMBIA, S.A.

           

August-06

    COP        –          156        136          28-08-11   

September-11

    COP        42        –          –          8.32     19-09-21   

September-11

    COP        62        –          –          8.57     19-09-26   

September-11

    COP        41        –          –          8.16     19-09-18   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

    COP        145        156        136       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

BBVA PARAGUAY, S.A.

           

Various

    PYG        2        2        2        –          Various   

Various

    USD        7        6        6        –          Various   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

BANCO CONTINENTAL, S.A.

           

December-06

    USD        23        22        21        3.00     15-02-17   

May-07

    USD        15        15        14        6.00     14-05-27   

September-07

    USD        15        15        14        2.00     24-09-17   

February-08

    USD        15        15        14        6.00     28-02-28   

June-08

    USD        23        22        21        3.00     15-06-18   

November-08

    USD        15        15        14        3.00     15-02-19   

October-10

    USD        156        150        –          7.00     07-10-40   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

      262        254        98       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

May-07

    PEN        11        11        10        6.00     07-05-22   

June-07

    PEN        19        16        14        4.00     18-06-32   

November-07

    PEN        16        15        13        4.00     19-11-32   

July-08

    PEN        14        13        11        3.00     08-07-23   

September-08

    PEN        16        14        12        3.00     09-09-23   

December-08

    PEN        10        8        7        4.00     15-12-33   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

      86        77        67       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

TURKIYE GARANTI BANKASI, A.S.

           

Feb-07

    USD        95            6.95     06-02-17   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subtotal

      95           
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total issues in foreign currencies (Millions of Euros)

      5,578        4,722        3,901       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

A-28


Table of Contents

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011 of preferred issues

 

    December 2011     December 2010     December 2009  

Issuer Entity and Issued Date

  Currency     Amount Issued
(Millions)
    Currency     Amount Issued
(Millions)
    Currency     Amount Issued
(Millions)
 

BBVA International, Ltd.

           

December-02

    EUR        9        EUR        500        EUR        500   

BBVA Capital Finance, S.A.U.

           

December-03

    EUR        5        EUR        350        EUR        350   

July-04

    EUR        7        EUR        500        EUR        500   

December-04

    EUR        17        EUR        1,125        EUR        1,125   

December-08

    EUR        7        EUR        1,000        EUR        1,000   

BBVA International Preferred, S.A.U.

           

September-05

    EUR        85        EUR        85        EUR        85   

September-06

    EUR        164        EUR        164        EUR        164   

April-07

    USD        600        USD        600        USD        600   

July-07

    GBP        31        GBP        31        GBP        31   

October-09

    EUR        645        EUR        645        EUR        645   

October-09

    GBP        251        GBP        251        GBP        251   

Banco Provincial, S.A. – Banco Universal

           

October-07

    –          –          VEF        150        VEF        150   

November-07

    –          –          VEF        58        VEF        58   

Phoenix Loan Holdings Inc.

        –          –          –          –     

November-00

    USD        25        USD        25        USD        25   

 

A-29


Table of Contents
APPENDIX IX. Consolidated balance sheets held in foreign currency as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

     Millions of Euros  

2011

   USD      Mexican
Pesos
     Other Foreign
Currencies
     Total Foreign
Currencies
 

Assets -

           

Cash and balances with central banks

     5,823         5,412         6,314         17,549   

Financial assets held for trading

     3,369         13,568         3,599         20,536   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     8,929         7,642         8,901         25,472   

Loans and receivables

     69,923         34,363         43,977         148,263   

Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

     5         101         4,236         4,342   

Tangible assets

     842         1,060         1,009         2,911   

Other assets

     4,770         2,769         4,140         11,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     93,661         64,915         72,176         230,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities-

           

Financial liabilities held for trading

     2,207         4,113         2,222         8,542   

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

     85,459         47,906         53,570         186,935   

Other liabilities

     1,164         6,288         3,279         10,731   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     88,830         58,307         59,071         206,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Millions of Euros  

2010

   USD      Mexican
Pesos
     Other Foreign
Currencies
     Total Foreign
Currencies
 

Assets -

           

Cash and balances with central banks

     4,358         6,002         5,333         15,693   

Financial assets held for trading

     2,347         11,142         4,031         17,520   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     8,547         10,150         5,102         23,799   

Loans and receivables

     61,994         35,465         31,288         128,747   

Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

     5         112         3,658         3,775   

Tangible assets

     804         916         655         2,375   

Other assets

     3,972         2,768         1,830         8,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     82,027         66,555         51,897         200,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities-

           

Financial liabilities held for trading

     1,420         3,349         1,073         5,842   

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

     90,444         50,708         42,645         183,797   

Other liabilities

     928         5,976         2,889         9,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     92,792         60,033         46,607         199,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Millions of Euros  

2009

   USD      Mexican
Pesos
     Other Foreign
Currencies
     Total Foreign
Currencies
 

Assets -

           

Cash and balances with central banks

     3,198         5,469         4,278         12,945   

Financial assets held for trading

     2,607         12,121         2,459         17,187   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     8,451         7,277         5,227         20,955   

Loans and receivables

     59,400         27,618         27,953         114,971   

Investments in entities accounted for using the equity method

     5         112         2,328         2,445   

Tangible assets

     753         777         653         2,183   

Other assets

     3,699         2,123         1,763         7,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     78,113         55,497         44,661         178,271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities-

           

Financial liabilities held for trading

     893         2,507         968         4,368   

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

     121,735         43,300         42,502         207,537   

Other liabilities

     1,050         4,316         2,835         8,201   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     123,678         50,123         46,305         220,106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

A-30


Table of Contents
APPENDIX X. Risks related to the developer and real-estate sector in Spain

a) Policies and strategies established by the Group to deal with risks related to the developer and real-estate sector

BBVA has teams specializing in the management of the Real Estate Sector risk, given its economic importance and specific technical component. This specialization is not only in the Risk-Acceptance teams, but throughout the handling, commercial, problematic management and legal aspects, and includes the research department (BBVA Research), which helps determine the medium/long-term vision needed to manage this portfolio. Specialization has been increased and the management teams in the areas of recovery and the Real Estate Unit itself have been reinforced.

The portfolio management policies, established to address the risks related to the developer and real-estate sector, aims to accomplish, among others, the following objectives: to avoid concentration in terms of customers, products and regions; to estimate the risk profile for the portfolio; and to anticipate possible worsening of the portfolio.

Specific policies for analysis and admission of new developer risk transactions

In the analysis of new operations, the assessment of the commercial operation in terms of the economic and financial viability of the project has been once of the constant points that have helped ensure the success and transformation of construction land operations for our customers’ developments.

As regards the participation of the Risk Acceptance teams, they have a direct link and participate in the committees of areas such as Recoveries and the Real Estate Unit. This guarantees coordination and exchange of information in all the processes.

The following strategies have been implemented with customers: avoidance of large corporate transactions, which had already reduced their share in the years of greatest market growth; non-participation in the second-home market; commitment to public housing financing; and participation in land operations with a high level of urban development security, giving priority to land open to urban development.

Risk monitoring policies

The base information for analyzing the real estate portfolios is updated monthly. The tools used include the so-called “watch-list”, which is updated monthly with the progress of each client under watch, and the different strategic plans for management of special groups. There are plans that involve an intensification of the review of the portfolio for financing land, while, in the case of ongoing promotions, they are classified for monitoring purposes based on the rate of progress of the projects.

These actions have enabled the Bank to anticipate possible impairment situations, by always keeping an eye on BBVA’s position with each customer (whether or not as first creditor). In this regard, key aspects include management of the risk policy to be followed with each customer, contract review, deadline extension, improved collateral, rate review (repricing) and asset purchase.

Proper management of the relationship with each customer requires knowledge of various aspects such as the identification of the source of payment difficulties, an analysis of the company’s future viability, the updating of the information on the debtor and the guarantors (their current situation and business course, economic-financial information, debt analysis and generation of funds), and the updating of the appraisal of the assets offered as collateral.

BBVA has a classification of debtors in accordance with legislation in force in each country, usually categorizing each one’s level of difficulty for each risk.

 

A-31


Table of Contents

Based on the information above, a decision is made whether to use the refinancing tool, whose objective is to adjust the structure of the maturity of the debt to the generation of funds and the customer’s payment capacity.

As for the policies relating to risk refinancing with the developer and real-estate sector, they are the same as the general policies used for all of the Group’s risks. In the developer and real estate sector, they are based on clear solvency and viability criteria for projects, with demanding terms for guarantees and legal compliance. The policy on refinancing uses outstanding risk rather than nonperforming assets, with a refinancing tool that standardizes criteria and values up to a total of 19 variables when considering any refinancing operation.

In the case of refinancing, the tools used for enhancing the Bank’s position are: the search for new intervening parties with proven solvency and initial payment to reduce the principal debt or outstanding interest; the improvement of the debt bond in order to facilitate the procedure in the event of default; the provision of new or additional collateral; and making refinancing viable with new conditions (period, rate and repayments), adapted to a credible and sufficiently verified business plan.

Policies applied in the management of real estate assets in Spain

The policy applied for managing these assets depends on the type of real-estate asset, as detailed below.

In the case of completed homes, the final aim is the sale of these homes to private individuals, thus diluting the risk and beginning a new business cycle. Here, the strategy has been to help subrogation (the default rate in this channel of business is notably lower than in any other channel of residential mortgages) and to support our customers’ sales directly, using BBVA’s own channel (BBVA Services and our branches), creating incentives for sale and including sale orders for BBVA that set out sale prices which are notably lower than initial ones. In exceptional case we have even accepted partial haircuts, with the aim of making the sale easier.

In the case of ongoing construction work, our strategy has been to help and promote the completion of the works in order to transfer the investment to completed homes. The whole developer Works in Progress portfolio has been reviewed and classified into different stages with the aim of using different tools to support the strategy. This includes the use of developer accounts-payable financing as a form of payment control, the use of project monitoring supported by the Real Estate Unit itself, and the management of direct suppliers for the works as a complement to the developer’s own management.

With respect to land, our presence at advanced stages in land development, where the vast majority of our risk is urban land, simplifies our management. Urban management and liquidity control to tackle urban planning costs are also subject to special monitoring.

b) Quantitative information on activities in the real-estate market in Spain

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, exposure (excluding undisbursed amounts) to customers of the construction or real estate industry in Spain (in accordance with the official Spanish industry classification) stood at 25,287 million and 31,708 million, respectively. Of that amount, risk from loans granted to customers in Spain for the development of real estate and housing accounted for 14,158 million and 16,608 million, representing 8.1% and 8.9% of loans and advances to customers of the balance of business in Spain (excluding the government and other public agencies) and 2% and 3% of the total assets of the Consolidated Group.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Lending for real estate development according to the purpose of the loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is shown below:

 

     Millions of Euros  

2011

Financing allocated to construction and real estate development and its
coverage

   Gross Amount      Drawn Over
the Guarantee
Value
     Provision
Coverage
 

Loans recorded by the Group’s credit institutions (Business in Spain)

     14,158         4,846         1,441   

Of which: Impaired assets

     3,743         1,725         1,123   

Of which: Potential problem assets

     2,052         911         318   

Memorandum item:

        

Write-offs

     182         

 

     Millions of Euros  

2010

Financing allocated to construction and real estate development and its
coverage

   Gross amount      Drawn over
the guarantee
value
     Provision
coverage
 

Loans recorded by the Group’s credit institutions (Business in Spain)

     16,608         4,869         1,224   

Of which: Impaired assets

     3,543         1,355         893   

Of which: Potential problem assets

     2,381         1,185         331   

Memorandum item:

        

Write-offs

     23         

 

     Millions of Euros  

Memorandum item:

Consolidated Group Data (carrying amount)

   2011      2010  

Total loans and advances to customers, excluding the Public Sector (Business in Spain)

     174,467         185,361   

Total consolidated assets (total business)

     597,688         552,738   

Impairment losses determined collectively (total business)

     3,027         2,698   

As of December 31, 2011, 29% of the nonperforming assets in this sector are up-to-date on payments, but were classified as non-performing in accordance with the provisions of Appendix IX of Circular 4/2004 of the Bank of Spain. Furthermore, substandard risk amounted to 14.5% of total developer risk.

The drawn over the guarantee value shown in the tables above corresponds to the difference between the gross amount of each loan and the value of the real rights that, if applicable, were received as security, calculated according to Bank of Spain Circular 3/2010, which complements Appendix IX of Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004. This means that additional regulatory corrective factors ranging from 30% to 50%, based on the type of asset, have been applied to the updated appraisal values.

After applying said corrective factors, the excess value above the guarantee value, which represents the amount to be provisioned, amounted to 1,725 and 991 million for nonperforming assets and substandard assets, respectively as of December 31, 2011 (1,355 million and 1,185 million as of December 31, 2010).

In addition, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, specific recognized provisions are available, amounting to 1,441 and 1,224 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the updated appraisal values, without the application of said corrective factors, rose to 19,288 and 25,327 million, respectively (an average LTV of 73.4% and 65.5%, respectively) which broadly covers the amount of the debt.

 

A-33


Table of Contents

The following is a description of the real estate credit risk based on the types of associated guarantees:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Credit: Gross amount (Business in Spain)

   2011      2010  

Without secured loan

     988         1,259   

With secured loan

     13,053         15,249   

Terminated buildings

     6,930         7,403   

Homes

     6,431         7,018   

Other

     499         385   

Buildings under construction

     2,448         3,531   

Homes

     2,374         3,320   

Other

     74         211   

Land

     3,675         4,315   

Urbanized land

     2,404         2,922   

Rest of land

     1,271         1,393   

With others secured

     117         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     14,158         16,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, 66% of loans to developers are guaranteed with buildings (94% are homes), and only 26% by land, of which 65% is urbanized.

The information on the retail mortgage portfolio risk as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  

Housing-acquisition loans to households (Business in Spain)

   2011      2010  

With secured loan (gross amount)

     79,043         80,027   

of which: Impaired loans

     2,371         2,324   

The loan to value (LTV) ratio (resulting from dividing the pending risk at any particular date by the amount of the latest available appraisal) of the above portfolio is as follows:

 

    Millions of Euros  
    Total risk over the amount of the last valuation available (Loan To Value-LTV)  

2011

LTV Breakdown of secured loans to
households for the purchase of a
home (Business in Spain)

  Less than or
equal to 40%
    Over 40% but
less than or
equal to 60%
    Over 60% but
less than or
equal to 80%
    Over 80% but
less than or
equal to 100%
    Over 100%     Total  

Gross amount

    12,408        19,654        32,887        12,870        1,224        79,043   

of which: Impaired loans

    276        218        695        922        260        2,371   
    Millions of Euros  
    Total risk over the amount of the last valuation available (Loan To Value-LTV)  

2010

LTV Breakdown of secured loans to
households for the purchase of a
home (Business in Spain)

  Less than or
equal to 40%
    Over 40% but
less than or
equal to 60%
    Over 60% but
less than or
equal to 80%
    Over 80% but
less than or
equal to 100%
    Over 100%     Total  

Gross amount

    12,092        19,037        33,342        14,399        1,157        80,027   

of which: Impaired loans

    309        238        672        903        202        2,324   

Outstanding home mortgage loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 had an average LTV of 50% and 51% respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank also had a balance of 968 million in non-mortgage loans for the purchase of housing (of which 64 million were NPA).

 

A-34


Table of Contents

The breakdown of foreclosed, acquired, purchased or exchanged assets from debt from loans relating to business in Spain, as well as the holdings and financing to non-consolidated companies holding such assets is as follows:

 

     Millions of Euros  
     2011      2010  

Information about assets received in payment of
debts (Business in Spain)

   Gross
Value
     Provisions      Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Value
     Provisions      Carrying
Amount
 

Real estate assets from loans to the construction and real estate development sectors in Spain.

     5,101         1,740         3,361         3,259         1,045         2,214   

Terminated buildings

     1,709         487         1,222         800         202         598   

Homes

     1,227         333         894         451         110         341   

Other

     482         154         328         349         92         257   

Buildings under construction

     360         115         245         198         74         124   

Homes

     357         114         243         186         71         115   

Other

     3         1         2         12         3         9   

Land

     3,032         1,138         1,894         2,261         769         1,492   

Urbanized land

     1,561         570         991         1,116         392         724   

Rest of land

     1,471         568         903         1,145         377         768   

Real estate assets from mortgage financing for households for the purchase of a home

     1,509         401         1,108         875         193         682   

Rest of foreclosed real estate assets

     403         167         236         204         77         127   

Equity instruments, investments and financing to non-consolidated companies holding said assets

     701         287         414         455         287         168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,714         2,595         5,119         4,793         1,602         3,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the gross book value of the Group’s real-estate assets from corporate financing of real estate construction and development was 5,101 million and 3,259 million, respectively, with an average coverage ratio of 34% and 32%, respectively.

The gross book value of real-estate assets from mortgage lending to households for home purchase as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, amounted to 1,509 million and 875 million, respectively, with an average coverage ratio of 27% and 22%, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the gross book value of the BBVA Group’s total real-estate assets (business in Spain), including other real-estate assets received as debt payment, was 7,013 million and 4,338 million, respectively. The coverage ratio was 33% and 30%, respectively.

 

A-35


Table of Contents
APPENDIX XI. Glossary

Adjusted acquisition cost

The acquisition cost of the securities less accumulated amortizations, plus interest accrued, but not net of any other valuation adjustments.

Amortized cost

The amortized cost of a financial asset is the amount at which it was measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus, as warranted, the cumulative amount taken to profit or loss using the effective interest rate method of any difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment or change in measured value.

Associates

Companies in which the Group has a significant influence, without having control. Significant influence is deemed to exist when the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights of an investee directly or indirectly.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale (AFS) financial assets are debt securities that are not classified as held-to-maturity investments or as financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) and equity instruments that are not subsidiaries, associates or jointly controlled entities and have not been designated as at FVTPL.

Basic earnings per share

Calculated by dividing profit or loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period

Business combination

A business combination is a transaction, or any other event, through which a single entity obtains the control of one or more businesses

Cash flow hedges

Those that hedge the exposure to variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction and could effect profit or loss.

Commissions and fees

Income and expenses relating to commissions and similar fees are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to their nature. The most significant income and expense items in this connection are:

Fees and commissions relating linked to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized when collected.

Fees and commissions arising from transactions or services that are provided over a period of time, which are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.

Fees and commissions generated by a single act are accrued upon execution of that act.

 

A-36


Table of Contents

Contingencies

Current obligations of the entity arising as a result of past events whose existence depends on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events independent of the will of the entity.

Contingent liabilities

Possible obligations of the entity that arise from past events and whose existence depends on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events independent of the entity’s will and that could lead to the recognition of financial assets.

Contingent risks

Transactions through which the entity guarantees commitments assumed by third parties in respect of financial guarantees granted or other types of contracts.

Correlation risk

Correlation risk is related to derivatives whose final value depends on the performance of more than one underlying asset (primarily, stock baskets) and indicates the existing variability in the correlations between each pair of assets.

Current service cost

Current service cost is the increase in the present value of a defined benefit obligation resulting from employee service in the current period.

Current tax assets

Taxes recoverable over the next twelve months.

Current tax liabilities

Corporate income tax payable on taxable profit for the year and other taxes payable in the next twelve months.

Debt securities

Obligations and other interest-bearing securities that create or evidence a debt on the part of their issuer, including debt securities issued for trading among an open group of investors, that accrue interest, implied or explicit, whose rate, fixed or benchmarked to other rates, is established contractually, and take the form of securities or book-entries, irrespective of the issuer.

Deferred tax assets

Taxes recoverable in future years, including loss carryforwards or tax credits for deductions and tax rebates pending application.

Deferred tax liabilities

Income taxes payable in subsequent years.

Defined benefit plans.

Defined contribution plans are retirement benefit plans under which amounts to be paid as retirement benefits are determined by contributions to a fund together with investment earnings thereon. The employer’s obligations in respect of its employees current and prior years’ employment service are discharged by contributions to the fund.

Defined contribution plans

Post-employment obligation under which the entity, directly or indirectly via the plan, retains the contractual or implicit obligation to pay remuneration directly to employees when

 

A-37


Table of Contents

required or to pay additional amounts if the insurer, or other entity required to pay, does not cover all the benefits relating to the services rendered by the employees when insurance policies do not cover all of the corresponding post-employees benefits.

Deposits from central banks

Deposits of all classes, including loans and money market operations, received from the Bank of Spain and other central banks.

Deposits from credit institutions

Deposits of all classes, including loans and money market operations received, from credit entities.

Deposits from customers

Redeemable cash balances received by the entity, with the exception of debt certificates, money market operations through counterparties and subordinated liabilities, that are not received from either central banks or credit entities. This category also includes cash deposits and consignments received that can be readily withdrawn.

Diluted earnings per share

This calculation is similar to that used to measure basic earnings per share, except that the weighted average number of shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the potential dilutive effect of any stock options, warrants and convertible debt instruments outstanding the year. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, an entity shall assume the exercise of dilutive warrants of the entity. The assumed proceeds from these instruments shall be regarded as having been received from the issue of ordinary shares at the average market price of ordinary shares during the period. The difference between the number of ordinary shares issued and the number of ordinary shares that would have been issued at the average market price of ordinary shares during the period shall be treated as an issue of ordinary shares for no consideration. Such shares are dilutive and are added to the number of ordinary shares outstanding in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

Early retirements

Employees that no longer render their services to the entity but which, without being legally retired, remain entitled to make economic claims on the entity until they formally retire.

Economic capital

Eligible capital for regulatory capital adequacy calculations.

Effective interest rate

Discount rate that exactly equals the value of a financial instrument with the cash flows estimated over the expected life of the instrument based on its contractual period as well as its anticipated amortization, but without taking the future losses of credit risk into consideration.

Employee expenses

All compensation accrued during the year in respect of personnel on the payroll, under permanent or temporary contracts, irrespective of their jobs or functions, irrespective of

 

A-38


Table of Contents

the concept, including the current costs of servicing pension plans, own share based compensation schemes and capitalized personnel expenses. Amounts reimbursed by the state Social Security or other welfare entities in respect of employee illness are deducted from personnel expenses.

Equity

The residual interest in an entity’s assets after deducting its liabilities. It includes owner or venturer contributions to the entity, at incorporation and subsequently, unless they meet the definition of liabilities, and accumulated net profits or losses, fair value adjustments affecting equity and, if warranted, minority interests.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities.

Equity method

The method used for the consolidation of the Group’s holdings in associates. These holdings are recognized at cost on the purchase date and later evaluated. This amount will then be increased or decreased based on the differences that, after said date, the equity of the entity experiences and that corresponds to the investing institution, after considering the dividends received from them and other equity eliminations. The income statement of the investing institution shall include the corresponding proportion in the earnings of the investee.

Exchange/translation differences

Exchange differences (PyL): Includes the earnings obtained in currency trading and the differences arising on translating monetary items denominated in foreign currency to the functional currency. Exchange differences (valuation adjustments): those recorded due to the translation of the financial statements in foreign currency to the functional currency of the Group and others recorded against equity.

Fair value

The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

Fair value hedges

Derivatives that hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities or firm commitments that have not be recognized, or of an identified portion of said assets, liabilities or firm commitments, attributable to a specific risk, provided it could affect the income statement.

Fees

See Commissions, fees and similar items

Financial guarantees

Contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs when a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument, irrespective of its instrumentation. These guarantees may take the form of deposits, technical or financial guarantees, insurance contracts or credit derivatives.

 

A-39


Table of Contents

Financial instrument

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and to a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities that do not meet the definition of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and arise from the financial entities’ ordinary activities to capture funds, regardless of their instrumentation or maturity.

Full consolidation method

Method used for the consolidation of the accounts of the Group’s subsidiaries. The assets and liabilities of the Group entities are incorporated line-by-line on the consolidate balance sheets, after conciliation and the elimination in full of intragroup balances, including amounts payable and receivable.

Group entity income statement income and expense headings are similarly combined line by line into the consolidated income statement, having made the following consolidation eliminations: a) income and expenses in respect of intragroup transactions are eliminated in full. b) profits and losses resulting from intragroup transactions are similarly eliminated

The carrying amount of the parent’s investment and the parent’s share of equity in each subsidiary are eliminated.

Gains or losses on financial assets and liabilities, net

This heading reflects fair value changes in financial instruments – except for changes attributable to accrued interest upon application of the interest rate method and asset impairment losses (net) recognized in the income statement – as well as gains or losses generated by their sale – except for gains or losses generated by the disposal of investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates an of securities classified as held to maturity.

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination represents a payment made by the acquirer in anticipation of future economic benefits from assets that are not able to be individually identified and separately recognized.

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

Foreign currency hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

Hedging derivatives

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an accounting hedge. The fair value or future cash flows of those derivatives is expected to offset the differences in the fair value or cash flows of the items hedged.

Held-to-maturity investments

Held-to-maturity investments are financial assets traded on an active market, with fixed maturity and fixed or determinable payments and cash flows that an entity has the positive intention and financial ability to hold to maturity.

 

A-40


Table of Contents

Held for trading (assets and liabilities)

Financial assets and liabilities acquired or incurred primarily for the purpose of profiting from variations in their prices in the short term.

This category also includes financial derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting, and in the case of borrowed securities, financial liabilities originated by the firm sale of financial assets acquired under repurchase agreements or received on loan (“short positions”).

Impaired/doubtful/non-performing portfolio

Financial assets whose carrying amount is higher than their recoverable value, prompting the entity to recognize the corresponding impairment loss

Impaired financial assets

A financial asset is deemed impaired, and accordingly restated to fair value, when there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that give rise to:

 

  1.

A measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows since the initial recognition of those assets in the case of debt instruments (loans and receivables and debt securities).

 

  2.

A significant or prolonged drop in fair value below cost in the case of equity instruments.

Income from equity instruments

Dividends and income on equity instruments collected or announced during the year corresponding to profits generated by investees after the ownership interest is acquired. Income is recognized gross, i.e., without deducting any withholdings made, if any.

Insurance contracts linked to pensions

The fair value of insurance contracts written to cover pension commitments.

Inventories

Assets, other than financial instruments, under production, construction or development, held for sale during the normal course of business, or to be consumed in the production process or during the rendering of services. Inventories include land and other properties held for sale at the real estate development business.

Investment properties

Investment property is property (land or a building – or part of a building – or both) held (by the owner or by the lessee under a finance lease) to earn rentals or for capital appreciation or both, rather than for own use or sale in the ordinary course of business.

Jointly controlled entities

Companies that form a joint business and, consequently, over which the Group exercises joint control. A joint business is a contractual agreement by virtue of which two or more entities undertake an economic activity under joint control; that is, a contractual agreement to share the power to guide the financial

 

A-41


Table of Contents

and operation policies of an entity or other economic activity, so as to benefit from its operations, and in which the unanimous consent of all participants is required in all financial and operational strategic decision-making.

Leases

A lease is an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee in return for a payment or series of payments the right to use an asset for an agreed period of time, a stream of cash flows that is essentially equivalent to the combination of principal and interest payments under a loan agreement.

 

  a)

A lease is classified as a finance lease when it substantially transfers all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset forming the subject-matter of the contract.

 

  b)

A lease will be classified as operating lease when it is not a financial lease.

Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

The balance of liabilities directly associated with assets classified as non-current assets held for sale, including those recognized under liabilities in the entity’s balance sheet at the balance sheet date corresponding to discontinued operations.

Liabilities under insurance contracts

The technical reserves of direct insurance and inward reinsurance recorded by the consolidated entities to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at period-end.

Loans and advances to customers

Loans and receivables, irrespective of their type, granted to third parties that are not credit entities.

Loans and receivables

Financial instruments with determined or determinable cash flows and in which the entire payment made by the entity will be recovered, except for reasons attributable to the solvency of the debtor. This category includes both the investments from the typical lending activity (amounts of cash available and pending maturity by customers as a loan or deposits lent to other entities, and unlisted debt certificates), as well as debts contracted by the purchasers of goods, or users of services, that form part of the entity’s business. It also includes all finance lease arrangements in which the consolidated subsidiaries act as lessors.

Minority interests

The net amount of the profit or loss and net assets of a subsidiary attributable to associates outside the group (that is, the amount that is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent), including that amount in the corresponding part of the consolidated earnings for the period.

Mortgage-covered bonds

Financial asset or security created from mortgage loans and backed by the guarantee of the mortgage loan portfolio of the entity.

 

A-42


Table of Contents

Non-current assets held for sale

A non-current asset or disposal group, whose carrying amount is expected to be realized through a sale transaction, rather than through continuing use, and which meets the following requirements:

 

  a)

it is immediately available for sale in its present condition at the balance sheet date, i.e. only normal procedures are required for the sale of the asset.

 

  b)

the sale is considered highly probable.

Non-monetary assets

Assets and liabilities that do not provide any right to receive or deliver a determined or determinable amount of monetary units, such as tangible and intangible assets, goodwill and ordinary shares subordinate to all other classes of capital instruments.

NPA Coveraged ratio

Impairment allowances (generic, specific and country risk allowance) as a percentage of the non performing assets (the sum of Substandard loans and advances to customers and Substandard contingent liabilities to customers)

NPA ratio

Represents the sum of Substandard loans and advances to customers and Substandard contingent liabilities to customers divided by the sum of Loans and advances to customers and Contingent liabilities to customers.

Other equity instruments

This heading reflects the increase in equity resulting from various forms of owner contributions, retained earnings, restatements of the financial statements and valuation adjustments.

Other financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Instruments designated by the entity from the start at fair value with changes in profit or loss. Only the following can be included in the category: assets and liabilities that are deemed “hybrid financial assets and liabilities” and for which the fair value of the embedded derivatives cannot be reliably determined.

These are financial assets managed jointly with “Liabilities under insurance contracts” valued at fair value, in combination with derivatives written with a view to significantly mitigating exposure to changes in these contracts’ fair value, or in combination with financial liabilities and derivatives designed to significantly reduce global exposure to interest rate risk.

These headings also include customer loans and deposits effected via so-called “unit-link” life insurance contracts, in which the policyholder assumes the investment risk.

Own/treasury shares

The amount of own equity instruments held by the entity.

Past service cost

It is the change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation for employee service in prior periods, resulting in the current period from the introduction of, or changes to, post-employment benefits or other long-term employee benefits.

 

A-43


Table of Contents

Post-employment benefits

Retirement benefit plans are arrangements whereby an enterprise provides benefits for its employees on or after termination of service.

Property, plant and equipment/tangible assets

Buildings, land, fixtures, vehicles, computer equipment and other facilities owned by the entity or acquired under finance leases.

Proportionate consolidation method

Method used for the integration of the accounts of the jointly-controlled entities in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The aggregation of the different headings of the balance sheet and income statement of the entities to the consolidated financial statements through this method is performed in the proportion of the Group’s holding in its capital, excluding the portion corresponding to its own equity instruments. In the same proportion, reciprocal credit and debits will be eliminated, as will be the income, expenses and earnings from internal transactions.

Provisions

Provisions include amounts recognized to cover the Group’s current obligations arising as a result of past events, certain in terms of nature but uncertain in terms of amount and/or cancellation date.

Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments

Provisions recorded to cover exposures arising as a result of transactions through which the entity guarantees commitments assumed by third parties in respect of financial guarantees granted or other types of contracts, and provisions for contingent commitments, i.e., irrevocable commitments which may arise upon recognition of financial assets.

Provision for credit losses

Provisions recognized during the year, net of recoveries on amounts provisioned in prior years, with the exception of provisions for pensions and contributions to pension funds which constitute current or interest expense.

Provisions for pensions and similar obligation

Constitutes all provisions recognized to cover retirement benefits, including commitments assumed vis-à-vis beneficiaries of early retirement and analogous schemes.

Public-covered bonds

Financial asset or security created from public loans and backed by the guarantee of the public debt portfolio of the entity.

Reserves

Accumulated net profits or losses recognized in the income statement in prior years and retained in equity upon distribution. Reserves also include the cumulative effect of adjustments recognized directly in equity as a result of costs in the issue or reduction of own equity instruments, sale of own equity instruments, actuarial gains on pension plans and the retroactive restatement of the financial statements due to changes in accounting policy and the correction of errors

 

A-44


Table of Contents

Securitization fund

A fund that is configured as a separate equity and administered by a management company. An entity that would like funding sells certain assets to the securitization fund, which, in turn, issues securities backed by said assets.

Share premium

The amount paid in by owners for issued equity at a premium to the shares’ nominal value.

Short positions

Financial liabilities arising as a result of the final sale of financial assets acquired under repurchase agreements or received on loan.

Subordinated liabilities

Financing received, regardless of its instrumentation, which ranks after the common creditors in the event of a liquidation.

Subsidiaries

Companies over which the Group exercises control. An entity is presumed to have control over another when it possesses the right to oversee its financial and operational policies, through a legal, statutory or contractual procedure, in order to obtain benefits from its economic activities. Control is presumed to exist when the parent owns, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, more than one half of an entity’s voting power, unless, exceptionally, it can be clearly demonstrated that ownership of more than one half of an entity’s voting rights does not constitute control of it. Control also exists when the parent owns half or less of the voting power of an entity when there is:

 

   

an agreement that gives the parent the right to control the votes of other shareholders;

 

   

power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity under a statute or an agreement; power to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body and control of the entity is by that board or body;

 

   

power to cast the majority of votes at meetings of the board of directors or equivalent governing body and control of the entity is by that board or body.

Substandard risk

All debt instruments and contingent risks which do not meet the criteria to be classified individually as non-performing or written-off, but show weaknesses that may entail for the entity the need to assume losses greater than the hedges for impairment of risks subject to special monitoring.

Stockholders’ funds

Contributions by stockholders, accumulated earnings recognized in the income statement and the equity components of compound financial instruments.

Structured credit products

Special financial instrument backed by other instruments building a subordination structure

 

A-45


Table of Contents

Tax liabilities

All tax related liabilities except for provisions for taxes.

Trading derivatives

The fair value in favor (assets) or again (liabilities) of the entity of derivatives not designated as accounting hedges.

Unit-link

This is life insurance in which the policyholder assumes the risk. In these policies, the funds for the technical insurance provisions are invested in the name of and on behalf of the policyholder in shares of Collective Investment Institutions and other financial assets chosen by the policyholder, who bears the investment risk.

Value at Risk (VaR)

Value at Risk (VaR) is the basic variable for measuring and controlling the Group’s market risk. This risk metric estimates the maximum loss that may occur in a portfolio’s market positions for a particular time horizon and given confidence level

 

   

VaR figures are estimated following two methodologies:

 

   

VaR without smoothing, which awards equal weight to the daily information for the immediately preceding last two years. This is currently the official methodology for measuring market risks vis-à-vis limits compliance of the risk.

 

   

VaR with smoothing, which weights more recent market information more heavily. This is a metric which supplements the previous one.

 

   

VaR with smoothing adapts itself more swiftly to the changes in financial market conditions, whereas VaR without smoothing is, in general, a more stable metric that will tend to exceed VaR with smoothing when the markets show less volatile trends, while it will tend to be lower when they present upturns in uncertainty.

 

A-46


Table of Contents
APPENDIX XII. Additional disclosure required by the Regulation S-X.

Following are the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income of the Group under the IFRS reformatted to conform to the presentation guidelines for bank holding companies set forth in Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America.

The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and allocations of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA GROUP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     Millions of Euros  
      2011     2010     2009  

ASSETS

      

Cash and due from banks

     9.367        7.435        7.568   

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

     41.891        28.360        24.983   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     6.268        6.685        7.019   

Trading securities

     73.579        66.057        72.070   

Investment securities

     69.098        66.402        68.958   

Net Loans & Leases

     354.489        340.207        322.890   

Loans and leases net of unearned income

     363.912        349.613        331.628   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (9.422     (9.406     (8.737

Hedging Derivatives

     4.698        3.603        3.595   

Premises and equipment, net

     7.330        6.701        6.507   

Investments in affiliated companies

     5.843        4.547        2.922   

Intangible assets

     1.879        1.058        852   

Goodwill in consolidation

     6.798        6.949        6.396   

Accrual Accounts

     609        538        581   

Other assets

     15.839        12.194        10.724   

Total assets

     597.688        552.738        535.065   

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

      

Liabilities

      

Demand Deposits

     93.856        74.763        68.655   

Saving deposits

     48.704        52.597        51.621   

Time deposits

     134.218        148.430        152.022   

Due to Bank of Spain

     13.990        2        10.930   

Trading account liabilities

     51.303        37.212        32.830   

Hedging derivatives

     2.710        1.662        1.308   

Short term borrowings

     73.835        63.844        68.985   

Long-term debt

     109.247        108.539        91.464   

Taxes payable

     2.330        2.195        2.208   

Accounts payable

     7.879        6.596        5.624   

Accrual accounts

     2.252        2.162        2.079   

Pension allowance

     5.577        5.981        6.246   

Other provisions

     1.984        2.341        2.313   

Others liabilities

     9.745        8.939        8.015   

Total liabilities

     557.630        515.262        504.302   

Shareholder´s equity

      

Common stocks

     2.403        2.201        1.837   

Additional paid-in capital

     18.970        17.104        12.453   

Dividends

     (1.116     (1.067     (1.000

Other capital instruments

     (300     (552     (224

Retained earnings

     18.209        18.234        16.235   

Total Shareholder´s equity

     38.166        35.920        29.300   

Non-controlling interest

     1.893        1.556        1.463   

Total Equity

     40.058        37.475        30.763   

Total liabilities and equity

     597.688        552.738        535.065   

 

A-47


Table of Contents

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     Millions of Euros  
     2011     2010     2009  

Interest Income

      

Interest and fees on loans and leases

     19.065        16.561        18.697   

Interest on deposits in other banks

     1.444        1.326        1.489   

Interest on securities purchased under agreements to resell

     209        124        201   

Interest on investment securities

     4.030        3.652        3.829   

Total interest income

     24.749        21.663        24.216   

Interest Expense

      

Interest on deposits

     (7.638     (4.838     (6.139

Interest on Bank of Spain & Deposit Guarantee Fund

     (63     (120     (79

Interest on short-term borrowings

     (1.659     (1.283     (1.504

Interest on long term debt

     (1.213     (1.102     (1.749

Total interest expense

     (10.574 )      (7.343 )      (9.471 ) 

NET INTEREST INCOME

     14.175        14.319        14.745   

Provision for loan losses

     (4.201     (4.563     (5.199

Net Interest Income after provision for loan losses

     9.974        9.756        9.546   

Non-interest income

      

Contingent liabilities (collected)

     318        282        260   

Collection and payments services (collected)

     2.694        2.500        2.573   

Securities services (collected)

     1.645        1.651        1.636   

Other transactions (collected)

     962        949        835   

Ceded to other entities and correspondents (paid)

     (707     (545     (572

Other transactions (paid)

     (302     (254     (263

Gains (losses) from:

      

Affiliated companies´ securities

     619        364        122   

Investment securities

     57        497        231   

Foreign exchange, derivatives and other ,net

     1.397        1.242        1.039   

Other gains (losses)

     4.010        3.688        4.389   

Total non-interest income

     10.691        10.374        10.251   

Non-interest expense

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     (5.311     (4.814     (4.651

Occupancy expense of premises, depreciation and maintenance, net

     (1.696     (1.511     (1.340

General and administrative expenses

     (2.944     (2.642     (2.368

Impairment of goodwill

     (1.444     (13     (1.100

Net provision for specific allowances

     (510     (482     (458

Other expenses

     (4.991     (4.246     (4.145

Total non-interest expense

     (16.896 )      (13.708 )      (14.061 ) 

Income Before Taxes

     3.770        6.422        5.736   

Income Tax expense

     (285     (1.427     (1.141

NET INCOME

     3.485        4.995        4.595   

Net income attributed to the non-controlling interests

     (481     (389     (385

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTED TO PARENT COMPANY

     3.004        4.606        4.210   

 

A-48


Table of Contents

Financial Statements of Issuers of Guaranteed Securities

In connection with Rule 3-10 (Financial Statements of Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities Registered or Being Registered) of Regulation S-X:

 

   

BBVA International Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) – an issuer of registered preferred securities guaranteed by the Bank – does not file the financial statements required for a registrant by Regulation S-X as it is a 100% owned finance subsidiary of the Bank and the Bank fully and unconditionally guarantees its preferred securities (Serie “C” is listed in the United States). No other subsidiary of the Bank guarantees such securities.

 

   

BBVA U.S Senior S.A. (Unipersonal) and BBVA Subordinated Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) do not file the financial statements required for a registrant by Regulation S-X as these companies are 100% owned finance subsidiaries of the Bank and the Bank will fully and unconditionally guarantee any future securities issued by any of such companies. No other subsidiary of the Bank will guarantee any such securities.

We are not aware of any legal or economic restrictions on the ability of these subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Bank in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, capital repatriation or otherwise. There is no assurance that in the future such restrictions will not be adopted.

 

A-49